A Government Against Liberty

0

Let’s say you’re like most people and believe the federal government has become too large, too wasteful, too crooked, and too intrusive. Now imagine the morning mail arrives from the money-bleeding U.S. Postal Service ($16 billion in the hole last year) and there’s a letter from the Internal Revenue Service with a stern warning about “penalties for perjury” and a long list of questions and probes about your friends, associates, ideas, and political activities.

Here’s an example, directed from the IRS to the Linchpins of Liberty in Franklin, Tennessee:

“Provide details regarding all training you have provided or will provide. Indicate who has received or will receive the training and submit copies of the training material.”

“Liberty,” it seems, unless it’s a 19th century gift from France standing quietly in New York Harbor, has become a concept that’s now viewed by D.C.’s central planners and tax collectors as a bit too messy, subversive, uncontrolled and individualistic.

Following its review of IRS letters to 11 tea party groups and conservative organizations applying for tax-exempt status, Politico reported that the agency “wanted to know everything – in some cases, it even seemed curious about what members were thinking.”

In fact, it went beyond what people were thinking with the IRS summoning a pro-life group in Iowa to reveal detailed information regarding the content of their prayers.

“Please detail the content of the members of your organization’s prayers,” the IRS asked the Coalition for Life in Iowa. Additionally, the IRS office in Cincinnati asked all board members of the Iowa group to sign a sworn declaration promising not to picket Planned Parenthood.

And from ABC News, listed below is a sample of the questions and requests that ABC News found in roughly half a dozen IRS questionnaires sent to tea party groups” from 2010 to 2012:

“Provide copies of the agendas and minutes of your Board meetings and, if applicable, membership meetings, including a description of legislative and electoral issues discussed, and whether candidates for political office were invited to address the meeting.”

“Submit the following information relating to your past and present directors, officers and key employees: (a) Provide a resume for each.”

“The names of donors, contributors and grantors. The amount of each of the donations, contributions, and grants and the dates you received them.”

“Fully describe your youth outreach program with the local school.”

“Provide a list of all issues that are important to your organization. Indicate your position regarding each issue.”

“Please explain in detail your organization’s involvement with the Tea Party.”

“Provide copies of handbills you distributed at your monthly meetings.”

“The names of persons from your organization and the amount of time they spent on the event or program, or events.” The IRS also asked for “copies of all your current web pages, including blog posts” and “copies of all your newsletters, bulletins, flyers or any other media or literature you have disseminated to your members or others,” plus copies of related information on “Facebook and other social networking sites,” and “copies of stories or articles that have been published about you.”

And this: “Do you have a close relationship with any candidate for political office or political party? If so, describe fully the nature of that relationship.”

On June 29, 2011, IRS staffers told senior agency official Lois Lerner that they were giving special scrutiny to “statements in the case file” by groups that “criticize how the country is being run.” Also targeted were groups that focused on government spending, deficits, government debt, and educating people on ways to “make America a better place to live.”

On Jan. 15, 2012, the IRS widened its target list to include “political action type organizations” involved in education on the Constitution and Bill of Rights.

In his recent column, “In AP, Rosen investigations, government makes criminals of reporters” (May 22, 2013), Washington Post columnist Dana Milbank pointed to the fundamental threats to freedom in the Obama administration’s “broad snooping into Associated Press phone records,” along with the administration’s spying on journalist James Rosen at Fox News and the administration’s identification of Rosen in a search warrant as a “possible co-conspirator” in violation of the Espionage Act.

“To treat a reporter as a criminal for doing his job – seeking out information the government doesn’t want made public – deprives Americans of the First Amendment freedom on which all other constitutional rights are based,” warned Milbank. “Guns? Privacy? Due Process? Equal protection? If you can’t speak out, you can’t defend those rights, either.”

And while White House Press Secretary Jay Carney says that President Obama is “a fierce defender of the First Amendment” and doesn’t think “journalists should be prosecuted for doing their jobs,” Milbank points out that the Obama administration “has launched more leak prosecutions than all previous administrations combined.”

On what’s next, Milbank posted a warning: “If the administration is spying on reporters and accusing them of criminality just for asking questions – well, who knows what else this crowd is capable of doing?”

It’s “a culture of cover-ups and intimidation that is giving the administration so much trouble,” recently asserted Sen. John Cornyn, a member of the Judiciary Committee, referring to the Justice Department’s covert seizure of phone records at The Associated Press.

Charging that “our constitutional rights have been violated,” the President and Chief Executive Officer of The Associated Press, Gary Pruitt, said the government’s surreptitious monitoring of reporters has already had a chilling effect on news-gathering operations.

News sources, understandably, are more likely to be reluctant to call reporters if they think the government is on the line – and that’s especially true if the disclosure is about government transgressions.

“Under their own rules, they are required to narrow this request as narrowly as possible so as to not tread upon the First Amendment,” explained Pruitt on CBS’s Face the Nation, referring to the Obama administration’s phone monitoring.

“And yet they had a broad, sweeping collection, and they did it secretly,” explained Pruitt. “Their rules require them to come to us first, but in this case they didn’t, claiming an exception, saying that would have posed a substantial threat to their investigation. But they have not explained why it would and we can’t understand why it would.”

The end product of this increased monitoring and harassment of the press, this increased threat to reporters and to sources who come forward with information, is that the government is likely to become even more insulated from public scrutiny, more heavy-handed and inept, and more shielded from reform.

Once the government is successful in restricting the news-gathering operations of the press, warned Pruitt, “the people of the United States will only know what the government wants them to know and that’s not what the framers of the Constitution had in mind when they wrote the First Amendment.”

Pruitt has it right about the philosophy of the nation’s Founders, as demonstrated in the letters of Thomas Jefferson.

“Our liberty depends on the freedom of the press, and that cannot be limited without being lost,” asserted Jefferson in a January 28, 1786, letter to James Currie (1745-1807), a Virginia physician and frequent correspondent during Jefferson’s residence in France.

“Were it left to me to decide whether we should have a government without newspapers or newspapers without a government, I should not hesitate a moment to prefer the latter,” wrote Jefferson in 1787 to Edward Carrington, a Lieutenant Colonel in the Continental Army and a Virginia delegate to the Continental Congress from 1786 to 1788.

“Where the press is free, and every man able to read, all is safe,” stated Jefferson in 1816 in a letter to Colonel Charles Yancey, a commanding officer in Virginia Militia during the War of 1812.

And regarding those who seek to restrict the freedom of the press, Jefferson wrote this in 1804 to Judge John Tyler on the U.S. Circuit Court in Richmond: “No experiment can be more interesting than that we are now trying, and which we trust will end in establishing the fact, that man may be governed by reason and truth. Our first object should therefore be, to leave open to him all avenues of truth. The most effectual hitherto found, is the freedom of the press. It is, therefore, the first shut up by those who fear the investigation of their actions.”

Nikita Khrushchev, First Secretary of the Communist Party, 1953 to 1964, also understood the importance of the press. “The press,” he proclaimed, “is our chief ideological weapon.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

5 Iran pilgrims dead in Iraq bomb attack

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least five Iranian pilgrims have been killed and 19 others injured after a car bomb hit their bus in north of the Iraqi capital, Baghdad, AFP reports.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Rogue President Obama: Defending the Indefensible

0

Forked tongue rhetoric can’t disguise it. Throughout Obama’s tenure, he has governed lawlessly. He’s done so at home and abroad. He spurns rule of law principles and other democratic values.

Nothing suggests change. Business as usual continues. War on humanity is policy. Rogue leaders govern that way. Obama threatens everyone.

On May 23, he spoke at Washington’s National Defense University. He defended what he urged changing four years earlier.

On May 21, 2009, he spoke at the National Archives. He addressed national security. He said America can’t be safe “unless we enlist the power of our most fundamental values.”

“The documents that we hold in this very hall — the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution, the Bill of Rights — these are not simply words written into aging parchment.”

“They are the foundation of liberty and justice in this country, and a light that shines for all who seek freedom, fairness, equality, and dignity around the world.”

“(O)ur government made a series of hasty decisions.”

“(O)ur government trimmed facts and evidence to fit ideological predispositions.”

“(W)e set (aside fundamental) principles as luxuries that we could no longer afford.”

“In other words, we went off course. (Americans) called for a new approach — one that rejected torture and one that recognized the imperative of closing the prison at Guantanamo Bay.”

We must act, he said, “with an abiding confidence in the rule of law and due process; in checks and balances and accountability.”

“(D)ecisions that were made over the last eight years established an ad hoc legal approach.”

He called doing so “neither effective nor sustainable.”

He pledged change. He said he took steps to prohibit torture. He ordered Guantanamo closed, he claimed.

He made other high-minded promises. He “swore an oath to uphold the Constitution,” he said. He systematically spurned it. He did so across the board. He represents the worst of rogue leadership.

His Thursday address reflected same old, same old. It was beginning-to-end demagogic boilerplate. We’ve heard it throughout his tenure. He repeats it ad nauseam.

Promises made are broken. Defending the indefensible doesn’t wash. CODEPINK Women for Peace co-founder Medea Benjamin challenged him.

She interrupted his speech. She did so several times. She called on him to close Guantanamo, release cleared detainees, and stop killer drone attacks.

“Will you apologize for the thousands of Muslims that you killed,” she asked? “Will you compensate the families of innocent victims?”

“Can you tell the Muslims that their lives are as precious as our lives?”

“Can you take the drones out of the hands of the CIA?”

“Can you stop (drone) strikes that are killing people on the basis of suspicious activity?”

“You are commander in chief! You can close Guantanamo today! You can release” all cleared detainees.

“It’s been 11 years. Abide by the rule of law. You’re a constitutional lawyer.”

Speaking truth to power has a price. Benjamin was forcibly removed. She was detained. She was interrogated by Secret Service, military and FBI personnel. She was then released.

Asked why she challenged Obama, she said:

“We have been so disappointed with Obama. We expected him to to make serious changes like taking drones out of the hands of the CIA, stopping the signature strikes, apologizing to innocents who have been killed, families of the innocent, and announcing that he, as Commander-in-Chief, would close Guantanamo, so when he did not I felt compelled to speak out.”

Obama defended drone strikes. He did so disingenuously. Extrajudicial killing is lawless. Weasel words fell short of explaining his failure to close Guantanamo. What he said didn’t wash.

He lied. He blamed Congress for his own transgression. He bears full responsibility. He can close Guantanamo today. He can do so with a stroke of his pen.

As president and commander in chief, he’s fully authorized to do so. Congress has no say. He can order all uncharged prisoners released. Indefinite detention is lawless.

He claimed a nonexistent terror threat. The only ones are those he and complicit allies invent. They’ve done so throughout his tenure. They continued what Bush officials began.

In 2009, Obama promised change. He spurned what he pledged to uphold. He did what core supporters thought impossible. He exceeded the worst of his predecessor.

He turned truth on its head. He claimed extrajudicial murder is legal. On 9/11, America was attacked, he said. Doing so was state-sponsored terrorism. Bin Laden and Al Qaeda were wrongfully blamed.

Days later Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF) was introduced. Congress passed it near unanimously. Bush signed it into law. America’s “war on terror” began.

Police state laws were enacted. Multiple direct and proxy wars were launched. They’re lawless. They target humanity. They remain ongoing. Obama continues what he promised to stop.

Rule of law principles don’t matter. Diktat authority is policy. Obama’s weasel words belie his actions. His promises aren’t worth the paper they’re written on. He broke every major one made.

Nothing ahead suggests change. Straightaway in office he promised Guantanamo closure. Nothing whatever’s been done to do so.

Innocent victims remain imprisoned. Indefinite detention is policy. So are lawless military commissions. America maintains a global gulag. Extraordinary renditions fill it. Torture continues.

Drone killing is prioritized. More of the same is planned. No one’s secure anywhere. US citizens are vulnerable. Summary judgment is policy. Attacks can occur anywhere. US soil is unsafe. There’s no place to hide.

Secrecy prevents public disclosure. Promised transparency’s nonexistent. What’s most important continues out of sight and mind. Media scoundrels suppress what demands highlighting.

Obama reflects the worst of rogue leadership. War on terror policy continues. It does so when no threat exists. It’s lawless and unconscionable.

Obama’s heading America for full-blown tyranny and ruin. He threatens humanity. Doublespeak duplicity reflects it. His speech didn’t surprise. Same old, same old remains policy. Nothing he said suggests otherwise.

Following his address, the Center for Constitutional Rights responded as follows:

“(U)nless (Obama) takes immediate steps to resume transfers and ultimately close (Guantanamo), his administration will not escape the ‘harsh judgment’ of history.”

Lifting the ban on Yemeni transfers fell short. So far it’s rhetoric, not policy. “(W)e are disappointed by (Obama’s) comment that cleared men will only be released ‘to the greatest extent possible.’ ”

Obama’s “equivocation is troubling. After eleven years of detention without charge or trial, all of the men President Obama does not intend to give fair trials should be released and reunited with their families.”

“Anything short of that threatens to worsen a potentially deadly crisis unfolding at Guantanamo.”

Targeted drone strikes remain policy. Reasserting the right is “legally flawed and dangerous.”

“Whether or not the United States can use lethal force under the laws of war is not a matter of policy preference — it is a matter of law and facts.

Continuing current policy in any forms “sets a dangerous precedent for future administrations and other countries.”

Hundreds of activists endorsed a New York Times ad. It called on Obama to “Close Guantanamo Now” and “stop the torture.”

“Presidents cannot be allowed to arrogate to themselves the power of judge, jury and executioner.”

“Fundamental civil liberties have been eviscerated.”

“It is up to the people to stand up for principle and morality when their institutions and public officials refuse to do so.”

“End the War Crimes and Violations of Fundamental Rights!”

Nothing Obama said suggests change. Business as usual remains policy. War on humanity continues. No end in sight appears likely.

New world order harshness threatens everyone. It’s a clear and present danger. It’s much too great to ignore.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

http://www.dailycensored.com/obama-defending-the-indefensible/

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Myanmar slaps child limit on Rohingyas

0

A Muslim Rohingya woman (C) breastfeeds her baby at a school sheltering Internally Displaced Persons in the village of Theik Kayk Pyim, Myanmar, on October 11, 2012. (File photo)

Officials in Myanmarâ„¢s western state of Rakhine have placed a two-child limit for Muslim Rohingya couples in a gross violation of fundamental human rights and amid accusations of ethnic cleansing against the community.

Local authorities said on Saturday that the new measure will be exercised in the townships of Buthidaung and Maundaw, where about 95 percent of the population are Muslim.

Rakhine state spokesman, Win Myaing, said the measure was enacted a week ago, and was meant to stem population growth in the Muslim community.

Human rights groups say the policy makes Myanmar the only country in the world to impose such a restriction on a religious group.

They also warn that the new move will serve to fan the flames of sectarian violence in Myanmar.

Human Rights Watch has accused Rakhine authorities of fomenting an organized campaign of “ethnic cleansing” against the Rohingya Muslims.

Thousands of Rohingyas are deprived of citizenship rights due to the policy of discrimination that has denied them the right of citizenship and made them vulnerable to acts of violence and persecution, expulsion, and displacement.

The Myanmar government has so far refused to extricate the stateless Rohingyas in Rakhine state from their citizenship limbo, despite international pressure to give them a legal status.

The extremists frequently attack Rohingyas and have set fire to their homes in several villages in Rakhine. Myanmar Army forces allegedly provided the fanatics containers of petrol for torching the houses of Muslim villagers, who are then forced to flee.

Hundreds of Rohingyas are believed to have been killed and thousands displaced in recent attacks by extremists, who call themselves Buddhists.

Rohingyas are said to be Muslim descendants of Persian, Turkish, Bengali, and Pathan origin, who migrated to Myanmar as early as the 8th century.

Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch have issued separate statements, calling on Myanmar to take action to protect the Rohingya Muslim population against extremists.

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

At least 28 dead, 250 wounded in Sunni-Alawite clashes in Tripoli (PHOTOS, VIDEO)

0



Published time: May 25, 2013 14:41

Embed

Code

At least 28 people were killed and 250 wounded in weeklong clashes between Sunni and Alawite Muslims in Tripoli, Lebanon, according to security officials. The violence is another sign of the Syrian conflict spilling over to Lebanon.

Last night, four Sunnis and one Alawite died in clashes, the
Daily Star reported. The casualties raised this week’s death toll
to 28.

Fierce fighting has raged in Tripoli since last Sunday, with
assailants firing rocket-propelled grenades, mortars and machine
guns. The violence is seen as a spillover from the recently
intensified fighting between rebels and government forces in
Qusayr, Syria, near the border with Lebanon.

A damaged building is seen through a hole in a wall in the Sunni district of Bab al-Tabbaneh following overnight clashes with the Alawite neighbourhood of Jabal Mohsen in the northern Lebanese port city of Tripoli, on May 25, 2013 (AFP Photo / Ghassan Sweidan)

Most of the clashes in Tripoli were between residents of the
Sunni-majority Bab el-Tebbaneh district and the Alawite-majority
Jabal Mohsen district. A third party in the conflict is the
Lebanese Army, which has so far failed to quell the unrest.

Although the clashes subsided in the morning, the area is still
reportedly controlled by snipers.

The week-long conflict brought life to a halt in Tripoli, home
to 500,000 residents, with schools and shops closed because of the
violence.

This is not the first time Tripoli has witnessed an outbreak of
violence between Sunnis supporting the Syrian rebels and pro-regime
Alawites, the religious branch of Shia Islam to which Syrian
President Bashar Assad belongs. The Lebanese Army deployed in the
city last October to broker a ceasefire.

A Lebanese gunmen stands guard behind a barricade in the Sunni district of Bab al-Tabbaneh following overnight clashes with the Alawite neighbourhood of Jabal Mohsen in the northern Lebanese port city of Tripoli, on May 25, 2013 (AFP Photo / Ghassan Sweidan)

People inspect the damage after overnight clashes in Al-Koubbeh, in Tripoli May 23, 2013 (Reuters / Omar Ibrahim)

Lebanese army soldiers patrol the Sunni Muslim Bab al-Tebbaneh neighbourhood after being deployed to tighten security, following clashes between Sunni Muslims and Alawites in the port city of Tripoli, northern Lebanon May 21, 2013 (Reuters / Omar Ibrahim)

A Lebanese army soldier walks with his weapon on a patrol after being deployed to tighten security, following clashes between Sunni Muslims and Alawites in the northern port city of Tripoli May 21, 2013 (Reuters / Omar Ibrahim)

This article originally appeared on: RT

Syria army seizes Homs-Ba'albek highway

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Syrian army has regained control of Homs-Ba’albek highway after clashes with foreign-sponsored militants fighting against the government of President Bashar al-Assad.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran artists to judge in Algeria contest

0

Two prominent Iranian calligraphers have been selected to serve as jury members in the 2013 edition of International Biennial of Calligraphy in Algeria.

Amir Ahmad Falsafi is slated to judge at the two sections of Classic Calligraphy and Modern Calligraphy (Calligraphy-painting) of the festival that will be held in the Algerian capital, Algiers.

At the Modern section, another Iranian artist Mahmoud Zendehroudi will also collaborate with the jurors.

Ahmad Ariamanesh and Ahmad Mazadi are Iranian representatives who will contend for award at the Competition section of the festival.

Considered one of the highest Islamic art forms, calligraphy became an indispensable part of Persian society in the beginning of the Islamic era so that it was not only practiced by professional artists but also by royalty and nobility.

In the 11th century six basic calligraphy styles became popular, which were referred to as, Naskh, Thuluth, Muhaqqaq, Rihani, Tauqi, and Riqa.

Nasta’liq is known as the most attractive Persian calligraphy style, broadly used in copying romantic and epic Persian poetry and literary manuscripts.

The 2013 Algerian calligraphy biennial is slated to kick off today on May 25 and will continue until June 5.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Sex assaults threaten trust in US Army’

0

US President Barack Obama congratulates a graduate during the US Naval Academy graduation ceremony at the Navy-Marine Corps Memorial Stadium in Annapolis, Maryland, on May 24, 2013.

As recent reports show a serious rise in sexual assault cases in the US Army, President Barack Obama says the problem is undermining trust in US military.

Å“Those who commit sexual assault are not only committing a crime, they threaten the trust and discipline that makes our military strong,” Obama said during the US Naval Academy graduation ceremony at the Navy-Marine Corps Memorial Stadium in Annapolis, Maryland, on Friday.

Addressing the Academy graduates including 841 men and 206 women, Obama said crime has no place in the US military, adding, Å“That is why we have to be determined to stop these crimes.”

Obama went on to note that misconduct by US Army soldiers has the potential to damage other parts of the society.

Å“Even in our military we’ve seen how the misconduct of some can have effects that ripple far and wide,” Obama said.

The remarks came as Washington is facing a crisis due to the rising number of sexual assaults in the countryâ„¢s military.

A newly-released report by the Pentagon on sexual assaults in the military indicates that unwanted sexual contact protests involving military personnel jumped to 26,000 in 2012 from 19,000 a year before. The figure shows a 37-percent increase.

The sharp increase in the number of sexual assault cases comes as the Pentagon is planning to integrate women into front-line combat roles.

According to a survey conducted in 2011, about one out of five military women said they had been the victims of sexual assault by another service member since joining the military.

MAM/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Aref says will accept final vote result

0

Iranian Reformist presidential candidate Mohammad-Reza Aref says he will accept any final result that comes out of the ballot box in next monthâ„¢s presidential election.

The former first vice president said an epic political event, as advised by the Leader of the Islamic Revolution, Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei, will only come about through a widespread turnout in the June 14th vote.

Aref said the Islamic Revolution is based on ethics and those who want to win must not sacrifice ethics as was the case in the previous election.

The Reformist candidate said the national interest, security and stability are of special importance and he will never sacrifice them for short-term political gain.

Earlier this week, Iranâ„¢s Interior Ministry published a list of eight candidates approved by the Guardian Council to run in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election slated for June 14.

In addition to Aref, Iranian lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of the Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi and former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati comprise the approved candidates.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

PG/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Syria army seizes al-Daba’a airport

0

The Syrian army has seized an airport in the strategic border town of al-Qusayr as it presses ahead to liberate the town fully from foreign-backed militants.

The Syrian troops took control of al-Dabaâ„¢a military airport north of Qusayr in Homs province on Saturday, the latest reports from the town said.

The army also regained control of the Baâ„¢ath Party headquarters in Qusayr, killing large numbers of foreign-backed militants.

Earlier in the day, the Syrian forces pounded the positions of the militants with heaviest artillery and rocket barrages.

The Syrian army has kicked off the second phase of its operation in the town after successfully concluding the first phase of battle.

Qusayr, which borders Lebanon, has been the scene of fierce clashes between Syrian forces and militants over the past few days.

Homs Province remains a strategic gain for either side because of its location which connects the capital, Damascus, to the Mediterranean coast.

So far, the army has inflicted losses on the foreign-backed insurgents and destroyed their weaponry and equipment.

The Syrian crisis has dragged on for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

SAB/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Major Retailers Sue Visa and MasterCard Over Swipe Fees

0

Seventeen major retailers, including Macy’s, Target, and Kohl’s, filed an anti-trust suit yesterday in New York City to protest Visa and MasterCard’s lack of transparency when they set credit card swipe fees.

Bloomberg Businessweek reported on the collusion that the credit card companies are said to be engaged in:

The biggest U.S. payment card firms illegally restrained competition for interchange fees by setting default rates and imposing almost identical rules for accepting cards, the retailers said yesterday in a federal court complaint in New York.

The retailers in the suit decided to “opt out” of a $7.5 billion court ruling from last November that would settle, finally and forever, an eight-year legal battle brought by retailers against the credit card giants. The settlement, the largest in anti-trust history, would still allow Visa and MasterCard to adjust fees in the future without disclosure or transparency, according to the new lawsuit. In addition the settlement would require the retailers to sign off on ever filing lawsuits over those fees, thus protecting the card companies from other anti-trust lawsuits in the future. It would, in effect, guarantee the existence of a cartel without interference.

By opting out, the retailers are hopeful that the new lawsuit will be able to force the card companies to be more transparent and to allow banks and other financial institutions to compete by offering other cards with lower fees. Although the world’s largest retailer, Walmart, didn’t join in the suit, observers are predicting it will file its own separate suit against the card companies.

The biggest complaint is that swipe fees have more than tripled since 2004 and now pour more than $50 billion annually into the pockets of Visa and MasterCard and the issuing banks, which use increasingly inexpensive technology to process the transactions. While fees elsewhere have declined – in Europe swipe fees are just one-eighth of those in the United States – fees in the United States have continued to accelerate, bringing such fees to be the second largest expense retailers pay next to salaries, and costing the average American family more than $400 a year.

The National Retail Federation opposes the November settlement

because it does little to address high fees charged in the past and nothing to prevent them from rising higher in the future. The $7.25 billion figure represents less than three months’ worth of swipe fee collections … and the settlement fails to reform the cartel-like system where Visa and MasterCard set a rigid schedule of swipe fees all banks agree to follow while refusing to negotiate with merchants.

The proposal does nothing to disclose the hidden fees or otherwise create transparency that would encourage competition. And retailers would face a long-term ban on future lawsuits over swipe fees, effectively allowing card industry practices to continue unchallenged.

The swipe fees, which average two percent (or $2 out of every $100 transaction), in many cases wipe out any profit a merchant might make on a sale. This forces him to either forgo taking credit cards, or pass on the costs to his customer through higher prices. Either way such fees act as a restraint of trade simply because consumers buy less when prices go up.

As expected, the Electronics Payments Coalition (EPC), which represents Visa, MasterCard, and the banks and credit unions that issue bank cards, says that despite the new lawsuit, the November settlement is likely to be finalized and binding on all in September. Trish Wexler, spokeswoman for the EPC, expected the lawsuit to fail:

They were saying they were going to do this for nearly a year now. I find it hard to understand why they think they could do any better with a new lawsuit using the same old arguments that they’ve already exhausted over the course of this litigation.

Whether the new lawsuit will perform a miracle and eliminate the backroom machinations that are enabling big banks and card companies to continue to fleece the consumer with ever higher fees remains to be seen. What is certain is they will continue to defend this massive and increasing flow of cash for as long as it takes. Marketplace competition is to be avoided at any cost. 

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Conservative Talk Radio and Amnesty

0

Radio talk-show host Mike Gallagher is the latest “conservative” media personality to endorse amnesty.  Since he revealed his Road to Damascus conversion on this topic a few days ago, Gallagher has been skewered by one-time fans.

Perhaps they should cease the skewering by ceasing to listen to Gallagher – or any other talk-radio figure who favors amnesty. 

More so than the substance of their position, it is the bad faith and condescension with which they argue for their position that justifies this move.

Those of us who affirm American sovereignty and the rule of law have long recognized that a government that wouldn’t lift a finger to prevent millions of immigrants from flooding into the country illegally certainly isn’t going to now round up and deport them all. So those who insist that this is the only alternative to amnesty set up what logicians call a false dichotomy – one of the logical fallacies identified by Aristotle.

Gallagher and his ilk attribute to their opponents a position that the latter do not hold. Worse, their enemies assign to respecters of the rule of law a position that is a species of wishful thinking, and one that the resisters of amnesty have always known, and known better than anyone, is wishful thinking.

Those who ache for America to remain a sovereign nation of laws have always maintained that it is primarily through self-deportation that the illegal immigration issue can be mitigated, though never solved.

This brings us to another point.

Pro-amnesty “conservative” personalities and politicians – along with such accomplices as Barack Obama, Janet Napolitano, and La Raza – talk about the need for a “solution” to this problem of our “broken” system. But genuinely conservative (and, for that matter, Christian) thinkers have always known that in life, there are no solutions. As Thomas Sowell has said, there are only “trade-offs.” 

Amnesty, regardless of how it is packaged, is no more a solution to our problems than is the status quo. It isn’t even a more effective response to our situation. However, even if it was, this would not make it a solution, for it will give way to still more problems in the future – like an increase in illegal immigration, something that, according to border agents, is happening now as a result of all of the talk of amnesty!

For amnesty’s apologists to accuse their opponents of “doing nothing” is more dishonesty, more bad faith, on their part. 

First, even if it was true that those who resist amnesty favored letting things be entirely as they are, this is still not a matter of doing nothing. It just could be the case – it undoubtedly is the case – that here, the problem is less of a problem than is the proposed “solution.”

Second, no one wants for things to remain as they are. Those who resist amnesty want illegal immigrants to be denied all welfare entitlements, social services, employment opportunities, and voting and driving privileges. This way, they will deport themselves. Also, they want the government to satisfy its job description and secure the country’s borders – an obligation that has never been subject to conditions.

Gallagher and his colleagues obviously believe that their listeners are stupid. Why else would they expect them to believe that although in the past the government has not managed to secure the borders and deprive illegal immigrants of all the benefits of citizenship – i.e., enforce its own laws – it will do so now? 

And it is hard not to think that Gallagher and company aren’t themselves a bit dense. They won’t endorse any bill, they insist, unless it promises to secure the border. Even in the midst of all of these government scandals, and despite all of their “limited government” rhetoric, they are still going to accept the government’s “promise” to fulfill its constitutional duty – though it hasn’t done this in nearly half-a-century. 

On second’s thought, maybe it is the substance of their position favoring amnesty that calls for turning off these “conservative” media personalities – at least until they wise up some.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Texas Conservatives Mobilize – Ask Governor to Veto Bill Expanding the Definition of …

0

Republicans in the Texas Legislature have succeeded where Obama Democrats have failed. Both houses of the Texas Legislature have passed SB 346 and it awaits the governor’s signature to become law. SB 346, authored by Senator Kel Seliger (R-Amarillo) and sponsored in the House by Representative Charlie Geren (R-Fort Worth), would greatly expand the definition of what is political activity and force groups to come under political reporting requirements.

The first sentence of SB 346 reads: “AN ACT relating to reporting requirements of certain persons who do not meet the definition of political committee.” The bill would apply to:

A person or group of persons [that] accepts political contributions if its members or donors make a payment, including dues, to the person or group of persons and, at the time of making the payments, the members or donors have reason to know that their payments may be used to make political contributions or political expenditures or may be commingled with other funds used to make political contributions or political expenditures.

The reporting requirements would apply to organizations that meet the $25,000 per year threshold. Amazingly for a bill passed by a legislature dominated by supposedly conservative Republicans, it exempts labor unions using the type of wording one might expect from a labor union of Wisconsin government employees:

This subchapter does not apply to a labor organization or any subordinate entity or associated account of a labor organization.

The Wall Street Journal, in an editorial entitled “Texas Targets Conservatives” in its May 22 issue commented:

The groups, which file under sections 501(c)(4) and 501(c)(6) of the tax code, would also have to disclose their donors, providing a new opportunity for advocacy groups to intimidate businesses and others from participating in elections.

The editorial went on to say the bill appears to be “targeting frequent critic Michael Quinn Sullivan (shown) from Texans for Fiscal Responsibility. Mr. Sullivan is on the black list because his group spreads the word about the voting records of lawmakers.”

Conservatives have mobilized against the bill’s passage, inundating the governor’s office with phone calls. Much of the mobilization of phone calls has been accomplished via social networking groups and the number appears to be substantial. Some social group members have posted that the operators who answer the phone were immediately able to prompt them with the bill number when they called asking the governor to veto it. The decision is now in the hands of Governor Rick Perry, a man who talks like a conservative but whose actions don’t always in agree with his words. Considering the large call volume all week asking for him to veto this bill, his lack of a decision by this time is a cause for concern by the groups who have organized this campaign.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Department of Justice Pressuring Staff to Affirm Homosexuality

0

A whistleblower from the Department of Justice has come forward to expose a campaign by the Obama Administration’s Justice Department (DOJ) to pressure its employees to affirm homosexuality. Matt Staver of the Liberty Council, a Virginia-based conservative legal advocacy group, reported that the DOJ employee provided his group with a brochure, entitled LGBT Inclusion at Work: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective Managers, that was e-mailed to all DOJ employees. The DOJ has become a stronghold of homosexual activism over the past few years, and its internal policies regarding embracing LGBT (lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender) behavior will doubtless increasingly permeate the entire federal workforce.

While the seven LGBT-affirming points delineated in the brochure are not overtly put forth as required behavior of DOJ staffers, they certainly come across as strong recommendations for managers – and by cross-pollination, employees – of the federal law enforcement bureaucracy. The memorandum warns DOJ staff to “assume that LGBT employees and their allies are listening to what you’re saying (whether in a meeting or around the proverbial water cooler) and will read what you’re writing (whether in a casual email or in a formal document.” The implication is unmistakeable: DOJ employees are to be forewarned that their language must be “inclusive and respectful” of LGBT persons and might even be used against them if it is not.

The brochure warns that the words “husband” and “wife” are too “gender specific” for a LGBT-affirming work environment, and should be replaced with such terms as “partner,” “significant other,” and “spouse.” Also out are terms like “gay lifestyle” and “sexual preference,” having been determined at the highest levels of homosexual activism to constitute inappropriate or disrespectful attitudes.

The memorandum strongly recommends that DOJ staff acknowledge a homosexual employee’s unique lifestyle in an affirming manner. “DO ask LGBT employees about their weekend, their spouse/partner, or their family/children,” it encourages, just like one would show interest in the lifestyle of a normal, non-homosexual person. “DO acknowledge important events in an LGBT employee’s life,” like a same-sex marriage, the birth of a child, or other normal life functions, “in the same way you would for a heterosexual employee” – “heterosexual” apparently having not yet made the banned-word list.

DOJ managers are encouraged to display “a symbol in your office (DOJ Pride sticker, copy of this brochure, etc.) indicating that it is a ‘safe place’” for homosexuals to congregate. DOJ Pride is the homosexual lobby hard at work in the Department of Justice, and the group responsible for the intimidating memorandum.

Managers are also strongly encouraged to make sure homosexual employees get a foot up on advancing through the ranks of DOJ employees. While lip service is given to “merit” as the sole issue in an employee’s advancement, the focus of the document is clearly on pushing for the treatment of homosexuals as the DOJ’s favored “diversity” group.

“Creating a work environment in which LGBT employees feel welcome and included has been shown to boost the performance and productivity of LGBT and non-LGBT employees alike,” the DOJ Pride-produced epistle claims. Managers, of course, are key to compelling all employees to enthusiastically affirm homosexuality and to ensure that the LGBT culture permeates the entire DOJ atmosphere.

Subtle pressure by supervisors on employees who may be inclined to consider homosexuality as unhealthy and detrimental – Christians, for example – is to be preferred over filing grievances or turning to federal rules implemented for “protected” classes of employees like homosexuals. “Managers have a more direct impact on workplace climate for employees including lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender employees, than nondiscrimination and EEO policies,” the brochure points out.”

No other “classes” of DOJ employee other than LGBT are mentioned in the brochure, and it is clear that any suggestion of moral opposition to their behavior is unacceptable, Liberty Counsel said in a press release exposing the LGBT brochure. “No longer can Christians quietly dissent or remain neutral to same-sex sexual relationships,” Liberty Counsel warned. “Now the DOJ is requiring federal employees to affirm sexual behaviors that every major religion throughout history has deemed immoral.”

The brochure includes quotes from LGBT employees whose behavior others are now required to affirm, including a man who is convinced he is actually a woman. “I want people to understand that I’m real,” the “transgender” man is quoted as saying. “I want to be recognized as the gender I really am…. Just imagine if people were constantly debating YOUR bathroom privileges. Imagine how humiliating that would be.”

Liberty Counsel’s Matt Staver said the DOJ campaign is the latest in the Obama administration’s efforts to force the acceptance of homosexuality on the nation as a whole. “This Administration is pushing the most radical, immoral agenda on the American people,” Staver said. “Christians are not merely required to ‘shut up,’ but now they are being coerced to embrace immorality that goes against their sincerely held religious beliefs.”

Staver said that Liberty Counsel will join with other groups and individuals to “do whatever is required to stand for religious freedom amidst this religiously intolerant Administration.”

Photo of Department of Justice headquarters in Washington: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Strong Reaction Follows Boy Scouts' Decision to Allow Homosexual Members

0

Following a historic vote by the leadership of the Boys Scouts of America (BSA) to allow participation by boys who claim to be homosexual, both gay activist groups and conservative, pro-family organizations expressed disapproval of the Scouting program, but for very different reasons. Sixty-one percent of the roughly 1,400 voting members of the BSA’s national council voted May 23 to allow boys who say they are homosexual to become members. The change will go into effect January 1, 2014.

In July of last year the BSA leadership concluded a two-year closed-door study by re-affirming the group’s ban on homosexual scout leaders, a policy that has been in place for the Boy Scouts’ entire 103-year history. Homosexual activists responded by launching an aggressive campaign to force the BSA to change its policy, which has included convincing some of the BSA’s large-scale corporate donors to drop their financial commitments to the group.

The BSA leadership emphasized that the ban against homosexual Scout leaders would remain in place. Tico Perez, commissioner of the BSA’s National Council, told reporters that prohibition has “served us well for 100 years.”

Response from homosexual spokespersons to the BSA policy change was lukewarm at best, with most noting the continued ban against homosexual leaders. “Today is a historic day for Boy Scouts across the country who want to be a part of this great American institution,” said Chad Griffin of the homosexual activist group Human Rights Campaign. “But the new policy doesn’t go far enough. Parents and adults of good moral character, regardless of sexual orientation, should be able to volunteer their time to mentor the next generation of Americans.”

Zach Wahls, a former Eagle Scout, whose mother is a lesbian and who has taken a lead role in pressuring the BSA to cave in on its values, released a statement saying that the “Boy Scouts of America can do better. We welcome the news that the ban on gay Scouts is history, but our work isn’t over until we honor the Scout Law by making this American institution open and affirming to all.”

Wayne Brock, the BSA’s chief executive, said the vote to allow gay teens as members represented a “challenging chapter in our history. While people have differing opinions on this policy, kids are better off when they’re in Scouting.”

In an official statement following the vote, the BSA said that regardless of the change to allow homosexual members, “any sexual conduct, whether heterosexual or homosexual, by youth of Scouting age is contrary to the virtues of Scouting,” a statement apparently meant to re-enforce to program’s commitment to moral purity on the part of participants. “Going forward,” the statement continued, “our Scouting family will continue to focus on reaching and serving youth in order to help them grow into good, strong citizens. America’s youth need Scouting, and by focusing on the goals that unite us, we can continue to accomplish incredible things for young people and the communities we serve.”

Such rhetoric was insufficient for most conservative and Christian groups, many of which have supported and even sponsored Scouting programs over the years. Officials of the Southern Baptist Convention (SBC), which has been a stalwart supporter of Scouting and which had tried to convince the BSA to hold the line against tolerating homosexuality, expressed their deep disappointment in the decision.

SBC Executive Committee President Frank Page, one of the denomination’s officials who had met with BSA officials, told Baptist Press News that he was “deeply saddened” that the BSA has abandoned its “constitutionally protected expressive message that homosexual behavior is incompatible with the principles enshrined in the Scout Oath and Scout Law.” Page said the vote “ushers in a sea-change in the credibility of the Boy Scouts of America as a viable boys’ organization for millions of Americans who believe strongly in the principles of biblical morality. To claim that the Boys Scouts is the nation’s foremost youth program of character development and values-based leadership training suddenly rings hollow.”

SBC President Fred Luter said the vote represented “a sad day in the history of an organization that for years stood on Christian principles,” adding that his prayers would “go out to the parents and churches who have been forced to make decisions about being a part of the Boy Scouts organization. As Southern Baptists, our commitment to the Word of God and Christian values must take priority over what is ‘politically correct.’ ”

Noted SBC ethicist Richard Land predicted that the many Southern Baptist churches which have sponsored scouting programs would look for alternatives. “Frankly, I can’t imagine a Southern Baptist pastor who would continue to allow his church to sponsor a Boy Scout troop under these new rules,” said Land. “I predict there will be a mass exodus of Southern Baptists and other conservative Christians from the Boy Scouts.”

The Associated Press noted that the Assemblies of God, another denomination that has enjoyed a strong partnership with the Boy Scouts over the years, said that it could no longer support the BSA, and would encourage churches dropping Scouting programs to turn instead to the denomination’s home-grown boys program, Royal Rangers.

John Stemberger of OnMyHonor.net – a coalition of Boy Scouts, Eagle Scouts, Scouting leaders, and parents who had worked to convince BSA officials to hold true to Scouting’s “timeless values” – expressed his group’s “great sadness and deep disappointment” upon realizing that “the most influential youth program in America has turned a tragic corner.” Stemberger predicted that the vote to allow homosexuality to gain a foothold in the Boy Scouts would “completely transform it into an unprincipled and risky proposition for parents. It is truly a sad day for Scouting.”

Stemberger lamented that the Boy Scouts organizations “is embarking on a pathway of social experimentation that we believe will place at risk the very youth the organization is entrusted to serve, while rendering as hollow the tenets of the Scout Oath.”

In a subsequent statement Stemberger announced that his group was joining with other like-minded groups and former BSA members for a closed-door meeting in June in Louisville, Kentucky, to discuss the creation of a new “character development” organization for boys. “We have a desire to explore how we might serve families and young people at the highest standard originally intended by Scouting’s founder, Robert Baden-Powell,” he said of the planned meeting.

Photo: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Four Iran candidates start campaigning

0

Four out of the eight Iranian presidential candidates approved by the countryâ„¢s Guardian Council have officially started campaigning.

Presidential candidate, Saeed Jalili, who is the secretary of the Supreme National Security Council, kicked off his campaign on Friday.

Jalili put ethics and foreign policy at top of his agenda as he spoke to his supporters about his programs, beliefs and ideals during his first campaign gathering since his approval as a candidate.

Å“We announced numerous times that our aim is to expand Islamâ„¢s influence and reduce the influence of the imperialists…. now if American puppets believe that this is expansionism and is a step toward creating a big empire, then let them think what they will,” Jalili said.

The candidates have been busy telling Iranians about their policies and the changes they will bring if elected president.

Another Principlist candidate, Ali-Akbar Velayati, who is a senior advisor to Leader of the Islamic Revolution Seyyed Ali Khamenei, also kicked of his campaign.

Independent candidate, Mohsen Rezaei, the secretary of the Expediency Council, kicked of his campaign on Friday as he spoke to his supporters about his programs at Laleh Park in Tehran.

Meanwhile, Tehran Mayor, Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf left the capital for Bushehr to kick of his presidential campaign in the southern Iranian city.

Reformist presidential candidate and former First Vice-President Mohammad-Reza Aref started his campaign on Monday at Tehran University.

Former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi, the director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani and lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel are expected to start their campaigns in the coming days.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election, and the Guardian Council vets the candidates.

PG/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

A Government Against Liberty

0

Let’s say you’re like most people and believe the federal government has become too large, too wasteful, too crooked, and too intrusive. Now imagine the morning mail arrives from the money-bleeding U.S. Postal Service ($16 billion in the hole last year) and there’s a letter from the Internal Revenue Service with a stern warning about “penalties for perjury” and a long list of questions and probes about your friends, associates, ideas, and political activities.

Here’s an example, directed from the IRS to the Linchpins of Liberty in Franklin, Tennessee:

“Provide details regarding all training you have provided or will provide. Indicate who has received or will receive the training and submit copies of the training material.”

“Liberty,” it seems, unless it’s a 19th century gift from France standing quietly in New York Harbor, has become a concept that’s now viewed by D.C.’s central planners and tax collectors as a bit too messy, subversive, uncontrolled and individualistic.

Following its review of IRS letters to 11 tea party groups and conservative organizations applying for tax-exempt status, Politico reported that the agency “wanted to know everything – in some cases, it even seemed curious about what members were thinking.”

In fact, it went beyond what people were thinking with the IRS summoning a pro-life group in Iowa to reveal detailed information regarding the content of their prayers.

“Please detail the content of the members of your organization’s prayers,” the IRS asked the Coalition for Life in Iowa. Additionally, the IRS office in Cincinnati asked all board members of the Iowa group to sign a sworn declaration promising not to picket Planned Parenthood.

And from ABC News, listed below is a sample of the questions and requests that ABC News found in roughly half a dozen IRS questionnaires sent to tea party groups” from 2010 to 2012:

“Provide copies of the agendas and minutes of your Board meetings and, if applicable, membership meetings, including a description of legislative and electoral issues discussed, and whether candidates for political office were invited to address the meeting.”

“Submit the following information relating to your past and present directors, officers and key employees: (a) Provide a resume for each.”

“The names of donors, contributors and grantors. The amount of each of the donations, contributions, and grants and the dates you received them.”

“Fully describe your youth outreach program with the local school.”

“Provide a list of all issues that are important to your organization. Indicate your position regarding each issue.”

“Please explain in detail your organization’s involvement with the Tea Party.”

“Provide copies of handbills you distributed at your monthly meetings.”

“The names of persons from your organization and the amount of time they spent on the event or program, or events.” The IRS also asked for “copies of all your current web pages, including blog posts” and “copies of all your newsletters, bulletins, flyers or any other media or literature you have disseminated to your members or others,” plus copies of related information on “Facebook and other social networking sites,” and “copies of stories or articles that have been published about you.”

And this: “Do you have a close relationship with any candidate for political office or political party? If so, describe fully the nature of that relationship.”

On June 29, 2011, IRS staffers told senior agency official Lois Lerner that they were giving special scrutiny to “statements in the case file” by groups that “criticize how the country is being run.” Also targeted were groups that focused on government spending, deficits, government debt, and educating people on ways to “make America a better place to live.”

On Jan. 15, 2012, the IRS widened its target list to include “political action type organizations” involved in education on the Constitution and Bill of Rights.

In his recent column, “In AP, Rosen investigations, government makes criminals of reporters” (May 22, 2013), Washington Post columnist Dana Milbank pointed to the fundamental threats to freedom in the Obama administration’s “broad snooping into Associated Press phone records,” along with the administration’s spying on journalist James Rosen at Fox News and the administration’s identification of Rosen in a search warrant as a “possible co-conspirator” in violation of the Espionage Act.

“To treat a reporter as a criminal for doing his job – seeking out information the government doesn’t want made public – deprives Americans of the First Amendment freedom on which all other constitutional rights are based,” warned Milbank. “Guns? Privacy? Due Process? Equal protection? If you can’t speak out, you can’t defend those rights, either.”

And while White House Press Secretary Jay Carney says that President Obama is “a fierce defender of the First Amendment” and doesn’t think “journalists should be prosecuted for doing their jobs,” Milbank points out that the Obama administration “has launched more leak prosecutions than all previous administrations combined.”

On what’s next, Milbank posted a warning: “If the administration is spying on reporters and accusing them of criminality just for asking questions – well, who knows what else this crowd is capable of doing?”

It’s “a culture of cover-ups and intimidation that is giving the administration so much trouble,” recently asserted Sen. John Cornyn, a member of the Judiciary Committee, referring to the Justice Department’s covert seizure of phone records at The Associated Press.

Charging that “our constitutional rights have been violated,” the President and Chief Executive Officer of The Associated Press, Gary Pruitt, said the government’s surreptitious monitoring of reporters has already had a chilling effect on news-gathering operations.

News sources, understandably, are more likely to be reluctant to call reporters if they think the government is on the line – and that’s especially true if the disclosure is about government transgressions.

“Under their own rules, they are required to narrow this request as narrowly as possible so as to not tread upon the First Amendment,” explained Pruitt on CBS’s Face the Nation, referring to the Obama administration’s phone monitoring.

“And yet they had a broad, sweeping collection, and they did it secretly,” explained Pruitt. “Their rules require them to come to us first, but in this case they didn’t, claiming an exception, saying that would have posed a substantial threat to their investigation. But they have not explained why it would and we can’t understand why it would.”

The end product of this increased monitoring and harassment of the press, this increased threat to reporters and to sources who come forward with information, is that the government is likely to become even more insulated from public scrutiny, more heavy-handed and inept, and more shielded from reform.

Once the government is successful in restricting the news-gathering operations of the press, warned Pruitt, “the people of the United States will only know what the government wants them to know and that’s not what the framers of the Constitution had in mind when they wrote the First Amendment.”

Pruitt has it right about the philosophy of the nation’s Founders, as demonstrated in the letters of Thomas Jefferson.

“Our liberty depends on the freedom of the press, and that cannot be limited without being lost,” asserted Jefferson in a January 28, 1786, letter to James Currie (1745-1807), a Virginia physician and frequent correspondent during Jefferson’s residence in France.

“Were it left to me to decide whether we should have a government without newspapers or newspapers without a government, I should not hesitate a moment to prefer the latter,” wrote Jefferson in 1787 to Edward Carrington, a Lieutenant Colonel in the Continental Army and a Virginia delegate to the Continental Congress from 1786 to 1788.

“Where the press is free, and every man able to read, all is safe,” stated Jefferson in 1816 in a letter to Colonel Charles Yancey, a commanding officer in Virginia Militia during the War of 1812.

And regarding those who seek to restrict the freedom of the press, Jefferson wrote this in 1804 to Judge John Tyler on the U.S. Circuit Court in Richmond: “No experiment can be more interesting than that we are now trying, and which we trust will end in establishing the fact, that man may be governed by reason and truth. Our first object should therefore be, to leave open to him all avenues of truth. The most effectual hitherto found, is the freedom of the press. It is, therefore, the first shut up by those who fear the investigation of their actions.”

Nikita Khrushchev, First Secretary of the Communist Party, 1953 to 1964, also understood the importance of the press. “The press,” he proclaimed, “is our chief ideological weapon.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Woolwich murder suspect ‘was offered job with MI5 six months ago’, claims childhood friend

0

UK Daily Mail
May 25, 2013

Woolwich murder suspect Michael Adebolajo was approached by MI5 six months ago and asked if he would work for the security service, it was claimed last night.

A childhood friend of the suspected terrorist claimed MI5 started following Adebolajo after a trip to Kenya last year.

Abu Nusaybah said the murder suspect believed MI5 was bugging him and ‘knocking on his door’ asking for information on ‘certain individuals’.

MI5 is already facing criticism after it emerged Adebolajo and fellow suspect Michael Adebowale had been monitored by the security service for eight years.

It is facing an inquiry by MPs amid a raft of devastating revelations about the alleged killers’ known links to Islamist extremism.

Mr Nusaybah, speaking on the BBC’s Newsnight programme last night about Abebolajo’s MI5 claims, said : ‘His wording was, “They are bugging me — they won’t leave me alone.”

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:00 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Woolwich murder suspect ‘was offered job with MI5 six months ago’, claims childhood friend

0

UK Daily Mail
May 25, 2013

Woolwich murder suspect Michael Adebolajo was approached by MI5 six months ago and asked if he would work for the security service, it was claimed last night.

A childhood friend of the suspected terrorist claimed MI5 started following Adebolajo after a trip to Kenya last year.

Abu Nusaybah said the murder suspect believed MI5 was bugging him and ‘knocking on his door’ asking for information on ‘certain individuals’.

MI5 is already facing criticism after it emerged Adebolajo and fellow suspect Michael Adebowale had been monitored by the security service for eight years.

It is facing an inquiry by MPs amid a raft of devastating revelations about the alleged killers’ known links to Islamist extremism.

Mr Nusaybah, speaking on the BBC’s Newsnight programme last night about Abebolajo’s MI5 claims, said : ‘His wording was, “They are bugging me — they won’t leave me alone.”

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:00 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Why Disinformation Works

0

Only conspiracy kooks produce real evidence

Paul Craig Roberts
Infowars.com
May 25, 2013

Illustration: David Dees

Have you ever wondered how the government’s misinformation gains traction?

What I have noticed is that whenever a stunning episode occurs, such as 9/11 or the Boston Marathon bombing, most everyone whether on the right or left goes along with the government’s explanation, because they can hook their agenda to the government’s account.

The leftwing likes the official stories of Muslims creating terrorist mayhem in America, because it proves their blowback theory and satisfies them that the dispossessed and oppressed can fight back against imperialism.

The patriotic rightwing likes the official story, because it proves America is attacked for its goodness or because terrorists were allowed in by immigration authorities and nurtured by welfare, or because the government, which can’t do anything right, ignored plentiful warnings.

Whatever the government says, no matter how problematical, the official story gets its traction from its compatibility with existing predispositions and agendas.

In such a country, truth has no relevance. Only agendas are important.

A person can see this everywhere. I could write volumes illustrating how agenda-driven writers across the spectrum will support the most improbable government stories despite the absence of any evidence simply because the government’s line can be used to support their agendas.

For example, a conservative writer in the June issue of Chronicles uses the government’s story about the alleged Boston Marathon bombers, Dzhokhar and Tamerlan Tsarnaev, to argue against immigration, amnesty for illegals, and political asylum for Muslims. He writes: “Even the most high-tech security systems imaginable will inevitably fail as they are overwhelmed by a flood of often hostile and dangerous immigrants.”

The writer accepts all of the improbable government statements as proof that the brothers were guilty. The wounded brother who was unable to respond to the boat owner who discovered him and had to be put on life support somehow managed to write a confession on the inside of the boat.

As soon as the authorities have the brother locked up in a hospital on life support, “unnamed officials” and “authorities who remain anonymous” are planting the story in the media that the suspect is signing written confessions of his guilt while on life support. No one has seen any of these written confessions. But we know that they exist, because the government and media say so.

The conservative writer knows that Dzhokhar is guilty because he is Muslim and a Chechen. Therefore, it does not occur to the writer to wonder about the agenda of the unnamed sources who are busy at work creating belief in the brothers’ guilt. This insures that no juror would dare vote for acquittal and have to explain it to family and friends. Innocent until proven guilty in a court has been thrown out the window. This should disturb the conservative writer, but doesn’t.

The conservative writer sees Chechen ethnicity as an indication of guilt even though the brothers grew up in the US as normal Americans, because Chechens are “engaged in anti-Russian jihad.” But Chechens have no reason for hostility against the US. As evidence indicates, Washington supports the Chechens in their conflict with Russia. By supporting Chechen terrorism, Washington violates all of the laws that it ruthlessly applies to compassionate Americans who give donations to Palestinian charities that Washington alleges are run by Hamas, a Washington-declared terrorist organization.

It doesn’t occur to the conservative writer that something is amiss when martial law
is established over one of America’s main cities and its metropolitan area, 10,000 heavily armed troops are put on the streets with tanks, and citizens are ordered out of their homes with their hands over their heads, all of this just to search for one wounded 19-year old suspect. Instead the writer blames the “surveillance state” on “the inevitable consequences of suicidal liberalism” which has embraced “the oldest sin in the world: rebellion against authority.” The writer is so pleased to use the government’s story line as a way of indulging the conservative’s romance with authority and striking a blow at liberalism that he does not notice that he has lined up against the Founding Fathers who signed the Declaration of Independence and rebelled against authority.

I could just as easily have used a left-wing writer to illustrate the point that improbable explanations are acceptable if they fit with predispositions and can be employed in behalf of an agenda.

Think about it. Do you not think that it is extraordinary that the only investigations we have of such events as 9/11 and the Boston Marathon bombing are private investigations, such as this investigation of the backpacks: http://whowhatwhy.com/2013/05/20/official-story-has-odd-wrinkles-a-pack-of-questions-about-the-boston-bombing-backpacks/

There was no investigation of 9/11. Indeed, the White House resisted any inquiry at all for one year despite the insistent demands from the 9/11 families. NIST did not investigate anything. NIST simply constructed a computer model that was consistent with the government’s story. The 9/11 Commission simply sat and listened to the government’s explanation and wrote it down. These are not investigations.

The only investigations have come from a physicist who proved that WTC 7 came down at free fall and was thus the result of controlled demolition, from a team of scientists who examined dust from the WTC towers and found nano-thermite, from high-rise architects and structural engineers with decades of experience, and from first responders and firefighters who were in the towers and experienced explosions throughout the towers, even in the sub-basements.

We have reached the point where evidence is no longer required. The government’s statements suffice. Only conspiracy kooks produce real evidence.

In America, government statements have a unique authority. This authority comes from the white hat that the US wore in World War II and in the subsequent Cold War. It was easy to demonize Nazi Germany, Soviet Communism and Maoist China. Even today when Russian publications interview me about the perilous state of civil liberty in the US and Washington’s endless illegal military attacks abroad, I sometimes receive reports that some Russians believe that it was an impostor who was interviewed, not the real Paul Craig Roberts. There are Russians who believe that it was President Reagan who brought freedom to Russia, and as I served in the Reagan administration these Russians associate me with their vision of America as a light unto the world. Some Russians actually believe that Washington’s wars are truly wars of liberation.

The same illusions reign among Chinese dissidents. Chen Guangcheng is the Chinese dissident who sought refuge in the US Embassy in China. Recently he was interviewed by the BBC World Service. Chen Guangcheng believes that the US protects human rights while China suppresses human rights. He complained to the BBC that in China police can arrest citizens and detain them for as long as six months without accounting for their detainment. He thought that the US and UK should publicly protest this violation of due process, a human right. Apparently, Chen Guangcheng is unaware that US citizens are subject to indefinite detention without due process and even to assassination without due process.

The Chinese government allowed Chen Guangcheng safe passage to leave China and live in the US. Chen Guangcheng is so dazzled by his illusions of America as a human rights beacon that it has never occurred to him that the oppressive, human rights-violating Chinese government gave him safe passage, but that Julian Assange, after being given political asylum by Ecuador is still confined to the Ecuadoran embassy in London, because Washington will not allow its UK puppet state to permit his safe passage to Ecuador.

Perhaps Chen Guangcheng and the Chinese and Russian dissidents who are so enamored of the US could gain some needed perspective if they were to read US soldier Terry Holdbrooks’ book about the treatment given to the Guantanamo prisoners. Holdbrooks was there on the scene, part of the process, and this is what he told RT: “The torture and information extraction methods that we used certainly created a great deal of doubt and questions in my mind to whether or not this was my America. But when I thought about what we were doing there and how we go about doing it, it did not seem like the America I signed up to defend. It did not seem like the America I grew up in. And that in itself was a very disillusioning experience.” http://rt.com/news/guantanamo-guard-islam-torture-608/

In a May 17 Wall Street Journal.com article, Peggy Noonan wrote that President Obama has lost his patina of high-mindedness. What did Obama do that brought this loss upon himself? Is it because he sits in the Oval Office approving lists of US citizens to be assassinated without due process of law? Is it because he detains US citizens indefinitely in violation of habeas corpus? Is it because he has kept open the torture prison at Guantanamo? Is it because he continued the war that the neoconservatives started, despite his promise to end it, and started new wars?

Is it because he attacks with drones people in their homes, medical centers, and work places in countries with which the US is not at war? Is it because his corrupt administration spies on American citizens without warrants and without cause?

No. It is none of these reasons. In Noonan’s view these are not offenses for which presidents, even Democratic ones, lose their high-minded patina. Obama can no longer be trusted, because the IRS hassled some conservative political activists.

Noonan is a Republican, and what Obama did wrong was to use the IRS against some Republicans. Apparently, it has not occurred to Noonan that if Obama—or any president—can use the IRS against opponents, he can use Homeland Security and the police state against them. He can use indefinite detention against them. He can use drones against them.

All of these are much more drastic measures. Why isn’t Peggy Noonan concerned?

Because she thinks these measures will only be used against terrorists, just as the IRS is only supposed to be used against tax evaders.

When a public and the commentators who inform it accept the collapse of the Constitution’s authority and the demise of their civil liberties, to complain about the IRS is pointless.

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts is the father of Reaganomics and the former head of policy at the Department of Treasury. He is a columnist and was previously the editor of the Wall Street Journal. His latest book, “How the Economy Was Lost: The War of the Worlds,” details why America is disintegrating.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 8:17 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Why Disinformation Works

0

Only conspiracy kooks produce real evidence

Paul Craig Roberts
Infowars.com
May 25, 2013

Illustration: David Dees

Have you ever wondered how the government’s misinformation gains traction?

What I have noticed is that whenever a stunning episode occurs, such as 9/11 or the Boston Marathon bombing, most everyone whether on the right or left goes along with the government’s explanation, because they can hook their agenda to the government’s account.

The leftwing likes the official stories of Muslims creating terrorist mayhem in America, because it proves their blowback theory and satisfies them that the dispossessed and oppressed can fight back against imperialism.

The patriotic rightwing likes the official story, because it proves America is attacked for its goodness or because terrorists were allowed in by immigration authorities and nurtured by welfare, or because the government, which can’t do anything right, ignored plentiful warnings.

Whatever the government says, no matter how problematical, the official story gets its traction from its compatibility with existing predispositions and agendas.

In such a country, truth has no relevance. Only agendas are important.

A person can see this everywhere. I could write volumes illustrating how agenda-driven writers across the spectrum will support the most improbable government stories despite the absence of any evidence simply because the government’s line can be used to support their agendas.

For example, a conservative writer in the June issue of Chronicles uses the government’s story about the alleged Boston Marathon bombers, Dzhokhar and Tamerlan Tsarnaev, to argue against immigration, amnesty for illegals, and political asylum for Muslims. He writes: “Even the most high-tech security systems imaginable will inevitably fail as they are overwhelmed by a flood of often hostile and dangerous immigrants.”

The writer accepts all of the improbable government statements as proof that the brothers were guilty. The wounded brother who was unable to respond to the boat owner who discovered him and had to be put on life support somehow managed to write a confession on the inside of the boat.

As soon as the authorities have the brother locked up in a hospital on life support, “unnamed officials” and “authorities who remain anonymous” are planting the story in the media that the suspect is signing written confessions of his guilt while on life support. No one has seen any of these written confessions. But we know that they exist, because the government and media say so.

The conservative writer knows that Dzhokhar is guilty because he is Muslim and a Chechen. Therefore, it does not occur to the writer to wonder about the agenda of the unnamed sources who are busy at work creating belief in the brothers’ guilt. This insures that no juror would dare vote for acquittal and have to explain it to family and friends. Innocent until proven guilty in a court has been thrown out the window. This should disturb the conservative writer, but doesn’t.

The conservative writer sees Chechen ethnicity as an indication of guilt even though the brothers grew up in the US as normal Americans, because Chechens are “engaged in anti-Russian jihad.” But Chechens have no reason for hostility against the US. As evidence indicates, Washington supports the Chechens in their conflict with Russia. By supporting Chechen terrorism, Washington violates all of the laws that it ruthlessly applies to compassionate Americans who give donations to Palestinian charities that Washington alleges are run by Hamas, a Washington-declared terrorist organization.

It doesn’t occur to the conservative writer that something is amiss when martial law
is established over one of America’s main cities and its metropolitan area, 10,000 heavily armed troops are put on the streets with tanks, and citizens are ordered out of their homes with their hands over their heads, all of this just to search for one wounded 19-year old suspect. Instead the writer blames the “surveillance state” on “the inevitable consequences of suicidal liberalism” which has embraced “the oldest sin in the world: rebellion against authority.” The writer is so pleased to use the government’s story line as a way of indulging the conservative’s romance with authority and striking a blow at liberalism that he does not notice that he has lined up against the Founding Fathers who signed the Declaration of Independence and rebelled against authority.

I could just as easily have used a left-wing writer to illustrate the point that improbable explanations are acceptable if they fit with predispositions and can be employed in behalf of an agenda.

Think about it. Do you not think that it is extraordinary that the only investigations we have of such events as 9/11 and the Boston Marathon bombing are private investigations, such as this investigation of the backpacks: http://whowhatwhy.com/2013/05/20/official-story-has-odd-wrinkles-a-pack-of-questions-about-the-boston-bombing-backpacks/

There was no investigation of 9/11. Indeed, the White House resisted any inquiry at all for one year despite the insistent demands from the 9/11 families. NIST did not investigate anything. NIST simply constructed a computer model that was consistent with the government’s story. The 9/11 Commission simply sat and listened to the government’s explanation and wrote it down. These are not investigations.

The only investigations have come from a physicist who proved that WTC 7 came down at free fall and was thus the result of controlled demolition, from a team of scientists who examined dust from the WTC towers and found nano-thermite, from high-rise architects and structural engineers with decades of experience, and from first responders and firefighters who were in the towers and experienced explosions throughout the towers, even in the sub-basements.

We have reached the point where evidence is no longer required. The government’s statements suffice. Only conspiracy kooks produce real evidence.

In America, government statements have a unique authority. This authority comes from the white hat that the US wore in World War II and in the subsequent Cold War. It was easy to demonize Nazi Germany, Soviet Communism and Maoist China. Even today when Russian publications interview me about the perilous state of civil liberty in the US and Washington’s endless illegal military attacks abroad, I sometimes receive reports that some Russians believe that it was an impostor who was interviewed, not the real Paul Craig Roberts. There are Russians who believe that it was President Reagan who brought freedom to Russia, and as I served in the Reagan administration these Russians associate me with their vision of America as a light unto the world. Some Russians actually believe that Washington’s wars are truly wars of liberation.

The same illusions reign among Chinese dissidents. Chen Guangcheng is the Chinese dissident who sought refuge in the US Embassy in China. Recently he was interviewed by the BBC World Service. Chen Guangcheng believes that the US protects human rights while China suppresses human rights. He complained to the BBC that in China police can arrest citizens and detain them for as long as six months without accounting for their detainment. He thought that the US and UK should publicly protest this violation of due process, a human right. Apparently, Chen Guangcheng is unaware that US citizens are subject to indefinite detention without due process and even to assassination without due process.

The Chinese government allowed Chen Guangcheng safe passage to leave China and live in the US. Chen Guangcheng is so dazzled by his illusions of America as a human rights beacon that it has never occurred to him that the oppressive, human rights-violating Chinese government gave him safe passage, but that Julian Assange, after being given political asylum by Ecuador is still confined to the Ecuadoran embassy in London, because Washington will not allow its UK puppet state to permit his safe passage to Ecuador.

Perhaps Chen Guangcheng and the Chinese and Russian dissidents who are so enamored of the US could gain some needed perspective if they were to read US soldier Terry Holdbrooks’ book about the treatment given to the Guantanamo prisoners. Holdbrooks was there on the scene, part of the process, and this is what he told RT: “The torture and information extraction methods that we used certainly created a great deal of doubt and questions in my mind to whether or not this was my America. But when I thought about what we were doing there and how we go about doing it, it did not seem like the America I signed up to defend. It did not seem like the America I grew up in. And that in itself was a very disillusioning experience.” http://rt.com/news/guantanamo-guard-islam-torture-608/

In a May 17 Wall Street Journal.com article, Peggy Noonan wrote that President Obama has lost his patina of high-mindedness. What did Obama do that brought this loss upon himself? Is it because he sits in the Oval Office approving lists of US citizens to be assassinated without due process of law? Is it because he detains US citizens indefinitely in violation of habeas corpus? Is it because he has kept open the torture prison at Guantanamo? Is it because he continued the war that the neoconservatives started, despite his promise to end it, and started new wars?

Is it because he attacks with drones people in their homes, medical centers, and work places in countries with which the US is not at war? Is it because his corrupt administration spies on American citizens without warrants and without cause?

No. It is none of these reasons. In Noonan’s view these are not offenses for which presidents, even Democratic ones, lose their high-minded patina. Obama can no longer be trusted, because the IRS hassled some conservative political activists.

Noonan is a Republican, and what Obama did wrong was to use the IRS against some Republicans. Apparently, it has not occurred to Noonan that if Obama—or any president—can use the IRS against opponents, he can use Homeland Security and the police state against them. He can use indefinite detention against them. He can use drones against them.

All of these are much more drastic measures. Why isn’t Peggy Noonan concerned?

Because she thinks these measures will only be used against terrorists, just as the IRS is only supposed to be used against tax evaders.

When a public and the commentators who inform it accept the collapse of the Constitution’s authority and the demise of their civil liberties, to complain about the IRS is pointless.

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts is the father of Reaganomics and the former head of policy at the Department of Treasury. He is a columnist and was previously the editor of the Wall Street Journal. His latest book, “How the Economy Was Lost: The War of the Worlds,” details why America is disintegrating.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 8:17 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Where Do Cops Come From?

0

Eric Peters
ericpetersautos.com
May 25, 2013

Ever wonder how come there are men (and women) in costumes “policing” the rest of us?

Most people accept this relationship as both given — and eternal. That there have always been men (if not always women) in costumes “policing” the rest of us. But, in fact, it’s a relatively novel thing. Think back to your schooldays. Do you recall any mention of police when you were learning about the colonial era and the American Revolution? There were sheriffs, yes — and the local militia. But these were concerned mostly with keeping the peace — that is, stepping in when someone harmed someone else. Up to and even during the Civil War — a titanic struggle between the fading remnants of the old republican idea and the centralized, omnipotent state that took its place — the idea of police as we know it was essentially unknown.

It is a modern concept — one developed out of the company town idea.

You may or may not recall the company town. It is a place — once upon a time, a very real place — in which the company not only employs nearly everyone but also controls nearly everyone. During work hours and — most relevant in terms of the discussion at hand — the rest of the time, too. This is achieved by paying the workers not in specie, but in “script” or tin coinage or some other form of fiat currency issued by the company — and good at the company stores in the company town where all the company workers live. Even the worker’s homes are company homes. In the company town, everything you did was the company’s business. And to keep it all nicely organized, there were company police.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:27 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Where Do Cops Come From?

0

Eric Peters
ericpetersautos.com
May 25, 2013

Ever wonder how come there are men (and women) in costumes “policing” the rest of us?

Most people accept this relationship as both given — and eternal. That there have always been men (if not always women) in costumes “policing” the rest of us. But, in fact, it’s a relatively novel thing. Think back to your schooldays. Do you recall any mention of police when you were learning about the colonial era and the American Revolution? There were sheriffs, yes — and the local militia. But these were concerned mostly with keeping the peace — that is, stepping in when someone harmed someone else. Up to and even during the Civil War — a titanic struggle between the fading remnants of the old republican idea and the centralized, omnipotent state that took its place — the idea of police as we know it was essentially unknown.

It is a modern concept — one developed out of the company town idea.

You may or may not recall the company town. It is a place — once upon a time, a very real place — in which the company not only employs nearly everyone but also controls nearly everyone. During work hours and — most relevant in terms of the discussion at hand — the rest of the time, too. This is achieved by paying the workers not in specie, but in “script” or tin coinage or some other form of fiat currency issued by the company — and good at the company stores in the company town where all the company workers live. Even the worker’s homes are company homes. In the company town, everything you did was the company’s business. And to keep it all nicely organized, there were company police.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:27 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Age of Authoritarianism: Government of the Politicians, by the Military, for the Corporations

0

John W. Whitehead
lewrockwell.com
May 25, 2014

“[F]orce alone cannot make us safe. We cannot use force everywhere that a radical ideology takes root; and in the absence of a strategy that reduces the well-spring of extremism, a perpetual war — through drones or Special Forces or troop deployments — will prove self-defeating, and alter our country in troubling ways.” ~ Barack Obama, May 23, 2013

President Obama’s declaration that “America is at a crossroads” in the fight against terror, a fight that is increasingly turning inwards, setting its sights on homegrown extremists, should give every American pause.

Read more

We have indeed reached a crossroads. History may show that from this point forward, we will have left behind any semblance of constitutional government and entered into a militaristic state where all citizens are suspects and security trumps freedom. Certainly, this is a time when government officials operate off their own inscrutable, self-serving playbook with little in the way of checks and balances, while American citizens are subjected to all manner of indignities and violations with little hope of defending themselves. We have moved beyond the era of representative government and entered a new age, let’s call it the age of authoritarianism.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:32 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Age of Authoritarianism: Government of the Politicians, by the Military, for the Corporations

0

John W. Whitehead
lewrockwell.com
May 25, 2014

“[F]orce alone cannot make us safe. We cannot use force everywhere that a radical ideology takes root; and in the absence of a strategy that reduces the well-spring of extremism, a perpetual war — through drones or Special Forces or troop deployments — will prove self-defeating, and alter our country in troubling ways.” ~ Barack Obama, May 23, 2013

President Obama’s declaration that “America is at a crossroads” in the fight against terror, a fight that is increasingly turning inwards, setting its sights on homegrown extremists, should give every American pause.

Read more

We have indeed reached a crossroads. History may show that from this point forward, we will have left behind any semblance of constitutional government and entered into a militaristic state where all citizens are suspects and security trumps freedom. Certainly, this is a time when government officials operate off their own inscrutable, self-serving playbook with little in the way of checks and balances, while American citizens are subjected to all manner of indignities and violations with little hope of defending themselves. We have moved beyond the era of representative government and entered a new age, let’s call it the age of authoritarianism.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:32 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Teenager arrested over Facebook comments about Boston Marathon bombers denied bail

0

telegraph.co.uk
May 25, 2013

Cameron D’Ambrosio, an 18-year-old aspiring rapper from Methuen, about 30 miles north of Boston, was arrested on May 1 after he posted a note on his Facebook page that included the words “a boston bombinb wait till u see the s I do.”

D’Ambrosio was charged with “communicating terrorist threats” and faces as many as 20 years in prison if he is convicted.

D’Ambrosio’s lawyer and his family members argued at a bail review hearing this week that the teenager, who has also posted several expletive-laden rap videos online, posed no immediate threat and should be granted bail.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:10 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Teenager arrested over Facebook comments about Boston Marathon bombers denied bail

0

telegraph.co.uk
May 25, 2013

Cameron D’Ambrosio, an 18-year-old aspiring rapper from Methuen, about 30 miles north of Boston, was arrested on May 1 after he posted a note on his Facebook page that included the words “a boston bombinb wait till u see the s I do.”

D’Ambrosio was charged with “communicating terrorist threats” and faces as many as 20 years in prison if he is convicted.

D’Ambrosio’s lawyer and his family members argued at a bail review hearing this week that the teenager, who has also posted several expletive-laden rap videos online, posed no immediate threat and should be granted bail.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:10 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Privacy advocates wary of push to mandate auto ‘black boxes’

0

Dave Larsen
mercurynews.com
May 25, 2013

The increasing computerization of cars allows them to capture and transmit data that can help improve highway and driver safety, federal officials said.

But the technology also raises privacy concerns about the ownership and unintended uses of that data, experts said.

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration is seeking a law that would require automakers to install “black boxes” in every new car and light truck sold starting September 2014. But unbeknownst to their owners, many vehicles already carry event data recorders, or EDRs. The NHTSA estimates that about 96 percent of all 2013 vehicles have the devices.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 8:04 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama Expands Militarization of Police

0

therealnews.com
May 25, 2013

Men in heavy armor carry assault rifles, patrolling streets alongside armored personnel carriers. These are scenes from the manhunt in Watertown, following April 15′s Boston Marathon Bombings. After locking down the area, local, state, and federal agencies sent SWAT teams out in force in search of the remaining suspect. The images from those days are striking, and raise serious questions about how and when the use of paramilitary policing tools should be used.

SWAT teams originated in the late 1960s, but their use greatly expanded in the 1980s as the Reagan administration doubled down on the drug war. In 1988 the Byrne Grant Program passed Congress, allocating substantial funding for anti-drug policing. As money was awarded for drug arrests, resources shifted toward drug raids, increasingly using SWAT teams for this purpose. Meanwhile federal programs were introduced increasing training and cooperation between the military and domestic law enforcement to battle drug crime.

Other Reagan-era policies encouraged the transfer of surplus military hardware to law enforcement, which in the 1990s became firmly established by the Clinton Administration’s 1033 Program, incorporating millions of pieces of equipment designed for war zones into domestic policing agencies.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:43 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama Expands Militarization of Police

0

therealnews.com
May 25, 2013

Men in heavy armor carry assault rifles, patrolling streets alongside armored personnel carriers. These are scenes from the manhunt in Watertown, following April 15′s Boston Marathon Bombings. After locking down the area, local, state, and federal agencies sent SWAT teams out in force in search of the remaining suspect. The images from those days are striking, and raise serious questions about how and when the use of paramilitary policing tools should be used.

SWAT teams originated in the late 1960s, but their use greatly expanded in the 1980s as the Reagan administration doubled down on the drug war. In 1988 the Byrne Grant Program passed Congress, allocating substantial funding for anti-drug policing. As money was awarded for drug arrests, resources shifted toward drug raids, increasingly using SWAT teams for this purpose. Meanwhile federal programs were introduced increasing training and cooperation between the military and domestic law enforcement to battle drug crime.

Other Reagan-era policies encouraged the transfer of surplus military hardware to law enforcement, which in the 1990s became firmly established by the Clinton Administration’s 1033 Program, incorporating millions of pieces of equipment designed for war zones into domestic policing agencies.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:43 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Infowars too popular for Rachel Maddow

0

Infowars.com
May 25, 2013

Yesterday, Obama administration mouthpiece MSNBC had their liberal poster-child Rachel Maddow continue her jihad on Alex Jones, this time inventing false claims that Alex believed the tornadoes in Oklahoma were a conspiracy.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:00 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Infowars too popular for Rachel Maddow

0

Infowars.com
May 25, 2013

Yesterday, Obama administration mouthpiece MSNBC had their liberal poster-child Rachel Maddow continue her jihad on Alex Jones, this time inventing false claims that Alex believed the tornadoes in Oklahoma were a conspiracy.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:00 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

GOP lawmakers hear complaints about wider abuses from IRS

0

Daniel Strauss
The Hill
May 25, 2013

Several Republicans say their constituents have come to them with examples of Internal Revenue Service intimidation that goes beyond the agency’s targeting of conservative organizations applying for tax-exempt status.

Lawmakers in the House and Senate say they’ve been told of other examples of bullying since the IRS apologized for targeting Tea Party groups.

“Oh, there’s a slew of them,” said Rep. Patrick Tiberi (R-Ohio), a member of the tax-writing Ways and Means Committee. He said several lawmakers on the panel had been given tips about over-aggressive actions by the IRS.

Tiberi is one of several lawmakers who went public this week with allegations of wider abuses by the IRS. He and the other officials acknowledged the complaints from their constituents could be true or false, and said that they intended to look into the matters.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:01 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

GOP lawmakers hear complaints about wider abuses from IRS

0

Daniel Strauss
The Hill
May 25, 2013

Several Republicans say their constituents have come to them with examples of Internal Revenue Service intimidation that goes beyond the agency’s targeting of conservative organizations applying for tax-exempt status.

Lawmakers in the House and Senate say they’ve been told of other examples of bullying since the IRS apologized for targeting Tea Party groups.

“Oh, there’s a slew of them,” said Rep. Patrick Tiberi (R-Ohio), a member of the tax-writing Ways and Means Committee. He said several lawmakers on the panel had been given tips about over-aggressive actions by the IRS.

Tiberi is one of several lawmakers who went public this week with allegations of wider abuses by the IRS. He and the other officials acknowledged the complaints from their constituents could be true or false, and said that they intended to look into the matters.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, May 25, 2013 at 7:01 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Boston and the CIA ‘Snafu’: The grey eminence behind Turkey’s Erdogan and AKP

0

Part I: Graham Fuller, Uncle Ruslan, the CIA and the Boston Bombings

JPEG - 22.8 kb
Graham Fuller (foreground) and Turkish Muslim guru Fetullah Gülen who has dark ties to CIA and fanatical Jihadist groups worldwide.

The open press statement of denial by senior reportedly former CIA official Graham Fuller in April of a link between the Boston Bombings and the CIA, labeling the reports “absurd,” may go down in history as one of the worst intelligence blunders [1] in the past century. The public admission by Fuller, on a website reported tied to the CIA, of his relationship to the Uncle of the alleged but not ever convicted Boston bombers opened a can of worms the CIA might well wish never had been opened.

The public admission by Fuller, on a website reported tied to the CIA, of his relationship to the Uncle of the alleged but not ever convicted Boston bombers [2] opened a can of worms the CIA might well wish never had been opened.

A deeper look into Fuller’s role reveals him to be a key figure in what FBI whistle-blower Sibel Edmonds terms American Deep State rogues. Edmonds worked as an FBI translator from Turkish, Azerbaijani and Farsi languages during and after September 11, 2001 when she uncovered damning email and other evidence of criminal networks linking the actors of 9/11, drug networks out of Turkey and terrorists in and around Al Qaeda together with senior Pentagon and other US Government officials. [3]

Fuller, A Deep State Rogue

GIF - 79.5 kb
Whistleblower Sibel Edwards has revealed extraordinary information on the U.S. government’s support for international terrorist networks and organised crime. She was described as “the most gagged person in the history of the United States” by the American Civil Liberties Union.

As later identified, among the people uncovered by Edmonds’ translation efforts at FBI were notorious neoconservative Richard Perle, Iraq war architect who headed Bush’s Defense Policy Board advisory committee in 2001; Douglas Feith, neocon Under-Secretary of Defense under Bush-Cheney; Anwar Yusuf Turani [4], key figure in the anti-Beijing Uygur separatist operations under the name East Turkistan National Freedom Center in Washington DC. East Turkistan is their name for China’s Xinjiang Province where Uygur riots took place several years ago. Turani modestly calls himself President-in-exile, East Turkistan (Xinjiang), though it’s by no means clear who if anyone elected him.

In her classified translations Edmonds discovered that a criminal network had penetrated the highest levels of the US Government including Pentagon and FBI, and were engaged in illegal sales of weapons, including nuclear, of drugs and more. Criminal activities were being protected by claims of State Secrets, she asserted. Repeated attempts to call attention inside the FBI to what she was convinced was a conspiracy against the United States from within came to no avail. Her gripping account to bring attention to an alarming rogue network inside Washington is the subject of her autobiography, Classified Woman — The Sibel Edmonds Story. [5]

Attorney General John Ashcroft went all the way to the Supreme Court to muzzle her under a little-used Doctrine of State Secrets. Edmonds, suffering under an unprecedented Bush Administration gag order, was banned from revealing the complicity of high-ranking US and Turkish figures uncovered by her and duly reported at FBI before she was fired in 2002 for “blowing the whistle.” She partly got around the Government gag by posting photos with no comment on her website. Others filled in the names. [6]

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Graham Fuller was one of the 21 American Deep State rogues Edmonds posted.

In 1995, according to investigative journalist Daniel Hopsicker, the uncle of the alleged Boston bombers, Ruslan Tsarnaev, “incorporated the Congress of Chechen International Organizations in Maryland, using as the address listed on incorporation documents 11114 Whisperwood Lane, in Rockville Maryland, the home address of his then-father-in-law.” [7] Father-in-law was Graham Fuller whose daughter was married to Uncle Ruslan.

Chechnya, an autonomous province of Russia deeply involved in oil pipelines from the Caspian Sea, has been the scene of Islamic jihad terrorists since the dissolution of the Soviet Union in 1991. In 1995 when Uncle Ruslan founded the Congress of Chechen International Organizations from Graham Fuller’s home, the Islamist Jihad terror war against Moscow was raging full-force in Chechnya. Putin and Russian intelligence have repeatedly claimed the terrorism was being fed from outside.

As more is coming out on the role of Fuller, the evidence points to the conclusion that the Chechnya terrorists were also a project bearing the footprints of the “former” CIA political Islam expert, Graham Fuller. By 1988 Fuller had formally moved from a very senior post at CIA to the neo-conservative think tank, RAND Corporation, where he officially worked on the “Middle East, Central Asia, South and Southeast Asia, and problems of ethnicity and religion.” [8]

While at RAND Fuller played a key role gaining asylum for a Turkish national in the USA. Fetullah Gülen, a Turkish national who was forced to flee in 1999 and seek asylum, won his US residence permit due to the intervention of two senior CIA or former men. One was Graham E. Fuller. [9]

Foreign Policy Journal describes the role of Fuller and the CIA in getting indicted Turkish fugitive Gülen asylum in the USA: “Fethullah Gülen became a green card holder despite serious opposition from FBI and from Homeland Security Department. Former CIA officers (formally and informally) such as Graham Fuller and Morton Abromovitz were some of the prominent references in Gülen’s green card application.” [10]

Jihad Spreads to Central Asia

From his new luxurious heavily-guarded estate in Saylorsburg, a remote part of eastern Pennsylvania, Gülen launched a series of fundamentalist Salafist mosques and madrasses, not only in his native Turkey where he was the alleged power behind Turkey’s AKP regime of Recep Tayyip ErdoÄŸan, himself a product of Gülen’s schools, but across the Islamic regions of Central Asia as they separated from the Soviet Union in the chaos after 1991. [11]

According to Edmonds, an authority on the subject, “US Islamization Operations in Central Asia via Gülen started in late 1997, early 1998. That brings me to …Graham Fuller.” [12]

GIF - 55.5 kb
Fethullah Gulen, lives in Pennsylvania. From there he runs a $25 billion international network. He is tied to hundreds of Gulen charter schools in the United States itself, 36 of which are located in Texas alone.

A memoir by former head of Turkish intelligence, Osman Nuri Gundes, claims that Fethullah Gülen’s worldwide Islamic movement based in Pennsylvania has been providing cover for the CIA since the mid-1990s, and that in the 90s, the movement “sheltered 130 CIA agents” at its schools in Kyrgyzstan and Uzbekistan alone. [13]

Gülen schools in Russian Chechnya and Dagestan regions, both locations of fanatical Jihadists since 1991, were ultimately banned by Putin. The Russian government has banned all Gülen schools and the activities of the Gülen-linked Nurcu sect in Russia. Over 20 Turkish followers of Gülen were deported from Russia in 2002-2004. In 1999 Uzbekistan closed all Gülen’s Madrasas and shortly afterward arrested eight journalists who were graduates of Gülen schools, and found them guilty of setting up an illegal religious group and of involvement in an extremist organization. In Turkmenistan, government authorities placed Gülen’s schools under close scrutiny and have ordered them to scrap the history of religion from curriculums. [14]

Responsible Turkish journalists I’ve met with relate that Gülen-loyal police tied to Edrogan’s AKP have infiltrated the Turkish police, intelligence services and other key state institution and are systematically arresting, purging or silencing all nationalist military, trade union and other secular figues opposed to creation of an Islamic Sharia state in Turkey, uprooting ninety or more years of Kemalist legal foundations. More than one hundred Turkish journalists have been arrested for writing critically about the actions of Gülen’s AKP.

Gülen’s public profile is as a humble, deeply spiritual Imam of love and brotherhood. His record in practice is anything but. Gülen once stated, “You must move in the arteries of the system without anyone noticing your existence, until you reach all the power centers, until the conditions are ripe.” Sounds a bit like Lenin in the old days. Certain networks in Washington including people in and around Fuller obviously have no problem with that.

Why would the CIA and US agencies want Central Asia? As Obama adviser, Zbigniew Brzezinski, notes in his now-famous book, The Grand Chessboard, “For America, the chief geopolitical prize is Eurasia…America’s global primacy is directly dependent on how long and how effectively its preponderance on the Eurasian continent is sustained…It follows that America’s primary interest is to help ensure that no single power comes to control this geopolitical space and that the global community has unhindered financial and economic access to it.”

Washington has used Turkey and the AKP fundamentalist networks of Gülen to wreak havoc across the post-communist oil and mineral-rich regions of Central Asia. Graham Fuller’s foot prints are all over those covert operations as are Fetullah Gülen’s. In 2008 Fuller published a book titled, “The New Turkish Republic: Turkey as a Pivotal State in the Muslim World.” As Sibel Edmonds describes, the process involved using Turkey with assistance from ’actors from Pakistan, and Afghanistan and Saudi Arabia’ as a proxy, which in turn used Bin Laden and the Taliban and others as a proxy terrorist army before 9/11. [15]

Edmonds notes regarding US operations in Central Asia, “This started more than a decade-long illegal, covert operation in Central Asia by a small group in the US intent on furthering the oil industry and the Military Industrial Complex, using Turkish operatives, Saudi partners and Pakistani allies, furthering this objective in the name of Islam.” [16]

What did Uncle Ruslan Tsarnaev, uncle of the Boston alleged bombers do when he was married to Graham Fuller’s daughter? Ruslan worked for companies connected to Halliburton, doing oil deals in the Caucasus and as “consultant” for the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) in the former Soviet Republic of Kazakhstan. Russia barred USAID from its soil in late 2012, alleging USAID together with CIA was attempting to influence the internal political processes in the country. [17]

Some are beginning to ask whether the Boston bombing might have been a deception operation carried out by the Rogues associated with Graham Fuller and the network within the CIA and Pentagon, to make it appear Putin was behind the ghastly events. In any case, when Graham Fuller went to the press to publicly denounce CIA links to the Tsarnaevs he made what is likely to go down as one of the greatest snafus in US intelligence history. He lost his cool, and with it, has put the spotlight on the entire CIA-sponsored Islamic Jihadist operations run through Fetullah Gülen across Turkey into Central Asia and Russia and China.

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Boston and the CIA ‘Snafu’: The grey eminence behind Turkey’s Erdogan and AKP

0

Part I: Graham Fuller, Uncle Ruslan, the CIA and the Boston Bombings

JPEG - 22.8 kb
Graham Fuller (foreground) and Turkish Muslim guru Fetullah Gülen who has dark ties to CIA and fanatical Jihadist groups worldwide.

The open press statement of denial by senior reportedly former CIA official Graham Fuller in April of a link between the Boston Bombings and the CIA, labeling the reports “absurd,” may go down in history as one of the worst intelligence blunders [1] in the past century. The public admission by Fuller, on a website reported tied to the CIA, of his relationship to the Uncle of the alleged but not ever convicted Boston bombers opened a can of worms the CIA might well wish never had been opened.

The public admission by Fuller, on a website reported tied to the CIA, of his relationship to the Uncle of the alleged but not ever convicted Boston bombers [2] opened a can of worms the CIA might well wish never had been opened.

A deeper look into Fuller’s role reveals him to be a key figure in what FBI whistle-blower Sibel Edmonds terms American Deep State rogues. Edmonds worked as an FBI translator from Turkish, Azerbaijani and Farsi languages during and after September 11, 2001 when she uncovered damning email and other evidence of criminal networks linking the actors of 9/11, drug networks out of Turkey and terrorists in and around Al Qaeda together with senior Pentagon and other US Government officials. [3]

Fuller, A Deep State Rogue

GIF - 79.5 kb
Whistleblower Sibel Edwards has revealed extraordinary information on the U.S. government’s support for international terrorist networks and organised crime. She was described as “the most gagged person in the history of the United States” by the American Civil Liberties Union.

As later identified, among the people uncovered by Edmonds’ translation efforts at FBI were notorious neoconservative Richard Perle, Iraq war architect who headed Bush’s Defense Policy Board advisory committee in 2001; Douglas Feith, neocon Under-Secretary of Defense under Bush-Cheney; Anwar Yusuf Turani [4], key figure in the anti-Beijing Uygur separatist operations under the name East Turkistan National Freedom Center in Washington DC. East Turkistan is their name for China’s Xinjiang Province where Uygur riots took place several years ago. Turani modestly calls himself President-in-exile, East Turkistan (Xinjiang), though it’s by no means clear who if anyone elected him.

In her classified translations Edmonds discovered that a criminal network had penetrated the highest levels of the US Government including Pentagon and FBI, and were engaged in illegal sales of weapons, including nuclear, of drugs and more. Criminal activities were being protected by claims of State Secrets, she asserted. Repeated attempts to call attention inside the FBI to what she was convinced was a conspiracy against the United States from within came to no avail. Her gripping account to bring attention to an alarming rogue network inside Washington is the subject of her autobiography, Classified Woman — The Sibel Edmonds Story. [5]

Attorney General John Ashcroft went all the way to the Supreme Court to muzzle her under a little-used Doctrine of State Secrets. Edmonds, suffering under an unprecedented Bush Administration gag order, was banned from revealing the complicity of high-ranking US and Turkish figures uncovered by her and duly reported at FBI before she was fired in 2002 for “blowing the whistle.” She partly got around the Government gag by posting photos with no comment on her website. Others filled in the names. [6]

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Graham Fuller was one of the 21 American Deep State rogues Edmonds posted.

In 1995, according to investigative journalist Daniel Hopsicker, the uncle of the alleged Boston bombers, Ruslan Tsarnaev, “incorporated the Congress of Chechen International Organizations in Maryland, using as the address listed on incorporation documents 11114 Whisperwood Lane, in Rockville Maryland, the home address of his then-father-in-law.” [7] Father-in-law was Graham Fuller whose daughter was married to Uncle Ruslan.

Chechnya, an autonomous province of Russia deeply involved in oil pipelines from the Caspian Sea, has been the scene of Islamic jihad terrorists since the dissolution of the Soviet Union in 1991. In 1995 when Uncle Ruslan founded the Congress of Chechen International Organizations from Graham Fuller’s home, the Islamist Jihad terror war against Moscow was raging full-force in Chechnya. Putin and Russian intelligence have repeatedly claimed the terrorism was being fed from outside.

As more is coming out on the role of Fuller, the evidence points to the conclusion that the Chechnya terrorists were also a project bearing the footprints of the “former” CIA political Islam expert, Graham Fuller. By 1988 Fuller had formally moved from a very senior post at CIA to the neo-conservative think tank, RAND Corporation, where he officially worked on the “Middle East, Central Asia, South and Southeast Asia, and problems of ethnicity and religion.” [8]

While at RAND Fuller played a key role gaining asylum for a Turkish national in the USA. Fetullah Gülen, a Turkish national who was forced to flee in 1999 and seek asylum, won his US residence permit due to the intervention of two senior CIA or former men. One was Graham E. Fuller. [9]

Foreign Policy Journal describes the role of Fuller and the CIA in getting indicted Turkish fugitive Gülen asylum in the USA: “Fethullah Gülen became a green card holder despite serious opposition from FBI and from Homeland Security Department. Former CIA officers (formally and informally) such as Graham Fuller and Morton Abromovitz were some of the prominent references in Gülen’s green card application.” [10]

Jihad Spreads to Central Asia

From his new luxurious heavily-guarded estate in Saylorsburg, a remote part of eastern Pennsylvania, Gülen launched a series of fundamentalist Salafist mosques and madrasses, not only in his native Turkey where he was the alleged power behind Turkey’s AKP regime of Recep Tayyip ErdoÄŸan, himself a product of Gülen’s schools, but across the Islamic regions of Central Asia as they separated from the Soviet Union in the chaos after 1991. [11]

According to Edmonds, an authority on the subject, “US Islamization Operations in Central Asia via Gülen started in late 1997, early 1998. That brings me to …Graham Fuller.” [12]

GIF - 55.5 kb
Fethullah Gulen, lives in Pennsylvania. From there he runs a $25 billion international network. He is tied to hundreds of Gulen charter schools in the United States itself, 36 of which are located in Texas alone.

A memoir by former head of Turkish intelligence, Osman Nuri Gundes, claims that Fethullah Gülen’s worldwide Islamic movement based in Pennsylvania has been providing cover for the CIA since the mid-1990s, and that in the 90s, the movement “sheltered 130 CIA agents” at its schools in Kyrgyzstan and Uzbekistan alone. [13]

Gülen schools in Russian Chechnya and Dagestan regions, both locations of fanatical Jihadists since 1991, were ultimately banned by Putin. The Russian government has banned all Gülen schools and the activities of the Gülen-linked Nurcu sect in Russia. Over 20 Turkish followers of Gülen were deported from Russia in 2002-2004. In 1999 Uzbekistan closed all Gülen’s Madrasas and shortly afterward arrested eight journalists who were graduates of Gülen schools, and found them guilty of setting up an illegal religious group and of involvement in an extremist organization. In Turkmenistan, government authorities placed Gülen’s schools under close scrutiny and have ordered them to scrap the history of religion from curriculums. [14]

Responsible Turkish journalists I’ve met with relate that Gülen-loyal police tied to Edrogan’s AKP have infiltrated the Turkish police, intelligence services and other key state institution and are systematically arresting, purging or silencing all nationalist military, trade union and other secular figues opposed to creation of an Islamic Sharia state in Turkey, uprooting ninety or more years of Kemalist legal foundations. More than one hundred Turkish journalists have been arrested for writing critically about the actions of Gülen’s AKP.

Gülen’s public profile is as a humble, deeply spiritual Imam of love and brotherhood. His record in practice is anything but. Gülen once stated, “You must move in the arteries of the system without anyone noticing your existence, until you reach all the power centers, until the conditions are ripe.” Sounds a bit like Lenin in the old days. Certain networks in Washington including people in and around Fuller obviously have no problem with that.

Why would the CIA and US agencies want Central Asia? As Obama adviser, Zbigniew Brzezinski, notes in his now-famous book, The Grand Chessboard, “For America, the chief geopolitical prize is Eurasia…America’s global primacy is directly dependent on how long and how effectively its preponderance on the Eurasian continent is sustained…It follows that America’s primary interest is to help ensure that no single power comes to control this geopolitical space and that the global community has unhindered financial and economic access to it.”

Washington has used Turkey and the AKP fundamentalist networks of Gülen to wreak havoc across the post-communist oil and mineral-rich regions of Central Asia. Graham Fuller’s foot prints are all over those covert operations as are Fetullah Gülen’s. In 2008 Fuller published a book titled, “The New Turkish Republic: Turkey as a Pivotal State in the Muslim World.” As Sibel Edmonds describes, the process involved using Turkey with assistance from ’actors from Pakistan, and Afghanistan and Saudi Arabia’ as a proxy, which in turn used Bin Laden and the Taliban and others as a proxy terrorist army before 9/11. [15]

Edmonds notes regarding US operations in Central Asia, “This started more than a decade-long illegal, covert operation in Central Asia by a small group in the US intent on furthering the oil industry and the Military Industrial Complex, using Turkish operatives, Saudi partners and Pakistani allies, furthering this objective in the name of Islam.” [16]

What did Uncle Ruslan Tsarnaev, uncle of the Boston alleged bombers do when he was married to Graham Fuller’s daughter? Ruslan worked for companies connected to Halliburton, doing oil deals in the Caucasus and as “consultant” for the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) in the former Soviet Republic of Kazakhstan. Russia barred USAID from its soil in late 2012, alleging USAID together with CIA was attempting to influence the internal political processes in the country. [17]

Some are beginning to ask whether the Boston bombing might have been a deception operation carried out by the Rogues associated with Graham Fuller and the network within the CIA and Pentagon, to make it appear Putin was behind the ghastly events. In any case, when Graham Fuller went to the press to publicly denounce CIA links to the Tsarnaevs he made what is likely to go down as one of the greatest snafus in US intelligence history. He lost his cool, and with it, has put the spotlight on the entire CIA-sponsored Islamic Jihadist operations run through Fetullah Gülen across Turkey into Central Asia and Russia and China.

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Brits rally in solidarity with Manning

0

Demonstrators gathered outside the US embassy in London on August 25, 2012.

Activists from across Britain are to stage a protest in support of Bradley Manning, the US soldier who leaked documents on the truth about the wars waged by the United States in Iraq and Afghanistan.

British campaigners are expected to take part in the demonstration, which is planned to be held outside the US embassy in London on Saturday June 1, in order to condemn the imprisonment of the US army private for blowing the whistle on war crimes.

Manning was arrested in Iraq in May 2010 on suspicion of having passed information to WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, who is currently in political asylum in the Ecuadorean embassy in the UK capital.

Manningâ„¢s trial is scheduled to start on June 3. He could face life imprisonment if convicted of the most serious charge of aiding the enemy.

On the closing day of Manningâ„¢s last pretrial hearing on Thursday May 23, a silent vigil was also held outside the US diplomatic mission in London to bring attention to his case.

SSM/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Brits rally in solidarity with Manning

0

Demonstrators gathered outside the US embassy in London on August 25, 2012.

Activists from across Britain are to stage a protest in support of Bradley Manning, the US soldier who leaked documents on the truth about the wars waged by the United States in Iraq and Afghanistan.

British campaigners are expected to take part in the demonstration, which is planned to be held outside the US embassy in London on Saturday June 1, in order to condemn the imprisonment of the US army private for blowing the whistle on war crimes.

Manning was arrested in Iraq in May 2010 on suspicion of having passed information to WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, who is currently in political asylum in the Ecuadorean embassy in the UK capital.

Manningâ„¢s trial is scheduled to start on June 3. He could face life imprisonment if convicted of the most serious charge of aiding the enemy.

On the closing day of Manningâ„¢s last pretrial hearing on Thursday May 23, a silent vigil was also held outside the US diplomatic mission in London to bring attention to his case.

SSM/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Clashes kill 12 in southern Philippines

0

Soldiers load the bodies of Filipino marines into a military truck after being recovered from the site of clashes with Abu Sayyaf militants in the southern Philippines on May 25, 2013.

Twelve people have been killed when army troops launched an offensive against al-Qaeda-linked Abu Sayyaf militants in the southern Philippines.

Military spokesman, Brigadier General Domingo Tutaan, said seven Filipino marines and five Abu Sayyaf gunmen were killed on Saturday during a one-hour gun battle that erupted on the outskirts of the coastal town of Patikul in Sulu Province.

He added that nine other Filipino troops and 10 Abu Sayyaf militants were also wounded in the fierce fighting.

Meanwhile, government troops are combing the area to hunt down the gunmen at large, who were reportedly led by militant commander, Julaswan Sawadjaan.

Sulu’s military commander, Colonel Jose Cenabre, said one of Sawadjaanâ„¢s sons was believed to have been killed in the firefight.

Sawadjaan’s men are held accountable for a series of kidnappings for ransom, including a Jordanian journalist and two European tourists who are still being held captive, in the southern Philippines.

Last week, they abducted the wife of a Filipino marine. The woman used to work in a Sulu provincial hospital.

The gunmen also recently kidnapped two government employees. The abductees were later released. It was not clear whether any ransom was paid.

Abu Sayyaf group remains a major threat to the Philippines security. It is responsible for a recent wave of abductions as well as attempts to sabotage a road project in the southern Philippines.

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Clashes kill 12 in southern Philippines

0

Soldiers load the bodies of Filipino marines into a military truck after being recovered from the site of clashes with Abu Sayyaf militants in the southern Philippines on May 25, 2013.

Twelve people have been killed when army troops launched an offensive against al-Qaeda-linked Abu Sayyaf militants in the southern Philippines.

Military spokesman, Brigadier General Domingo Tutaan, said seven Filipino marines and five Abu Sayyaf gunmen were killed on Saturday during a one-hour gun battle that erupted on the outskirts of the coastal town of Patikul in Sulu Province.

He added that nine other Filipino troops and 10 Abu Sayyaf militants were also wounded in the fierce fighting.

Meanwhile, government troops are combing the area to hunt down the gunmen at large, who were reportedly led by militant commander, Julaswan Sawadjaan.

Sulu’s military commander, Colonel Jose Cenabre, said one of Sawadjaanâ„¢s sons was believed to have been killed in the firefight.

Sawadjaan’s men are held accountable for a series of kidnappings for ransom, including a Jordanian journalist and two European tourists who are still being held captive, in the southern Philippines.

Last week, they abducted the wife of a Filipino marine. The woman used to work in a Sulu provincial hospital.

The gunmen also recently kidnapped two government employees. The abductees were later released. It was not clear whether any ransom was paid.

Abu Sayyaf group remains a major threat to the Philippines security. It is responsible for a recent wave of abductions as well as attempts to sabotage a road project in the southern Philippines.

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Cannes award goes to Iranian student

0

Iranian-based woman director Anahita Qazvinizadeh has been garnered as the top winner of this year™s Cannes Cinéfondation Award for her short production.

Qazvinizadeh who is currently student at the School of the Art Institute in Chicago (SAIC) received the prize for her film dubbed The Needle.

The 21-minute movie is about a 6th-grade girl caught in a tug of war between divorced parents.

Qazvinizadeh studied Bachelor of Arts at the Tehran University then left the country to continue her education for MFA in studio arts, in Chicago.

Created in 1998 and devoted to the search for new talent, the Cinéfondation selects fifteen to twenty short and medium-length works each year from film schools across the world.

Cinefondation short film competition is held as one of many sidebars in the worldâ„¢s premier celebration of cinema.

Academy Award-winning Iranian filmmaker Asghar Farhadi™s latest film The Past (Le Passé) was also presented at the 66th Cannes International Film Festival.

The movie took part in the Competition section of the event to contend for this yearâ„¢s Palm D’Or.

Paris-set tale screen production, The Past, which shares some similarities with Farhadiâ„¢s Oscar-winning picture A Separation, was warmly welcomed by many critics who followed the film.

Named among the top 100 most anticipated films of 2013, the movie started its public screening at the French movie theaters during recent days.

The 66th Cannes International Film Festival that kicked off on May 15 will run until May 26, 2013.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Cannes award goes to Iranian student

0

Iranian-based woman director Anahita Qazvinizadeh has been garnered as the top winner of this year™s Cannes Cinéfondation Award for her short production.

Qazvinizadeh who is currently student at the School of the Art Institute in Chicago (SAIC) received the prize for her film dubbed The Needle.

The 21-minute movie is about a 6th-grade girl caught in a tug of war between divorced parents.

Qazvinizadeh studied Bachelor of Arts at the Tehran University then left the country to continue her education for MFA in studio arts, in Chicago.

Created in 1998 and devoted to the search for new talent, the Cinéfondation selects fifteen to twenty short and medium-length works each year from film schools across the world.

Cinefondation short film competition is held as one of many sidebars in the worldâ„¢s premier celebration of cinema.

Academy Award-winning Iranian filmmaker Asghar Farhadi™s latest film The Past (Le Passé) was also presented at the 66th Cannes International Film Festival.

The movie took part in the Competition section of the event to contend for this yearâ„¢s Palm D’Or.

Paris-set tale screen production, The Past, which shares some similarities with Farhadiâ„¢s Oscar-winning picture A Separation, was warmly welcomed by many critics who followed the film.

Named among the top 100 most anticipated films of 2013, the movie started its public screening at the French movie theaters during recent days.

The 66th Cannes International Film Festival that kicked off on May 15 will run until May 26, 2013.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

No Iran troop deployment to Syria: Vahidi

0

Defense Minister Brigadier General Ahmad Vahidi rejects Western allegations that Iran has sent military forces to Syria.

Å“The Islamic Republic of Iran has not sent and will not send military forces to Syria,” Vahidi said Wednesday.

Å“If it were not for Iranâ„¢s well-wishing measures and peace-seeking policies aimed at strengthening the peace process in the region, countries supporting terrorists… [would have realized their goal] to start a bloodbath in Syria,” he added.

Turmoil has gripped Syria since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian security forces, have been killed in the unrest.

The Iranian official said that those countries accusing others of meddling in Syria have turned the region into a battlefield by committing Å“outrageous war crimes” in Iraq and Afghanistan and supporting Israelâ„¢s atrocities in Palestine and Lebanon, adding that they have no objective but to fuel violence in the Middle East.

Å“The West, in particular the US, seeks to wage wars and intensify regional conflicts to boost their arms sales in order to save their crisis-hit economies.”

They want to repeat the Iraq and Afghanistan scenario in Syria and to destroy the countryâ„¢s economic and industrial infrastructure in a bid to make the Arab country dependent, Vahidi noted.

He advised Western countries to stop their stubbornness, savagery and violent and terrorist acts because the patience of the people of the region has a limit.

The Syrian government says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants fighting in Syria are foreign nationals.

AR/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Guinea protests turn violent in Conakry

0

Opposition activists throw rocks during clashes with police in Conakry, on May 24, 2013.

Violent clashes have broken out between security forces and opposition activists in the capital city of Guinea-Conakry, leaving over a dozen people injured.

The clashes erupted as anti-government protesters shut down large parts of the capital Conakry and put up barricades across roads to block major highways into the city center.

Medics say four of the severely injured are now in critical condition.

The government spokesman, Damantang Albert Camara, said in a statement that the “protest had turned into a day of vandalism and assaults on representatives of law enforcement,” adding, “Bystanders and hooligans … attacked peaceful civilian populations and private businesses.”

The protests were called on Friday by opposition activists, a day after six people were killed in anti-government rallies.

The clashes are the latest in a series of disputes between the opposition leader Cellou Dallein Diallo and the ruling party over the details of parliamentary elections scheduled for June 30.

The elections have been repeatedly delayed since 2011, and the last legislative elections were held in 2002 in the African nation.

The opposition leader Diallo is accusing the government of President Alpha Conde of planning to rig the vote. At least 17 people have lost their lives in the violence in recent weeks.

JR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

IMF chief not charged in fraud case

0

The Court of Justice of the Republic (CJR) has not pressed criminal charges against International Monetary Fund (IMF) chief Christine Lagarde after days of investigation into a corruption case, Press TV reports.

Lagarde walked out of the court after two days of court hearings looking into her involvement in fraud and misappropriation of public funds.

The French court was probing Lagardeâ„¢s handling of a dispute in 2007 that resulted in a 400 million-euro (USD 515 million) payment to former politician and controversial business figure, Bernard Tapie.

On Friday, the former finance minister was given the status Å“assisting witness”. This means she will be regarded as a witness in future related questioning.

The IMF chief was Franceâ„¢s finance minister under the government of former French President Nicolas Sarkozy.

Reports indicate Sarkozy had promised Tapie benefits if he agreed to become a major funder in his 2007 presidential election campaign.

Some say the court’s decision is an unfair one.

Å“Christine Lagardeâ„¢s behavior in this affair is unacceptable, because she allowed one of Franceâ„¢s biggest businessmen to bypass traditional public justice and gave him a private arbitration… her decision greatly favored Mr. Tapie,” Copernic Fondationâ„¢s Pierre Khalfa said.

In 2007, Lagarde asked a panel of judges to arbitrate in a row between Tapie and the partly state-owned Credit Lyonnais over his sale of sports group Adidas in 1993.

She has been accused of Å“numerous anomalies and irregularities.”

The criminal charges are regarded as the second straight scandal for an IMF chief since Lagarde succeeded Dominique Strauss-Kahn, who quitted over allegations of an assault on a hotel maid in New York.

SZH/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

IMF chief not charged in fraud case

0

The Court of Justice of the Republic (CJR) has not pressed criminal charges against International Monetary Fund (IMF) chief Christine Lagarde after days of investigation into a corruption case, Press TV reports.

Lagarde walked out of the court after two days of court hearings looking into her involvement in fraud and misappropriation of public funds.

The French court was probing Lagardeâ„¢s handling of a dispute in 2007 that resulted in a 400 million-euro (USD 515 million) payment to former politician and controversial business figure, Bernard Tapie.

On Friday, the former finance minister was given the status Å“assisting witness”. This means she will be regarded as a witness in future related questioning.

The IMF chief was Franceâ„¢s finance minister under the government of former French President Nicolas Sarkozy.

Reports indicate Sarkozy had promised Tapie benefits if he agreed to become a major funder in his 2007 presidential election campaign.

Some say the court’s decision is an unfair one.

Å“Christine Lagardeâ„¢s behavior in this affair is unacceptable, because she allowed one of Franceâ„¢s biggest businessmen to bypass traditional public justice and gave him a private arbitration… her decision greatly favored Mr. Tapie,” Copernic Fondationâ„¢s Pierre Khalfa said.

In 2007, Lagarde asked a panel of judges to arbitrate in a row between Tapie and the partly state-owned Credit Lyonnais over his sale of sports group Adidas in 1993.

She has been accused of Å“numerous anomalies and irregularities.”

The criminal charges are regarded as the second straight scandal for an IMF chief since Lagarde succeeded Dominique Strauss-Kahn, who quitted over allegations of an assault on a hotel maid in New York.

SZH/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

5 Unintended Consequences of America's War on Pubic Hair

0

May 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

America’s merciless war on pubic hair continues, with hair removal — a trim or totally bald — growing in popularity across gender and age groups, especially among the young: a recent study by the Center for Sexual Health Promotion at Indiana University found that the younger the woman the more likely she was to wax or shave all of her pubic hair. Meanwhile, alarmed health providers and researchers have launched a counter-offensive, publicizing the wide variety of nasty health effects. Here are 5 unintended consequences of our battle against pubes.

1)The Spread of STI’s: The universe has decided humans need more ways to exchange diseases during sex. Earlier this year, a French médecin observed a surge of pube-less patients bespotted with the Molluscum contagiousm virus (MVC). The dermatologist concluded the MCV was spread amongst people who had shorn their pubic hair with razors carrying the virus (from a different part of their body), and/or bumped hairless uglies with MCV carriers. “Long ago, surgeons figured out that shaving a body part prior to surgery actually increased rather than decreased surgical site infections”, wrote Emily Gibson M.D.

Skin, especially the soft epidermis of your nether regions, is made vulnerable when hair is yanked out, or burned, slashed, or pruned off. “When that irritation is combined with the warm moist environment of the genitals, it becomes a happy culture media for some of the nastiest of bacterial pathogens, namely group A streptococcus, staphylococcus aureus and its recently mutated cousin methicillin resistant staph aureus (MRSA)”, as well as herpes.

2) Injuries: Recently, the journal Urology reported that pubic hair removal injuries increased fivefold between 2002 and 2010! A bit of unsolicited advice- when wielding blades around your genitals avoid going all Edward Scissorhands on yourself; 83% of those wounds were suffered from shaving (and only 56.7% of those reported injuries came from ladies). The study cites lacerations as the most common injury, with rashes coming in second. The report also describes “… the use of the shaving cream lid to control bleeding from a vaginal cut, self-circumcision with scissors, slip and fall on a razor with external genital injury, use of a razor to incise genital lesions, razor handle assault by another person, ritualistic genital cutting, and shaving skin over a spider bite” as some of the anomalous injuries sustained from hacking at the hedges. The study advises self-groomers “don’t shave while under the influence of drugs or alcohol.” Where’s the fun in that? Booooo. Also, do not shave and drive. Like this Floridian (of course) woman.

Severe infections have been hospitalizing the hairless as well: after two separate incidents of women being rushed to the ER due to infections from their Brazilian waxes, the state of New Jersey considered banning the service in 2009. A diabetic woman in Australia nearly died from the life threatening bacterial infection incurred by her Brazilian wax.

3) The expense: In its comprehensive piece about the fiscal cost of being a lady with lady problems and lady expenses, Jezebel wrote that waxes are a conservative $35 (plus tip). I found they were typically between $45-$65, or more. For those that prefer to mow their labia lawn the old fashioned way, $15.95 a month is the estimated cost of shaving supplies, in addition to “soothing gels” and ingrown hair/razor burns solutions. Don’t worry dudes! When enjoying your Dr. Pepper Ten or sipping on Pepsi Max, you too can spend your money on genital vanity. Brands once solely associated with women’s grooming have created products for men. “Who wears short shorts?” You do, bro. Salons are eager to manicure your manhood, offering services like Bliss Spa’s “the Ultimate He-Wax” (!) for a mere $125 (for the record, I think it’s masochistic to seek a brazilian wax from a place called “Bliss”).

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

How Did Major Hedge Fund Earn 30% Returns for 20 Years Straight? Lots of Cheating.

0

May 23, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

How would you like to invest $10,000 and watch it grow over 20 years into $1,461,920? Well that’s what happened at the giant hedge fund, SAC Capital Advisors, which made a 30% return for 20 years in a row.

How is it possible to make such profitable investments again and again and again? The U.S. Attorney for Manhattan, Preet Bharara, believes he has the answer: SAC is cheating … again and again and again. In fact, Bharara suggests that hedge funds that engage in insider trading may be rotten to the core:

“Given the scope of the allegations to date, we are not talking simply about the occasional corrupt individual; we are talking about something verging on a corrupt business model, for the defendants seem to have taken the concept of social networking and turned it into a criminal enterprise. ” [refers to a 2011 hedge fund indictment, not the current case against SAC.]

To date, nine current and former SAC employees face insider trading criminal charges stemming from their work at the firm. Four have pled guilty and two are still fighting their indictments. Now the head of SAC, multi-billionaire Stephen A. Cohen (note the initials), will be subpoenaed to appear before a grand jury. The federal strategy may be to indict the entire hedge fund and shut it down, according to the New York Times.

We do not know as yet to what degree SAC relied on illegally obtained information (or other illicit activities) to amass its extraordinary profits. But we do know this: hedge funds don’t like to gamble. Rather they want to make their billions by betting on sure things. In researching my book, How to Make a Million Dollars an Hour, it became clear that that the hedge fund industry as a whole is up to its eyeballs in a series of unethical maneuvers that sometimes are legal, sometimes are borderline and often are outright criminal.

But aren’t there many (some?) honest and ethical people working in America’s 8,000 hedge funds?

Maybe so, but the overwhelming culture within hedge funds makes cheating a way of life, according to Lynn Stout of UCLA Law School. In her article, ” How Hedge Funds Create Criminals,” Stout claims that hedge funds flash three critical signals that promote unethical behavior:

Signal 1: Authority Doesn’t Care about Ethics. Since the days of Stanley Milgram’s notorious electric shock experiments, science has shown that people do what they are instructed to do. Hedge-fund traders are routinely instructed by their managers and investors to focus on maximizing portfolio returns. Thus, it should come as no surprise that not all hedge-fund traders put obeying federal securities laws at the top of their to-do lists.

Signal 2: Other Traders Aren’t Acting Ethically. Behavioral experiments also routinely find that people are most likely to “follow their conscience” when they think others are also acting prosocially. Yet in the hedge-fund environment, traders are more likely to brag about their superior results than [about] their willingness to sacrifice those results to preserve their ethics.

Signal 3: Unethical Behavior Isn’t Harmful. Finally, experiments show that people act less selfishly when they understand how their selfishness harms others. This poses special problems for enforcing laws against insider trading, which is often perceived as a “victimless” crime that may even contribute to social welfare by producing more accurate market prices. Of course, insider trading isn’t really victimless: for every trader who reaps a gain using insider information, some investor on the other side of the trade must lose. But because the losing investor is distant and anonymous, it’s easy to mistakenly feel that insider trading isn’t really doing harm.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Is the Idea of an Intelligent Self-Help Book a Paradox?

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/Peshkova

May 24, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

This article first appeared in the Los Angeles Review of Books.

Is the very idea of an intelligent self-help book a paradox? It is certainly trying to serve two demanding masters: philosophical speculation and practical action. After all, readers don’t pick up self-help books just to ruminate on life’s dilemmas, but to be guided to solutions. The new series of self-help books published by the London-based School of Life, co-founded by the Swiss-born popular philosopher Alain de Botton, echoes the school’s lofty approach to problems, claiming to be “intelligent, rigorous, well-written new guides to everyday living.” Yet to peruse the School of Life’s calendar of classes is to fall into a vortex of jargon pitched somewhere between the banal banter of daytime talk shows and the schedule for a nightmarish New Age retreat: “How to Have Better Conversations,” “How to Realise Your Potential,” “Developing a Compassionate Mind: One Day Intensive,” “Philosophy Slam,” “Learning How to Say No,” “Getting Better at Online Dating,” “ Resilience: One Day Workshop.” Before long, I was ready to sign up for “How to Stay Calm.”

De Botton himself is a divisive, if not easily dismissed, public intellectual. The author of bestselling books about many of the broad topics the School of Life curriculum covers – love, work, religion, happiness, and philosophy itself – de Botton is often accused of being a purveyor of Philosophy Lite (see, for example, Victoria Beale’s January 3, 2013, attack on him in The New Republic, “ How to Be a Pseudo-Intellectual”). His works are securely aimed at the insecure middlebrow reader, the kind of person who knows that Proust can change her life but maybe would rather read about how Proust can change her life than slog through seven life-changing volumes. Indeed, there is something ersatz, if not quite fraudulent, about de Botton’s entire intellectual enterprise: he often seems like a grad student who shows up to seminar having done just enough of the reading to participate by jumping on other people’s comments, but who never makes an original observation of his own. He is constantly quoting and alluding to great figures – Jane Austen, John Stuart Mill, Stendhal, and Freud, among others, all get name-dropped in his self-help book, How To Think More About Sex (about which more below) – but he tends to meander and summarize after a quotation rather than using it to drive his own argument forward.

De Botton has, however, up until recently, been a great champion of philosophy as a way to work through life’s conundrums. His The Consolations of Philosophy (2000) is a charming and, in its own way, useful book that dissects the lives and ideas of major philosophers like Socrates and Nietzsche and applies them to everyday problems like “unpopularity” and “difficulties.” De Botton claims in Consolations that it is possible to “take on a task at once both profound and laughable: to become wise through philosophy.” In this he has positioned himself in a long line of thinkers about the care and maintenance of the self, such that the editing and writing of “intelligent self-help books” would not seem like such a stretch.

Yet the real issue with de Botton’s new book, and the others in the How To series, is not simply a lack of depth but one of purpose: they are certainly shallow in their philosophy, but they are not particularly useful either. The books are combination platters of soft science, anecdotal case studies (some real, some fictional), and exercises or suggestions about steps the reader could take to further his or her goal. Along with de Botton’s volume purporting to inspire more (but not deeper, note) thought about sex, the School of Life series includes How to Stay Sane, by Philippa Perry; How to Change the World, by John-Paul Flintoff; and How to Find Fulfilling Work, by Roman Krznaric. Krznaric’s volume is by far the most successful, perhaps because he is the only one of the authors who does not seem embarrassed by either his topic or the means of treating it. Perry, a psychotherapist, and Flintoff, a journalist, retain a tone like they should be doing their work by more highfalutin means. And de Botton’s book makes an enraging little study (all the books clock in at around 200 pages) of contemporary assumptions about sex, marriage, and relationships, regarded strictly from the point of view of a bored, married, middle-aged man who maybe dabbles in philosophy and fancies himself an intellectual. It’s like being hit on by a paunchy, balding European guy at an office party who tries to seduce you with, well, quotes from Jane Austen and Stendhal, and empty proclamations about the place of sex, marriage, and relationships in contemporary society.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Does Anthony Weiner's Comeback Mean that the Laws of Scandal Politics Have Changed?

0

Photo Credit: By Thomas Good (Next Left Notes (Photo Credit: Thomas Good / NLN)) [GFDL (http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html) or CC-BY-SA-3.0-2.5-2.0-1.0 (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0)], via Wikimedia Commons

May 24, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Former New York Congressman Anthony Weiner is back. Having given up his House seat following being exposed in a 2011 sexting scandal, Weiner bowed out of politics for the last two years.

On May 22nd, Weiner threw his proverbial hat into the New York City mayoral race, one of a half-dozen Democratic candidates seeking to replace Michael Bloomberg in the upcoming election. In a well-plotted campaign, he’s back in the game. He harbors a war chest estimated at $5 million and was required to announce his run or forfeit public matching funds.

In a professionally produced video that launched his campaign, he lays out a profile of his life — his childhood in Brooklyn, his Congressional accomplishments and his “middle class” agenda for the city. Most telling in terms of the scandal that will likely dog his campaign, Weiner opens and closes the video accompanied with his wife, Huma Abedin, an aide to Hillary Clinton.

Weiner’s reemergence on the political scene comes just a couple of weeks after another political figure who was forced from office following a sex scandal, Mark Sanford. The former governor of South Carolina won a race for a House seat against Elizabeth Colbert Busch.

These two races – involving a Democrat and a Republican, in a blue and a red state – signal the further erosion of the culture wars. The Christian right remains absolutist with regard to a woman’s right to an abortion. But some within the Republican right have given ground with regard to gay rights, immigration, teen sex ed and the morning-after pill.

An increasing number of states have legalized marriage equality and the Senate is advancing a somewhat “bipartisan” immigration bill.  These efforts signal the emergence of a new right-of-center “moderate” faction within the Republican Party.

The new Republican moderates seem to recognize that the 2012 election signed a profound shift in the electoral climate.  They seem to acknowledge that the message of Tea Party activists is getting shriller, more fundamentalists. More insightful, they see Republicans as a shrinking political force due to demographics and as capitalist recovery takes place. They wonder how to hold — if not gain — ground in the 2014 Congressional elections. Can it be a replay of what happened in 2010?

***

Americans love a scandal involving the high-and-mighty, whether a politician, celebrity or grandee. It represents all-Americanschadenfreude, the satisfaction or pleasure that comes from someone else’s misfortune. U.S. history is rich with political scandals, many involving sex.  More interesting, time – and changing moral values —has led to the rehabilitation of pols and others brought down by a sex scandal.

This shifting value system is personified by former-President Bill Clinton. His illicit Oval Office tryst with Monica Lewinsky was the grounds for his Impeachment by a Republican-controlled House of Representatives led by Newt Gingrich. Clinton’s value position has been significantly enhanced by the subsequent revelations about Gingrich, who, while leading the charge against the sitting president, was involved in an out-of-wedlock affair with Callista Gingrich, his current wife.

Today, Clinton has been fully rehabilitated. He runs the prestigious Clinton Foundation and his wife, Hillary, who stuck with him through the scandal, served as Secretary of State and has a shot at becoming the next president. One can only wonder whether Weiner, his wife and political confidants reflected on this possibly parallel scenario.

Other pols have not fared so well. Gingrich flubbed the 2012 election. Al Gore, a well-meaning if inept politician — whatever happened to the “Information Superhighway”? — was deflated after his divorce. New York’s former governor, Eliot Spitzer, kept his marriage but has floundered as an entertainment figure, jumping from an online columnist, to talk-show personality, to whatever gives him visibility.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Is Documentary Film Viable in a Sensationalized Media World?

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/ fotoedu

May 24, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

There has been a major shift in media culture as most TV networks have abandoned long-form information programming. In these times, with Twitter playing a big part in disseminating news, TV has to be punchy, quick and visual. The age of media mergers has seen showbiz merging with news biz, and soundbites have become shorter as the newscast story count rises.

Significantly, the best TV criticism of these trends in the US appears in a nightly programme on the Comedy Central channel. But ultimately, there is nothing funny about the way a media system – intended to bolster a democratic discourse – contributes to its decline.

News is increasingly becoming more about the image than the information – an approach to “coverage” that is at its core tabloid in its sensibilities, often intended for a memorable emotional impact that will boost media ratings and revenues. The race for “breaking news” is breaking our ability to understand the context of events.

This all happened as “the press” became “the media” – a time in which branding and on-air personality became paramount. I saw it happening during the 10 years I spent in television news, during which the multi-million-dollar anchors became more newsworthy than what they reported on.

Soon, the “big names” in media began focusing on the “big names” in politics. Landing hyped-up interviews with newsmakers became known–in insider parlance–as “getting the get.” News bookers began to see themselves like big-game hunters on an African safari.

Investigative Work 

When I started my career behind the small screen, each of the main TV networks featured a regularly scheduled documentary to expose wrongdoing and offer deeper analysis. CBS Reports was modelled on the tradition established by news legends like Edward R Murrow. NBC White Paper and ABC Close-Up all offered well-made in-depth programming until faster-paced segments on news magazines displaced the documentaries that were often poorly promoted and, as a result, poorly watched.

As these shows went bye-bye, independent documentary-making drew former journalists like myself, eager to do more substantive investigative work. Other, less political and artsier filmmakers – often graduates of film schools or refugees from Hollywood – brought their dedication to “look” and storytelling into a business that had once been driven by a sense of political mission.

A market slowly emerged on cable channels that went for lurid crime dramas, wildlife shows, adventure series and history programmes mostly on scary bad guys.

And soon, a class hierarchy could be seen among independent filmmakers. American Public Television cultivated a small elite to produce mostly non-controversial docs for well-funded regularly scheduled series. HBO Documentaries were more mixed and commercial – some about news issues, others profiling personalities, and still others using Hollywood techniques to treat docs as non-fiction films. They became a profit centre for a network known for movies. Economically, it is cheaper for cable channels to offer less pricey documentaries they can air over and over.

A proliferating number of film festivals – some market-driven like Sundance, or associated with stars like Tribeca – provided more venues and opportunities to show and sell films.

One of the documentary films I was associated with investigated the murder of American journalist Daniel Pearl in Pakistan. It took adding CNN’s Christiane Amanpour as a narrator to give it more credibility and get it on air.

Most independent filmmakers wanted to be in the major league, but only a few made it.

It was only after Michael Moore, a radical print journalist turned filmmaker, proved that documentaries could make money in theatres, that what is still a small but high-profile industry was born. This has brought hard-hitting films, of a kind that could rarely get on television, into theatres where producers hope they can at least recoup their costs.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

I Lost My Sweetheart to Polyamory

0

May 24, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Sophia and I were dating a week when we created The List. We had a lot in common – we were both writers, lived in the same neighborhood, and had just gotten out of marriages – but it was our shared desire to be sexually experimental that really defined our relationship. I’m hardly this adventurous on my own, but after being married for 10 years and realizing Sophia had a yen to try just about anything, I felt at ease about traveling out of my comfort zone with her.

One night, while sipping wine in my apartment, we started adding items to the list of lascivious things we wanted to do together:

A shopping spree at a sex shop.
A threesome with another woman.
Sex clubs.
Light S&M.
Role playing.
Orgasm control.

I didn’t even know what “orgasm control” was. It sounded frightening.

“Anything else?” I asked.

There was one other thing Sophia wanted on our compendium of carnal delights: an open relationship. Sophia, who was openly bisexual, was convinced monogamy wasn’t for her, even though she’d never tried polyamory herself.

In theory, I loved the idea of an open relationship. In practice, though, I wasn’t so sure. What would happen, I wondered aloud to Sophia, if one of us starts having an emotional relationship with another person? What would happen to us? We both shrugged. “We’ll just cross that bridge when we get there,” she said.

I’d always been a faithful boyfriend and/or spouse and the idea of being able to openly be with other people while still maintaining a romantic, emotional relationship with Sophia seemed to go against everything I’d ever been conditioned on the subject of love and relationships. I had a feeling this would not end well, but I really liked Sophia and I was intrigued about the idea of this List.

We made rules for our open relationship. And then we’d tweak them if they didn’t work. At first we decided to keep our outside dating activities a secret from each other unless something physical happened with another person. A month later we’d think full disclosure might be better. No matter what, though, it was a challenge for me to reconcile my growing feelings for Sophia knowing she was actively seeking out women and men for romantic trysts. I had a couple encounters with other women, but in general I just wanted to be with Sophia. Lounging around my place, Sophia would log on to the dating site we were both on and show me the guys and gals she’d been corresponding with. It would make my stomach swirl with nerves.

To her credit, Sophia was as tactful as one could be in these situations. When she’d tell me about an experience she’d had, I could see she was nervous about how it would affect me. We had a good level of communication, and I wanted to tell her how uncomfortable this whole thing made me. But then I feared she’d tell me it would have to be an open relationship or no relationship. I told myself that I’d adjust.

And there were fun times. Like when we’d go out to lesbian bars in the hope of picking up a woman to bring back to my place. Sometimes we’d meet other male-female couples who were like us. And sometimes they’d end up at my apartment. Once, at my place, a guy laid out a few lines of cocaine on my coffee table. I don’t really do drugs but in my newfound spirit to live out of my comfort zone more, I indulged. As he and I snorted up the white powder and talked about travel, Sophia and the woman had sex on the couch across from us. It was one of the odder nights I’d had in a while.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

UK govt. Iraq abuse probe ‘inadequate’

0

UK govt. Iraq abuse probe Ëœinadequateâ„¢

This file picture taken on April 7, 2003 shows Iraqis watching British soldiers advance towards central Basra in the south of Iraq.

The British government’s response to claims of torture and abuse of Iraqis by UK troops was not adequate, the High Court has ruled.

Britainâ„¢s Ministry of Defence (MoD) set up the Iraq Historic Allegations Team (IHAT) to investigate allegations leveled against British soldiers for killing, torturing and abusing hundreds of Iraqi civilians and prisoners.

However, two judges in London said the present IHAT inquiry “does not fulfill” the UK’s human rights obligations under Article 2 of the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR).

Lawyers representing 180 Iraqi civilians had called for a full public inquiry into human rights violations perpetrated by the British military in Iraq.

The court stopped short of ordering such an inquiry on the grounds that IHAT is not independent enough, but said coroner-style hearings should investigate the issue further.

“The court has expressed its very serious concerns about allegations in these cases of the most serious kind involving murder, manslaughter, the willful infliction of serious bodily injury, sexual indignities and cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment,” said Phil Shiner of Public Interest Lawyers (PIL), which represents the Iraqis.

The MoD has already paid a total of £14 million to 205 claimants and a further £1.1 million to 22 more people. The department is also negotiating over more payments to more cases.

US-led forces attacked Iraq in 2003 and toppled Saddam Hussein on the pretext of possessing weapons of mass destruction. However, no WMD was ever discovered in Iraq.

Britain was the second largest contributor of troops to the Iraq war. At least 179 British troops were killed during the US-led invasion of the country.

SSM/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Explosion kills 12 at Afghan mosque

0

Afghans clean blood on the floor of a mosque following a bomb blast. (File photo)

Twelve people have been killed when explosives, which were being transported by suspected Taliban members, accidentally went off inside a mosque in Afghanistanâ„¢s eastern province of Ghazni.

Local official Qasim Desewal said on Saturday that four civilians and eight militants died in the blast during evening prayers in the Andar district of the province on Friday.

He added that the Taliban had apparently stopped at the mosque while traveling, and the explosives they were carrying detonated while they were inside.

The explosion was on the same day as a major Taliban assault on an international compound in Kabul left dozens of people dead.

A Taliban spokesman claimed that at least 44 people were killed in the attack, and the fatalities mostly included CIA agents.

On Saturday morning, a bomber died when his explosives-rigged vest went off prematurely in the capital, Kabul.

Police spokesman, Hashmatullah Stanekzai, said no one else was killed or wounded in the explosion.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but the country is still gripped by insecurity.

In late April, the Taliban announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

The militant group said it would use “every possible tactic” to inflict casualties on Afghan and US-led forces. They specifically mentioned insider attacks, and bomb attacks.

The announcement prompted the Afghan authorities to beef up security in major cities across the country, including Kabul.

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

FBI Agents Killed in Virginia Were Investigating the Boston Bombing

0

By JG Vibes

Intellihub.com

Two FBI agents died in a “fall” from a helicopter in Virginia this week.

Days later it has emerged that these agents were involved in the arrest of Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, a suspect in the Boston Marathon bombings.

41-year-old Christopher Lorek, and 40-year-old Stephen Shaw

During an apparently training mission in the Virginia area 2 FBI agents were killed after falling from a helicopter into the water. 41-year-old Christopher Lorek, and 40-year-old Stephen Shaw both belonged to an experienced hostage rescue team that was involved in the arrest of Boston Marathon suspect Dzhokhar Tsarnaev.

Pilot Online reported that:

In interviews Monday, the founder of the Hostage Rescue Team and other former special agents called the unit “elite” while outlining the difficult training exercises members must endure.

“It’s the most rigorous training regiment in law enforcement, probably in the world,” said Danny Coulson, a former deputy assistant director of the FBI who started the team 30 years ago and served as its first commander. “They have to be able to do any mission, at any time.”

Among other things, members of the Hostage Rescue Team are trained to rappel from helicopters, scuba dive and use explosives to break down doors and walls. When needed, the team can deploy within four hours to anywhere in the U.S.

“It sounds risky, and it absolutely is,” Coulson said. “They have the same skill sets as SEAL Team 6 and Delta Force.”

Last month, the team was involved in the arrest of Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, a suspect in the Boston Marathon bombings.

There have been a series of suspicious deaths surrounding people who were close to the investigation and the arrests. Just yesterday we reported that a former MMA fighter was killed by the FBI when they payed him a visit for “questioning.

As Shepard Ambellas reported, “In what continues to be the most bizarre series of ongoing events, Mixed Martial Arts (MMA) fighter, Ibragim Todashev, was shot and killed in his apartment by the FBI just before midnight last night. Authorities believed the man to be a friend of Tamerlan Tsarnaev, one of the alleged Boston bombing suspects.”

And if that’s not enough. It was also reported by Infowars.com on April 29, 2013 that the original bombing suspect, Sunil Tripathi, was found dead in Providence River.

We will be keeping a close eye on this story and this case in general as the establishment moves in to cover up their tracks and tie up loose ends.

 Sources:

^http://hamptonroads.com/2013/05/fbi-agents-died-fall-helicopter-va-coast

^http://www.officer.com/news/10946547/fbi-agents-fell-to-deaths-during-training?page=2

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Syria army seizes al-Daba’a airport

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Syrian army has seized al-Daba’a Airport north of the strategic border town of al-Qusayr in Homs province, as it continues battle against foreign-backed militants.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

312 rejected council hopefuls approved

0

File photo shows a number of hopefuls registering for Iranâ„¢s upcoming city and rural council elections.

Iranâ„¢s High Supervisory Board of Elections has approved the qualifications of 312 city and rural council hopefuls in Tehran who were initially rejected.

The board said Saturday that more than 4,500 hopefuls have signed up for the council election in Tehran Province, while only 283 of them were not approved to run in the race.

According to the body, candidates will start campaigning from June 6. The final list of candidates will be released on June 3.

The 4th city and rural council elections are scheduled to be held on June 14, concurrent with Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential poll.

The city and village Islamic councils are local establishments that are elected by public vote in all cities and villages across the country. Council members in each city or village are elected for a four-year term.

The councils are tasked with helping the Islamic Republicâ„¢s social, economic, cultural and educational advancement by encouraging public cooperation.

MKA/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

312 rejected council hopefuls approved

0

File photo shows a number of hopefuls registering for Iranâ„¢s upcoming city and rural council elections.

Iranâ„¢s High Supervisory Board of Elections has approved the qualifications of 312 city and rural council hopefuls in Tehran who were initially rejected.

The board said Saturday that more than 4,500 hopefuls have signed up for the council election in Tehran Province, while only 283 of them were not approved to run in the race.

According to the body, candidates will start campaigning from June 6. The final list of candidates will be released on June 3.

The 4th city and rural council elections are scheduled to be held on June 14, concurrent with Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential poll.

The city and village Islamic councils are local establishments that are elected by public vote in all cities and villages across the country. Council members in each city or village are elected for a four-year term.

The councils are tasked with helping the Islamic Republicâ„¢s social, economic, cultural and educational advancement by encouraging public cooperation.

MKA/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Rafsanjani: Safeguard Islamic Republic

0

Akbar Hashemi Rafsanjani served as Iranâ„¢s president from 1989 to 1997.

Iranâ„¢s Secretary of the Expediency Council has issued a statement, calling on the Iranian nation to remain steadfast in safeguarding the Islamic Republic despite all difficulties.

In his statement, Akbar Hashemi Rafsanjani thanked all those who backed his candidacy, arguing that this also gave moderate Reformist and Principlist groups a chance to come together and unite.

Hashemi Rafsanjani, who served as Iranâ„¢s president from 1989 to 1997, called on both groups to continue showing such a unity ahead of the election and beyond.

Rafsanjani said that he decided to signed up for the election after people from all walks of life asked him to do so and to be part of the nationwide effort to create yet another political epic as advised by the leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei.

He said he entered the race to help protect the country against sanctions, restrictions and political division.

On Tuesday, Iranâ„¢s Interior Ministry issued the list of hopefuls approved by the Guardian Council, which is tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming the election results.

The Council did not approve, among others, former President Akbar Hashemi Rafsanjani, former Foreign Minister Manouchehr Mottaki, and a close aide to President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, Esfandiyar Rahim Mashaei.

The candidates include Iranian lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi and former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati.

A total of 686 individuals registered from May 7 to 11 for the Islamic Republicâ„¢s 11th presidential election, which will be held on June 14.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

PG/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK Queen’s pay rise

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The British Queen had been given a pay rise of £5 million for the 2013-2014 financial year.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

MI6 role in killing Congolese PM

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A British peer has said that London’s spy agency MI6 murdered the first democratically-elected Prime Minister of Congo Patrice Lumumba.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Monarchy Part 26

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Monarchy program is aimed at shedding light on the dark corners of British internal affairs, foreign affairs, and of course, the UK economy.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Crimes committed at BBC

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A new document shows that BBC employees have been suspected of 500 crimes a year ranging from sexual assault and drug use to theft and fraud on the corporation’s premises.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

16 Pakistani schoolchildren killed in bus blast (PHOTOS, VIDEO)

0




Published time: May 25, 2013 11:01

Embed

Code

A gas cylinder blast on a Pakistani school bus has killed 16 children and their teacher in the center of the country. The ensuing fire, which injured another seven children, completely destroyed the vehicle.

The wounded children are now being treated at a nearby hospital,
and five of them are currently in critical condition.

The minivan was taking the children to a private school in
Gurjat, around 112 kilometers north of the eastern city of Lahore.
The children on board are believed to have been between the ages of
5 and 15. “The fire erupted in the vehicle when the children were
only a few kilometers from their school,” local police chief Dar
Ali Khattak told AFP.

A man displays a burnt book to the media near a burnt-out school bus on the outskirts of Gujrat, 100 miles (170 km) southeast of Islamabad, May 25, 2013 (Reuters / Stringer)

An initial assessment of the accident indicates a short circuit
near a leaking gasoline tank was triggered when the dual-fuel
vehicle switched from gas to petrol.

It is relatively commonplace in Pakistan for a vehicle to run on
a mixture of petrol and natural gas. The gas is stored in
pressurized containers, leaving it prone to explosions.

Men stand around a burnt-out school bus, after a gas cylinder on it exploded killing seventeen children, on the outskirts of Gujrat, 100 miles (170 km) southeast of Islamabad, May 25, 2013 (Reuters / Stringer)

Burnt schoolbooks are seen near a school bus, on which a gas cylinder exploded, killing seventeen children, on the outskirts of Gujrat, 100 miles (170 km) southeast of Islamabad, May 25, 2013 (Reuters / Stringer)

This article originally appeared on: RT

Judge rules office of 'America’s toughest sheriff' racially profiled Latinos

0

A federal judge has ruled that an Arizona sheriff infamous for his tough approach to immigration law enforcement and his office’s deputies violated the rights of Latinos by profiling them based on their ethnicity.

Maricopa County Sheriff Joe Arpaio — who styles himself as
‘America’s toughest sheriff’ and is known for questioning the
authenticity of President Barack Obama’s birth certificate — was
defeated in court on Friday when a federal judge ruled that his
crackdown on undocumented immigrants violated the civil rights of
Latino residents.

The case against Arpaio was initiated by Manuel de Jesus Ortega
Melendres, a Mexican national with a US tourist visa, who claimed
he was detained illegally by deputies from Arpaio’s office in 2007
after he was stopped in a car near a gathering of Mexican day
laborers.

Four other plaintiffs — all drivers of Latin origin who believe
they were stopped on the basis of their ethnicity and treated worse
than other motorists — testified in the case. No monetary
retribution was sought in the suit; the plaintiffs called for an
end to Arpaio’s discriminatory practices.

“The great weight of the evidence is that all types of
saturation patrols at issue in this case incorporated race as a
consideration into their operations
,” Judge G. Murray Snow of
the US District Court wrote in his 142-page ruling, Reuters
reported.

Judge Murray has prohibited the Sheriff’s Office from racial
profiling. Its 800 deputies have been forbidden from stopping a car
because Latinos are passengers, and from arresting people without
substantial evidence a law has been broken.

Human rights activists hailed the ruling: “This is a victory for
everyone. Singling people out for traffic stops and detentions
because they are Latino is unconstitutional and just plain
un-American
,” American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) director
Cecillia Wang said.

Tim Casey, the lawyer for the Maricopa County Sheriff’s Office,
vowed to appeal the case and denied that the organization he
defended had engaged in racial profiling. He also assured the
Sheriff’s Office would “comply with the letter and spirit of the
court’s decision
.”

The ruling against Sheriff Arpaio is seen by many as landmark
decision — Arizona, a US state on the border of Mexico, has long
been at the forefront for the immigration debate, with local
authorities frequently enacting harsh measures to curb illegal
immigration.
 
But federal immigration policy may soon be changing, as a US Senate
panel has recently approved a sweeping immigration reform bill,
which lays out a 13-year path to citizenship for the country’s 11
million illegal immigrants.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Unrest spreads beyond Sweden capital

0

A burned-out van is prepared for removal after youths rioted in Husby, northern Stockholm on May 21, 2013.

Unrest has spread beyond Swedenâ„¢s capital Stockholm, with the protesters setting ablaze vehicles and buildings in two other Swedish towns.

Police said that the protesters set a school and several cars ablaze in the town of Oerebro, 160 kilometers west of the capital on Friday.

An empty building was also set on fire in the town of Sodertalje just outside Stockholm.

Meanwhile, cars have been torched in several immigrant-dominated suburbs on the sixth consecutive night of violence in the capital, forcing police to ask for reinforcements from Gothenburg and Malmoe.

The United States and Britain have warned their citizens in Sweden to stay away from the affected areas.

The protests in Sweden began on May 19, six days after police shot dead a 69-year-old man, who had locked himself in an apartment in Husby, a poor district in western Stockholm.

Rights activists and local residents say the incident sparked anger among youths in the district, who claim the government discriminates against them.

The riots in one of Europeâ„¢s richest capitals have shocked a country that prides itself on a reputation for social justice, fueling a debate about how Sweden is coping with both youth unemployment and an influx of immigrants.

YH/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Clashes in Kabul kill 44: Taliban

0

Afghan policemen and soldiers block the road following an explosion at a fuel warehouse in Kabul. (File photo)

A Taliban spokesman has claimed that at least 44 people have been killed in an attack by the Taliban militants in the Afghan capital, Kabul.

The Taliban spokesman claimed that the fatalities, mostly US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) agents, were killed in an attack that targeted a building used by the CIA.

On Friday, Afghan security forces fought Taliban militants after several blasts hit an area near the Interior Ministry building in central Kabul.

The number of militants was reported to be five or six. Kabul police chief Gen Ayub Salangi said, “We are dealing with a well co-ordinated attack.”

Some reports say Taliban militants also stormed a UN immigration office in the area, severely injuring at least four Nepalese guards. Medics say three of them are now in critical condition.

Kabul and several other main cities have come under several major attacks over the past few weeks.

Taliban militants recently announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country despite the presence of thousands of foreign troops.

IA/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US school apologizes for sexual abuse

0

Horace Mann, one the most prestigious schools in New York City, apologizes for more than 30 years of sexual abuse perpetrated by some of its former staff.

Å“We sincerely apologize for the harm that was caused by the teachers and administrators who abused anyone during their years at Horace Mann School,” Board Chairman Steven Friedman and Head of School Thomas Kelly said in a letter posted on the schoolâ„¢s website on Friday.

The three-page letter added that Å“These unconscionable betrayals of trust never should have happened. But they did, and now we, as a school, must fully accept this reality.”

The school also said that it would eliminate the board position of trustee emeritus in a move to set up an advisory board on student safety.

On April 26, the Bronx District Attorney’s office said a pattern of sexual abuse of students by school employees was uncovered.

The Bronx District Attorney’s office and the New York Police Department launched a probe into the allegations of abuse after New York Times Magazine published an article in 2012, accusing some former instructors of the school of sexually abusing students in 1970s.

Following the investigation, Bronx District Attorney Robert Johnson issued a statement, saying, Å“The reported abuse ranges from what may be characterized as inappropriate behavior to child endangerment, actual instances of sexual contact, sexual intercourse and criminal sexual acts.”

He pointed out that the majority of the sexual abuses were reported to have occurred in the 1970s and some school authorities were aware of the abuse, but they did not inform the police.

Friday’s letter apologized for the sexual abuse conducted between 1962 and 1996.

MR/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Probe opened into Spain princess case

0

A Spanish judge has opened an investigation into Spainâ„¢s Princess Cristina’s corruption case involving her husband.

Examining Magistrate Jose Castro said on Friday that he had asked the tax agency for more information about Cristina, daughter of Spain’s King Juan Carlos, over tax evasion or money laundering between 2007 and 2010.

Inaki Urdangarin who is married to Princess Cristina, the second of King Juan Carlos and Queen Sofia’s three children, is charged with fraud, tax evasion, falsifying documents and embezzling 6 million euros in public funds as head of the charitable Noos Foundation.

Urdangarin, 45, has already been questioned twice by Castro since the probe began two years ago.

The magistrate said for the investigation to be completed and to show that justice treats all equally, the princess must be questioned.

Urdangarin was a professional handball player. He retired from professional sport in 2000, and went on to study business administration.

King Juan Carlos, has banned Urdangarin from family functions. The investigation into the alleged financial misdeeds has deeply embarrassed the monarchy in a country hard hit by a financial crisis and sky-high unemployment.

MSH/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran's VP attends Correa’s inauguration

0

Iranian Vice President for International Affairs Ali Saeedlou has participated in the swearing-in ceremony of Ecuadorâ„¢s President Rafael Correa in the South American countryâ„¢s capital, Quito.

Addressing reporters on Friday, the Iranian vice president called for strengthening the amicable bonds between Tehran and Quito.

Å“Both countries have elite people and revolutionary governments and we are happy that the ËœCitizens’ Revolutionâ„¢ – the slogan of Ecuadorâ„¢s president – can continue,” Saeedlou said.

Fifty-year-old Correa, a member of an alliance of left-wing Latin American presidents, won re-election in February with about 57 percent of the vote.

The leftist leader has brought stability to the Latin American state, which saw seven presidents over the course of ten years before Correa came to power.

Major Latin American nations have enhanced their diplomatic and trade ties with Iran in recent years. The promotion of all-out cooperation with Latin American countries has been among the top priorities of the Islamic Republic’s foreign policy over the past few years.

SF/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Iran not involved in cyber offensives’

0

Iran has been the target of several cyberattacks over the past few years. (File photo)

Iran has rejected Western media claims that the Islamic Republic has been involved in cyber attacks against other countries, calling for the reinforcement of international law to counter cyber-warfare.

In a letter to the New York Times published on May 22, Alireza Miryousefi, the head of the press office for the Iranian Mission to the UN, wrote, Å“Although Iran has been the recipient of protracted waves of state-sponsored cyberattacks attempting to target Iranâ„¢s civilian nuclear facilities, power grids, oil terminals and other industrial sectors, it has never taken countermeasures against the perpetrators of cyberattacks.”

A report by the American daily on May 12 accused Iran of having been involved in cyber attacks against Saudi Arabia and Qatar.

The Iranian official continued that, Å“Nor, contrary to the articleâ„¢s assertion, has Iran ever engaged in such attacks against its Persian Gulf neighbors, with which Iran has maintained good neighborly relations,” the letter read.

Miryousefi further said that wrongful moves such as staging the Stuxnet attack against the Islamic Republic in 2010 has set a dangerous precedent in breach of certain principles of international law.

Å“Iran, as the current head of the Non-Aligned Movement and a responsible member of the international community, has been at the forefront of calls for strengthening international legal instruments against cyber warfare,” the Iranian diplomat added.

Miryousefi also underlined the need for collective international efforts to reach a comprehensive accord to establish cyber-security, a global issue which has surpassed national boundaries.

Stuxnet, first indentified by the Iranian officials in June 2010, is a malware designed to infect computers using a control system favored by industries that manage water supplies, oil rigs, and power plants.

In July 2010, media reports claimed that Stuxnet had targeted industrial computers around the globe, with Iran being the main target of the attack. They said the country’s Bushehr nuclear power plant was at the center of the cyber attack.

However, Iranian experts detected the virus in time, averting any damage to the country’s industrial sites and resources.

In response to such attacks, Iran launched a cyber defense headquarters tasked with preventing computer worms from breaking into or stealing data from the countryâ„¢s maximum security networks, including nuclear facilities, power plants, data centers, and banks.

MKA/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Syria army advances deeper into Qusayr

0

Syrian army soldier walk in a partially destroyed neighborhood in the al-Midan area in Damascus on July 20, 2012.

The Syrian army is pushing ahead with its battle against foreign-backed militants, advancing deeper into the strategic western border town of al-Qusayr in Homs province.

The army has unleashed its heaviest artillery and rocket barrage to remove the militants from the town where heavy gunfire has also been reported.

There is no immediate report of casualties.

The Syrian army has kicked off the second phase of its operation in the town after successfully concluded the first phase of battle.

Qusayr, which borders with Lebanon, has been the scene of fierce clashes between Syrian forces and militants over the past few days.

So far, the army has inflicted losses on the foreign-backed insurgents and destroyed their weaponry and equipment.

The senior commander of the terrorist group al-Nusra Front, Abu Omar, was among those killed in battle on May 21.

The Syrian crisis has dragged on for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

On May 18, Syrian President Bashar Assad said militants from 29 different countries are fighting against the government in different parts of the country.

Å“Recent credible reports show that there are approximately 29 nationalities of foreign fighters engaged in terrorism activities within Syriaâ„¢s borders,” Assad told Argentine journalists in Damascus.

DB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Confirmed: Canada 2011 polls fraudulent

0

The Canadian Federal Court has confirmed that the countryâ„¢s 2011 federal election, which led to the victory of Stephen Harper’s government, was fraudulent.

The court emphasized in a Thursday ruling that it has found in no uncertain terms that widespread election fraud took place during the vote.

The ruling also stated that Å“there was an orchestrated effort to suppress votes during the 2011 election campaign by a person with access to the [Conservative Party’s] CIMS database.”

Accordingly, the Council of Canadians has called on the Conservative Party to investigate the issue. It says anything less at this point would be a cover-up on behalf of the Conservatives.

The Council of Canadians says that the non-cooperation, obstructionism, and attempts to disrupt the Federal Court case by the CIMS makes it look like Prime Minister Harper has something to conceal.

Garry Neil, Executive Director of the Council of Canadians said Å“This Federal Court decision is a major indictment of the Conservative Party of Canada.”

Å“Either senior leaders of the Conservative Party were directly involved in election fraud or they were astoundingly negligent in securing access to their voter database. Illegal or incompetent–just like in the Senate scandal.”

YH/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Islamophobic hate crimes surge in UK

0

Hate crimes against Muslims across the UK have been running at more than 10 times the usual rate.

Islamophobic hate crimes taking place across Britain have been running at more than 10 times the usual rate since this weekâ„¢s killing of a soldier in broad daylight in Woolwich, south east London.

Muslim leaders in Britain are accusing far-right fascist groups like the British National Party (BNP) and the English Defence League (EDL) for fueling racial hatred towards Islam, in an attempt to capitalize on the recent brutal killing of British soldier Lee Rigby.

Since the Woolwich killing, more than 140 Islamophobic hate crimes in just 48 hours were reported to a government-backed hotline.

The hate offenses included nine attacks on mosques, racial abuse, assaults and anti-Muslim graffiti.

A petrol bomb was also thrown at a mosque in Milton Keynes, Buckinghamshire, during Friday prayers while violence was reported in Gillingham, Braintree, Bolton and Cambridge

BNP leader Nick Griffin, who is known for his anti-Islam views, incited widespread disgust after tweeting that the Woolwich suspects should be wrapped in Å“pig skin” and shot again.

The EDL has also said the killing proved that Britain is Å“at war” with Islamic extremism while the far-right group said it was preparing to stage riots in Newcastle on Saturday to disrupt plans to open an Islamic school.

Despite the Islamophobic surge, the heads of almost 100 British mosques said in an open letter that Muslims shared the Å“absolute horror” felt by the rest of Britainâ„¢s society at the murder committed Å“in the name of our religion”.

BGH/AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Morsi urged to revise Israel accords

0

Hamas Prime Minister Ismail Haniyeh has called on Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi to Å“revise” the Camp David Accords signed by the Tel Aviv regime and Cairo.

Addressing Friday prayers in the Gaza Strip, Haniyeh said, “We ask Egyptian authorities to revise mainly the security articles of the Camp David Treaty even though not cancelling it.”

Å“Zionists (Israelis) try to use the gap created by the treaty, which blocks the military presence in Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula in order to de-stabilize Egypt’s security and damage Egypt- Palestine relations,” he said.

The Sinai Peninsula is awash with guns and has become increasingly lawless since the fall of former dictator Hosni Mubarak in 2011.

The Camp David Accords were signed by then Egyptian President Anwar El Sadat and then-Israeli Prime Minister Menachem Begin on September 17, 1978, following 13 days of secret negotiations at Camp David in Washington D.C.

The deal comprises two agreements, a Framework for Peace in the Middle East, and a Framework for the Conclusion of a Peace Treaty between Egypt and Israel. The latter agreement led to the signing of the Israel-Egypt Peace Treaty in 1979 which also took place in the United States.

DB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran commander stresses IRGC might

0

This file photo shows an Iranian Navy vessel launching an indigenous Tondar-class missile.

A senior Iranian commander has stressed the military might of the Islamic Revolution Guards Corpsâ„¢ (IRGC), saying that the IRGC has thousands of missiles at its disposal to be used in case of any potential threat against Iran.

Å“Today, thousands of missiles are ready to be fired at any desired target that is part of the enemiesâ„¢ vital interests in the region,” Deputy Commander of the IRGC Brigadier General Hossein Salami said on Saturday.

Iran currently stands at the apex of its power while the enemiesâ„¢ strength is on the wane, he added.

The greatest achievement of Iranâ„¢s Islamic Revolution is that the country has achieved self-sufficiency in military and defense industries, and is dependent on no foreign power, said the top general.

Over the past years, Iran has made important breakthroughs in its defense sector and attained self-sufficiency in producing important military equipment and systems.

The Islamic Republic has repeatedly assured other nations, especially its neighbors, that its military might poses no threat to other countries, insisting that its defense doctrine is based on deterrence.

SF/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

MI5 ‘tried to recruit’ Woolwich murder suspect

0

UK intelligence service MI5 approached Woolwich killing suspect Michael Adebolajo to offer him a job, a friend of the alleged murderer claimed in a BBC interview. Shortly after his statement, police detained Adebolajo for questioning.

Abu Nusaybah, who claims to be a close friend of Adebolajo, was
promptly arrested on BBC premises following an interview regarding
the brutal killing in Woolwich on Wednesday. During the interview,
Nusayaba stated that Adebolajo told him MI5 had “harassed” him for
information on repeated occasions, and had even attempted to
recruit him.

“But after him saying that he didn’t know these individuals,
what he said was they asked him if he would be interested in
working for them. He was explicit in that he refused to work for
them but he did confirm he didn’t know the individuals,”

Nusayaba said.

The Metropolitan Police said in a statement on Friday that a
31-year-old man had been detained in London under the Terrorism
Act. Police said the arrest was not directly related to Wednesday’s
murder.

MI5 acknowledged on Thursday that Adebolajo had been known to
them for eight years, prompting criticism that they could have
taken steps to prevent the murder of 25-year-old Army Drummer Lee
Rigby.

Michael Adebolajo and Michael Adebowale are suspected of hacking
Rigby to death in broad daylight on Wednesday. The two suspects
were shot by police during their arrest, and are now in hospital
awaiting police questioning. Footage of Adebolajo surfaced showing
him brandishing a bloody cleaver, claiming the attack was an
“eye-for-an-eye” act to avenge Muslims killed abroad by UK
troops.

Nusayaba claimed that when he became acquainted with Adebolajo,
the murder suspect did not exhibit any extremist Islamist
tendencies. However, following a trip to Kenya last year where
Adebolajo was allegedly taken into custody by the Kenyan military
and was tortured and sexually abused, Nusayaba said he changed.

“He was not his bubbly self,” Nasayaba said, adding that
he became less talkative following the trip.

Relatively little is known about the two suspects who committed
the atrocity in Woolwich on Wednesday, which was condemned in the
UK press as “Baghdad-style violence.” It was confirmed that
Adebolajo and Adebolawe are UK citizens from devout Christian
families of Nigerian descent, who later converted to Islam.

He was also known to hand out radical Islamist leaflets that
decried UK military involvement in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Police raided Adebolajo’s family home in Lincolnshire following
the killing. The family reportedly moved away from London over
concerns their son was becoming more radicalized.

There have been a number of arrests in London in connection with
Wednesday’s murder. Detectives took a 29-year-old woman at a
residential address in south London into custody on suspicion of
conspiracy to commit murder on Thursday. A 29-year-old male was
also arrested on suspicion of conspiracy to commit murder.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Police: Attacks kill 9 in Peshawar

0

A Pakistani police official looks for evidences at the site of a bomb explosion (file photo)

Police in Pakistan say suspected militant attacks have killed nine people in two different areas of the main northwest city of Peshawar.

In an attack on Friday, suspected militants armed with heavy weapons targeted a police convoy in Mattani, 20 kilometers (12 miles) south of Peshawar.

Senior police officer Shafiullah Khan said the attack killed six police officers and wounded seven others.

In another attack, a vehicle owned by Haji Hayatullah, an Afghan religious leader, in Peshawar was targeted. In the incident, a suicide bomber walked up the vehicle detonated his explosives. Police said three people were killed in the wake of the attack.

No group has claimed responsibility for the attacks.

In still another incident on Friday, heavily armed gunmen opened fire at a convoy carrying NATO military vehicles to the southern port city of Karachi.

Local security officials said the attack took place near Landi Kotal, the main town in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Province, killing at least a driver and destroying two trucks.

The fresh attacks underline the challenge of militant violence faced by newly elected Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif.

The Pakistani Army has launched several operations in the troubled northwest in a bid to flush out militants from the tribal zone.

Thousands of Pakistanis have lost their lives in bombings and other militant attacks since 2001 when Pakistan entered an alliance with the US on the so-called war against terrorism, according to local media.

Many hundreds have been displaced by the wave of violence and militancy sweeping across the country.

Since late 2009, there has been a surge in militant attacks in Pakistan.

IA/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Concealed guns bill approved in Illinois

0

A customer shops for a pistol at a store in Tinley Park, Illinois. (file photo)

The Illinois House of Representatives has approved a bill that allows residents to carry concealed guns amid rising gun violence in the US.

The measure was approved 85 to 30 on Friday after a federal appeals court in January struck down the ban in Illinois under which most people are prevented from carrying a concealed gun outside the home.

Backed by powerful Illinois House Speaker Michael Madigan, the bill is set to go to Illinois Senate. However, Democratic Governor Pat Quinn and Illinois Senate Leader John Cullerton have promised to fight the plan.

Quinn said in a statement that the legislation is Å“wrong for Illinois,” adding, Å“We need strong gun safety laws that protect the people of our state. Instead, this measure puts public safety at risk.”

Based on current law in the state, carrying of concealed weapons by virtually everyone except police and security guards, hunters as well as members of target shooting clubs, is banned.

Every year, more than 30,000 people are shot and killed in the US.

The US averages 87 gun deaths each day as a function of gun violence, with an average of 183 injured, according to the University of Chicago Crime Lab and the Centers for Disease Control.

The year 2012 has been a record-setting year for gun sales in the US.

About 4.5 million firearms are sold annually in the United States at a cost of 2 to 3 billion dollars.

MR/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

IFRC warns of civil unrest in Europe

0

Portuguese demonstrate in a massive Labor Day rally against the governmentâ„¢s tough austerity measures in Lisbon, May 1, 2013.

The International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies (IFRC) has warned that rising unemployment and poverty in some parts of Europe could cause civil unrest.

Å“If the number does not start being affected and start coming down, the more uneasy people become,” IFRC Secretary General Bekle Geleta said on Friday.

Å“I don’t rule out social exclusion, tensions, uneasiness and unrest, because if people don’t have anything to do, and if people don’t see anything in the future, there is mental agitation, there is political agitation.”

Geleta called on the European governments to address the humanitarian consequences of their austerity measures, saying the situation may get even worse as the figures show no sign of improvement.

Å“The figures are not going down, said Geleta. Å“So we are worried, and we would like to warn governments this could be a serious concern.”

Geletaâ„¢s warning comes as police clash with rioters in Stockholm, Sweden, where high unemployment and social deprivation in migrant communities have been blamed for the ongoing riots.

Earlier in May, the Eurostat data agency said that eurozone unemployment rate hit a record-high 12.1 percent in March, up by 62,000 from the previous month.

EU figures indicate that nearly a quarter of the blocâ„¢s population, equivalent to120 million people, is at risk of poverty and social exclusion.

Europe plunged into financial crisis in early 2008 and most European governments have taken tough austerity measures to contain their debt crises.

The worsening debt crisis has forced the EU governments to adopt harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms, which have triggered incidents of social unrest and massive protests in many European countries.”

YH/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US sheriff sued for racial profiling

0

A US judge has found that Arizona lawman Joe Arpaio has violated the constitutional rights of Latino drivers in an attempt to prevent illegal immigration.

Arpaio was sued by several Hispanic drivers who said his deputies stopped them because of their race.

Judge Murray Snow said on Friday that Arpaioâ„¢s office must stop Å“using race or Latino ancestry as a factor in determining to stop any vehicle in Maricopa County with a Latino occupant,” among other orders.

The ruling against the Maricopa County sheriff came eight months after a seven-day trial in 2012.

Snow added in his ruling that Å“the evidence demonstrates that the MCSO [Maricopa County Sheriff’s Office] specifically equated being a Hispanic or Mexican (as opposed to Caucasian or African-American) day laborer with being an unauthorized alien.”

He also ordered the MCSO to end activities, including Å“using race or Latino ancestry as a factor in making law enforcement decisions” and Å“detaining Latino occupants of vehicles… for a period longer than reasonably necessary.”

Arpaio, who styles himself as Å“toughest sheriff” of the US denied the allegations.

His lawyer Tim Casey said that the sheriff’s office Å“has never used race and will never use race in its law-enforcement decisions.” He also vowed to appeal the decision.

Meanwhile, the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) hailed the ruling after it was made public.

Cecillia Wang, director of the ACLU Immigrants’ Rights Project said, Å“This is an important victory that will resound far beyond Maricopa County.”

She added that it is illegal to single out people for traffic stops and detentions Å“simply because they’re Latino.”

Almost one third of Arizona’s residents were not born in the US. Over 450,000 illegal immigrants are estimated to be in Arizona, which borders Mexico.

MR/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Suicide bombing strikes police office in southern Russia's Dagestan

0

Comments

Add comment

By posting your comment, you agree to abide by our Posting rules

Log in to comment in full, or comment anonymously under character-limit restriction.

Name

New password

Retype new password

Current password

Save

Cancel

This article originally appeared on: RT

Punishing Students For Not Making Eye Contact? How Charter Schools' Prejudiced Policies Undermine Equality

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/Blend Images

May 9, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

This article is the first of a two-part series examining who is being left behind in the wake of charter school proliferation and the complicated web of profiteering that is driving the movement. Part I details many of the ways in which charter schools fail poor children, children of color and students with disabilities even as charter school supporters appropriatecivil rights rhetoric. Part II will focus on the big business of charter schools.

On the heels of news that Philadelphia will be closing 23 schools for the 2013-2014 academic year, Chicago has made an even more startling announcement: Chicago Public Schools has proposed closing 54 schools for the next academic year. The idea is to replace them with charter schools, an initiative that Democratic Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel has supported enthusiastically.

Enthusiasm for charter schools primarily comes from them being hailed as a panacea that could solve longstanding disparities in education quality, and possibly even turn around longstanding divides like racial disparity and economic inequality.

Without irony, the charter school movement has adopted the banner of the civil rights movement to create an aura of moral authority. Secretary of Education Arne Duncan praised pro-charter propaganda film Waiting for Superman for ushering in a “Rosa Parks moment.” And a Goldman Sachs banker famously called charter schools the “civil rights struggle of my generation.”

Ultimately, however, not only do charter schools fail children of color and students with disabilities, they often actively work against them as they try to transform students into what they imagine is the status quo. From outrageous fees to strict disciplinary codes, charter schools continuously work to target students they don’t want.

Charter Schools Not a Clear Success Story

There is little evidence that charter schools are the silver bullet touted by supporters, let alone a beacon of racial empowerment. Though charter school research is new and fairly underdeveloped, the one large-scale study to date, a 2009 project conducted by Stanford’s conservative, pro-charter Center for Research on Education Outcomes (CREDO) found that a majority of charters do not outperform public schools, with more than a third actually doing worse.

Another study came out just last week helmed by the nonprofit Broader, Bolder Approach to Education, which works to address the ways social and economic inequality can affect education and academic performance. It studied the effects of school closure and charter school proliferation on three cities: Chicago, Washington DC and New York. It found that the triumphalism of the charter movement was entirely unfounded, and that the quality of education for the most vulnerable children became worse in the wake of closings and charter school growth.

How Charters Discriminate Against Disable Students

Beyond test scores as measures of achievement, there are other ways in which charter schools may be undermining equality of opportunity. Because they are, technically speaking, public entities that receive federal funding, charter schools are bound by all federal civil rights legislation prohibiting schools to discriminate on the basis of disability, race and/or socioeconomic status. State and local bodies that govern charters are tasked with guarding against discrimination.

But the truth is that charter schools may be discriminating. A June 2012 report by the U.S. Government Accountability Office reported that during the 2009-2010 academic year, about 11 percent of traditional public school students were identified as disabled. In charter schools, that number dropped to 8 percent. Plus, the study noted, “[The] proportion of charter schools that enrolled high percentages of students with disabilities was lower overall. Specifically, students with disabilities represented 8 to 12 percent of all students at 23 percent of charter schools compared to 34 percent of traditional public schools.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

‘Russia, China to attend Syria confab’

0

Iranâ„¢s Deputy Foreign Minister for Arab and African Affairs Hossein Amir-Abdollahian

A senior Iranian official says Russia and China will participate in the upcoming Friends of Syria meeting slated to be held in the Iranian capital, Tehran.

Å“Representatives from Russia and China will attend the international Syria conference in Tehran due to be held on May 29 under the banner of ËœPolitical Solution, Regional Stability,â„¢” Iranâ„¢s Deputy Foreign Minister for Arab and African Affairs Hossein Amir-Abdollahian said on Saturday.

The event will be a step toward the realization of a political solution based on ending the violence and holding national dialog in the crisis-stricken country, he said.

Å“Tehran has invited different countries, including Turkey, Saudi Arabia and Qatar, which have other positions on the crisis in Syria, and welcomes them aboard when it comes to regional cooperation,” the Iranian official pointed out.

Syria has been experiencing unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security forces, have been killed in the turmoil.

Since the outset of crisis in Syria, Iran has always emphasized that violence should be stopped and no weapons and terrorists should be sent to the country in order to find a solution to the issue, Amir-Abdollahian said.

In that case, Syrian-Syrian talks will prepare the ground for nationwide elections and the establishment of the government, he noted.

Iran has repeatedly voiced its opposition to any foreign interference in Syria’s internal affairs, calling for inclusive dialog and national reconciliation as well as free elections as the keys to the settlement of the crisis in the country.

Tehran held two meetings on Syria and has been an active member of a contact group, proposed by Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi in 2012, comprising Iran, Egypt, Turkey, and Saudi Arabia.

Iran hosted a two-day meeting attended by the representatives of the Syrian government and opposition groups in November 2012, with the participants unanimously opposing foreign interference and calling for a peaceful settlement of the conflict in the Arab country.

Also, a day-long international consultative meeting on Syria was also held in Tehran in August 2012, where the participants underlined the need for the resolution of the unrest in the Arab country based on international regulations, non-interference and respect for the sovereignty and territorial integrity of countries.

SF/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Israel to blame for enmities: UK FM

0

British Foreign Secretary William Hague has let Tel Aviv know London does not care about Å“some animosities” against the Israeli regime in British media following a complaint by a top Israeli official.

Yuval Steinitz, a close confidant of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, had told The Daily Telegraph that Tel Aviv is Å“concerned about … what we see as some animosities and some incitement in Britain, in the media, made by NGOs against Israel”.

He had expressed hopes that Hague could help address the issue in an upcoming visit to Tel Aviv.

However, the British secretary snubbed Steinitz, saying the blame lies with the regime itself.

“Israel has lost some of its support in Britain and in other European countries over time – this is something I’ve often pointed out to Israeli leaders – because of settlement activity, which we condemn,” Hague told Sky News.

“We strongly disagree with settlements on occupied land. Israel is a country we work with in many ways but we do disapprove of settlements,” he added.

Hague said the settlements are a Å“severe threat to a two-state solution” in the occupied territories.

Despite the western support for the Israeli war crimes against the Palestinians, especially in the Gaza Strip, London and other European governments have recently frowned on the Israeli regimeâ„¢s further expansion of its settlements.

Following the Palestinians success to gain a Å“non-member observer entity” status in the United Nations based on a UN General Assembly vote last November, the regime announced a set of retaliatory moves including a new settlement building plan in the E1 area of Israeli occupied lands that would cut the Palestinians lands in two.

Back in December, British Foreign Office listed the Israeli regimeâ„¢s human rights record as one “of particular concern” in its quarterly report on human rights, over the Zionist entity’s brutal attack on the Gaza Strip in November and its new settlement expansion plans.

The move against the regime came after Londonâ„¢s warnings that the regime’s illegal settlements, especially the new buildings planned in E1 area, alienate its international allies.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Austria: Don’t lift Syria arms embargo

0

Austrian Foreign Minister Michael Spindelegger has called on the European Union not to lift arms embargo on Syria and instead start a political process to establish peace in the Arab country.

During a Friday interview with The Associated Press in Vienna, Spindelegger said that the EU’s arms embargo on militants fighting against the Syrian government should be extended to maintain the safety of UN peacekeepers in the Golan Heights.

Lifting the EU embargo “would give us real problems on the Golan Heights,” Spindelegger noted.

Austria has 377 soldiers in the 900-strong UN peacekeeping force deployed in the occupied Golan Heights.

Spindelegger stated that the UN peacekeepers could be targeted if European Union foreign ministers meeting in Brussels on Monday decide to allow EU states to send weapons to the militants.

The Austrian foreign minister went on to say that a supply of more weapons into Syria could worsen the crisis, threaten a US-Russian peace initiative and create more divisions in the UN Security Council.

“We believe there are enough weapons in Syria,” Spindelegger said. “We support a cease-fire, not weapons deliveries.”

So far European foreign ministers have failed to reach an agreement on whether to lift an arms embargo on the foreign-backed militants in Syria.

Austria, Germany, Sweden and other states have expressed concerns that arming the militants would spread the deadly conflict, but France and Britain are pushing the 27-nation bloc to allow EU members to ship weapons to the militants.

The Syrian crisis has dragged on for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

On May 18, Syrian President Bashar Assad said militants from 29 different countries are fighting against the government in different parts of the country.

Å“Recent credible reports show that there are approximately 29 nationalities of foreign fighters engaged in terrorism activities within Syriaâ„¢s borders,” Assad told Argentine journalists in Damascus.

GJH/DB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Sweden police call backup to capital

0

Extra police forces have been called in to help quash protests in Stockholm, Sweden. (File photo)

Swedish police have called in reinforcements to the capital, Stockholm, to crush the ongoing protests in the country that erupted over unemployment and discrimination.

Specially-trained officers were deployed to the capital from the cities of Gothenburg and Malmo as the unrest over youth unemployment and the police shooting of an elderly entered its sixth night on Friday.

Å“We will be getting reinforcements from Gothenburg and Malmoe tonight,” police spokesman Kjell Lindgren said.

The two cities have both witnessed civil unrest in recent years.

Authorities are trying to bring under control the unrest that has spread throughout Stockholm for nearly a week.

So far, several schools and scores of cars have been set on fire in the Swedish capital.

The protests in Sweden began on May 19, six days after police shot dead a 69-year-old man, who had locked himself in an apartment in Husby, a poor district in western Stockholm.

Rights activists and local residents say the incident sparked anger among youths in the district, who claim the government discriminates against them.

Camila Salazar, who works for Fryshuset, a charity that does outreach work with youth in Stockholm’s marginalized areas, told Press TV that in many of these neighborhoods Å“the kids and the youths donâ„¢t have the same opportunities and many of them have not finished schools and donâ„¢t have education,” adding, Å“So, we have a high unemployment in Sweden in general among youth.”

The riots in one of Europeâ„¢s richest capitals have shocked a country that prides itself on a reputation for social justice, fueling a debate about how Sweden is coping with both youth unemployment and an influx of immigrants.

YH/HN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Why Citizens in Colorado Can’t Keep the Oil Industry Out of Their Backyards

0

Photo Credit: Tom Grundy/Shutterstock.com

May 23, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Do you want to know how cold it can get in Antarctica in midwinter? Go to a city council meeting in Greeley, Colorado, any time regulation of the oil and gas industry is on the agenda. You’ll get an idea. Last week, the room temperature felt near absolute zero from the iciness of the council’s reaction to citizen petitions to rein in industry designs on their neighborhood, a place called Fox Run.

What was up for debate was a proposal to approve permits for 16 horizontally fracked oil wells on a small parcel of undeveloped land, itself about 16 acres within the city. The 16 wells would be only 350 feet from the back door of some residences. These wells, according to the oil company, would be fracked four at a time, meaning the citizens of these neighborhoods could expect heavy industrial activity out their back door for up to three or four months a year, 24/7, over half a decade, perhaps. We’re talking literally tens of thousands of truck trips to deliver water, chemicals, steel pipe and a variety of heavy industrial machinery via a single point of ingress.

Envision, if you will, the Saturday afternoon barbeque, with the excited voices of children at play competing with the drone and earth rattle of drilling next door as unknown quantities of who-knows-what are spewed onto the festivities. This scene could be played out over and over again as money is made for the few and public health and social wellbeing are sacrificed by the many. That was the argument most often made by the homeowners.

Add to this that some local businesses would actually be only 200 feet from the wells. It happens that the man who owns the 16 acres for the drilling site also owns the street-front buildings in which these businesses are housed. They had all voluntarily agreed to the reduced setback, and no one suspected collusion in these robust economic times. As the owner said–employing small town, Daddy Warbucks logic–these people couldn’t tell him what to do with his land. That would be a takings, and he would have to be compensated, royally. In his mind, his individual rights were superior to the public’s.

His understanding is almost certainly wrong, for the U.S. Supreme Court has affirmed over and over again that the protection of the public’s health and well-being is superior to property rights, but no use to talk to this scion of private-property-rights-uber-alles. The only thing keeping the takings assertion alive for the oil boys and rent-seeking land owners is that government refuses to look at the health implications of fracking systematically, even though a host of scientific and public policy leaders at all levels of government and academia are asking for them. The EPA is studying the impacts on water. A draft of this study is to be released in 2014, but the agency has scrubbed any analysis of air impacts as a result of oil industry pressure.

In the end, despite roughly 45 people speaking in opposition to the permit, and only about 7 in favor–four of them owners of the permits and the property involved–in an audience of about 150 people, the city council voted 7-0 in favor of the oil company and private enrichment over repeated calls for caution and deferral until the health impacts of fracking are better understood.

Of the opposition, many are homeowners in Fox Run, some are tearfully concerned about their children, all are concerned about the air impacts. A doctor, head of the pulmonary unit at the Greeley Hospital, tried to appeal to the council’s better angels. Another woman explained that Fox Run is home to two city-chartered apartments for the disabled, 40 units in all. These units were built with $4 million in public money from HUD. Ranging in age from 20 to 70, many of these citizens are wheel chair bound, and the majority use oxygen, in the newer unit all but one. The impacts on them might prove frightful she reasoned.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Progressive Activism Is Bubbling Up Across the Country — Here's What's Happening That the Corporate Media Can't Be Bothered to Report

0

May 23, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

This was a week that exemplified the historic moment in which we live.  We will look back at these times and see the seeds of a national revolt against concentrated wealth that puts profits ahead of people and the planet.

Mike Lux, who authored a history of the movements of the 1960s, wrote this week that when he researched his book he “was struck by the fact that so many big things happened so close together.” Comparing that moment to today he writes, “We are living in such a moment in history right now, that organizers and activists are sparking off each other and inspiring each other, that there is something building out there that will bring bigger change down the road.”

That is how we felt as we watched and participated in this week’s unfolding.  We began the week prepared to focus our attention on the amazing teacher, student and community actions that were occurring in defense of schools.  In Philadelphia, there was a giant walk-out of schools last Friday as students demanded their schools remain open and be adequately funded.  The photos of young people fighting for the basic necessity of education were an inspiration.

That was followed by three days of protests in Chicago that were equally inspiring, students organized and communities came together to fight for education.  Though corporate-mayor Rahm Emanuel’s carefully selected board voted to close 50 elementary schools and one high school (while the city funds the building of a new basketball stadium), the Chicago activists say they are not done. They are just getting started.  It is that kind of persistence that wins transformation.  These school battles are part of a national plan to replace community schools with corporatized charter schools. The battles of Chicago, Philadelphia and other cities are all of our battles.

Then there were the college students, who inspired us with their bravery especially because they were not fighting for themselves but for the students who come after them.  At Cooper Union, students are in their second week of occupying the school president’s office. As the sit-in grew to more than 100, they garnered increasing community support.  The school is about to begin to charge tuition, ending the nearly two century mission of its founder for free higher education. The students protesting will get free tuition; they are protesting for the students who follow. While they are sitting in, they are painting the president’s offices black and will continue to do so until he resigns his $750,000 a year job. Thousands have signed a “no confidence” petition against the president and board chairman.

We believe that a country that really believed in its youth and was building for its future would provide free post-high school education, college or vocational school, to young adults rather than leaving them crippled by massive debt.

As the week went on, more Americans stood up and showed their power.  On Monday, people who have lost their homes to foreclosure or are threatened with foreclosure, along with their allies, began an occupation of the Department of Justice. Some of them joined us first as guests on our radio show on We Act Radio. Afterwards, we went to Freedom Plaza where they rallied.  The coalition was a great mix of people of different ages, races and regions who were angry, organized and prepared.  They marched down Pennsylvania Ave. to the Department of Justice to demand that Attorney General Eric Holder prosecute the bankers who collapsed the economy and stole their homes.

They blocked the doors at the Department of Justice and put up tents emblazoned with “Foreclose on Banks Not on People,” put up a home with “Bank Foreclosed” over it and blocked the streets with orange mesh saying “Foreclosure and Eviction Free Zone.”  As evening came, they moved their tents onto DOJ property, brought in a big couch and prepared to stay the night — and some did.  By the third day of protests, they moved to Covington and Burling, the corporate law firm that spawned Eric Holder and where the DOJ official in charge of prosecuting the banks, Lenny Breuer, who did not prosecute a single big bank now gets a $4 million annual salary. In Congress the DOJ could not justify their claim that prosecuting the big banks would hurt the economy.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

‘Nigeria razes camps used by Boko Haram’

0

The Nigerian army says it has razed a number of important camps used by the militant group Boko Haram in the northeast of the country.

Brigadier General Chris Olukolade, the director of Defense Information, said the camps were used to coordinate attacks on nearby local communities.

“These camps were mini-enclaves from which the insurgents planned their operations and from there they attacked neighbouring communities, going to municipalities and returning there,” Olukolade said.

“Most of their planning and activities was coordinated from these camps,” he added.

In the mean time, the authorities said on Friday that three women and six children abducted by Boko Haram have been freed.

“Efforts of the troops’ operation around the Sambisa forest resulted in freedom for nine of the women and children that were held hostage in that camp,” Olukolade told journalists.

He added that two children and one woman are missing.

On May 7, Boko Haram members launched attacks on military barracks, police stations, and a prison in the town of Bama in northeastern Nigeria, killing 55 people and facilitating the escape of over 100 inmates from the prison.

Boko Haram has claimed responsibility for a number of deadly shooting attacks and bombings in various parts of Nigeria since 2009.

On Tuesday, the head of the International Committee of the Red Cross’ regional delegation for Niger and Mali said at least 2,400 people had fled violence in northern Nigeria and were being provided with emergency supplies in Diffa in the southeast of Niger.

IA/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

China, Switzerland sign free-trade deal

0

China’s Prime Minister Li Keqiang has made Switzerland his first stop on his European tour and sealed the framework of a free-trade agreement.

Li sealed the deal on Friday and hoped it would be felt beyond Switzerland’s borders.

“This free-trade deal is the first between China and a continental European economy, and the first with one of the 20 leading economies of the globe,” the Chinese premier said.

“This has huge meaning for global free-trade,” he added.

Swiss President Ueli Maurer also described the agreement as a “real milestone.”

“It will give a legal framework to our cooperation,” Jean-Daniel Pasche, the head of Switzerland’s main watch federation said.

After the European Union and the US, China is Switzerland’s third biggest trading partner.

Bilateral trade between China and Switzerland which mainly includes imports and exports of watches, medicines, textiles, and dairy products is worth $26bn.

To take effect, the preliminary agreement needs to be cleared by both chambers of the Swiss parliament.

Li Keqiang has been on his first foreign trip since May 20. On May 20, Li visited India and is due to visit Germany on Saturday.

IA/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Turkey-Syria coop. can end Syria unrest’

0

This file photo shows the armed militants operating in Syria.

Iranâ„¢s Ambassador to Turkey Alireza Bigdeli says the restoration of ties and interaction between Ankara and Damascus can contribute to the settlement of the conflict in Syria.

Å“The restoration of contact between Ankara and Damascus can help resolve the crisis in Syria,” Bigdeli said on Friday, adding, Å“If need be, Iran can mediate in that regard.”

Pointing to Tehran and Ankaraâ„¢s stance on Syria, the top Iranian diplomat said, Å“Both Iran and Turkey seek stability in Syria. But these two countries have different methods.” Iran believes, he said, that the issue of Syria is the concern of the Arab countryâ„¢s government and nation.

All third parties should encourage both sides of the conflict in Syria to sit at the negotiating table and settle the issue in a democratic manner, or the unrest will go on and the crisis will deepen, Bigdeli added.

Å“If Iran and Turkey move in a coordinated fashion and bring both parties [involved in the Syrian conflict] to the negotiating table, a long-term solution to the crisis will be found,” said the Iranian diplomat.

Bigdeli further described an international conference on Syria due in Geneva as a Å“historic chance” to deal with the unrest in the Arab country, stressing the need for unconditional talks between Damascus and its Western-backed opposition bloc.

On May 7, Russia and the United States agreed in Moscow to convene an international conference on Syria, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

Unrest has gripped Syria for over two years now, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian security personnel, have been killed in the turmoil.

Iran has repeatedly voiced its opposition to any foreign interference in Syria’s internal affairs, calling for inclusive dialog and national reconciliation as well as free elections as the keys to the settlement of the crisis in the country.

MKA/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Cautious calm prevails in Lebanese city

0

Lebanese army’s soldiers sit on armored personal carriers (APC) mounted with anti-aircraft heavy machine gun on May 24, 2013 in a street of Jabal Mohsen in the northern Lebanese city of Tripoli.

Cautious calm has prevailed in the northern Lebanese city of Tripoli after the heavy presence of the army troops in the area.

The Lebanese army increased its soldier across the neighborhoods of Bab al-Tibbaneh and Jabal Mohsen on Friday to prevent further clashes between supporters and opponents of the Syrian government.

The calm, however, has been occasionally violated by intermittent sniper bullets in the districts.

Reports say large parts of the city of 500,000 inhabitants including schools and shops have been closed after the clashes.

Nearly two dozen people died and 160 others sustained injures in the port city since the outbreak of recent clashes on May 19.

Tripoli has been the scene of fierce clashes between the two groups since the beginning of the turmoil in Syria in March 2011.

While residents in Bab al-Tibbaneh support militants fighting against the Syrian government, the people of Jabal Mohsen are loyal to Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

Lebanon has reportedly deployed security forces across the city since the beginning of the recent wave of violence. Many homes have been damaged due to the unrest in the two neighborhoods.

Lebanese President Michel Suleiman held a high-level meeting on May 21 to discuss the security situation in Tripoli.

DB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UEFA urged to boycott Israel as host

0

Over 50 international footballers have joined anti-apartheid protesters in London to demand that the European footballâ„¢s governing body, UEFA, calls off the planned under-21 European football championships in Israel, Press TV reports.

The hundred-strong protesters, who gathered in central London where UEFA is holding its annual congress, said the body is complicit in whitewashing the Israeli regimeâ„¢s crimes if it allows Tel Aviv to host the tournament.

Meanwhile, Palestinian footballer and hunger striker Mahmoud Sarsak and Jewish comedian Alexei Sayle used the rally to hand a letter to the UEFA president Michel Platini, calling for cancelation of the under-21 event.

Å“Israel exercises apartheid and exercises a program of injustice against Palestinian sportsmen and women, carries out an extensive arrest policy of Palestinians with a sporting ambition and hope of representing their country in international events,” Sarsak told Press TV.

Å“Israel tries to kill our sporting hope by bombing stadium and sports facilities,” he added.

Sayle also condemned the move as part of efforts toward normalization of Israeli crimes.

Participants in the protest, organized by Innovative Minds campaign group who carried placards reading Å“End Israeli Apartheid” and Å“Kick Israeli Racism out of UEFA”.

They said the European football body should prevent the regime from hosting the under-21 tournament if it seriously seeks to end racism in football because the regime is an epitome of racism and a boycott by UEFA would send a strong message to racists.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Lagarde assisting witness in fraud case

0

A French court has named the head of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) as Å“assisting witness” in an investigation into a payout made when she was Franceâ„¢s finance minister.

The Court of Justice of the Republic (CJR) assigned Christine Lagarde the status on Friday after two long days of questioning on her role in a 400-million-euro ($520 million) pay-off to disgrace former Minister of City Affairs Bernard Tapie, who has served two years in prison for corruption.

Å“My status as assisted witness is not a surprise to me, since I always acted in the interests of the state and in conformity with the law,” Lagarde said after the second day of questioning in the case.

Prosecutors suspect that Tapie received favorable treatment in return for giving support to Nicolas Sarkozy in the 2007 and 2012 presidential elections.

The prosecution suggests Lagarde was somewhat responsible for Å“numerous anomalies and irregularities,” which could lead to charges for complicity in fraud and misappropriation of public funds.

Å“My explanations came as a response to the doubts that had been brought up regarding the decisions I had taken at the time,” Lagarde added.

Lagarde said she would now return to Washington Å“to pursue my mission as managing director of the IMF.”

Although Lagarde avoided being placed under formal investigation, Friday’s decision by the special court means that the IMF chief will be called upon to testify at a later stage.

The case stretches back to 1993 when Lagarde went ahead with arbitration between Tapie and to then state-owned bank Credit Lyonnais, over the botched sale of sports company Adidas.

Tapie claimed the bank had defrauded him after it resold his stake for a much higher sum and argued that the state should compensate him.

Critics said the state should not have paid the 400-million euro compensation to the convicted Tapie, who at that time was bankrupt, since he would not have been able financially to take the case through the courts.

With the payout, Tapie was able to repay his huge debts and relaunch his business career.

YH/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

100k US employees placed on furlough

0

A worker cleans the street in front of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) building in Washington, DC. (File photo)

Over 100,000 state employees in the United States have been ordered to stay home for one day as part of a federal spending cut program.

Almost the entire staff at several US institutions, including the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), were placed on mandatory unpaid leave on Friday, May 24.

Most of the 90,000 employees of the IRS as well as some 8,700 HUD staff stayed home on Friday.

According to officials, the total number of furloughed employees amounts to approximately five percent of the federal workforce.

The closure was the first of several holidays without pay for government staff within the so-called sequestration plan. The plan has been in place since March 1 and is expected to cut 85 billion dollars in US government costs.

US Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel has also said that some 800,000 civilian employees of the American military will have to take mandatory unpaid leave to cut costs and meet a budget shortfall of USD 30 billion.

According to the cost-cutting plans, the US militaryâ„¢s civilian workforce will be forced to take 11 days off work, starting July 8 through next September, which is half of the 22 so-called furlough days originally planned by the Pentagon.

Meanwhile, some have expressed concern about the possible and harming effect of the forced holidays on employee morale. They have also said that the unpaid leaves have real consequences on government operations.

Å“Certainly having four agencies with locked doors is not a good thing,” said Bill Dougan, the head of the National Federation of Federal Employees.

Å“These agencies provide services … that the … citizens of the country need,” he added.

MR/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘No Iranian military forces in Syria’

0

The Iranian ambassador to the United Nations has dismissed claims about Iranâ„¢s military presence in Syria and the shipment of arms to the country, urging a peaceful solution to the ongoing crisis in the Arab country.

Å“Despite the unfounded allegations, no Iranian military forces or advisors are present in Syria, but, unfortunately, certain regional countries are interfering in Syriaâ„¢s internal affairs and fanning the flame of the conflict in the country by sending arms to extremist and terrorist groups,” Mohammad Khazaei said.

He stressed that Iran welcomes any measure aimed at finding a peaceful solution to the unrest in Syria and noted that Tehran will host a third meeting with the same objective in the coming days.

The Friends of Syria Conference will be held in the Iranian capital under the banner of Å“Political Solution, Regional Stability” on May 29. Iran had held two other meetings on the crisis in the Arab country in November and August 2012.

Khazaei emphasized that the involvement of other countries in the issue of Syria at regional and international scenes should be aimed at supporting a peaceful solution to the ongoing crisis by the Syrian people, and should also prevent the interference of other states in the countryâ„¢s internal affairs.

He reiterated that the political future of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad should be determined only through holding elections in the country.

He also strongly condemned Israelâ„¢s recent airstrike on a research center in Syria, stressing that it was a blatant violation of the international law and UN regulations.

On May 5, Syria said the Israeli regime had carried out an air attack targeting a research center in a suburb of Damascus, following heavy losses inflicted upon al-Qaeda-affiliated groups by the Syrian army. According to Syrian media reports, the strike hit the Jamraya Research Center. The Jamraya facility had been targeted in another Israeli airstrike in January.

The May 5 Israeli aggression was Tel Avivâ„¢s second raid on Syria in three days.

It was reasonably expected of the Security Council and other UN bodies to roundly condemn the Israeli regimeâ„¢s air raid on Syria, the Iranian ambassador said.

Turmoil has gripped Syria for over two years now, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

SF/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK suffered severe gas supply squeeze

0

It has been revealed that Britain was just six hours away from running out of its gas supply in March.

A new report has revealed that Britain was just six hours away from running out of its gas supply during an energy crisis in March, raising fears that Britain is too dependent on imported energy.

The report shows when warnings were issues that Britain was only two days away from running out of stored gas, the Crown Estate, which manages the British Queenâ„¢s property portfolio including huge gas caverns underground, had warned that the nation was even closer to a supply disturbance.

The Crown Estate said that a high demand of gas during an added month of cold weather, combined with a fault to a pipeline, caused stores of gas to become Å“dangerously low”.

But the National Grid, which pipes gas around the country, tried to whitewash its previous move claiming that Britain had “substantial resilience” and various supply sources including imports of liquefied natural gas (LNG).

This is while, energy and infrastructure director at the Crown Estate Rob Hastings said the nation Å“really only had six hours” worth of stored gas.

“The bottom line is that in the UK we are in a place where the gas supply is dangerously low,” Hastings added.

The gas supply failure will fuel fears over the country’s increasing reliance on energy imports amid domestic production plunge while raising concerns about soaring energy bills.

BGH/AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Workers Struggles: Asia, Australia and the Pacific

0

 

25 May 2013
Asia

India: Andhra Pradesh steel workers demand wages

Permanent and contract employees at privately-owned Brahmani Steel protested outside the Revenue Division office in Kadappa on May 20 to demand payment of six months’ outstanding wages. Management told workers that they would be paid if they accepted voluntary retirement. The workers, who had been employed at the company for at least six years, rejected the “offer” and submitted a memorandum to the Revenue Division Officer demanding to be absorbed into the public sector unit, Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL).

Fishery workers in Andhra Pradesh protest

Fishery workers in the port city of Visakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh demonstrated outside the Collector’s Office on May 21. Members of the Visakhapatnam Fishing Harbor Workers Union demanded relief supplies for 200 fish net makers and repairers, who were being driven further into poverty by a 47-day government fishing ban. The ban is imposed in April and May each year, supposedly to protect marine life. Workers want 31 kg of rice as temporary relief during this period. The union submitted a memorandum to the District Collector.

Nepalese petrol pump workers on strike

Around 5,000 members of the Petroleum Workers’ Association, Eastern Regional Committee at 500 petrol pump stations in Nepal have been on strike since May 15 to demand a salary rise and enforcement of an earlier agreement with the Petroleum Dealers´ Association. Their demands also include appointment letters, insurance and provident fund facilities. Settlement talks are proceeding under the supervision of the Morang District Administration Office.

Protesting South Korean public servants arrested

At least 49 public servants, members of the Korean Government Employees’ Union (KGEU), were arrested for holding a sit-in outside the Ministry of Security and Public Administration in Seoul on May 21. KGEU members had been protesting at the office since May 1 to demand recognition of the KGEU, and reinstatement of 137 workers sacked in January for “illegal” union activity.

Philippines: Coca Cola workers in Laguna end strike

Some 250 workers, mostly delivery truck drivers, haulers and forklift operators, at the Coca Cola Bottlers Philippines Inc. (CCBPI) plant in Sta. Rosa City, Laguna ended a three-day strike on May 23 after the union and CCBPI reached agreement in the National Conciliation and Mediation Board. During the strike workers barricaded four gates of the bottling plant, preventing delivery trucks from leaving or entering.

The strike was part of a long-running dispute over the outsourcing of 430 jobs, impacting on workers who had been with the company for eight to ten years. The workers had been directly hired by the CCBPI until 2010, when they were hired as contractors through the Redsystem Company, a logistics arm of CCBPI. Strikers complained that benefits like the rice subsidy and the 13th-month bonuses were all removed and drivers’ fixed monthly wages replaced by per-trip payments.

The agreement provided for the “absorption” of the 430 Redsystem employees as regular employees of CCBPI within three months of the signing of the new accord. They would be entitled to employees’ benefits under the collective bargaining agreement and to tax-free financial assistance that consists of P15,000 in cash and a P9,000 rice allowance to be given on or before June 15.

Cambodia: Garment and shoe workers strike

Thousands of workers at various shoe and garment factories in Cambodia are currently on strike for better pay and conditions.

More than 4,000 Sabrina Garment employees in Kampong Speu province, on the outskirts of Phnom Penh, protested outside the factory on May 21 for better pay and benefits. Their demands include a minimum wage increase and payments for transportation, accommodation and lunch. Management tried unsuccessfully to disperse the striking workers with a fire truck.

Meanwhile, in Takeo province in Cambodia’s southwest, 200 workers at V-Masou garment factory threw stones at the plant, breaking windows and doors, and blocking National Road 3, following a week-long strike for better working conditions.

In the Samaky Meanchey district, central Cambodia, thousands of employees at the Taiwanese-owned Can Sport Shoes plant have been on strike since May 22 with 12 demands, including better working conditions and reinstatement of a suspended worker.

Burmese factory workers step up industrial action

Hlaingtharyar Industrial Zone workers in Yangon city (formerly Rangoon) walked off the job this month over various issues. The zone is one of Burma’s largest industrial parks.

Over 1,000 employees at San Kaung Polyethylene are currently protesting outside the plant. The walkout was sparked when 49 workers were sacked for allegedly instigating a protest in the factory. Strikers have a charter of 43 demands, including the reinstatement of the sacked workers.

On May 11, 80 Hote Sein Polyethylene workers protested to demand an increase in salary to 85,000 kyats per month (about $US100), an eight-hour working day, timely payment of overtime, and double rates for overtime.

Over 40 workers, including supervisors, at Lucky Shoes have been demonstrating since May 14 after the company broke an employment contract. Workers complained that overtime pay, living allowances and transportation fees have been cut from salaries since May 5.

Meanwhile, 800 workers at the Cho Cho Phyu Garment Factory in Shwepyithar have been on strike since April 6 over salary cuts. Around 700 workers from Bright June garments in the Dagon Myothit Industrial Zone have been protesting since May 5 in a salary dispute.

Australia and the Pacific

Australian shipbuilding workers strike again

Close to 700 members of the Australian Manufacturing Workers Union at the heavy engineering and shipbuilding firm Forgacs, with plants in Newcastle, Sydney and Brisbane, walked off the job for four hours on May 22 in a dispute over a new enterprise agreement. Around 250 workers at the Newcastle portside facility voted for another two four-hour stoppages on the two shifts on Thursday and to continue strike action totalling 16 hours each fortnight.

The action followed a four-hour strike on May 2 after negotiations to replace the work agreement that expired in March reached deadlock. According to the AMWU the main sticking points in negotiations were the addition of a new dispute settlement clause and the “consultation process.”

Forgacs is building the $8 billion Hobart Class Air Warfare Destroyers for the Australian military. The company operates seven facilities throughout New South Wales and Queensland, including three strategic portside facilities.

Victorian paper mill workers end strike

Over 120 maintenance workers at Australian Paper’s Maryvale mill in the Latrobe Valley, east of Melbourne, returned to work on May 21 after the Australian Manufacturing Workers Union (AMWU) and the Australian Workers Union (AWU) dismantled a picket that had been in place since May 9. The picket line was established after Chelgrave, a labour hire company at the mill, locked out 12 of its employees for taking protected industrial action. Maintenance workers, who were not on strike, had refused to cross the picket line affecting production at the plant.

The AMWU and AWU had been negotiating with Chelgrave for a new enterprise agreement for over 12 months. The unions wanted a 2.5 percent pay rise every six months for three years. Details of a tentative agreement reached with Chelgrave in the Fair Work industrial tribunal have not been made public and negotiations between the unions and Chelgrave are still ongoing.

Queensland aged care workers oppose privatisation

Several workplace delegates of the Queensland Nurses Union (QNU) demonstrated outside the state-run Yaralla Place nursing home in Maryborough, on Queensland’s Fraser Coast, on May 22 to oppose the National-Liberal Party state government’s decision to transfer Yaralla Residential Aged Care Service to a private or not-for-profit organisation. Workers in 15 key positions in the facility have already been offered redundancy in preparation for privatisation and at least 15 catering and cleaning jobs are expected to be made redundant.

Last week, public hospital nurses rallied outside their respective hospitals in Townsville and Cairns, on Queensland’s far north coast, to oppose the ongoing privatisation of public health by the state government. According to the QNU, up to eight far north Queensland hospitals, including Weipa and Cairns, could be privatised. Last month, Queensland Premier Campbell-Newman outlined the wholesale handing over of social programs–including health, education, welfare, community services, housing and public transport–to corporate, for-profit, providers.

General strike continues in New Caledonia

Thousands of workers throughout the French territory of New Caledonia are maintaining strikes and protests begun on May 15 when over 10,000 people joined street marches to protest the high cost of living and low wages. On May 21, 2,500 people marched in the northern city of Kone and flights to Australia were cancelled for the day. All domestic flights have been cancelled while access has been blocked to the port in Noumea and the fuel depots due to the general strike.

The high cost of living in New Caledonia has been a long-standing issue and triggered a three-day general strike of 25,000 workers in May 2011. Prices for general goods range between 30 and 60 percent higher than in France. Last week the government announced that it would drop tariffs on food stuffs from non-European Union countries but unions are demanding that the government implement reforms agreed to after a general strike in 2011.

New Zealand McDonald’s workers protest

About a dozen Unite union members picketed the Bunny Street McDonald’s fast food outlet in Wellington on May 22 as part of national campaign for higher wages in a new enterprise agreement covering 1,500 employees. Last month, police were called to McDonald’s in Queen Street, Auckland to break up a picket by Unite members who walked off the job over the issue.

The action followed workers’ rejection of a 25 cent per hour pay rise by McDonald’s management. Unite, representing 1,500 McDonald’s employees, has merely demanded pay parity with workers at the restaurant chain KFC. KFC workers get a $1 pay rise six months into the job, as opposed to the 25-cent pay rise after six months’ employment at McDonald’s.

Papua New Guinea public hospital staff strike

Staff at the Goroka Base Hospital, in the Eastern Highlands of Papua New Guinea, closed the gates to the hospital and held a sit-in protest on May 21 to protest over the deteriorating condition of patient care services. The National Doctors Association and other unions demanded the immediate removal of the board and management of the Eastern Highlands Provincial Health Authority (PHA) who they allege run down facilities at the hospital deliberately.

Staff told the media that the hospital looked alright from the outside, but inside it was “a skeleton.” Doctors said they are unable to perform most surgery due to lack of equipment such as sterilisers, x-ray and biochemistry machines. The hospital has 250 beds with 50 doctors.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

An international political strategy for Ford Australia workers

0

 

By
the Socialist Equality Party (Australia)

25 May 2013

The pending shutdown of Ford Australia’s operations is part of a vast restructuring of the international auto industry that is devastating the jobs, wages and conditions of car workers around the world. It raises the necessity for the working class to respond with its own global political strategy, based on a socialist and internationalist perspective, in defence of its independent interests.

Since the eruption of the global financial crash in 2008, the auto sector has been at the forefront of attempts by the financial elite to extricate itself from the impact of the economic crisis by impoverishing car workers and imposing never ending “productivity” concessions. The Obama administration in the US, in collaboration with the United Auto Workers union, has spearheaded this global offensive, destroying tens of thousands of jobs and slashing auto workers’ wages by as much as 50 percent. New hires in the industry now earn less, in real terms, than their counterparts did in the 1930s.

American Ford workers are now forced to work 10-hour shifts, including on Saturdays, without receiving any overtime wages. On the basis of this intensified exploitation of the workforce, Ford’s North American division registered an enormous $2.4 billion pre-tax profit in just the first three months of 2013. The company now boasts an 11—12 percent profit margin on its North American operations, a level unthinkable only a few years ago.

Ford’s plan to mothball its two plants in Australia by 2016 comes after the subsidiary has registered several years of financial losses. Despite receiving more than $1 billion in public subsidies in the last decade, Ford Australia concluded that there was no viable way of generating a profit given high operating costs and declining sales, with the elevated Australian dollar an important factor. “Our costs are double that of Europe and nearly four times [of] Ford in Asia,” Ford Australia president and CEO Bob Graziano declared.

Domestic factors were not the decisive issue, however. Under the “One Ford” corporate strategy, executives are slashing costs by consolidating global production around internationally marketable vehicle models, made in a smaller number of plants. Ford will soon shut down factories in Belgium and England, directly destroying nearly 6,000 jobs, in line with this plan. Every global car company is carrying out similarly ruthless restructuring measures. The race to the bottom in the drive for “international competitiveness”–gutting workers’ wages and conditions–is an endless one.

Even in Eastern Europe, where car makers have made significant investments in the last 20 years to exploit the region’s cheap workforce, CEOs are now shifting production to even lower wage platforms in North Africa and Asia.

Car workers in Australia confront a joint enemy in the corporate executives, federal Labor government, and the trade unions. Ford Australia notified Gillard in advance of its shutdown decision, allowing the government to prepare a fund, supposedly for assisting the workforce and local communities in Geelong and Broadmeadows to prepare for the “transition.” Similar schemes in the past, including for Mitsubishi workers in Adelaide and BlueScope steel workers in Wollongong, have done nothing to create new jobs or alleviate the severe social crisis in these working-class communities. Rather, they are consciously aimed at providing political cover to the government as it orchestrates the assault on jobs in collaboration with the corporate chiefs.

The first major wave of plant shutdowns and mass layoffs in the Australian car industry was carried out under the 1983—1996 Hawke-Keating Labor governments, as part of its pro-business economic restructuring. The Labor Party has carried this restructuring agenda forward since being returned to office in 2007. A major government review into the car industry, released in 2008, concluded that “the key issue for the industry is not so much that closures are occurring and will continue to occur, but that ‘unplanned’ exits need to be addressed.”

Government subsidies for the industry have never been about protecting jobs. On the contrary, they have been aimed at destroying jobs in a more efficient and organised manner.

The trade unions have played the critical role in enforcing the diktats of the car companies and the government. As the Australian Manufacturing Workers Union (AMWU) explained in its submission to the government’s industry review, it was important that the auto companies provided them with advance notice of “closure/rationalisation/merger arrangements”, in order to “ensure an orderly and managed process occurs.”

The unions are now seeking to ensure that the Ford shutdown proceeds as yet another “orderly closure.” Union bureaucrats immediately responded to the announcement by demanding guarantees that redundancy entitlements be paid in full, stoking fears over this issue to divert any move by workers to defend their jobs. The unions have also demanded that the government consider raising tariffs on imported vehicles.

This proposal was backed by a small group of Labor parliamentarians, including so-called “left” senator and former AMWU chief Doug Cameron. He declared: “There’s a real need for a bit of economic nationalism in this country.”

This rhetoric is both reactionary and futile. There is no such thing as a “national” car industry in Australia–every aspect of the sector is fully integrated into a global supply chain. Cameron and the unions know full well that tariffs and other protectionist measures would do nothing to prevent more plant closures and job losses. These layers are consciously working to disorient and divert workers–promoting Australian nationalism to prevent a struggle against Ford’s closure and divide the workforce from their fellow car workers in Asia and internationally.

For decades the unions have worked to suppress any industrial activity within the car industry, insisting that workers must accept being subordinated to the operations of the capitalist market. The nearly 60,000 workers in the Australian car and car components industry can only challenge this situation and defend their jobs, wages, and conditions by turning to a new international socialist strategy, united with their class brothers and sisters throughout the world.

The first step is for workers to break out of the industrial and political straitjacket imposed on them by the trade unions. The unions are no longer workers’ organisations. With the emergence of globalised capitalist production methods in the last three decades, the union bureaucracies in every country have secured their material privileges by functioning as the enforcers of the wage cuts, job losses, and productivity speedups demanded by the transnational corporations. New forms of struggle–rank and file committees of car workers themselves–must be established, to turn out to car workers in other countries and to other sections of the working class in Australia confronting similar attacks, including those in the airline, mining, construction, and manufacturing industries.

Workers are locked into a political fight with the Gillard government. They confront not just the destructive management decisions of one or another corporation, but an entire economic and social system, capitalism, that enriches the ultra-wealthy minority at the expense of working people. Major industries, including the car sector, and the mining companies and banks must be placed under public ownership and the democratic control of the working class, as part of the socialist reorganisation of the Australian and world economy.

This program can only be achieved by the working class establishing its own revolutionary party that advances the struggle against the profit system and for the formation of a workers’ government. That party is the Socialist Equality Party. We are fielding candidates in the upcoming federal election in order to provide the means for the working class to intervene in order to defend its own independent interests. We urge Ford workers and others confronting similar attacks to contact the SEP and actively participate in our campaign.

Authorised by Nick Beams, 113/55 Flemington Rd, North Melbourne 3051

The author also recommends:

Ford Australia announces shut down of car production
[23 May 2013]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Pakistan releases militant group leader

0

Pakistan has released the leader of the banned Pakistani militant group, Lashkar-e-Jhangvi, Malik Mohammad Ishaq from prison.

Malik Ishaq was released in the Punjabi capital Lahore on Thursday without being prosecuted.

He was arrested and held in custody in February. His group was outlawed by the Pakistani government shortly after his arrest.

Most terrorist organizations like Lashkar-e-Jhangvi and Sipah-e-Sahaba are believed to be enjoying the support of external powers.

Ishaqâ„¢s imprisonment was a precautionary measure during Pakistanâ„¢s election. He has orchestrated numerous terrorist attacks against Shia Muslims in Pakistan. Most of the attacks have been in the city of Quetta in southwestern Pakistan where more than 180 Shias have been killed since January.

Pakistan held elections on May 11. Nawaz Sharifâ„¢s Pakistan Muslim League-N Party won the National Assembly elections.

IA/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Van blast kills 15 children in Pakistan

0

At least 15 children have been killed in a school van gas cylinder blast in eastern Pakistan, reports say.

The incident took place at about 7:40 a.m. (local time) Saturday when the school van was heading towards a school in Gujrat, a district in Pakistan’s eastern province of Punjab.

According to local media, there were an estimated 25 people on board and the students were aged between 8 and 12.

Police said initial investigation showed the blast was an accident caused by the gas cylinder of the van.

Many vehicles in Pakistan are powered by compressed natural gas due to cheap price.

Gas cylinder blasts frequently occur in the country because of the poor manufacturing quality of gas cylinders.

MSH/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US reiterates support for Israel

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]US Secretary of State John Kerry has once again announced the United States’ full support for the Israeli regime, calling Tel Aviv the closest ally of Washington in the region.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US and allies step up war preparations against Syria, Lebanon, Iran

0

 

By
Chris Marsden

25 May 2013

The United States and its allies continue to escalate their military aggression against Syria, behind the smokescreen of a proposed international peace conference scheduled for June in Geneva.

In official public discourse, the conference is seeking a political solution to end Syria’s civil war, involving a negotiated settlement between the Ba’athist regime and the Islamist-dominated opposition forces that are funded and armed by the US, Turkey and the Gulf States.

Russia’s foreign ministry has endorsed the conference and has persuaded the Syrian government, “in principle”, to attend in the hope of shaping the outcome in its interests.

Based on the final communiqué of the United Nations-backed Action Group for Syria meeting in Switzerland in June 2012, the stated aim of “Geneva II” is to secure a ceasefire, paving the way for a transitional regime charged with ensuring a “democratic and pluralist” Syria in which the “people” will “determine the future of the country.”

All of which is transparent nonsense.

Some leading representatives of the Syrian regime are being offered a place in a new political constellation that includes Islamist and other bourgeois opposition groups and which will be dictated and determined by Washington and its allies and to some extent by Moscow. The alternative to doing so–as has been made abundantly clear–is stepped up aggression up to and including direct military intervention.

Of the two options, a negotiated agreement is by far the least likely. Every day brings fresh indications of preparations for war against not only Syria, but also Lebanon and Iran, threatening a region-wide conflagration that could yet involve Russia and China.

On Thursday, the National Coalition for Syrian Revolutionary and Opposition Forces began a three day meeting in Istanbul, Turkey, to discuss its possible participation in the Geneva conference. Much was made of a proposal for a transition tabled by the coalition’s previous leader, Sheik Moaz al-Khatib.

Its 16 points included absolving all combatants in “legal military action” from prosecution and allowing Assad, 500 people of his choosing and their families to seek refuge in any country willing to welcome them. Assad would hand power to Vice President Farouk al-Sharaa or Prime Minister Wael al-Halqi within 30 days of accepting the plan. The current government would then continue to govern for 100 days, restructure the security and military apparatus, and release political prisoners.

However, there is little or no support for this proposal in the fractured opposition group, let alone more broadly in Syria.

A better indication of what is planned was provided by the attendance of the conference’s most important guest, US Secretary of State John Kerry. He threatened Thursday that if Assad was not prepared to make “a commitment to find peace in his country,” Washington and its allies would consider increasing backing for his opponents.

The US has been arming the opposition from the start, channelling weapons and money through Saudi Arabia, Turkey, Qatar and other regional allies. The US and the European Union have in addition stationed Patriot anti-ballistic missiles in Turkey. But what Kerry is threatening is something far bigger, as indicated by the decision of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee to support directly arming opposition militias. In line with this decision, Kerry has spent the past week lobbying for escalating military involvement in Syria by Europe and the Middle East powers.

On Wednesday, May 22, the Friends of Syria group held a meeting in Amman, Jordan again attended by Kerry. Britain’s Foreign Secretary William Hague was particularly bellicose in Amman, but only because he was acting as a frontman for Kerry. Speaking at a press conference Tuesday with his Jordanian counterpart Nasser Judeh, he warned: “we must make clear that if the regime does not negotiate seriously at the Geneva conference, no option is off the table.”

Iran and Hezbollah were “propping up” Assad and thereby “increasing the threat to regional stability,” he added, calling on the European Union to put Hezbollah’s armed wing on its list of terrorist organisations.

A spokesman for German Foreign Minister Guido Westerwelle publicly stated support for the proposal.

The Friends of Syria meeting formally backed the call for a transitional government, but opposed any negotiation with Assad unless it was about him giving up power.

Immediately after the meeting, the 11-member Arab Ministerial Committee on Syria decided to assign the current head of the Arab League, Qatari Prime Minister Sheikh Hamad Bin Jassim, to represent it at the mooted Geneva conference. Qatar is among the states most implicated in militarily backing Islamist fighters and will represent the foreign ministers of Qatar, Algeria, Egypt, Sudan, Oman, Iraq, Kuwait, United Arab Emirates, Bahrain and Saudi Arabia. The foreign ministers denounced Iran and Hezbollah’s support for the Assad regime as a threat to regional stability.

In Europe, Kerry has been lobbying hard for European states to drop their opposition to Britain and France’s plan to lift legal restrictions on arming the opposition. So far, Italy and Spain have backed the lifting of the arms embargo, while Germany has effectively done so, taking a “neutral” stand.

Spain’s Foreign Minister Jose Manuel Garcia Margallo spoke cynically of allowing the delivery of “defence material for people’s protection” that apparently includes arms and anti-aircraft batteries. He even spoke at a joint press conference with Mouaz al-Khatib.

A decision will be taken on lifting the embargo on Monday, May 27.

Israel too is becoming increasingly involved in the conflict, with three direct strikes on Syria so far this month.

The Israeli media has been discussing the advisability of establishing a new buffer zone on the Syrian side of the 43-mile cease-fire line established in 1973, following an attack on an Israeli military vehicle that had crossed the line in the disputed Golan Heights. To do so would require a full-scale invasion. There are also reports of efforts to establish a proxy force, based upon the minority Druze population near the border.

On May 23, Major General Amir Eshel, commander of the air force, warned that unrest in the Middle East could result in Israel becoming involved in a “surprise war” with Syria. He cited the possibility of Islamist forces gaining control of chemical and other weapons as a casus beli for “having to act on a very broad scale.”

War with both Syria and Lebanon could be imminent, he said. “It’s not as if we can say we have two weeks to prepare. I am not sure we have two weeks to prepare,” he added, given that advanced Russian S-300 anti-aircraft missiles are on their way to Syria.

The previous day, Israeli Chief of Staff Lt. Gen. Benny Gantz warned Assad that he would “bear the consequences” in the event of further attacks on Israeli forces. “If Assad destabilizes the Golan Heights, he will pay a heavy price,” he said. “He needs to know that we will know how to defend ourselves and we will respond should the need arise.”

Paralleling the denunciations of the Assad regime, a key aide to Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu, Minister Yuval Steinitz, warned that Iran’s nuclear industry was “many times larger than that of either North Korea or Pakistan.” He said that Tehran was intent on becoming a “nuclear superpower.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Traumatic brain injuries increase risk of veteran suicides

0

 

By
John Marion

25 May 2013

The US military and its supporters in the media are attempting to explain away the increasing numbers of suicides among enlisted soldiers deployed in the US government’s growing list of wars. In 2012, 349 military personnel killed themselves, while fewer than 300 Americans died in battle in Afghanistan. Suicides in the military have increased from 10.3 per 100,000 soldiers in 2002 to 18 per 100,000 in 2012. The Army has seen the largest increase and in 2012 had the highest rate: more than 20 suicides per 100,000 people.

An article this month in the Journal of the American Medical Association/Psychiatry analyzes the increased risk of suicide among soldiers who have suffered Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI). The study was based on evaluations of 161 patients at a military hospital in Iraq, and found that such injuries lead to suicidal thoughts and behaviors throughout a person’s lifetime. The risk is serious for those who have suffered one TBI, and increases significantly for sufferers of multiple injuries.

JAMA estimates that between 8 percent and 20 percent of military personnel deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan suffer from TBI. The suicidal results are often delayed: “among veterans … a diagnosis of TBI is associated with increased risk for death by suicide, although this same risk has not been found among active military personnel.”

JAMA goes on to report that “because TBI has been hypothesized to confer increased risk of suicide through impaired problem solving, disruptions in social functioning, and functional impairment, military personnel who have sustained multiple TBIs throughout their life may be at increased risk for suicide relative to those with a history of fewer TBIs.” In addition, events likely to cause TBIs–such as IED (improvised explosive device) detonations–can also cause psychological problems like depression and post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Suicide risk is heightened among those suffering from both depression and multiple TBIs.

A Rand Corporation report referenced by JAMA describes some of the horrific injuries classified as TBI: “concussions, cranial fractures, or cerebral contusions or traumatic intracranial hemorrhages.” Noting that many people with preexisting mental health conditions like schizophrenia are screened out during enlistment–minimizing the role of such conditions in military suicides–Rand cites evidence that TBI sufferers have higher suicide rates than the general population.

Rand notes emotional factors–including hopelessness, aggression, and impulsivity–which also lead to higher suicide risk, writing that “Researchers have conducted studies to see how persons with the same mental disorders differ with respect to a history of suicide attempts and death by suicide. Those with high levels of hopelessness are at increased risk, and there is some evidence that higher levels of aggression and impulsivity, as well as those with problem-solving deficits, are also at increased risk for suicide.”

According to Kaiser Health News and the Washington Post, “Since 2005 the number of veterans receiving specialized treatment for depression, post-traumatic stress disorder, substance abuse and other behavioral conditions has risen steadily from 927,052 to 1.3 million in 2012.”

While the JAMA and Rand reports do not fully answer why military suicides are increasing, it does lay bare the effects on enlisted personnel engaged in more than a decade of imperialist wars and occupations. According to the New York Times, the vast majority–nine out of ten–military suicides are committed by enlisted personnel.

Among veterans, the impact is even more stark: 22 veterans kill themselves every day in the United States.

The US military and the Obama administration are eager to cover up the crisis because of the already low levels of public support for their wars, and because they need to continue luring working class youth with promises of good pay and educational benefits. In one of many grotesque attempts to address the crisis, CNN reported a grant to the Indiana University of Medicine to develop an antidepressant nasal spray that the military hopes will present suicide.

The New York Times accepts as good coin some “Pentagon data” claiming that more than 80 percent of military suicides occur among personnel who have never seen combat. The Times on May 15 published an article which calls the suicide epidemic “baffling.” It then presents individual stories implying that preexisting drug problems are to blame. JAMA, conversely, states that combat operations contribute to later substance abuse problems.

The Times also seeks to blame the suicide epidemic on relationship and marriage problems, but never states the obvious: that the stress of combat on members of an occupying army will also lead to stress in personal relationships. This is also expressed in the brutality meted out by soldiers against the civilian population in the occupied countries, including instances of murder, rape and torture, many of which go unreported. Apologists for the military are no less crass. David Rudd, the co-founder and scientific director of the University of Utah’s National Center for Veterans’ Studies, recently complained to NBC News that returning soldiers are spoiled. In support of this view, Rudd cited discovering on a visit to the 29 Palms Marine base in California that soldiers “had their own TVs, no common areas.” Insisting that the soldiers should sleep in dormitory bunks, Rudd complaining that “entitlement has grown in younger generations and society has embraced that.”

Angry that “self-esteem” and “entitlement” are contributing to military suicides, Rudd stated that “this group is the self-esteem generation. My worry is they have not dealt with enough challenges, enough disappointments in life for many of them to build the kind of resilience that is foundational when you go to war.” In his opinion, the troops have not been sufficiently anaesthetized to stand up to the violence of the US military machine.

The military is also making its own attempts to cover up the suicide crisis. In February 2012, the Seattle Times reported a scandal involving a psychiatrist at the Madigan Army Medical Center, which treats soldiers from Joint Base Lewis-McChord and is responsible for “making a final diagnostic review of soldiers under consideration for retirement.” In a lecture, the unnamed psychiatrist told colleagues not to “rubber stamp” diagnoses of PTSD because disabled soldiers with that diagnosis might receive $1.5 million in lifetime payments. He advised his colleagues to be “good stewards of the tax payer dollars,” according to a memo describing the lecture.

The scandal resulted in the reassignment of Madigan commander Col. Dallas Homas and the promise of a “top-to-bottom” review by the Army Medical Command. A year later–in February 2013–Army Secretary John McHugh announced that the results of the Madigan investigation would be kept secret. The Army denied a Freedom of Information Act request for the report by KUOW Puget Sound Public Radio, instead informing the station that Homas had been restored to his command.

The $1.5 million figure is based on a monthly check of $2,769 for a disabled veteran over a period of 46 years. In other words, the Army is working to avoid paying wages barely above the poverty level to soldiers permanently injured by its imperialist wars.

The crisis is having wider effects on needed services. Last month Kaiser Health News and the Washington Post reported that the military’s demand for mental health professionals is draining the supply from other mental health clinics. The Department of Veterans Affairs told the US Senate that it has hired nearly 1,100 additional staff and plans to hire another 500 by the end of June.

The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) already employs 18,000 mental health professionals and “trains more than 6,400 providers every year,” according to Kaiser. It lures mental health workers away from civilian practice with “unmatched pay, benefits, working conditions and travel and research opportunities.” With looming Medicaid and Medicare cuts, the effect on mental health services for the general population will be dire.

The Kaiser report cited the case of Pine Belt Mental Healthcare Resources, a community clinic in Hattiesburg, Mississippi. Pine Belt has lost five licensed psychologists to the VA, and is now forced to hire foreign doctors on temporary visas because of the shortage of staff.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

The Skagit River Bridge collapse: Another example of decaying infrastructure

0

 

By
Christine Schofelt

25 May 2013

The four-lane north section of Skagit River Bridge, which is part of I-5 north of Seattle, Washington, collapsed at about 7 p.m. on Thursday evening after its girders were reportedly hit by a truck carrying oversize heavy equipment. According to the Washington Department of Transportation, there were no signs leading up to the much-traveled bridge indicating a maximum height for trucks or cargo. There were no reported deaths, though three cars fell into the Skagit River.

The truss bridge, which had a 57.4 (out of 100) Sufficiency Rating by the National Bridge Inventory (NBI) in its 2010 inspection, served an average of 71,000 vehicles per day and is on the main route between Seattle, Washington and Canada. The NBI’s structural evaluation appraisal was given as 5, or “Somewhat better than minimum adequacy to tolerate being left in place as is.”

According to the 2013 Report Card for Washington’s Infrastructure, released on Tuesday by the Seattle Section of American Society of Civil Engineers, of the 7,743 bridges in the state of Washington, 391 (5 percent) are “structurally deficient,” with 36 percent being over 50 years old, and 20 percent of the state’s bridges being “classified as functionally obsolete because they either cannot meet current traffic demands or do not meet current design standards.”

The Skagit River Bridge was not judged “structurally deficient,” which indicates a need for repair or replacement, but “functionally obsolete.” Built in 1955, prior to the Interstate 5 route, as part of the old Highway 99, the bridge was not built to interstate standards, but rather was grandfathered in.

The report predicts that in the next 20 years, another third of Washington’s bridges will “exceed their design life,” gave bridges an overall rating of C- (defined as “Mediocre; Needs Attention”), and roads a D (“Poor; At Risk”), citing a drop in funding even as aging infrastructure hits a critical point.

Despite all this, Washington has the sixth- lowest percentage of structurally deficient bridges in the US, with “only” 2,861,030 daily trips across bridges considered deficient–the number-one state for bridge hazards is Pennsylvania, with 22,773,880 such trips, according to Transportation for America. According to the ASCE’s 2013 Report Card on America’s Infrastructure, “Approximately 210 million trips are taken daily across deficient bridges in the nation’s 102 largest metropolitan regions.”

Washington Governor Jay Inslee estimated the cost to repair the Skagit River Bridge at $15 million. US Transportation Secretary Ray LaHood told members of Washington’s congressional delegation on Friday morning that there are emergency funds available, and authorized an initial $1 million. It is not yet clear how much will be available in emergency funds, nor from where the remaining money will come in the cash-strapped state.

Interstate 5 runs from Canada, through or near most major west coast US cities, and south into Mexico. It serves as a major thoroughfare for travelers and trucking. As Skagit River Bridge acts as a major link between Canada and the US, and as a much-used route for commuters in the area–where Boeing has major operations–repairs are expected to take less time than the thirteen months of the collapsed Interstate 35W highway bridge in Minnesota. In the mean time, traffic is being thrown onto alternate routes, with local commutes that once averaged half an hour now hitting 70 minutes.

The area’s roads apart from the highway are not designed for such heavy traffic, to say nothing of major truck commerce, and the smaller bridges over the Skagit River will undergo additional strain. One of the alternate routes recommended by Washington State Department of Transportation (crossing the north fork of the Skagit River on Best Road) includes a bridge already noted as “structurally deficient,” with its last inspection being in August of 2010 when its substructure was given a rating of 4. The WSDOT’s recommended alternate route to Canada, or for those who can bypass Mount Vernon along SR 9, likewise crosses a “structurally deficient” bridge with a substructure rating of 4.

Washington is home to eight of the Forbes 400 Richest people in the world, including Bill Gates (#1), and Steve Ballmer (#19) of Microsoft, Howard Schultz (#311) of Starbucks, and Jeff Bezos (#11) of Amazon.com. Together, just these four individuals hold US$106.6 billion–more than two and a half times that earmarked for infrastructure in the Fiscal Year 2014 national budget proposal by Obama.

The author also recommends:

The Minnesota bridge collapse: One more indictment of the profit system

[4 August 2007]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Sequester cuts shut down four government agencies for one day

0

 

By
David Brown

25 May 2013

The Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), three of the largest US government agencies, were shut down Friday as a result of furloughs implemented as part of $1.2 trillion in sequester budget cuts.

Those departments are joined by the smaller Office of Management and Budget. All but top officials were sent home without pay and expected to make up lost work after the Memorial Day weekend.

In total, 115,000 workers were affected by the furloughs, amounting to 5 percent of the total federal workforce. The only services available on Friday from these agencies were those run by private subcontractors.

This is the first major closure of federal services since 1996, when former president Bill Clinton vetoed a budget passed by the Republican-controlled Congress, leading to a government shutdown.

Employees at the IRS can expect three more furlough days this year, while HUD and EPA workers will receive another two, resulting in a more than 5 percent pay cut. Civilian workers in the Department of Defense face even more severe furloughs at one day a week, amounting to a 20 percent wage cut.

The furloughs do not reduce the number of housing applications to process or pollution levels to monitor. They simply reduce the time workers have to conduct the work while lowering the amount they are paid to do it.

The departments closed on Friday have been frequent targets of right-wing attacks, the EPA for its token regulation of industrial pollution, HUD for its programs of subsidized housing, and the IRS for taxes.

Just days after a congressional committee fawned over Apple for evading $9 billion last year in taxes, Representative Steve Scalise of Louisiana stated, “The more days the IRS is closed, the better our economy will probably do.”

There is a sharp contrast between Congress’s attitude toward corporate profits on the one hand, and the wages, benefits and social conditions of workers on the other.

The sequester cuts affect workers through both direct wage cuts and a reduction in social services. For example:

– Of the 94 federal public defenders offices, nine are planning more than 30 days of furloughs, and the majority will cut 15 to 25 days in a six-month period.

– Furloughs for 12,000 employees of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, responsible for tornado and hurricane warnings, are to begin on the July 4th weekend.

– 70,000 low-income children will not be able to take part in the Head Start preschool program due to $400 million in cuts.

– Although Meals on Wheels is estimated to serve only a third of the 25 million people over 60 who are poor or near poor, they are facing $38.7 million in cuts.

– $960 million has been cut from highway funding even though over 68,000 bridges are rated “structurally deficient.”

– Veterans Affairs benefit programs to support the spouses and children of killed soldiers are being reduced by $392 million.

In the few months since the sequester cuts were first announced, more and more Americans have experienced their impact. In March a Washington Post —ABC poll reported that only 25 percent of the population experienced a negative impact from these cuts. The same question in May showed that 37 percent were feeling the pain.

While President Obama is on record as calling the sequester cuts “dumb,” he readily signed the budget passed last March by Democrats and Republicans that made the across-the-board cuts permanent.

The standard refrain from politicians like Obama is that Americans must “live within their means.” They make no such demands on the corporations that caused the economic crisis. In 2008 the ruling elite readily bailed out insurance company AIG for $85 billion, the same amount they have now cut through the sequester. Eighty-five billion dollars is also the amount printed every month by the Federal Reserve to hand to banks and Wall Street speculators.

Similarly, when Apple CEO Tim Cook stood before a Senate subcommittee to say that the corporate tax rate should be reduced from 35 to 20 percent, following revelations that the company paid no taxes last year, senators from both parties joined in heaping praise on Apple.

Harsh as they are, the sequester cuts presage an even sharper turn to austerity, with Obama and the entire political establishment now moving to implement massive cuts in bedrock social programs like Medicare and Social Security.

The author also recommends:

US Defense Department to furlough 650,000 civilian workers
[16 May 2013]

Obama attacks Medicare and Social Security
[6 April 2013]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Rioting hits Stockholm after police shoot Portuguese immigrant

0

 

By
Marcus Day

25 May 2013

Rioting has occurred nightly in the suburbs of Stockholm, the Swedish capital, since last Sunday. As of Friday night, police had arrested 29 people and were calling in reinforcements from Gothenburg and Malmö, the second- and third-largest cities in Sweden, respectively.

The riots were touched off by the police killing of a 69-year-old Portuguese immigrant, who moved to Sweden over 30 years ago and whose name has not yet been made public.

According to an interview in Swedish tabloid Aftonbladet with Risto Kajanto, the deceased man’s brother-in-law, the man and his wife had been out eating at a restaurant and were confronted by a gang of youths on their way home. The man went back to his apartment and reportedly went onto his balcony and waved a knife at the youths, who left after a while.

At some point later, the police arrived, and the couple, believing they were the gang of youth, refused to open their door. Although the wife reportedly told police that she was not in danger, they nevertheless stormed the apartment, shooting and killing her husband in front of her.

“That was what my sister told me. But she is in a state of shock,” said Risto.

Later that night, youth in Husby, the northwestern suburb of Stockholm where the shooting took place, set fire to cars and threw stones at police. Over the next five nights, rioting spread to other poorer areas in western and southern Stockholm, resulting in the burning of over 300 cars and one police station and rapid calls for police reinforcements.

This is now the third time that riots have struck Sweden in the last five years. In 2008, hundreds of youth fought with police after the closing of a mosque in the southern town of Malmö, and in 2010 youth set fire to a police station in Rinkeby, another Stockholm suburb.

The events in Stockholm further undermine the lie that the “Scandanavian” model has somehow insulated Northern Europe from the crisis of global capitalism. On the contrary, the systemic economic and social crisis and the massive growth in inequality is giving rise to irrepressible and explosive social tensions.

For his part, Swedish Prime Minister Fredrik Reinfeldt, of the right-wing Moderate Party, has responded to the police killing and the ensuing riots by denouncing the youth: “We have groups of young men who think they can and should change society with violence. Let’s be clear: this is not okay. We cannot be ruled by violence.”

In fact, like similar riots in 2005 in France and 2011 in Britain, the Stockholm riots reflect both the increasingly desperate conditions facing immigrants and youth in Europe and the imperviousness of the political system to the needs of the working class.

In recent decades, the Social Democratic Party, which had dominated Swedish politics in the postwar period, has sought to privatize state assets, deregulate the economy, and dismantle the welfare state. Its support has collapsed to historic lows. It has been backed, both in its right-wing social policies and in its support for overseas wars by pseudo-left forces, including the Green Party and the Left Party. These two parties formed a “Red-Green” coalition with the Social Democrats from 2008 to 2010.

In 2011, these parties supported Reinfeldt’s coalition government’s participation in the imperialist war in Libya, in which it supplied NATO with eight Swedish fighter jets.

In this reactionary political climate, the state has moved to inflame racial tensions and anti-immigrant sentiment. Allegations already emerged earlier this year of police specifically targeting dark-skinned youth for identity checks on subways.

During the current rioting, local organizations in Stockholm reported that police have been calling youth in the area “tramps,” “monkeys,” “apes” and “negroes.”

Many of Sweden’s immigrants are fleeing home countries torn apart by imperialist wars; nearly 50 percent of Sweden’s 43,900 asylum seekers in 2012 were from Somalia, Syria and Afghanistan.

In Sweden, the unemployment rate for immigrants, at 16 percent, is almost three times the national average.

The economic position of native Swedish workers and youth has also grown increasingly precarious since the onset of the global recession and European debt crisis. The overall unemployment rate for youth aged 15 to 24 stood at over 25.1 percent, up from 22.2 percent a year ago.

Although the current rioting began in the poor and predominantly immigrant suburb of Husby, Stockholm police spokesman Kjell Lindgren said that it has since spread to parts of the city not primarily inhabited by immigrants.

He told the BBC, “My colleagues say the people on the streets are a mixture of every kind of people you can think of. We have got Swedes, we have got very young people, we have got people aged 30 to 35.”

The participation of wider layers of the population in the riots, including native Swedes, reflects the increasingly bitter tensions within Swedish society. Social inequality has been growing rapidly in Sweden since the 1990s.

According to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), although there is as yet little “absolute” poverty, the gap between rich and poor is growing faster in Sweden than in any other major country. Between 1995 and 2010, Sweden dropped 14 spots in the ranking of income inequality.

Perhaps even more startling than the growth in income inequality has been the surge in overall wealth inequality. As of 2007, the top 1 percent of Swedish households controlled 29 percent of the country’s wealth, and the top 10 percent of households controlled 72 percent of the country’s wealth.

The author also recommends:

Sweden’s Social Democrats in freefall
[10 November 2011]

Swedish Left Party leader announces resignation
[8 September 2011]

Scandanavian and other ‘neutral’ states support the bombing of Libya
[12 April 2011]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Quebec unions silence criticism of PQ welfare cuts

0

 

By
Louis Girard

25 May 2013

According to a report published last week in the Montreal daily La Presse, Quebec’s unions forced the cancellation of a press conference that was to be held on the sidelines of a demonstration protesting against the federal Conservative government’s cuts to Employment Insurance (EI), because it was intended to draw attention to the parallel cuts to social assistance (welfare) being made by the provincial Parti Québécois (PQ) government.

This act of political censorship underscores the unions’ role in smothering opposition to the PQ government and its austerity program and in channeling, through their Coalition québécoise contre la réforme de l’assurance-emploi (Quebec Coalition Against the Employment Insurance Reform), the opposition to the Conservative government along rightwing nationalist lines.

The La Presse article reports that two days prior to an April 27 “national” (i.e. Quebec-wide) protest against the EI cuts, “all the presidents of (Quebec’s) major trade union federations jointly signed a letter to Francois Saillant, coordinator of the Front d’action populaire en réaménagement urbain (FRAPRU— the Popular Action Front for Urban Redevelopment), to convince him to cancel a planned press conference that would have … simultaneously denounced the (PQ’s) cuts to social assistance and the federal reform of Employment Insurance.”

Signed by the heads of the Quebec Federation of Labour, the Confederation of National Trade Unions, the Centrale des syndicats du Québec, and other major unions, the letter claimed that any criticism of the PQ government’s cuts would “have the effect of diverting attention from the critical issues in the fight over Employment Insurance, and the strong, unified message that we must always deliver with one voice.”

FRAPRU, whose coordinator Francois Saillant is a founding member and long-time leader of the pseudo-left Québec Solidaire, meekly submitted to the unions’ demands

In their letter to FRAPRU, the union presidents repeated the lie they have peddled for decades that the big business PQ is an ally of working people, especially in opposing the socially regressive actions of federal Liberal and Conservative governments. Stephen Harper’s Conservatives, claimed the bureaucrats’ letter, “could profit from this double-message”–of opposition to the Conservatives’ EI and PQ’s welfare cuts–“to argue that the forces vives (progressive forces) in Quebec are divided.”

Contacted by La Presse, Quebec Federation of Labour President Michel Arsenault confirmed that the unions had censored criticism of the PQ at their April 27 demonstration, but claimed that he considers the PQ’s welfare cuts “unacceptable.”

Workers have heard decades of such double-talk.

The unions claimed to support last year’s militant student strike against the Charest Liberal government’s university tuition fee hikes. But, in the name of preserving “social peace,” they joined with Premier Jean Charest at the beginning of last May to bully the student associations into accepting a sellout deal that would have seen the government’s tuition fee hikes implemented in full. When students rejected this sellout and the government responded by imposing its authoritarian Bill 78, the unions again claimed to support the students and denounced Bill 78 as akin to the War Measures Act. However, they announced they would obey Bill 78 to the letter–including provisions that legally compelled them to order teachers and other university and CEGEP (college) personnel to act as strikebreakers–and worked systematically to isolate the students and channel the opposition to the Charest government behind the PQ’s election campaign.

Predictably the PQ, which had, with the unions’ help, feigned support for the students, pivoted to the imposition of austerity no sooner did it win last September’s provincial elections.

With only nominal opposition from the trade unions, Pauline Marois’ PQ government has imposed austerity measures that go far beyond those attempted by Charest. These include: the steepest social spending cuts in 15 years, the maintenance of a regressive healthcare head tax, the elimination of thousands of jobs at Hydro Québec. And the aforementioned cuts to social assistance: cuts that the PQ has justified by invoking the same reactionary rationale as the Harpers’ Conservatives have given for their EI cuts–the supposed need to end “dependency” on income support programs.

In February the unions participated in the sham education summit the PQ organized to provide political cover for their imposition of 3 percent annual university tuition fee hikes, welcoming it as a step forward.

The unions’ muzzling of FRAPRU underscores the validity of the characterization that the Socialist Equality Party (Canada) made of the April 27 demonstration in a statement distributed at the protest. It began: “The demonstration organized today by the union-led Coalition québécoise contre la réforme de l’assurance-emploi has nothing to do with a genuine workers’ mobilization against the anti-worker assault being jointly mounted by the Harper and Marois governments.”

The statement warned that rather than fighting for then independent political mobilization of the working class across Canada, the unions were promoting the fraud of a “national Quebec consensus” against the EI cuts, uniting the PQ, Liberals, NDP, municipal politicians and various big business lobby groups.

“This nationalist fiction,” said the statement, “serves to divide workers in Quebec from their class brothers and sisters in the rest of Canada, and to politically subordinate them to the representatives of the capitalist class—whether they are in the municipalities, or opposition parties like the Bloc Québécois and NDP. Equally, it facilitates the efforts of the Marois PQ government to use the federal cuts to Employment Insurance as a smokescreen to hide its own anti-worker measures.”

The unions, it should be added, are currently mounting a major lobbying campaign in association with the PQ government, the Montreal Chamber of Commerce and other “forces vivres” of Quebec to defend the tax concessions enjoyed by the union-controlled investment funds–the Quebec Federation of Labour’s Solidarity Fund and the Confederation of National Trade Unions’ Fondaction .

Through these multi-billion dollar funds, the union bureaucrats have developed intimate ties with big business and become junior partners in capitalist exploitation. They exemplify the transformation of the unions from limited organizations of working class defence into corporatist enforcers of wage and job cuts and capitalist austerity.

To the dismay of the union bureaucrats and the Quebec elite, for whom the union investment funds have become a significant source of venture capital, the Conservatives announced in this year’s federal budget that they intend to phase out a 15 percent tax credit that applies to all monies invested in the Solidarity Fund and Fondaction. The union bureaucracy immediately united with the Québécois political elite and the employers’ associations to demand that this decision be reversed for it will make the funds less profitable, to the detriment of the pocket books of employers and union bureaucrats alike.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Mental disorders increasing among US children

0

 

By
Matthew MacEgan

25 May 2013

A new report from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) shows that 13 to 20 percent of children living in the United States experience a mental disorder within a given year. Continued study has also shown that these conditions increased between 1994 and 2011.

The report, “Mental Health Surveillance Along Children–United States, 2005-2011” was authored by several doctors representing many CDC divisions across the US, led by Ruth Perou, the Child Development Studies Team Leader of the CDC’s National Center on Birth Defects and Developmental Disabilities.

The report begins by stating that mental disorders among children are an important public health issue in the United States due to “prevalence, early onset, and impact on the child, family, and community.” The estimated total annual cost of mental disorders in the United States is $247 billion. This cost includes health care, use of special education services, juvenile justice, and decreased productivity. Accordingly, mental disorders were the most costly conditions to treat in children in 2006.

The CDC defines mentally healthy children as those who “have a positive quality of life and can function well at home, in school, and in their communities.” In opposition to this, they describe mental disorders as “serious deviations from expected cognitive, social, and emotional development.”

The most common disorders reported by parents of US children aged 3 to 17 are attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), behavioral or conduct problems, anxiety, depression, autism spectrum disorders, and Tourette syndrome.

Suicide, which can result from the interaction between mental disorders and other factors, was the second leading cause of death among children aged 12 to 17 in 2010. The overall suicide rate of persons aged 10 to 19 was 4.5 suicides per 100,000 during that year.

Recently, the term mental, emotional, or behavioral disorders have been extended to include substance use disorders. Nearly 5 percent of adolescents aged 12 to 17 years reported an illicit drug use disorder sometime throughout the past year while more than 4 percent reported an alcohol abuse disorder over the same period. Nearly 3 percent had cigarette dependence in the last month.

One indicator of mental health used among numerous other techniques and systems was the determination of healthy versus unhealthy days over the course of a month. When asked the question, “Now thinking about your mental health, which include stress, depression, and problems with emotions, for how many days during the past 30 days was your mental health not good?” approximately 8 percent of adolescents reported 14 or more mentally unhealthy days during the past month.

Other recent studies have focused on insurance claims for services concerning mental disorders in children. One particular study showed that approximately 20 percent of the privately insured population aged below 65 in the United States has made such claims. The same report revealed a 24 percent increase between 2007 and 2011 in inpatient mental health and substance abuse admissions among children. A second study reported that in 2010, mood disorders (depression) were the most common principal diagnoses for all hospital stays among children in the United States. The rate of such hospital stays increased dramatically between 1997 and 2010, by 80 percent.

The CDC states that mental disorders may result in serious difficulties at home, with peer relationships, and in school. Such disorders may be associated with substance abuse, criminal behavior, and other risk-taking activity. Persons with mental disorders frequently have more than one disorder. Children with mental disorders are also more likely than their peers to have other chronic health conditions such as asthma, diabetes, and epilepsy.

The report suggests that mental disorders in children are associated with an increased risk for mental disorders in adulthood, which may result in “decreased productivity, increased substance use and injury, and substantial costs to the individual and society.”

The CDC also explicitly states that “all demographic groups are affected by mental disorders in childhood,” with conditions and indicators varying by race and ethnicity as well as gender. Ultimately, most of the disorders increased in prevalence with age, and boys were more likely than girls to have most of the disorders.

However, the greatest correlation is with social status and poverty. Reportedly, as household income decreased, the prevalence of behavioral or conduct problems, depression, and anxiety increased. As poverty levels increased, prevalence of ADHD, behavioral or conduct problems, depression, and anxiety also increased, as did illicit drug use disorders and cigarette dependence.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Japanese officials secretly visit North Korea

0

 

By
Ben McGrath

25 May 2013

In a move that apparently surprised its allies–the US and South Korea–Japan recently sent a secret delegation to North Korea.

Leading the visit, Isao Iijima, an advisor to Prime Minister Shinzo Abe, landed in Pyongyang on May 14, departing three days later. During his visit, he met with senior leaders of the North Korean regime including Kim Yong-nam, the president of the Presidium of the Supreme People’s Assembly.

While Iijima’s visit was intended to be conducted in secret, North Korea revealed his presence from the beginning. According to the Japan Times, a government source stated that it could not “reasonably explain” the visit. Abe himself refused to discuss it at a Diet budget committee meeting on May 15, and the government indicated that it had “no comment”.

South Korean media speculated that Iijima’s mission aims to pave the way for Abe to visit Pyongyang in late May or early June.

On May 15, Abe declared that he is “open” to a summit with North Korean leader Kim Jung-un, ostensibly to discuss the return of Japanese people kidnapped by North Korea, as well as North Korea’s nuclear program.

Since then, Abe has promoted the trip to secure the release of Japanese citizens abducted in the 1970s and 1980s by North Korea in order to train spy operatives in Japan. The claim that the trip was about the Japanese abductees–whose fates are exploited in Japan to stoke nationalism–aimed to provide Abe with a politically palatable pretext for Iijima’s visit.

Upon his return, however, Iijima declared, “I will not speak to any media.”

Significantly, Tokyo failed to notify either the United States or South Korea, prompting protests from both. In the past decade, the three countries have acted together against North Korea, particularly over its nuclear programs.

South Korean Foreign Ministry Spokesman Cho Tae-young stated bluntly, “We don’t think Isao Iijima’s visit to North Korea was helpful.”

The United States took a more tactful tone. Glyn Davies, the US special representative on North Korean policy, stated, “We all have fundamental security interests in dealing with North Korea … it is important that we stay connected very closely.” He claimed that it would take days to learn the nature of the Japanese government’s mission to Pyongyang.

While the exact intentions of the Japanese government remain murky, what is clear is that all of the major powers are jockeying for influence in this strategic region. The Japanese daily Asahi Shimbun wrote, “Japan has felt left out as the United States, China and South Korea take the lead in trying to confront Pyongyang’s nuclear ambitions.”

There are constant rumors of the possible collapse of the North Korean regime. A February 2010 cable released by WikiLeaks revealed comments by then-South Korean Vice-Foreign Minister Chun Yung-woo, who predicted the collapse of North Korea following Kim Jong-il’s death. The cable reads, “The DPRK [North Korea], Chun said, had already collapsed economically; following the death of KJI (Kim Jong-il), North Korea would collapse politically in ‘two to three years.’” Kim Jong-il died in December 2011.

Serious divisions have emerged between China and North Korea, whose attempts to develop nuclear weapons have been denounced by Washington, which seized upon them to build up its own military posture in the region–a move primarily directed at Beijing.

North Korea sent a high-level envoy to Beijing on Wednesday, Choe Ryong-hae, the director of the General Political Bureau of the North Korean army, in an attempt to patch up ties with China, its only major ally. Following Pyongyang’s nuclear test in February, China supported Washington at the UN in imposing more sanctions on North Korea. Major Chinese banks have also been ordered to freeze accounts with North Korea’s Foreign Trade Bank in the beginning of May, to support US-led sanctions on North Korean financial institutions.

An article in German-based Deutsche Welle on May 15, reported that China was making plans to put Kim Jong-un’s older brother, Kim Jong-nam, in power.

“Intelligence sources have passed on to DW information that Beijing has a contingency plan in place for when Kim Jong-un’s control over the country crumbles,” DW said. The younger Kim would be permitted to live in exile, possibly in China, after “regime change”, according to the plans.

The European powers’ interest in North Korea was also underscored by a report in January by the German Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung that North Korea was consulting with German economists on how to re-integrate the country into world capitalism.

The North Korean Stalinist bureaucracy would gladly offer itself as a new cheap labor platform to world imperialism, having already built export-processing zones in several locations in North Korea. On tour in Burma last September, US President Barack Obama suggested that Washington might consider building up relations with North Korea, offering an “extended hand” from the United States if North Korea abandoned its nuclear weapons.

These openings have always foundered, however, on the complex and bitter geo-strategic antagonisms between the major powers that are involved. Abe’s secret delegation to Pyongyang is another sign that Japanese imperialism is moving to assert its interests as the United States pushes Japan to play a more aggressive role in the region, as part of the Obama administration’s “pivot to Asia” to encircle China.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Government of, by, and for the banks

0

 

25 May 2013

Five years since the 2008 financial meltdown, the speculation and fraud that caused the crash are back in full force in the United States. Flush with the $85 billion in cash printed up and handed to the banks every month by the Federal Reserve, business at the Wall Street casino is booming. Stock values are at record levels and so are bank profits, amidst declining wages and mass poverty.

Under these conditions, the banks have been pushing to rip up even the very modest restrictions on financial speculation, while broadening the scope of government bailout laws. The aim is simple: to give banks the maximum ability to speculate without constraint, while getting the maximum possible government assistance if and when the bubble collapses.

So close is the bankers’ grip on the reins of government that, no longer content to let their bought-and-paid-for politicians write laws, the banks have taken to doing the work themselves.

This was the case with a bill that passed the House Financial Services Committee this month, HR 992, which significantly expands the number of financial institutions eligible for coverage by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The bill, which passed with majority support by both Democrats and Republicans, amends an earlier law that prevented financial institutions that trade swaps–a set of dangerous and largely unregulated derivatives–from coverage by the FDIC.

The New York Times reported Friday that, according to emails the newspaper examined, 70 out of the bill’s 85 lines were based on the recommendations of Citigroup, one of the largest US banks. Two paragraphs were inserted nearly word-for-word from an email written to lawmakers by the bank.

The bill restricts provisions in the Dodd—Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, signed on July 21, 2010. This law was largely a publicity measure by the Obama administration, made to appear as a crackdown on financial speculation while in reality allowing the banks to go on with business as usual.

Instead of creating regulations, the Dodd-Frank bill merely mandated that a series of regulations be implemented at some point in the future by regulators. Nearly three years after the bill’s passage, the vast majority of these regulations have not been implemented.

Out of 135 bank regulatory rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank bill, only 40 have been put into effect. The act’s much-vaunted mandate for the creation of a “Volcker rule,” preventing deposit-taking institutions from carrying out financial speculation, remains a dead letter.

Moreover, many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank bill, toothless as they were, are being scaled back by subsequent acts of Congress, such as HR 992, described above.

Even those regulations that have been implemented have been even further weakened by regulators to comply with the demands of the banks. Last week, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission voted to implement regulations on derivatives–speculative financial products based on other asset values–that were significantly weakened from those that were proposed under Dodd-Frank.

The Commission had initially proposed that the purchasers of derivatives be required to contact five banks when seeking to set the price of a contract. Under the new law, purchasers are only required to contact two banks, further tightening the monopoly of a handful of institutions that dominate the largely unregulated multitrillion-dollar derivatives market.

The bill likewise originally proposed that derivatives be traded on electronic exchanges similar to stock markets, so that buyers would have a better understanding of prices across the market, making price gouging by issuers more difficult. But the final rules allow for much of derivatives trading to take place over the phone, making it nearly impossible to regulate.

Despite a mountain of evidence–including a voluminous 2011 report by the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations–that the 2008 financial crash was directly linked to rampant lawbreaking by Wall Street, not a single executive at a major bank has been criminally prosecuted, much less gone to jail.

The Wall Street giants emerged from the financial crisis larger and more powerful than ever, and, as shown by government inquiries into JPMorgan’s $6 billion trading loss last year, their activities are just as speculative and parasitic as before the crash.

These factors, combined with the vast amounts of money being pumped into the financial markets by central banks make a new financial crash all but inevitable.

Throughout all this, the role of the government has been to cover up and facilitate the banks’ crimes, seeking to create the appearance of regulation, while allowing Wall Street to operate with impunity.

The main nexus between the banks and government is the Obama administration itself, which, with every new appointment, becomes ever more a government of, by, and for the financial oligarchy.

In January Obama appointed as treasury secretary Jacob Lew, who earned millions of dollars as the chief operating officer of Citigroup’s Alternative Investments unit, which made bets against the housing market as it collapsed.

This month Obama appointed Penny Pritzker, a hotel heiress and private equity firm operator, as commerce secretary. With a net worth of $1.85 billion, Pritzker is the wealthiest person in US history to serve in the president’s cabinet.

These developments demonstrate the impossibility of reining in the financial criminals within the confines of the present political system. The government and both parties serve as little more than errand boys for the bankers, who exercise a dictatorship over political life in the United States.

Andre Damon



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Chinese Premier Li signals new pro-market reforms before European tour

0

 

By
John Chan

25 May 2013

Newly installed Chinese Premier Li Keqiang, in his foreign visit, signalled that his government will implement a new wave of pro-market restructuring. This is aimed at reducing the still substantial state-owned sector and enforcing productivity increases that will inevitably further impoverish the Chinese working class.

In an article published Thursday in Neue Zürcher Zeitung, a German-language Swiss daily, just ahead of his visit to Europe starting on May 24, Li wrote: “We will make an all-around effort to deepen market-oriented reform, unleash the dividends of change, and continue to grow the economy, improving livelihoods and promoting social equity.”

At the same time–on Friday, Chinese time–China’s National Development and Reform Commission issued broad policy proposals to open up remaining state sectors to private capital, including gradually deregulating bank interest rates and “promot[ing] the effective entry of private capital into finance, energy, railways, telecommunications and other spheres.” Foreign capital will be given more access to protected sectors like finance, logistics and health care. “All of society is ardently awaiting new breakthroughs in reform,” the new directive enthused.

Xiao Gang, the chairman of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, the top financial regulator, earlier last week also publicly pledged to speed up financial market reforms, emphasising improving protections given to investors. He reportedly declared at a videophone conference that the basic principle behind this decision is deregulation: “As the securities regulatory institution, the CSRC will gradually and resolutely ease its control in areas which shouldn’t be controlled, as long as the legislation allows for this.”

International financial circles have demanded such measures from the new Chinese Communist Party (CCP) leadership headed by President Xi Jinping, who was installed last November.

Stephen Green, a China economist at the British Standard Chartered told the New York Times the current reform drive “is radical stuff, really.” He continued, “People have talked about this for a long time, but now we’re getting a clearly spoken reform agenda from the top.”

As the representatives of the so-called “princelings” or “red aristocracy”–the children of current and former Stalinist leaders who have amassed enormous personal wealth through their political connections–Xi and Li have long experience attacking the working class in China. The CCP regime’s most essential role is to enforce continuing brutal exploitation of the 500 million Chinese workers as cheap labour, a vital source of profit for the world imperialist system.

Li, a pupil of China’s leading neo-liberal economist Li Yining, championed the destruction of state-owned enterprises in China in the early 1990s, after the collapse of the Soviet Union. Many of Li Keqiang’s leading cabinet ministers were involved in former Premier Zhu Rongji’s massive privatisation drive in the late 1990s, which made tens of millions of workers redundant and paved the way for China’s joining of the World Trade Organisation (WTO) in 2001.

China’s dramatic economic expansion in the past decade, however, was driven by seemingly endless exports of cheap manufactured goods to Western economies, principally America, based on unsustainable consumer spending driven by debt, including the housing bubble. China itself sustained that bubble by recycling huge foreign currency reserves coming from export earnings and foreign investment back to the US, in the form of financing Washington’s ballooning debts.

The spectacular global financial collapse in 2008, though centred in the US, sent China into a deep crisis; some 23 million workers rapidly lost their jobs. A social explosion was averted only by unleashing a wave of state bank credit, amounting to trillions of dollars, to stimulate infrastructure-building and industrial subsidies. This has only worsened overcapacity, under conditions where the mass of the population remains impoverished–a crisis that has only been covered up by the fact that much of the capital has been channelled into a giant real estate bubble.

There are mounting signs that China’s growth is reaching a dead end. Li’s pro-market agenda was initially outlined in a joint report, China 2030, with the World Bank earlier last year. It proposed to dismantle the so-called “state monopolies” of key sectors like energy and finance as well as basic industries, and increase productivity by imposing a speed-up on the workforce.

The publication of that report was followed by a power struggle inside the CCP leadership to oust former Politburo member and Chongqing CP secretary Bo Xilai. Bo has employed superficial “neo-left” rhetoric, aimed at preserving the state sector, claiming China must protect “national industry” against Western capital.

The CCP made extensive efforts to reassure global investors that China would remain a premier investment outlet, despite the political instability related to Bo’s downfall.

Shortly after being installed as the new CCP general secretary, Xi travelled around southern China in the footsteps of Deng Xiaoping’s 1992 “southern tour,” to emphasise that the new leadership will stick to Deng’s pro-capitalist policy.

Li told Chinese officials earlier this month that pro-market reform is driven by the sense that a stimulus policy is no longer viable to deal with the current crisis. “If we place excessive reliance on government steering and policy leverage to stimulate growth, that will be difficult to sustain and could even produce new problems and risks”, Li declared.

Li’s reform agenda is setting the regime on course for a confrontation with the working class. In a language reminiscent of European bourgeois leaders arguing for austerity, Li declared at his first press conference in March after being installed as the premier at the National People’s Congress, that his sweeping reform is like “self-imposed revolution”.

“It will require real sacrifice and this will be painful and even feel like cutting one’s wrist,” he warned. That means the destruction of millions of jobs and lowering of wages that must further widen the country’s already large gap between rich and poor.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Van blast kills 15 children in Pakistan

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least 15 children have been killed in a school van gas cylinder blast in eastern Pakistan, reports say.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Guatemala extradites ex-president to US

0

Former Guatemalan President Alfonso Portillo (left) speaks to the press as he is led by police to an aircraft that will fly him to the United States from Guatemala City, May 24, 2013.

Former Guatemalan President Alfonso Portillo has been flown to the United States to face charges of laundering more than $70 million in public funds through US banks.

On Friday, the former Guatemalan president was picked up from a military hospital in Guatemala City and put on a small plane bound for New York, Portilloâ„¢s lawyer said.

Portillo, who was president from 2000 to 2004, had a liver operation in April and has been suffering from heart arrhythmia.

Before boarding the plane, the 61-year-old told local radio he was being kidnapped and accused the Guatemalan government of breaking the law.

“They have acted illegally against me from the beginning. They have violated all my rights,” he stated.

“They are taking me away sick, so I hold the government and the interior minister responsible for anything that may happen to my health. I’m not well,” Portillo emphasized.

He is the first former Latin American leader to be extradited to the US.

In a statement issued later in the day, the US Embassy in Guatemala welcomed the extradition, saying, Å“This decision is an important affirmation of the rule of law and due process in Guatemala.”

“We commend the Guatemalan authorities in the strengthening of rule of law and the fight against organized crime and corruption,” it added.

GJH/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Global march challenges Monsanto's dominance: LIVE UPDATES

0

The March Against Monsanto will see hundreds of thousands in 40 countries unite to challenge biotechnology corporations and protest against genetically modified foods, which despite bans in some countries due to health hazards remain legal in many others.

3:00 GMT: Watch RT’s Anastasia Churkina report on the
upcoming global protest.

Video:
/files/news/1f/32/00/00/original_monsanto-guest-churkina.asf

2:44 GMT: Activists begin gathering for Sydney protest
hours before the scheduled time.

2:14 GMT: Nick Bernabe, one of the organizers of the
protest in California told RT that activists “want to spread
awareness and we want to start from the ground up
.”

“The easiest thing you can do to know what’s in your food is
to grow your own food,”
he said. “We start there. At the
very top we want labeling and a ban, but I think we should work
from the ground up to have the best results.”

2:20 GMT: Hundreds of people gathered for an event in
Bellingen, New South Wales, Australia.


1:51 GMT: 

1:48 GMT:

1:36 GMT: On the eve of the global protest against GMO,
the US Senate overwhelmingly rejected a bill that would allow states to decide if
genetically modified food products should be labeled.

Since the FDA has not made scientific conclusions, the opponents
of the measure argued, GMOs should not be labeled.

“I believe we must rely on the FDA’s science-based
examination before we make conclusions about food ingredients
derived from genetically modified foods,”
said Sen. Debbie
Stabenow (D-Mich.), who chairs the Agriculture Committee.

1:00 GMT: We are beginning our extensive coverage of the
global protest organized by the ‘March Against
Monsanto’ movement. An estimated 200,000 activists are expected
participate in the massive campaign spanning six continents, 40
nations, and at least 48 US states.

Video:
/files/news/1f/32/00/00/original_monst250513_503025_1.mp4

This article originally appeared on: RT

'Freedom of speech restricted in Turkey'

0

Amnesty International has issued a report saying that freedom of expression is still restricted in Turkey.

Amnesty International says freedom of expression is still restricted in Turkey and hundreds of journalists remain jailed for criticizing the government.

In a report entitled “Annual Report 2013, the State of the World’s Human Rights” that was released on Thursday, the London-based human rights group said that despite limited legislative reforms in Turkey, the measures do not amend the definitions of offenses used to limit freedom of expression, including, notably, those contained in anti-terrorism legislation.

Å“Little progress was made in addressing the restrictions on freedom of expression in the media and more widely in civil society. Criminal prosecutions frequently targeted non-violent dissenting opinions, particularly on controversial political issues and criticism of public officials and institutions. Dissenting opinions related to issues of Kurdish rights and politics were foremost of those subjected to criminal prosecution,” the report said.

Amnesty International also criticized Turkey for allowing the police to use excessive force to break up peaceful demonstrations and to conduct investigations and prosecutions, human rights abuses by state officials, and the pattern of Å“unfair trials” under anti-terrorism legislation.

The report also criticized the deadlocked constitutional exercise in Turkey.

Å“Discussions regarding the adoption of a new constitution continued throughout the year but with little evidence of consensus among the political parties or effective engagement with civil society,” it noted.

Commenting on the situation of Syrian refugees in Turkey, Amnesty International stated that the Turkish government has not approved legislation protecting the rights of refugees and asylum seekers in its territory.

MP/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama 'worse than Nixon' for press freedoms

0



Published time: May 25, 2013 02:36

US President Barack Obama. (AFP Photo / Nicholas Kamm)

Embed

Code

President Barack Obama is the biggest threat to press freedom, one of the hallmarks of a true democracy, the United States has seen since former President Nixon, according to attorney James Goodale, widely seen as “the father of reporters’ privileges.”

Goodale is best known for using the First Amendment of the US
Constitution to successfully defend the New York Times after the
paper published the Pentagon Papers in 1971. The documents, leaked
by Defense Department employee Daniel Ellsberg, revealed that four
presidents had deliberately misled US citizens regarding the
countries’ intentions in Vietnam. The Nixon administration sought
to block the publication of the documents, citing national security
and the Espionage Act. 

The case is especially relevant today as the Obama
administration seeks to punish WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange for
publishing diplomatic cables leaked by US Army soldier Bradley
Manning. The New York Times, the Guardian, and other outlets would
also go on to publish the same information revealed by Manning but
have not been targeted for punishment by the government
prosecutors. 

Speaking with RT, Goodale also gave his opinion on the recent
scandals that saw the US Department of Justice tap phones used by
reporters, at least once going as far as to issue a search warrant
for a Fox News correspondents’ email account. All, presumably, as
part of an attempt to intimidate potential leakers and media
personnel into remaining silent on issues that plague the nation.
 

Goodale’s book, “Fighting for the Press: The Inside Story of the
Pentagon Papers and Other Battles,” is available now. 

RT: In your new book you indicate that former US
President Richard Nixon was out to destroy the New York Times, but
you also argue that if President Obama succeeds at prosecuting
Julian Assange he will be worse than Nixon for press freedom, why
so
? 

James Goodale: Let me say one thing about Nixon. He was
out to destroy the New York Times, he was out to destroy Brookings
Institution, and a lot of other institutions in the United States.
President Obama is not out to destroy the Times. What we’re talking
about is a discreet area, which is the relationship of the press to
national security. In the Pentagon Papers area of national
security, Nixon was terrible. He also happened to be terrible in
the whole First Amendment area. Obama, by contrast, is okay in the
First Amendment area but not okay in national security. Why?

Because Obama has pursued six leakers, that’s the first bad
thing he’s done. The second bad thing he’s done is pursued
[reporter and leak recipient] James Risen. He’s also suing Julian
Assange. If he’s pursuing Julian Assange as a co-conspirator and
succeeds he’ll be worse than Nixon because Nixon tried to go after
the New York Times and its reporters saying they were
co-conspirators but Nixon failed. 

RT: In this context you view Julian Assange as the
publisher, similar to the New York Times, similar to the Guardian,
and all the other news outlets that then published what Julian
Assange exposed through WikiLeaks. US officials maintain that
Assange compromised national security by publishing classified
documents. As you know, in America, sometimes the First Amendment
is trumped by national security issues when information is
disclosed when information is published that could threaten
soldiers on the battlefield, or threaten the lives of soldiers here
at home. Do you believe, honestly, that Assange should face no
consequences whatsoever
? 

JG: Yes, that’s right. The same claims were made about
the New York Times when it published the Pentagon Papers. It was
destroying national security, it was destroying lives. The First
Amendment, in that case, trumped the claim of the Nixon
administration. Now here, you have to ask yourself, ‘Well what is
the First Amendment claim?’ The claim is that Assange can’t be
punished if, in fact, there’s no clear and present danger to the
country. If you look at the stuff that Assange published I would
argue there’s no clear and present danger to the country. It’s been
three years, where is the danger? You’re still here and I’m still
here. All claims sound terrible when it comes to national
security…In my book I look backwards at the Pentagon Papers and
there was no damage to national security. You have to look at these
claims with a jaundiced eye because after a period of time, you can
look at them, and there’s no danger. 

RT: As you mentioned the Obama administration has
prosecuted more alleged leakers under the Espionage Act than all
previous administrations combined. Do you believe that leakers such
as Bradley Manning should be subject to some
discipline
? 

JG: Yes, I do. I would think that if you started leaking
information for the organization you work for then you ought to be
fired. I think every organization ought to have a control over its
employees, and therefore I think that the 20 years to which Bradley
Manning has agreed probably is a good sentence. I think the
question with Bradley Manning right now is, is he agreed to 20
years but the government wants to give him life. I just wonder if
that’s appropriate but I do believe every organization ought to be
able to discipline its employees. 

RT: Then do you fault the Department of Justice for
trying to find out who the leakers are, because as you well know
there’s been a scandal with the DoJ secretly obtaining the phone
records from Associated Press journalists and they also obtained
the warrant to search the email of a Fox News reporter. Do you
defend the US government in trying to find out who the leakers
are
? 

JG: Well I think there is two things. We’ve got six
leaker prosecutions, three in the whole history of the United
States before then. Everyone leaks in Washington because everyone
has got access to national security information. I think the Obama
administration has got to dial it back. He’s dialed it back on
drones but six [leak prosecutions] is too many. Once you start
getting everybody, some of these cases start to blow up in your
face. 

Then the second question is how you go about it. I don’t think,
when the government is concerned about the behavior of its own
employees, that it ought to take the press and throw them into the
middle of it, which is what they have done in what we call
Rosengate. James Rosen is the reporter for Fox News who was the
subject of a search warrant, on a theory that he was a
co-conspirator with a gentleman named Kim. I mean, when I look at
you, you don’t look like a co-conspirator to me. But if you were to
start covering some Washington stories, which inevitably involve
national security information, you’re subject to be called a
co-conspirator. Legally I could give you the whole song and dance
but just for your viewers, and common sense, we know reporters
aren’t co-conspirators and we know their records shouldn’t be
subject to search warrants. Come on — lay off, President
Obama. 

RT: Do you think they’re doing this to intimidate US
journalists from seeking information and publishing these reports
on national security issues
? 

JG: Sure, if they did that to your colleague here you
could be intimidated. They’re also trying to intimidate those who
leak and, as I said, I think they should use some discretion there
because when the president speaks to you, he’s leaking. Have you
ever thought about that? Every piece of information in Washington,
particularly the information which he has his hands on, is
classified…So the impact is we have less information, we have less
power, and the government — by keeping the information secret —
they become more powerful. That’s not good for any of us. 

RT: As a result of the AP and Fox News scandals the
New Yorker has launched Strongbox, an online drop box that allows
anyone to send leaked documents without their identities ever being
known. So this way if the Justice Department asks anyone from the
New Yorker magazine ‘Where did you get this information
? Who
was your source
?’ the New Yorker says ‘We don’t know.’ Don’t
you find it interesting that the New Yorker is now using the First
Amendment practices of Julian Assange to protect the Bradley
Manning’s of the world
? 

JG: It doesn’t surprise me at all, because that’s what
the New Yorker should be doing in the digital age. That’s what
publishers do. After the Julian Assange story broke the New York
Times said they were going to set one up and I think the Wall
Street Journal, too. Now Obama is saying he wants to get Assange,
but Assange is just like the New Yorker, the Wall Street Journal.
Obama might as well go get the New York Times, and that’s what I’m
here to say I’m scared about. 

RT: During his speech on Thursday President Obama did
say that he’s troubled by the possibility that the Department of
Justice investigations into leaks may “chill the type of journalism
that holds government accountable.” As a result, he’s calling on
Congress to pass a Media Shield law to guard against government
overreach. Do you think that will help to do anything or is it just
rhetoric
?

JG: I think it’s probably both. What he said was he wants
Chuck Schumer, our Senator in New York, to put the bill in. So
Schumer gets up and says ‘Look, I’m going to put it in but first
we’re going to make an exception so it doesn’t cover WikiLeaks’ and
the second thing he said is that it won’t cover national security.
I will say, in defense of Schumer, that the old bill on which this
is placed didn’t completely eliminate all national security leaks
but it had a provision in there that made it very difficult to
justify so I question whether that is worth the camel. But gee
whiz, we’re not going to protect Julian Assange when the New Yorker
is doing the same thing. 

RT: There have certainly been some cases where
journalists have abused their power. A recent example is that
Bloomberg reporters are facing a scandal after being accused of
accessing private data on the Bloomberg terminal to further their
reporting. Do you see this is as big deal
?

JG: Yes I think that’s a big deal. It’s a little bit like
 the Rupert Murdoch scandal in London when the papers were
hacking in [to a murder victim’s cell phone]. This isn’t hacking, I
suppose, but it is the same effect. You’ve got to have privacy for
your emails but I’m not defending the Bloomberg journalists. I
think we’ve got to realize that we’re in a new, digital world and
we’ve got to get clear on what the rules are because it’s so easy
to cheat. 

RT: You’ve been called the father of reporters’
privileges. What do you see as the current threats to press freedom
in the United States
?

JG: It, frankly, is President Obama and Rosengate because
this is the first time the — I hate to use the term ‘Espionage
Act,’ we’ll say national security act for your viewers — has been
used to get reporters. I mean, that really is frightening because
it’s usually used to get leakers. Rosen is a leakee, to use legal
phraseology. If the Obama administration, or at least his Justice
Department, thinks they can use criminal laws to get journalists
because they’re co-conspirators, honestly that is one of the worst
things I’ve come across in all the years I’ve been doing
this. 

RT: In closing, I mentioned your book at the beginning
of the interview, what do you hope that readers get from your
book
?

JG: Well, the purpose of the book is to learn the lesson
from the Pentagon Papers, which is to say any president who messes
with national security is going to be in deep yogurt. Wake up,
America. Wake up, President Obama. President Obama, don’t go after
Julian Assange and call him a co-conspirator, that’s bad for
everybody. 

This article originally appeared on: RT

Rwanda key to peace in Congo: Ban

0

United Nations Secretary General Ban Ki-moon says Rwanda is the key to ensuring peace and stability in the east of the Democratic Republic of Congo.

Ban made the remarks in the Rwandan capital Kigali on Friday, a day after he started a visit to the Great Lakes region of Africa to promote a new deal to end the long-running conflict in mineral-rich eastern Congo, which shares a border with Rwanda.

In February, 11 African countries signed a UN-mediated peace agreement to end the crisis in the east of the DRC, which led to the establishment of a special brigade of UN peacekeepers with a mandate to attack rebel groups.

That deal “is the best chance for peace in many years,” Ban told reporters in Kigali.

“I am appealing to all leaders to play their part… Rwanda is critical to the framework’s success,” he added.

The UN and Kinshasa have accused neighboring Rwanda and Uganda of helping the rebels in Congo.

Rwanda and Uganda have repeatedly denied the charges that they are backing the March 23 movement (M23), but Kigali and Kampala have never publicly condemned the militia, which is strengthening its grip over the provinces of North Kivu and South Kivu in the eastern Congo and could seriously threaten the writ of the Congolese government in the region.

From Kigali, Ban travelled to Entebbe in Uganda, where he met Ugandan President Yoweri Museveni.

The UN secretary general said the Ugandan president assured him that peace talks between M23 and the Congolese government would continue in Kampala.

“The people of DRC have suffered too much for too long. They are tired of war, tired of poverty, tired of impunity,” Ban told reporters at a press conference in Entebbe.

“All across Africa, countries are on the rise to reach their potential. There is no reason that DRC cannot follow suit,” he added.

“We count on the continued leadership of President Museveni and other regional leaders,” the UN chief stated.

On Thursday, Ban toured the flashpoint Congolese city of Goma, where he said the deployment of the 3,000-strong “offensive” peacekeeping force would become fully operational “in a matter of weeks.”

The UN force, which was approved by the Security Council in March, will have troops from Tanzania, Malawi, and South Africa.

Several armed groups, including the M23 rebels, are active in the east of the DRC and fighting for control of the countryâ„¢s vast mineral resources, such as gold, the main tin ore cassiterite, and coltan (columbite-tantalite), which is used to make many electronic devices, including cell phones.

The M23 rebels seized Goma on November 20 after UN peacekeepers gave up the battle for the frontier city of one million people. M23 fighters withdrew from the city on December 1 under a ceasefire accord.

The M23 rebels defected from the Congolese Army in April 2012 in protest over alleged mistreatment in the Armed Forces of the Democratic Republic of Congo (FARDC). They had previously been integrated into the Congolese army under a peace deal signed in 2009.

Since early May 2012, nearly 3 million people have fled their homes in the eastern Congo. About 2.5 million have resettled in Congo, but more than 460,000 have crossed into neighboring Rwanda and Uganda.

Congo has faced numerous problems over the past few decades, such as grinding poverty, crumbling infrastructure, and a war in the east of the country that has dragged on since 1998 and left over 5.5 million people dead.

GJH/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Rwanda key to peace in Congo: Ban

0

United Nations Secretary General Ban Ki-moon says Rwanda is the key to ensuring peace and stability in the east of the Democratic Republic of Congo.

Ban made the remarks in the Rwandan capital Kigali on Friday, a day after he started a visit to the Great Lakes region of Africa to promote a new deal to end the long-running conflict in mineral-rich eastern Congo, which shares a border with Rwanda.

In February, 11 African countries signed a UN-mediated peace agreement to end the crisis in the east of the DRC, which led to the establishment of a special brigade of UN peacekeepers with a mandate to attack rebel groups.

That deal “is the best chance for peace in many years,” Ban told reporters in Kigali.

“I am appealing to all leaders to play their part… Rwanda is critical to the framework’s success,” he added.

The UN and Kinshasa have accused neighboring Rwanda and Uganda of helping the rebels in Congo.

Rwanda and Uganda have repeatedly denied the charges that they are backing the March 23 movement (M23), but Kigali and Kampala have never publicly condemned the militia, which is strengthening its grip over the provinces of North Kivu and South Kivu in the eastern Congo and could seriously threaten the writ of the Congolese government in the region.

From Kigali, Ban travelled to Entebbe in Uganda, where he met Ugandan President Yoweri Museveni.

The UN secretary general said the Ugandan president assured him that peace talks between M23 and the Congolese government would continue in Kampala.

“The people of DRC have suffered too much for too long. They are tired of war, tired of poverty, tired of impunity,” Ban told reporters at a press conference in Entebbe.

“All across Africa, countries are on the rise to reach their potential. There is no reason that DRC cannot follow suit,” he added.

“We count on the continued leadership of President Museveni and other regional leaders,” the UN chief stated.

On Thursday, Ban toured the flashpoint Congolese city of Goma, where he said the deployment of the 3,000-strong “offensive” peacekeeping force would become fully operational “in a matter of weeks.”

The UN force, which was approved by the Security Council in March, will have troops from Tanzania, Malawi, and South Africa.

Several armed groups, including the M23 rebels, are active in the east of the DRC and fighting for control of the countryâ„¢s vast mineral resources, such as gold, the main tin ore cassiterite, and coltan (columbite-tantalite), which is used to make many electronic devices, including cell phones.

The M23 rebels seized Goma on November 20 after UN peacekeepers gave up the battle for the frontier city of one million people. M23 fighters withdrew from the city on December 1 under a ceasefire accord.

The M23 rebels defected from the Congolese Army in April 2012 in protest over alleged mistreatment in the Armed Forces of the Democratic Republic of Congo (FARDC). They had previously been integrated into the Congolese army under a peace deal signed in 2009.

Since early May 2012, nearly 3 million people have fled their homes in the eastern Congo. About 2.5 million have resettled in Congo, but more than 460,000 have crossed into neighboring Rwanda and Uganda.

Congo has faced numerous problems over the past few decades, such as grinding poverty, crumbling infrastructure, and a war in the east of the country that has dragged on since 1998 and left over 5.5 million people dead.

GJH/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘People must run Iran’s sports affairs’

0

Presidential candidate Ali-Akbar Velayati says the Iranian people should play an active role in managing the countryâ„¢s sports affairs.

Å“Responsibility for managing Iranâ„¢s sports affairs should be transferred to the people, and the administration should support the process,” Velayati said in a speech at the Heidarnia Sports Complex in Tehran on Friday.

The former foreign minister stated that trust between the administration and the sports society will be restored if the countryâ„¢s officials fulfill their pledges to athletes.

The presidential candidate also called for the strengthening of the Sports and Youth Ministry in order to Å“support and respect athletes from the beginning to the end of their athletic careers and during their retirement.”

Earlier this week, Iranâ„¢s Interior Ministry announced the list of candidates approved by the Guardian Council to run in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election, which will be held on June 14.

In addition to Velayati, the Guardian Council approved MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, Hassan Rohani, the director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi. The eight candidates were approved after a 10-day vetting process.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election, and the Guardian Council vets the candidates.

MHB/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘President must be loyal to revolution’

0

Presidential candidate Saeed Jalili says he will remain faithful to the ideals of Iran’s Islamic Revolution of 1979 if elected president.

Å“Anyone who becomes the next Iranian president must continue on the path of the Islamic Revolution and must use all available resources to achieve the objectives of the revolution,” Jalili said in a speech at the Shiroudi Sports Complex in Tehran on Friday.

The secretary of the Supreme National Security Council stated that Å“Iran is an influential regional power,” and the next president must continue to tread the path of the late Imam Khomeini, the founder of the Islamic Republic of Iran, by expanding the influence of Islam across the world and diminishing the domination of the Å“global arrogance,” which is a term used in Iran to describe the imperialist powers.

Earlier this week, Iranâ„¢s Interior Ministry announced the list of candidates approved by the Guardian Council to run in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election, which will be held on June 14.

In addition to Jalili, the Guardian Council approved MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, Hassan Rohani, the director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi. The eight candidates were approved after a 10-day vetting process.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election, and the Guardian Council vets the candidates.

MHB/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Why Disinformation Works. In America “Truth has no Relevance. Only Agendas are Important”

0

Have you ever wondered how the government’s misinformation gains traction?

What I have noticed is that whenever a stunning episode occurs, such as 9/11 or the Boston Marathon bombing, most everyone whether on the right or left goes along with the government’s explanation, because they can hook their agenda to the government’s account.

The leftwing likes the official stories of Muslims creating terrorist mayhem in America, because it proves their blowback theory and satisfies them that the dispossessed and oppressed can fight back against imperialism.

The patriotic rightwing likes the official story, because it proves America is attacked for its goodness or because terrorists were allowed in by immigration authorities and nurtured by welfare, or because the government, which can’t do anything right, ignored plentiful warnings.

Whatever the government says, no matter how problematical, the official story gets its traction from its compatibility with existing predispositions and agendas.

In such a country, truth has no relevance. Only agendas are important.

A person can see this everywhere. I could write volumes illustrating how agenda-driven writers across the spectrum will support the most improbable government stories despite the absence of any evidence simply because the government’s line can be used to support their agendas.

For example, a conservative writer in the June issue of Chronicles uses the government’s story about the alleged Boston Marathon bombers, Dzhokhar and Tamerlan Tsarnaev, to argue against immigration, amnesty for illegals, and political asylum for Muslims. He writes: “Even the most high-tech security systems imaginable will inevitably fail as they are overwhelmed by a flood of often hostile and dangerous immigrants.”

The writer accepts all of the improbable government statements as proof that the brothers were guilty. The wounded brother who was unable to respond to the boat owner who discovered him and had to be put on life support somehow managed to write a confession on the inside of the boat.

As soon as the authorities have the brother locked up in a hospital on life support, “unnamed officials” and “authorities who remain anonymous” are planting the story in the media that the suspect is signing written confessions of his guilt while on life support. No one has seen any of these written confessions. But we know that they exist, because the government and media say so.

The conservative writer knows that Dzhokhar is guilty because he is Muslim and a Chechen. Therefore, it does not occur to the writer to wonder about the agenda of the unnamed sources who are busy at work creating belief in the brothers’ guilt. This insures that no juror would dare vote for acquittal and have to explain it to family and friends. Innocent until proven guilty in a court has been thrown out the window. This should disturb the conservative writer, but doesn’t.

The conservative writer sees Chechen ethnicity as an indication of guilt even though the brothers grew up in the US as normal Americans, because Chechens are “engaged in anti-Russian jihad.” But Chechens have no reason for hostility against the US. As evidence indicates, Washington supports the Chechens in their conflict with Russia. By supporting Chechen terrorism, Washington violates all of the laws that it ruthlessly applies to compassionate Americans who give donations to Palestinian charities that Washington alleges are run by Hamas, a Washington-declared terrorist organization.

It doesn’t occur to the conservative writer that something is amiss when martial law
is established over one of America’s main cities and its metropolitan area, 10,000 heavily armed troops are put on the streets with tanks, and citizens are ordered out of their homes with their hands over their heads, all of this just to search for one wounded 19-year old suspect. Instead the writer blames the “surveillance state” on “the inevitable consequences of suicidal liberalism” which has embraced “the oldest sin in the world: rebellion against authority.” The writer is so pleased to use the government’s story line as a way of indulging the conservative’s romance with authority and striking a blow at liberalism that he does not notice that he has lined up against the Founding Fathers who signed the Declaration of Independence and rebelled against authority.

I could just as easily have used a left-wing writer to illustrate the point that improbable explanations are acceptable if they fit with predispositions and can be employed in behalf of an agenda.

Think about it. Do you not think that it is extraordinary that the only investigations we have of such events as 9/11 and the Boston Marathon bombing are private investigations, such as this investigation of the backpacks: http://whowhatwhy.com/2013/05/20/official-story-has-odd-wrinkles-a-pack-of-questions-about-the-boston-bombing-backpacks/ [1]

There was no investigation of 9/11. Indeed, the White House resisted any inquiry at all for one year despite the insistent demands from the 9/11 families. NIST did not investigate anything. NIST simply constructed a computer model that was consistent with the government’s story. The 9/11 Commission simply sat and listened to the government’s explanation and wrote it down. These are not investigations.

The only investigations have come from a physicist who proved that WTC 7 came down at free fall and was thus the result of controlled demolition, from a team of scientists who examined dust from the WTC towers and found nano-thermite, from high-rise architects and structural engineers with decades of experience, and from first responders and firefighters who were in the towers and experienced explosions throughout the towers, even in the sub-basements.

We have reached the point where evidence is no longer required. The government’s statements suffice. Only conspiracy kooks produce real evidence.

In America, government statements have a unique authority. This authority comes from the white hat that the US wore in World War II and in the subsequent Cold War. It was easy to demonize Nazi Germany, Soviet Communism and Maoist China. Even today when Russian publications interview me about the perilous state of civil liberty in the US and Washington’s endless illegal military attacks abroad, I sometimes receive reports that some Russians believe that it was an impostor who was interviewed, not the real Paul Craig Roberts. There are Russians who believe that it was President Reagan who brought freedom to Russia, and as I served in the Reagan administration these Russians associate me with their vision of America as a light unto the world. Some Russians actually believe that Washington’s wars are truly wars of liberation.

The same illusions reign among Chinese dissidents. Chen Guangcheng is the Chinese dissident who sought refuge in the US Embassy in China. Recently he was interviewed by the BBC World Service. Chen Guangcheng believes that the US protects human rights while China suppresses human rights. He complained to the BBC that in China police can arrest citizens and detain them for as long as six months without accounting for their detainment. He thought that the US and UK should publicly protest this violation of due process, a human right. Apparently, Chen Guangcheng is unaware that US citizens are subject to indefinite detention without due process and even to assassination without due process.

The Chinese government allowed Chen Guangcheng safe passage to leave China and live in the US. Chen Guangcheng is so dazzled by his illusions of America as a human rights beacon that it has never occurred to him that the oppressive, human rights-violating Chinese government gave him safe passage, but that Julian Assange, after being given political asylum by Ecuador is still confined to the Ecuadoran embassy in London, because Washington will not allow its UK puppet state to permit his safe passage to Ecuador.

Perhaps Chen Guangcheng and the Chinese and Russian dissidents who are so enamored of the US could gain some needed perspective if they were to read US soldier Terry Holdbrooks’ book about the treatment given to the Guantanamo prisoners. Holdbrooks was there on the scene, part of the process, and this is what he told RT: “The torture and information extraction methods that we used certainly created a great deal of doubt and questions in my mind to whether or not this was my America. But when I thought about what we were doing there and how we go about doing it, it did not seem like the America I signed up to defend. It did not seem like the America I grew up in. And that in itself was a very disillusioning experience.” http://rt.com/news/guantanamo-guard-islam-torture-608/ [2]

In a May 17 Wall Street Journal.com article, Peggy Noonan wrote that President Obama has lost his patina of high-mindedness. What did Obama do that brought this loss upon himself? Is it because he sits in the Oval Office approving lists of US citizens to be assassinated without due process of law? Is it because he detains US citizens indefinitely in violation of habeas corpus? Is it because he has kept open the torture prison at Guantanamo? Is it because he continued the war that the neoconservatives started, despite his promise to end it, and started new wars?

Is it because he attacks with drones people in their homes, medical centers, and work places in countries with which the US is not at war? Is it because his corrupt administration spies on American citizens without warrants and without cause?

No. It is none of these reasons. In Noonan’s view these are not offenses for which presidents, even Democratic ones, lose their high-minded patina. Obama can no longer be trusted, because the IRS hassled some conservative political activists.

Noonan is a Republican, and what Obama did wrong was to use the IRS against some Republicans. Apparently, it has not occurred to Noonan that if Obama—or any president—can use the IRS against opponents, he can use Homeland Security and the police state against them. He can use indefinite detention against them. He can use drones against them.

All of these are much more drastic measures. Why isn’t Peggy Noonan concerned?

Because she thinks these measures will only be used against terrorists, just as the IRS is only supposed to be used against tax evaders.

When a public and the commentators who inform it accept the collapse of the Constitution’s authority and the demise of their civil liberties, to complain about the IRS is pointless.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Swedish police call in back-up after worst riots in years

0

ABC.net.au
May 24, 2013

Police in Stockholm called in reinforcements after rioters set cars and a school ablaze in a fifth night of rioting, described as the worst in years.

About 30 cars have been torched and eight people, mostly aged in their early 20s, have been detained overnight.

Police said they needed to call in extra back-up from the cities of Malmo and Gothenburg.

The riots are mainly young people protesting over a growing divide between the rich and poor.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 5:56 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Paul offers bill to protect privacy of electronic communications

0

Ramsey Cox
The Hill
May 24, 2013

“In today’s high-tech world, we must ensure that all forms of communication are protected,” Paul said. “Yet government has eroded protecting the Fourth Amendment over the past few decades, especially when applied to electronic communications and third party providers.”

The Fourth Amendment protects citizens from unreasonable search and seizure and requires that warrants only be issued when there is probable cause of wrongdoing.

Paul’s Fourth Amendment Preservation and Protection Act, S. 1037, would require specific warrants granted by judges in order to obtain electronic communications.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 6:08 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama’s drone limits may bolster ties with Pakistan

0

Alex Rodriguez
L.A. Times
May 24, 2013

President Obama’s commitment to scaling back the use of unmanned aircraft to kill suspected terrorists could pave the way for improved relations between the United States and Pakistan, analysts and political leaders said Friday.

But the Pakistani government maintained its insistence that the drone campaign does more harm than good and should be shut down.

Obama’s decision to continue using targeted killings abroad while imposing restrictions that could significantly reduce the frequency of drone strikes comes at a particularly sensitive time for Islamabad as it prepares for a new civilian government led by Nawaz Sharif, who served as prime minister in the 1990s.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 5:59 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Justice Department wanted indefinite tracking of Fox reporter’s email

0

upi.com
May 24, 2013

U.S. prosecutors asked a judge to defer indefinitely notifying a Fox News reporter his email was being monitored in a national security probe, records indicate.

Court documents unsealed this week show U.S. Attorney for the District of Columbia Ron Machen argued in 2010 the normal practice of notifying people of such monitoring within 30 days should not apply to James Rosen, who was being investigated in a national security leak case, The Hill reported Friday.

A separate court order allowed Machen to prevent Google from notifying Rosen his Gmail account was being monitored, the report said.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 7:38 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Four Killed in Taliban Attack in Kabul

0

VOA News
May 24, 2013

At least four people have been killed in a new Taliban attack in Afghanistan’s capital, Kabul.

Taliban militants, backed by a suicide bomber, attacked a United Nations compound Friday evening and set off several explosions. In the ensuing gunbattle with security forces, at least one policeman was killed. Kabul’s police chief, General Mohammad Ayub Salangi, told VOA three of the attackers also were killed. At least 10 other people were wounded.

The blasts shook a busy area of Kabul, sending a plume of smoke over the city and causing chaos.

The general said the violence began when militants attacked a house next to the U.N. mission in Afghanistan. The Taliban said the target was a compound used by the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency.

This was the second major attack in Kabul in a little more than a week. On May 16, a suicide car bombing killed 15 people, including six Americans and nine Afghan civilians. Two of the Americans were soldiers.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 6:01 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Feds call marathon bomb suspect ‘lone wolf’

0

upi.com
May 24, 2013

Boston Marathon bombing suspect Tamerlan Tsarnaev was a lone wolf who appeared to be radicalized before he traveled to Russia last year, investigators said.

Citing officials briefed on the investigation, ABC News reported Friday Tsarnaev – who was killed three days after he and his brother allegedly carried out bomb attacks that killed three people and injured 270 others at the marathon finish line – went to Dagestan intending to contact militants but did not join them.

The investigation into Tsarnaev’s background suggests he was mostly self-radicalized before he went to Dagestan but may have been further radicalized once there. He does not appear to have been affiliated with any international terror organization, such as al-Qaida, or controlled by anyone in Dagestan, said the officials, who spoke on condition of anonymity.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 7:44 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Congressman Steve King Leads His Own Gang Of Eight Against The Amnesty Bill

0

Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Rep. Steve King. Photo: Congressional Pictorial Directory

Republican Congressman Steve King isn’t one to mince words, especially when it comes to the immigration reform bill. So the Tweet he posted Thursday calling out “illegal aliens” who were in attendance during the committee meeting shouldn’t have surprised anyone.

So far we’ve heard a lot about the Gang of Eight and how they’ve heroically banded together and reached a bipartisan agreement to create the ultimate Path to Citizenship for the 11.5 million illegal aliens within our borders. You almost hear angels singing in the background every time their names are mentioned.

But there’s a flip side to every coin and soon, as the bill makes its way to the House, the alternative-Gang of Eight, the anti-amnesty team, will be fielding their own A-team led by Rep. Steve King of Iowa and his second-in-command, Republican Rep. Louie Gohmert of Texas.

Together the two make a formidable team, but they’re not alone. They’ll be accompanied by Rep. Mo Brooks (Ala.), Rep. Lamar Smith (Texas), Lou Barletta (Pa.), Rep. Steve Stockman of Texas, Rep. John Flemin (La.) and Rep. Paul Gosar (Ariz.)

King takes a strong stand against the current immigration initiative on his website and he believes our first and foremost focus should be on securing and controlling our borders:

“It is troubling that the levels of illegal immigration continue to rise and that the Rule of Law is not being enforced. I believe we only encourage illegal immigration by discussing amnesty for the 12-20 million illegal immigrants living in the United States today. I adamantly oppose amnesty, regardless of the guise under which it is presented. Amnesty pardons immigration lawbreakers and rewards them with the objective of their crime–citizenship.”

King also introduced the Birthright Citizenship Act of 2011 to limit birthright citizenship, requiring a child born in the U.S. to have at least one parent who is a U.S. citizen before that child can also be considered a legal citizen of the United States. The bill was reintroduced in 2013 and is currently in committee, but it would have put a serious crimp in the plans of those illegal aliens who come here to deposit their anchor babies.

“I do not believe it is in the best interest of our nation to continue tolerating the practice of illegal aliens giving birth to children in the U.S. in order to obtain citizenship for the child, then moving back to their country of origin with the hopes of achieving uninhibited access to our country for as many family members as possible.”

On May 12, in an exclusive interview at Breitbart, King addressed the question, “How are you going to solve the problem of eleven million illegal immigrants?” King answered, “Why do I have to do anything to solve a problem that people created willingly for themselves?”

“They choose to come here illegally and live in the shadows. They are happy enough to take the risk of sneaking into the United States or overstaying their visa, sneaking around and using fraudulent documents to get a job or tapping into welfare and living here in the shadows for the balance of their lives. That was their best option; the worst would be prison or deportation.”

“The answer to that question is: I don’t have to do anything to fix that problem.”

“I have no moral obligation to make it easier for people to stay here if they are people who broke the law to get here. That moral question isn’t answered by anyone; I don’t have to fix that problem. The more uncomfortable it gets for them to stay, the less problems we have. The less uncomfortable it gets, the more problems.”

During Wednesday’s Senate Judiciary Committee hearing, DREAMers, undocumented illegal aliens who vehemently believe they’re above all those silly legal requirements and should be granted immediate amnesty, were in the audience, which prompted King to Tweet”

“#Immigration: Illegal aliens in House Judiciary Committee room during hearing today. How can we secure border if we can’t secure our room?”

Juliet Garibay, one of the DREAMers in attendance, picked up on King’s Tweet and fired back with:

Yes @stevekingia undocumented immigrants were present at #HJC hearing & we will continue to be #11milliondreams

According to ABC News, King said there was an immigration officer in the room during the meeting but he was “prohibited from enforcing immigration law by the existing leadership.” “Even if he has someone that he knows is here illegally and they’re in jail, he can’t deport them,” King responded.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 8:28 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

China Bluntly Tells North Korea to Enter Nuclear Talks

0

Jane Perlez
New York Times
May 24, 2013

The Chinese leader, Xi Jinping, bluntly told a North Korean envoy Friday that his country should return to diplomatic talks designed to rid North Korea of its nuclear weapons, according to a state-run Chinese news agency.

“The denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula and lasting peace on the peninsula is what the people want and also the trend of the times,” Mr. Xi said in a meeting at the Great Hall of the People with Vice Marshal Choe Ryong-hae, a personal envoy of the North Korean leader, Kim Jong-un, the China News Service reported.

Vice Marshal Choe, who has been in Beijing for three days on a mission to repair the prickly relationship between North Korea and China, handed Mr. Xi a letter from Mr. Kim. The contents were not disclosed.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 5:51 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

After Woolwich horror, MPs demand action from internet giants

0

Arthur Martin
dailymail.co.uk
May 24, 2013

Internet giants were last night slammed for refusing to remove extremist websites.

Search engines such as Google and Yahoo must do more to shut down hate-filled sites in the wake of the Woolwich attack, MPs said.

Thousands of videos which help to radicalise impressionable young men are easily available on YouTube. And within hours of the execution of Drummer Lee Rigby, 25, vile messages praising the attack and encouraging further outrages appeared on Twitter.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 7:49 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

SNC harps on about regime change

0

The spokesman of the so-called Syrian National Coalition (SNC) has repeated his call for the overthrow of the legitimate government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

Louay Safi made the remarks in Istanbul on Friday.

Safi also accused Assadâ„¢s government of not being serious about an international peace conference on the Syrian crisis that is likely to take place in Geneva in June.

Earlier in the day, Russia said the Syrian government agreed to attend the Geneva conference.

Å“We note with satisfaction that we have received an agreement in principle from Damascus to attend the international conference, in the interest of Syrians themselves finding a political path to resolve the conflict, which is ruinous for the nation and region,” Russian Foreign Ministry spokesman Alexander Lukashevich said.

However, Safi was not satisfied with that announcement.

“We would like to hear from the spokesman of the Syrian government. Why is Russia speaking on behalf of Syria?” he said.

“This has been related to us through the Russians, I have no idea why the Syrians are silent,” the SNC spokesman added.

At a meeting in Moscow on May 7, Russia and the U nited States reached an agreement to convene an international conference on Syria, which would serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

Some reports say the meeting will be held on June 10, but Lukashevich said such reports Å“cannot be taken seriously” since the ranks of the Syrian opposition groups remain so divided.

On May 13, the US and Britain said they had found common ground with Russia on how to proceed on Syria.

At a meeting in Washington, US President Barack Obama and British Prime Minister David Cameron promised to make diplomatic efforts to find a political solution to the two-year crisis in Syria.

“Syria’s history is being written in the blood of her people, and it is happening on our watch,” Cameron told reporters at a joint press conference with Obama.

“The world urgently needs to come together to bring the killing to an end. None of us have any interest in seeing more lives lost, in seeing chemical weapons used,” the British prime minister stated.

Cameron, who held “very substantive, very purposeful and very useful” talks with Russian President Vladimir Putin in the Black Sea resort of Sochi on May 10, said he believed Washington, London, and Moscow had found “common ground” on the crisis.

Obama agreed with Cameron, saying, Å“As a leader on the world stage, Russia has an interest, as well as an obligation,” to work on resolving the crisis.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

GJH/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Monsanto Protection Act Signed By Obama, GMO Bill “Written By Monsanto” Signed Into Law

2

The bill states that even if future research shows that GMOs or GE seeds cause significant health problems, cancer, etc, anything, that the federal courts no longer have any power to stop their spread, use, or sales.

20130330-194119.jpg

There are of course arguments to be made that not enough research has been done yet to accurately determine the effects that GMOs have on human and animal health (though the research already done should make you stop and think). This bill sidesteps that completely though, and simply states that even if there are problems, that the federal courts can no longer do anything about it. And this bill is now law, thanks to President Obama and the U.S. Congress.

Some other interesting things to keep in mind:

– The bill was apparently written by freshman Sen. Roy Blunt in collusion with Monsanto, with them helping to craft the exact language of the document.

– “The Center for Responsive Politics notes that Sen. Blunt received $64,250 from Monsanto to go towards his campaign committee between 2008 and 2012. The Money Monocle website adds that Blunt has been the largest Republican Party recipient of Monsanto funding as of late.”

– Many members of Congress were apparently unaware that the “Monsanto Protection Act” was a part of the spending bill that they were voting on.

– Obama had no problem signing it into law (not really a surprise, he’s been rather soft on GMO policy).

– The bill will only remain in effect for a limited time, but it’s a bad sign. With the ease that this bill passed, it’ll be interesting to see what future bills look like.

As the Daily News asks, “Who’s more powerful, the world’s largest producer of genetically modified crops or the U.S. government?”

“On Tuesday, Pres. Obama inked his name to H.R. 933, a continuing resolution spending bill approved in Congress days earlier. Buried 78 pages within the bill exists a provision that grossly protects biotech corporations such as the Missouri-based Monsanto Company from litigation.”

“In light of approval from the House and Senate, more than 250,000 people signed a petition asking the president to veto the spending bill over the biotech rider tacked on, an item that has since been widely referred to as the ‘Monsanto Protection Act.’”

“But Obama ignored [the petition],” as the IB Times notes, “instead choosing to sign a bill that effectively bars federal courts from being able to halt the sale or planting of GMO or GE crops and seeds, no matter what health consequences from the consumption of these products may come to light in the future.”

GMOs, while they may cause problems for human health, are primarily a problem for other reasons, mostly to do with crop/genetic diversity and overly complex industrial systems. And also the fact that they often don’t even work the way that they are “supposed” to.

When taken in context though, GMOs are really just another in a long line of environmentally damaging practices that people have done for short term gain/profit. From the large-scale deforestation of the world’s old-growth forests, to sustenance farming, to modern imported-fertilizer/pesticide/herbicide/fossil-fuel dependent industrial agricultural, the trend has been consistent, GMOs are just another in that line of attempts to temporarily maintain/raise crop yields. Regardless of the type of agriculture or the location, there are limits to how long any land can remain productive, applying imported fertilizers, or utilizing GMOs, only provides, at best, a temporary halt to the land’s transition to non-productive “wasteland”, and to desertification.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Seeds of Destruction: The Record of Monsanto and Genetic Manipulation

0

“Control the oil, and you control nations. Control the food, and you control the people.”*
-Henry Kissenger

Genetic Engineering is the direct manipulation of the coding sequence, or genome, within the cell of an organism. It proceeds by taking genetic information found within the DNA molecule and tampering with it, by inserting new genetic information. The organism that develops from this newly formed DNA strand will typically have different traits and characteristics from those which would have formed from the untampered DNA.

The application of this technology has resulted in tobacco resistant to a virus, the Flavr Savr tomato, with its lengthened shelf life, and a variety of crops developed to be resistant to herbicides.

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Length (59:32)

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

The public generally resists knowingly consuming foods made from genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Much of the controversy around GMOs rests in the ability of biotech companies like Monsanto to patent them and charge royalties for their use.

For millennia, farmers have saved seeds and replanted them year after year. Now, farmers on top of other stresses around climate, controlling pests and coping with global competition must contend with a model of agriculture that increases their overhead while compromising the sustainability of their yields.

How do the laws of supply and demand economics come into play when there seems to be no public appetite (pardon the pun) for this technology?

This week’s episode of the Global Research News Hour features contributions by Saskatchewan-based writer, researcher and former Saskatchewan Green Party leader Sandra Finley, bio-diversity activist Vandana Shiva, and writer and geo-political analyst William Engdahl.

Sandra Finley touches on her observations in the changes in farming and community life in rural Saskatchewan as a result of the introduction of modern chemical intensive agriculture methods. As well, she outlines the corrosive effect biotech partnerships are having on research in our universities.

Vandana Shiva, scientist, author, ecologist and outspoken critic of GMOs speaks about impacts in the developing world, particularly India, where farmers have had biotech seeds imposed on them and in desperation are taking their own lives by the tens of thousands.

William Engdahl is the author of the 2007 book Seeds of Destruction: The Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation. He outlines GMO agriculture’s links to eugenics, the Rockefellers and a motivation to corner the market on food production.

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Length (59:32)

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

The Global Research News Hour, hosted by Michael Welch, airs on CKUW 95.9FM in Winnipeg Thursdays at 10am CDT. The programme is now broadcast weekly (Monday, 5-6pm ET) by the Progressive Radio Network in the US, and is available for download on the Global Research website.

References

* F. William Engdahl, 2007, Seeds of Destruction: The Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation, p. xiv

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Delinquent US college student loans hit record high

2

The number and value of overdue student loans has reached an all-time high in the US as nearly a third of 20- to 24-year-olds are currently unemployed, according to a report by the Department of Education.

With continued concern regarding rising college costs, the
amount of outstanding student loans has now reached $1 trillion,
making that the largest category of consumer debt in the US aside
from home mortgages.

According to the new report, eleven per cent of school loans – one
hundred and ten billion dollars’ worth – are now seriously
delinquent, meaning at least 90 days past due. That is a sharp
increase from the 6 per cent reported in the first quarter of
2003.

The long-term consequences of the school loan repayment burden can
include a graduate’s choice of jobs, as well as the ability to buy
a home.

A tight job market and a continued increase in the cost of higher
education leave many to question the very value of obtaining a
college degree, as opposed to more vocationally oriented
training.

“Today’s economy puts young
graduates in a difficult position,”
Jack Buckley,
commissioner of the National Center for Education Statistics, which
published the report, said in a statement.

“A college diploma no longer
guarantees a direct pathway to the middle class, making it harder
to justify the expense of a degree.”

Still, as Bloomberg reports, the employment rate for college
graduates in the US is 87 per cent, as compared with 64 per cent
for those with only a high school school diploma.

A woman holds a placard on Hollywood Boulevard while protesting the rising costs of student loans for higher education on September 22, 2012. (AFP Photo / David Mcnew)

One item which seems to have been eclipsed in recent partisan
wrangling in Congress is a looming rate increase in federal student
loans, which is set to double to 6.8 per cent on July 1 assuming
there is no intervention. That rate increase would impact the more
than 7.4 million students who can currently apply for a 3.4
interest loan.

On Thursday, the House voted along party lines to push forward a
Republican initiative to intervene in the interest rate increase,
though the specifics of the plan is sure to have the student loan
debate take center stage in coming weeks.

The new bill would allow student lending rates to reset every
year, tied to the interest rate of a 10-year US Treasury note, plus
2.5 percentage points for federal Stafford loans. According to the
Congressional Budget Office, that means that the projected rate
increase on those loans would rise to 5 per cent in 2014, and 7.7
per cent in 2023.

“Who’s going to set interest rates, politicians here or the
markets?”
asked Representative John Kline, Republican of
Minnesota.

The legislation would cap Stafford loans at 8.5 per cent, with a
higher maximum of 10.5 per cent for graduate loans.

Democrats, who are thus far opposing the Republican plan, prefer
to extend the current Stafford subsidized rate – subsidized meaning
that interest is not accrued while a student is enrolled – at a
cost of $8.3 billion to the federal government, which would in
theory be paid for by closing tax loopholes.

According to The New York Times, some Democrats want to take
things even further. Senator Kirsten Gillibrand has proposed
locking in a 4 per cent rate for all student loans, and allowing
graduates with higher interest rate loans to refinance at that
rate.

President Obama has already put forth his own proposal, which,
like the Republican plan would tie student loan rates to the
Treasury’s borrowing costs, but would then fix that rate for the
life of the loan, rather than resetting each year. The
administration’s plan would also cap loan repayments at 10 per cent
of a student’s income.

Delinquency rates on existing student loan debt suggests that,
whatever solution Congress ultimately selects to follow, it will
have to make loan repayments feasible as higher education costs
continue to increase while wages have stayed roughly the same for
several decades.

In addition to the Republican-sponsored bill HR1911, there are
at least eight other bills aimed at modifying or freezing interest
rates on federal school loans before the July 1 deadline.

The White House on Wednesday threatened to veto the Republican
bill, arguing that it would not guarantee low rates due to its
yearly reset.

Meanwhile, Mark Kantrowitz, publisher of Edvisors.com, says the
fight over subsidized loan rates “is a distraction from the real
problem, which is the amount of debt, not the cost of
debt.”

Kantrowitz may well have a point. According to the San Francisco
Chronicle, a recent study from Fidelity found that “70 per cent of
the class of 2013 is graduating with college-related debt —
averaging $35,200 — including federal, state and private loans, as
well as debt owed to family and accumulated through credit
cards.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

New York fast-food workers protest Wendy's in latest labor rights demo

0

Fast-food workers continued demonstrating for better conditions Friday, protesting a Wendy’s shareholder meeting just one week after the New York Attorney General announced an investigation into claims of widespread wage theft in the industry.

Two labor rights groups, Fast Food Forward and the Coalition of
Immokalee Workers, organized rallies Thursday and Friday outside
the Sofitel Hotel in midtown Manhattan, where Wendy’s executives
had gathered for an annual conference. The crowd chanted “$15
and a Union
,” reiterating their basic demand for higher wages
and the right to organize without fear of retaliation. 

Hourly workers in the roughly 5,900 Wendy’s locations across the
US often earn between $7.25 per hour, the federal minimum wage
standard, and $7.45, according to the Village Voice. An average
fast food worker earns approximately $11,300 annually, a sum far
below the national poverty line. 

“I’m tired of working all week, going to cash my check, and
the check bounces
,” Marcus Rose, a Wendy’s worker in Brooklyn,
told the Voice. “A lot of people have children out here, but
don’t have enough money to put clothes on their
back
.” 

The Coalition of Immokalee Workers (CIW) also called on Wendy’s
to join Taco Bell, McDonald’s, Burger King, Subway and Chipotle to
provide better wages for the Florida farmworkers who supply the
major chains with tomatoes. 

Protesters stage a demonstration outside a Wendy's restaurant on May 18, 2013 in New York City. The demonstrators called for the fast food chain to join Florida's Fair Food Program designed to improve wages for tomato pickers in the state. (AFP Photo / John Moore)

Wendy’s released a statement claiming, “All of our Florida
tomato suppliers participate in the Fair Food Program, and are
required to operate in a way that is safe and lawful for all our
workers
” – a misleading assertion, according to Gerardo Reyes
Chavez of the CIW. 

“Wendy’s is not participating in the Fair Food Program but
its CEO has claimed in front of its shareholders that it does
,”
Chavez told the Nation’s Restaurant News. “Wendy’s has not
signed a Fair Food agreement with the CIW. Wendy’s is not paying a
penny premium to increase workers’ pay, and Wendy’s has not
committed to using its purchasing power to eradicate abuses in the
fields together with growers and farm workers
.” 

This week’s rallies follow recent protests in Detroit, Chicago,
St. Louis, Washington, DC and New York calling on all major fast
food brands to boost wages. 

Addressing the unrest, New York State Attorney General Eric
Schneiderman announced last week that his office has opened an
investigation into at least one chain, which went unnamed, for wage
theft. The assertions of abuse, echoed by fast-food workers across
the country, allege that many restaurant franchises have forced
employees to pay out of their own pocket when the register is
short, denied overtime pay, made employees work off the clock, and
refused to allow breaks. 

An astounding 84 per cent of New York fast-food workers reported
being victims of wage theft and a national poll of 4,500 workers
found that two-thirds experience some kind of wage theft at least
once a week.  

New York City councilwoman Melissa Mark-Viverito, who represents
low-income neighborhoods in New York’s Harlem and Bronx sections,
told protesters last week the demonstrations were evidence of a
“hidden crime wave” that has abused the working poor for
years. 

“This is a crime wave that is not being engaged in by petty
thieves, but by a multibillion-dollar industry
,” she said.

This article originally appeared on: RT

America’s GM Grain Surpluses: Sowing the Seeds of Famine in Ethiopia

0

The “economic therapy” imposed under IMF-World Bank jurisdiction is in large part responsible for triggering famine and social devastation in Ethiopia and the rest of sub-Saharan Africa, wreaking the peasant economy and impoverishing millions of people.

With the complicity of branches of the US government, it has also opened the door for the appropriation of traditional seeds and landraces by US biotech corporations, which behind the scenes have been peddling the adoption of their own genetically modified seeds under the disguise of emergency aid and famine relief.

Moreover, under WTO rules, the agri-biotech conglomerates can manipulate market forces to their advantage as well as exact royalties from farmers. The WTO provides legitimacy to the food giants to dismantle State programmes including emergency grain stocks, seed banks, extension services and agricultural credit, etc.), plunder peasant economies and trigger the outbreak of periodic famines.

Crisis in the Horn

More than 8 million people in Ethiopia — representing 15% of the country’s population — had been locked into “famine zones”. Urban wages have collapsed and unemployed seasonal farm workers and landless peasants have been driven into abysmal poverty. The international relief agencies concur without further examination that climatic factors are the sole and inevitable cause of crop failure and the ensuing humanitarian disaster. What the media tabloids fails to disclose is that — despite the drought and the border war with Eritrea — several million people in the most prosperous agricultural regions have also been driven into starvation. Their predicament is not the consequence of grain shortages but of “free markets” and “bitter economic medicine” imposed under the IMF-World Bank sponsored Structural Adjustment Programme (SAP).

Ethiopia produces more than 90% of its consumption needs. Yet at the height of the crisis, the nationwide food deficit for 2000 was estimated by the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) at 764,000 metric tons of grain representing a shortfall of 13 kilos per person per annum.1 In Amhara, grain production (1999-2000) was twenty percent in excess of consumption needs. Yet 2.8 million people in Amhara (representing 17% of the region’s population) became locked into famine zones and are “at risk” according to the FAO. 2 Whereas Amhara’s grain surpluses were in excess of 500,000 tons (1999-2000), its “relief food needs” had been tagged by the international community at close to 300,000 tons.3 A similar pattern prevailed in Oromiya, the country’s most populated state where 1.6 million people were classified “at risk”, despite the availability of more than 600,000 metric tons of surplus grain.4 In both these regions, which include more than 25% of the country’s population, scarcity of food was clearly not the cause of hunger, poverty and social destitution. Yet no explanations are given by the panoply of international relief agencies and agricultural research institutes.

The Promise of the “Free Market”

In Ethiopia, a transitional government came into power in 1991 in the wake of a protracted and destructive civil war. After the pro-Soviet Dergue regime of Colonel Mengistu Haile Mariam was unseated, a multi-donor financed Emergency Recovery and Reconstruction Project (ERRP) was hastily put in place to deal with an external debt of close to 9 billion dollars that had accumulated during the Mengistu government. Ethiopia’s outstanding debts with the Paris Club of official creditors were rescheduled in exchange for far-reaching macro-economic reforms. Upheld by US foreign policy, the usual doses of bitter IMF economic medicine were prescribed. Caught in the straightjacket of debt and structural adjustment, the new Transitional Government of Ethiopia (TGE), led by the Ethiopian People’s Revolutionary Democratic Front (EPRDF) — largely formed from the Tigrean People’s Liberation Front (PLF) — had committed itself to far-reaching “free market reforms”, despite its leaders’ Marxist leanings. Washington soon tagged Ethiopia alongside Uganda as Africa’s post Cold War free market showpiece.

While social budgets were slashed under the structural adjustment programme (SAP), military expenditure — in part financed by the gush of fresh development loans — quadrupled since 1989.5 With Washington supporting both sides in the Eritrea-Ethiopia border war, US arms sales spiralled. The bounty was being shared between the arms manufacturers and the agribusiness conglomerates. In the post-Cold War era, the latter positioned themselves in the lucrative procurement of emergency aid to war-torn countries. With mounting military spending financed on borrowed money, almost half of Ethiopia’s export revenues was earmarked to meet debt-servicing obligations.

A Policy Framework Paper (PFP) stipulating the precise changes to be carried out in Ethiopia had been carefully drafted in Washington by IMF and World Bank officials on behalf of the transitional government, and was forwarded to Addis Ababa for the signature of the Minister of Finance. The enforcement of severe austerity measures virtually foreclosed the possibility of a meaningful post-war reconstruction and the rebuilding of the country’s shattered infrastructure. The creditors demanded trade liberalization and the full-scale privatization of public utilities, financial institutions, State farms and factories. Civil servants including teachers and health workers were fired, wages were frozen and the labor laws were rescinded to enable State enterprises “to shed their surplus workers”. Meanwhile, corruption became rampant. State assets were auctioned off to foreign capital at bargain prices and Price Waterhouse Cooper was entrusted with the task of coordinating the sale of State property.

In turn, the reforms had led to the fracture of the federal fiscal system. Budget transfers to the State governments were slashed leaving the regions to their own devices. Supported by several donors, “regionalization” was heralded as a “devolution of powers from the federal to the regional governments”. The Bretton Woods institutions knew exactly what they were doing. In the words of the IMF, “[the regions] capacity to deliver effective and efficient development interventions varies widely, as does their capacity for revenue collection”. 6

Wrecking the Peasant Economy

Patterned on the reforms adopted in Kenya in 1991 (see Box 9.1 ), agricultural markets were wilfully manipulated on behalf of the agribusiness conglomerates. The World Bank demanded the rapid removal of price controls and all subsidies to farmers. Transportation and freight prices were deregulated serving to boost food prices in remote areas affected by drought. In turn, the markets for farm inputs including fertiliser and seeds were handed over to private traders including Pioneer Hi-Bred International which entered into a lucrative partnership with Ethiopia Seed Enterprise (ESE), the government’s seed monopoly.7

At the outset of the reforms in 1992, USAID under its Title III program “donated” large quantities of US fertilizer “in exchange for free market reforms”:

[V]arious agricultural commodities [will be provided] in exchange for reforms of grain marketing… and [the] elimination of food subsidies…The reform agenda focuses on liberalization and privatization in the fertilizer and transport sectors in return for financing fertilizer and truck imports…. These program initiatives have given us [an] “entrée” …in defining major [policy] issues… 8

While the stocks of donated US fertiliser were rapidly exhausted; the imported chemicals contributed to displacing local fertiliser producers. The same companies involved in the fertiliser import business were also in control of the domestic wholesale distribution of fertiliser using local level merchants as intermediaries.

Increased output was recorded in commercial farms and in irrigated areas (where fertilizer and high yielding seeds had been applied). The overall tendency, however, was towards greater economic and social polarisation in the countryside, marked by significantly lower yields in less productive marginal lands occupied by the poor peasantry. Even in areas where output had increased, farmers were caught in the clutch of the seed and fertilizer merchants.

In 1997, the Atlanta based Carter Center — which was actively promoting the use of biotechnology tools in maize breeding — proudly announced that “Ethiopia [had] become a food exporter for the first time”.9 Yet in a cruel irony, the donors ordered the dismantling of the emergency grain reserves (set up in the wake of the 1984-85 famine) and the authorities acquiesced.

Instead of replenishing the country’s emergency food stocks, grain was exported to meet Ethiopia’s debt servicing obligations. Close to one million tons of the 1996 harvest was exported, an amount which would have been amply sufficient (according to FAO figures) to meet the 1999-2000 emergency. In fact the same food staple which had been exported (namely maize) was re-imported barely a few months later. The world market had confiscated Ethiopia’s grain reserves.

In return, US surpluses of genetically engineered maize (banned by the European Union) were being dumped on the horn of Africa in the form of emergency aid. The US had found a convenient mechanism for “laundering its stocks of dirty grain”. The agribusiness conglomerates not only cornered Ethiopia’s commodity exports, they were also involved in the procurement of emergency shipments of grain back into Ethiopia. During the 1998-2000 famine, lucrative maize contracts were awarded to giant grain merchants such as Archer Daniels Midland (ADM) and Cargill Inc. 10

Laundering America’s GM Grain Surpluses

US grain surpluses peddled in war-torn countries also served to weaken the agricultural system. Some 500,000 tons of maize and maize products were “donated” in 1999-2000 by USAID to relief agencies including the World Food Programme (WFP) which in turn collaborates closely with the US Department of Agriculture. At least 30% of these shipments (procured under contract with US agribusiness firms) were surplus genetically modified grain stocks. 11

Boosted by the border war with Eritrea and the plight of thousands of refugees, the influx of contaminated food aid had contributed to the pollution of Ethiopia’s genetic pool of indigenous seeds and landraces. In a cruel irony, the food giants were at the same time gaining control — through the procurement of contaminated food aid — over Ethiopia’s seed banks. According to South Africa’s Biowatch: “Africa is treated as the dustbin of the world…To donate untested food and seed to Africa is not an act of kindness but an attempt to lure Africa into further dependence on foreign aid.” 12

Moreover, part of the “food aid” had been channelled under the “food for work” program which served to further discourage domestic production in favour of grain imports. Under this scheme, impoverished and landless farmers were contracted to work on rural infrastructural programmes in exchange for “donated” US corn.

Meanwhile, the cash earnings of coffee smallholders plummeted. Whereas Pioneer Hi-Bred positioned itself in seed distribution and marketing, Cargill Inc established itself in the markets for grain and coffee through its subsidiary Ethiopian Commodities.12 For the more than 700,000 smallholders with less than 2 hectares that produce between 90 and 95% of the country’s coffee output, the deregulation of agricultural credit combined with low farmgate prices of coffee had triggered increased indebtedness and landlessness, particularly in East Gojam (Ethiopia’s breadbasket).

Biodiversity up for Sale

The country’s extensive reserves of traditional seed varieties (barley, teff, chick peas, sorghum, etc) were being appropriated, genetically manipulated and patented by the agribusiness conglomerates: “Instead of compensation and respect, Ethiopians today are …getting bills from foreign companies that have “patented” native species and now demand payment for their use.”13 The foundations of a “competitive seed industry” were laid under IMF and World Bank auspices.14 The Ethiopian Seed Enterprise (ESE), the government’s seed monopoly joined hands with Pioneer Hi-Bred in the distribution of hi-bred and genetically modified (GM) seeds (together with hybrid resistant herbicide) to smallholders. In turn, the marketing of seeds had been transferred to a network of private contractors and “seed enterprises” with financial support and technical assistance from the World Bank. The “informal” farmer-to-farmer seed exchange was slated to be converted under the World Bank programme into a “formal” market oriented system of “private seed producer-sellers.” 15

In turn, the Ethiopian Agricultural Research Institute (EARI) was collaborating with the International Maize and Wheat Improvement Center (CIMMYT) in the development of new hybrids between Mexican and Ethiopian maize varieties.16 Initially established in the 1940s by Pioneer Hi-Bred International with support from the Ford and Rockefeller foundations, CIMMYT developed a cosy relationship with US agribusiness. Together with the UK based Norman Borlaug Institute, CIMMYT constitutes a research arm as well as a mouthpiece of the seed conglomerates. According to the Rural Advancement Foundation (RAFI) “US farmers already earn $150 million annually by growing varieties of barley developed from Ethiopian strains. Yet nobody in Ethiopia is sending them a bill.” 17

Impacts of Famine

The 1984-85 famine had seriously threatened Ethiopia’s reserves of landraces of traditional seeds. In response to the famine, the Dergue government through its Plant Genetic Resource Centre —in collaboration with Seeds of Survival (SoS)— had implemented a programme to preserve Ethiopia’s biodiversity.18 This programme — which was continued under the transitional government — skilfully “linked on-farm conservation and crop improvement by rural communities with government support services”. 19 An extensive network of in-farm sites and conservation plots was established involving some 30,000 farmers. In 1998, coinciding chronologically with the onslaught of the 1998-2000 famine, the government clamped down on seeds of Survival (SoS) and ordered the programme to be closed down. 20

The hidden agenda was to eventually displace the traditional varieties and landraces reproduced in village-level nurseries. The latter were supplying more than 90 percent of the peasantry through a system of farmer-to-farmer exchange. Without fail, the 1998-2000 famine led to a further depletion of local level seed banks: “The reserves of grains [the farmer] normally stores to see him through difficult times are empty. Like 30,000 other households in the [Galga] area, his family have also eaten their stocks of seeds for the next harvest.”21 And a similar process was unfolding in the production of coffee where the genetic base of the arabica beans was threatened as a result of the collapse of farmgate prices and the impoverishment of small-holders.

In other words, the famine — itself in large part a product of the economic reforms imposed to the advantage of large corporations by the IMF, World Bank and the US Government — served to undermine Ethiopia’s genetic diversity to the benefit of the biotech companies. With the weakening of the system of traditional exchange, village level seed banks were being replenished with commercial hi-bred and genetically modified seeds. In turn, the distribution of seeds to impoverished farmers had been integrated with the “food aid” programmes. WPF and USAID relief packages often include “donations” of seeds and fertiliser, thereby favouring the inroad of the agribusiness-biotech companies into Ethiopia’s agricultural heartland. The emergency programs are not the “solution” but the “cause” of famine. By deliberately creating a dependency on GM seeds, they had set the stage for the outbreak of future famines.

This destructive pattern — invariably resulting in famine — is replicated throughout Sub-Saharan Africa. From the onslaught of the debt crisis of the early 1980s, the IMF-World Bank had set the stage for the demise of the peasant economy across the region with devastating results. Now, in Ethiopia, fifteen years after the last famine left nearly one million dead, hunger is once again stalking the land. This time, as eight million people face the risk of starvation, we know that it isn’t just the weather that is to blame.

Notes

  1. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), Special Report: FAO/WFP Crop Assessment Mission to Ethiopia, Rome, January 2000.
  2. Ibid
  3. Ibid
  4. Ibid
  5. Philip Sherwell and Paul Harris, “Guns before Grain as Ethiopia Starves, Sunday Telegraph, London, April 16, 2000.
  6. IMF, Ethiopia, Recent Economic Developments, Washington, 1999.
  7. Pioneer Hi-Bred International, General GMO Facts, http://www.pioneer.com/usa/biotech/value_of_products/product_value.htm#.
  8. United States agency for International Development (USAID), “Mission to Ethiopia, Concept Paper: Back to The Future”, Washington, June 1993
  9. Carter Center, Press release, Atlanta, Georgia, January 31, 1997.
  10. Declan Walsh, America Find Ready Market for GM Food, The Independent, London, March 30, 2000, p. 18).
  11. Ibid.
  12. Maja Wallegreen, “The World’s Oldest Coffee Industry In Transition”, Tea & Coffee Trade Journal, November 1, 1999.
  13. Laeke Mariam Demissie, A vast historical contribution counts for little; West reaps Ethiopia’s genetic harvest, World Times, October, 1998).
  14. World Bank, Ethiopia-Seed Systems Development Project, Project ID ETPA752, 6 June 1995.
  15. Ibid
  16. See CIMMYT Research Plan and Budget 2000-2002 http://www.cimmyt.mx/about/People-mtp2002.htm#).
  17. Laeke Mariam Demissie, op. cit
  18. “When local farmers know best”, The Economist, 16 May 1998)
  19. Ibid
  20. Laeke Mariam Demissie, op. cit.
  21. Rageh Omaar, “Hunger stalks Ethiopia’s dry land”, BBC, London, 6 January, 2000.
  22. An earlier version of this article was published in The Ecologist, September 2000.

The URL of this article is: http://globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO109B.html

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

How The March Against Monsanto Can And Will Change The World

0

by Nick Bernabe

The March Against Monsanto was started by a handful of millenials with a passion for change, a passion that we all have within us. Many people make the mistake of looking for someone to make change for them when the real change in this world comes from within. The top-down approach for making the world a better place, i.e. electing politicians to do our bidding has come and gone, with little success. There’s a revolution happening right before our eyes, and before I had the opportunity to help with the world-wide March Against Monsanto, I was largely oblivious to this sea change that is coming. The rules of change, of activism, of consciousness, and of helping people are being rewritten by you and me, one connection at a time. The new revolution of good is coming from the grass-roots and making its way upward; this bottom-up effect is exactly what those who would like to see us silent are afraid of.

This new way of media and activism cannot be controlled by the likes of corporations or governments; these are ideas and they cannot be stopped. This new paradigm shift starts with you, your friends and family, and the way you can connect with people around you; the way information is disseminated makes all the difference in this new paradigm. The mainstream media controls 95% of the information that we see, from television to newspapers, to magazines. This is the top-down technique, where you have no choice but to consume what’s being served, making for a fickle population that was manipulated by commercials and where money made the major difference between a bill passing or failing, and a politician being elected or losing. The new media is a media of choice, where people can choose to get information on a topic that they choose. What does this mean? This means that a person that participates in the new media is more passionate, better informed, in turn a much more valuable asset to a social movement. These people are well versed in the information, founded in fact, and immune to the manipulation of a mainstream media establishment that is 90% owned by 6 monopolistic corporations. These new activists are warriors for truth and justice, and for those currently controlling the agenda, this can be a scary situation.
You see, the government and corporations are ingrained into the establishment; they’re comfortable in their positions. This will be their downfall. History and science have shown that the comfortable devolve and the oppressed evolve; struggle is the essence of innovation and of change. This is why good always prevails over bad. The March Against Monsanto has grown beyond my wildest dreams; a few months ago it was just an idea. It has grown into a full blown movement and the people that started it wouldn’t be able to stop if they wanted. You see, the people have taken over the March, the decentralization has come in a natural way, an intuitive way. Movements can no longer be over-centralized, as over-centralization is detrimental to any organization, institution, business and government. The new paradigm which is forming will be driven by people who care, not people who care for power. The old idea of inorganic manipulation, which used to be the norm, has fallen to the side in favor of this new movement of information: this new Revolution. Information is spreading in grass-roots, open source fashion, all the old rules are being thrown out.

How the March AgainstMonsanto can and will change the world. The beginning of the Food Revolution.

The March does not and cannot end on May 25, 2013. For many of the participants in the March Against Monsanto, this is their first protest or march that they have ever taken part of. This movement has awakened a very large group of people that care about their food supply and care about other people’s food supply. These courageous marchers have put aside all of their political and ideological differences to stand in solidarity for what is right.How do we carry on this March Against Monsanto, this new food revolution passed the 25th?

Capture the momentum of this movement and harness it at the local level. Keep your local march network alive and growing.

All of the connections that you are making in your local areas, all of the people you are meeting through the organizing, planning, and marching process must be kept active for this march to have a lasting effect. If we just march on the 25th and nothing more, then the movement ends right then and there. Each event page for each local city is full of great contacts, activists, and people that care. Compile these lists, make email lists, start a newsletter, make a local Facebook page and keep the pressure on to continue this fight. Pass around signup sheets at your local marches to collect emails. Even if you don’t have a plan of action for what to do with the emails you compile, put them into a spread sheet and save them until you figure it out. I recommend that once your march is over on Saturday evening that you change the Date of your local Facebook event to 5/24/14; this will keep the event page up and will make it easier to access your local food revolutionaries. Use open source organizing techniques to lower the burden and to keep your local movement decentralized. Using an open platform will make it easier for your local community and activists to add information into your spread sheets, email lists, and other data rich documents. Monsanto is not going away without a fight: They’ve been around for over 100 years and deeply entrenched in the political establishment of both parties.

After the March, take real steps to improve your food fate locally. Remember that people on a low or fixed income don’t have a choice to eat organic with their given incomes.

It’s not enough to simply tell people to eat organic, or vote for initiatives that will label GMOs. The very first thing you can do is plant your own garden. If you have the space, plant a garden larger than what you need to feed your family and help someone that is less fortunate with some fresh homegrown food from your garden. What if you don’t have a yard to plant in? One option is growing indoors. There is a growing industry of indoor gardeners that are starting to change the way we think about gardening through the use of

hydroponics . You should be able to find a local hydroponics store near you and get it all set up and growing food for a couple hundred dollars. There are also plenty of online retailers of indoor growing equipment; try Craigslist if you’re on a tight budget. What if you don’t have a yard and growing indoors in not an option for you? At this point we need to look to our fellow local activists from the March Against Monsanto.

Community gardens are a great way to bring in a fresh and organic food source into an urban area. Find a plot of land that is vacant or belongs to the local city, find out who is on charge of it and get the ball rolling on starting a community garden. Enlist some people that you have met though the march to help you physically, technically, and financially. Look to the local community to crowd source labor and resources. If none of these are an option for you, there’s still hope for you within the food revolution. Share cropping is a way of getting some space to grow a garden that you can secure for free or a very low cost. Many urban sharecroppers will offer free food from the garden to the land owner in exchange for offering them some space to grow a garden. Share cropping is just like a community garden on a smaller scale. If you live in an area where there are many small yards with space available, think about setting up a sharecropping co-op where food can be traded and shared for little or no money. Always remember that the low income community is at the highest risk of GMO and chemical exposure from their food. Look into new technologies and techniques when setting up your new gardens. Vertical gardeningis great way to maximize limited space a make your garden virtually maintenance free. There’s an ancient technique of hydroponics that is just being rediscovered and developed: aquaponics.

Aquaponics is arguably the most efficient way to grow organic vegetables…and edible fish at the same time. This technique has been around for hundreds if not thousands of years, but new attention is being brought to aquaponics because of its efficiency and ability to grow both edible fish and vegetation. A Wisconsin man was able to grow over one million pounds of food in one year by utilizing these new and innovative growing techniques.

Activism

There are many forms of activism that we can use to improve our food fate and continue the food revolution. The March Against Monsanto is a perfect example of a mass movement that disseminates information to millions of people, awakening the masses to the injustices of the world. Activism can be done on a much smaller scale and many different ways. As I detailed earlier, the networks are being rebuilt in a new, more just way. Utilize your new local network of activists to keep pressure on local politicians and hold them to their promises. Organize mass emailing and mass calling to their offices when a critical vote is about to be made. Let them hear your voice amplified by your entire network. Build relationships with other activists from other causes, reach out to other interests and help support them, and they will support you. Spreading awareness is key to the food revolution; many people don’t know what GMOs are, let alone know the negative effects on their health and environment that they cause.

Mobilize your local activist network often and keep them engaged in the community; you are the leaders of this movement! It’s up to you to let your neighbors know what’s in their food and how they can make real world progress to take their food back. These techniques can also be replicated on the national and global level, which is why it’s important for you to stay connected to the national MAM campaign. We can find and spot things like the Monsanto Protection Act before they are passed into law and put out a call to action to all the local networks to help us get them stopped.

Support alternative media

Remember seeing the warnings about the dangers of the ‘Monsanto Protection Act’ on MSNBC and FOX News before it became a law? Me neither. That’s because there was no warning from the mainstream media; in fact very few have even covered it to this day. We did find out about this bill when it was only a proposal from multiple reports by independent journalists, including SpreadLibertyNews on 12/17/12. The pattern that we see from the mainstream is a dangerous one. As I noted earlier, over 90% of the media is owned by 6 companies, and just like Monsanto, these companies have also slipped into bed with the government.
Comedians have become the only mainstream media sources that are willing to challenge the establishment’s political and economic might. Yet pundits like Jon Stewart who have been shown in polls to be more trusted for news than some major news outlets, only bring light to these harmful pieces of legislation after they are already passed into law. This is why supporting and finding alternative news sources is so important: Do you want to find out about harmful legislation before it’s passed while we still have time to mobilize and try to stop them, or do you want to find out about it on TV when it’s too late? Find and support independent journalists on sites like TheAnti-Media.org that aggregate news from many diverse sources, find the ones you like and subscribe to their posts.
The mainstream media has major interests in other industries, including military adventurism and yes you guessed it, GMOs. In a court ruling in 2003, it was determined that news companies can legally lie to their viewers and readers. The case was brought about when two FOX News journalists tried to publish a report about the negative health effects of Monsanto’s bovine growth hormone (BGH) and were subsequently fired when they refused to censor their story to fit FOX’s agenda. Supporting alternative media is key in decentralizing our supply of unbiased information and getting news from sources that do not have billion-dollar agendas, finding like-minded activists, and keeping the pressure on politicians who seek to only enrich themselves and their corporate lackeys.
Note: I hosted a special radio show on 5/22/13, on The Anti-Media Radio where we went into more depth on all of these fundamental building blocks of the Food Revolution which included a panel of experts from each field I listed in this article. Please listen here here: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zjxS7QJbmCY&feature=youtu.be

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

The Latest Cannabis Discoveries That the Federal Government Doesn’t Want You to Know About

0

Photo Credit: ShutterStock.com

May 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Despite issuing a highly publicized memorandum in 2009 stating, “Science and the scientific process must inform and guide decisions of my Administration,” it remains clear that federal lawmakers and the White House continue to willfully ignore science in regards to the cannabis plant and the federal policies which condemn it to the same prohibitive legal status as heroin. In fact, in 2011 the Obama administration went so far as to reject an administrative petition that called for hearings to reevaluate pot’s safety and efficacy, pronouncing in the Federal Register, “Marijuana does not have a currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States or a currently accepted medical use with severe restrictions. At this time, the known risks of marijuana use have not been shown to be outweighed by specific benefits in well-controlled clinical trials that scientifically evaluate safety and efficacy.” (The Administration’s flat-Earth position was upheld in January by a three-judge panel for the US Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia.)
 
Nevertheless, scientific evaluations of cannabis and the health of its consumers have never been more prevalent. Studies are now published almost daily rebuking the federal government’s allegations that the marijuana plant is a highly dangerous substance lacking any therapeutic utility. Yet, virtually all of these studies — and, more importantly, their implications for public policy — continue to be ignored by lawmakers. Here are just a few examples of the latest cannabis science that your federal government doesn’t want you to know about.

Frequent cannabis smokers possess no greater lung cancer risk than do either occasional pot smokers or non-smokers

Subjects who regularly inhale cannabis smoke do not possess an increased risk of lung cancer compared to those who either consume it occasionally or not at all, according to data presented in April at the annual meeting of the American Academy for Cancer Research.
 
Investigators from the University of California, Los Angeles analyzed data from six case-control studies, conducted between 1999 and 2012, involving over 5,000 subjects (2,159 cases and 2,985 controls) from around the world.
 
They reported, “Our pooled results showed no significant association between the intensity, duration, or cumulative consumption of cannabis smoke and the risk of lung cancer overall or in never smokers.”
 
Previous case-control studies have also failed to find an <a target=_blank href="http://norml.org/news/2009/05/14/marijuana-smoking-not-associated-with-cancers-of-the-head-or-neck association between cannabis smoking and head and neck cancers or cancers of the upper aerodigestive tract.

Nevertheless, the federal Drug Enforcement Administration continues to maintain, “Marijuana smokers increase their risk of cancer of the head, neck, lungs and respiratory track.”
 
Consistent use of cannabis associated is associated with reduced risk factors for Type 2 diabetes

Will the pot plant one day play a role in staving the ongoing epidemic of Type 2 diabetes? Emerging science indicates that it just might.
 
According to trial data published this month in the American Journal of Medicine, subjects who regularly consume cannabis possess favorable indices related to diabetic control compared to occasional consumers or non-consumers.
 
Investigators at the Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Centre in Boston, assessed self-report data from some 5,000 adult onset diabetics patients regarding whether they smoked or had ever smoked marijuana. Researchers reported that those who were current, regular marijuana smokers possessed 16 percent lower fasting insulin levels and reduced insulin resistance compared to those who had never used pot. By contrast, non-users possessed larger waistlines and lower levels of high-density lipoprotein (HDL or ‘good’) cholesterol — both of which are risk factors for type 2 diabetes.
 
Similar benefits were reported in occasional cannabis consumers, though these changes were less pronounced, “suggesting that the impact of marijuana use on insulin and insulin resistance exists during periods of recent use,” researchers reported.
 
The recent findings are supportive of the findings of 2012 study by a team of UCLA researchers, published in the British Medical Journal, which reported that adults with a history of marijuana use had a lower prevalence of type 2 diabetes and possess a lower risk of contracting the disease than did those with no history of cannabis consumption, even after researchers adjusted for social variables (ethnicity, level of physical activity, etc.) Concluded the study, “[This] analysis of adults aged 20-59 years … showed that participants who used marijuana had a lower prevalence of DM (Diabetes Mellitus) and lower odds of DM relative to non-marijuana users.”
 
Diabetes is the third leading cause of death in the United States after heart disease and cancer.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The World of Our Children

0

The front cover of the May edition of National Geographic has an intriguing headline. Just over a large photo of a baby of several months are the words: “THIS BABY WILL LIVE TO BE 120.” Wow. In smaller type an asterisk points out: “It’s not just hype. New science could lead to very long lives.”

The article inspires additional respect for the advances of science, genetics, nutrition and other research and opens new possibilities for human development. But in contemplating this new breakthrough in the quest for longer life it is useful to examine the world into which our new babies are entering.

I’m not just writing about the nuclear weapons, drone warfare, torture memos, global hunger, or the plethora of needless inequality and injustice that exists through the world. There’s also the impending catastrophe of global warming – something few of us worried about a generation ago, but now the very health and welfare of new generations is at stake.

 A day after finishing the National Geographic article, I picked up the New York Times and on page one under a two-column headline was an example of the other half of the contradiction of increased longevity:

 “Heat-Trapping Gas Passes Milestone, Raising Fears.”

The article was chilling:

“The level of the most important heat-trapping gas in the atmosphere, carbon dioxide, has passed a long-feared milestone, scientists reported Friday, reaching a concentration not seen on the earth for millions of years. Scientific instruments showed that the gas had reached an average daily level above 400 parts per million [ppm].”

 Commenting on the event, former Vice President Al Gore wrote: “We are reaping the consequences of our recklessness.”

 “We’ve known for a long time that we’d pass the 400ppm mark; the trouble is, we’re passing it without any real national or international effort to slow down the production of CO2. So it’s an entirely grim landmark. Before we can get back to 350ppm [the goal of the activist movement against climate change] we actually have to stop increasing carbon concentrations. That’s a political task; it’s why we’re trying to build a movement strong enough to stand up to the fossil fuel industry. Their current business plans… take us to 600 or 700ppm, and they’re spending $675 billion a year looking for yet more coal and gas and oil.”

I can’t help but think about the children who are coming into the world today with a climate spinning out of control to the extent that the great majority of all life on earth is jeopardized. As far as those who may live 120 years are concerned, greenhouse gas concentration is projected to reach about 650ppm by the end of their lifespan.

 A certain amount of deleterious climate change has already begun and will be with us for thousands of years. This toxic process will continue to become much worse until the key carbon producing industrialized nations implement an extensive worldwide emergency campaign to replace the use of fossil fuel (oil, coal, natural gas) with renewable energy resources (solar, wind, geothermal, etc.).

 This is not so much a scientific problem. It is mainly a political problem. Science understands climate change, recognizes what must be done to prevent an impending catastrophe, and is ready to act. The political system of industrialized societies also understands climate change by now, recognizes what must be done, and refuses to act. Why is this?

 The political system dominating today’s world – from progressive social democratic to reactionary dictatorial – is intimately bound to the capitalist economic system. This system is based on profit, competition and the marketplace, with little long-term planning. These days our financialized capitalist structure is focused on short-term gain – calculated quarterly, monthly and even daily.

 Halting climate change is an urgent, expensive and long-term venture that may, in the end, require reductions in consumption within the rich countries – an anathema to capital. Higher profits may not be guaranteed in the beginning years (unless subsidized by government, which goes against today’s prevailing conservative ideology). Worldwide competition and the marketplace are extremely unpredictable and risky in an endeavor of this kind. This means the capitalist class is holding back until its profits can be assured. Thus, the political system is dragging its feet, and the ppm rises higher and higher.

 Over the last 150 years the United States has pumped more greenhouse producing gases into the atmosphere than any other country – by far. In the last couple of years China (with four times the population) has exceeded the U.S. annual total but cannot come near to America’s aggregate amount. As such – and because Washington insists on being recognized as the leading global nation-state – the U.S. has an important responsibility in regard to fighting climate change.

 In reality, the U.S. has not only ignored that responsibility but in effect has thumbed its nose at the rest of the world and its peoples in the process. Until the American government begins to fulfill its obligations there cannot be the extensive worldwide emergency campaign required to save the Earth.

Democratic President Barack Obama has a fairly good understanding of the dangers of climate change. He mentioned the subject in his political campaigns of 2008 and 2012 and in his 2013 State of the Union message – usually by advocating “market-based” initiatives (i.e., what’s good for business is good for America). But in his five years in office he has done nothing of real significance to halt global warming. Congress, of course, is a prime delinquent as well. The fossil fuel industry has many representatives and senators on its campaign contribution payroll.

 For every presidential gesture in opposition to fossil fuel consumption, such as increasing gas mileage standards or a recommendation to cut a small portion of outdated federal subsidies for oil and gas companies, there are many more moves in the opposite direction. Obama has ordered greatly increased oil drilling on land and offshore, championing hydro-fracking to expand production of natural gas, and promoting illusions about “clean” coal and nuclear power.

Internationally, the White House has been an obstruction, not a leader, in terms of curbing fossil fuels. Its representatives to the annual UN meetings on climate change have invariably stalled progress. The White House simply refuses to engage in a confrontation with the go-it-slow American corporate and financial oligarchy.

The Obama Administration has been so derelict that it appears to be embarrassed about it in international circles. On an official trip to climate conscious Sweden May 14, Secretary of State Kerry referred to climate change as a “life and death” challenge. At a joint press conference with Prime Minister Fredrik Reinfeldt, he confessed: “I have to say that I regret that my own country – and President Obama knows this and is committed to changing it – needs to do more and we are committed to doing more.” Who’s been in charge for the last five years?

Obama is lucky because the only viable “alternative” the American people have in their two-party right and center right system is a Republican Party composed of hypocrites, ignoramuses and lackeys to big business. Many Republican politicians are well aware of the greenhouse danger, but would rather shut their mouths than buck the big boys. Actually, neither party will even consider taking appropriate action until the corporations, banks and Wall St. give the go-ahead.

This is not acceptable. There’s too much at stake. There’s so little time. We need a determined mass movement, as we had in America in the 1960s and early ‘70s, to break through this roadblock by every means at our disposal.

 In the long run – if there is to be a long run – we must build a society where people come before profits, and where the masses of people come before the 1% who possess enormous wealth at the expense of all others. That’s the only way to avoid the global catastrophe that awaits future generations of children.

I do not entertain the slightest illusion that capitalism can pull this off. Sooner or later the system must be changed.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

May 25th: Global March Against Monsanto

0

On Saturday, May 25th, folks around the world will be marching against Monsanto.

Here’s why people are marching. And here.

(Remember, Monsanto’s genetically engineered foods have allegedly been linked to obesity, cancer, liver failure, infertility and all sorts of other diseases. Brief, must-watch videos here and here).

Find a local march here.

And download the Buycott app — so you can avoid buying Monsanto products — here

Image by AnthonyFreda.

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

The World Against Monsanto: Holding the Corrupt Accountable

0

Monsanto is a company feared and reviled by the public in equal measure.

But whatever cases Monsanto has lost in the court of public opinion it has made up for in the courts of justice thanks to its revolving door with the upper reaches of Washington.

Now, a new movement is seeking to galvanize grassroots resistance to the corporation, and derail its agenda.

This is the GRTV Backgrounder on Global Research TV.

Like this video? Visit our YouTube channel and click the “Subscribe” link to get the latest videos from Global Research! 

For more information on GMOs, click the banner below:

Seeds of Destruction

About the author:

James Corbett has been living and working in Japan since 2004. He started The Corbett Report (www.corbettreport.com) website in 2007 as an outlet for independent critical analysis of politics, society, history, and economics. It operates on the principle of open source intelligence and provides podcasts, interviews, articles and videos about breaking news and important issues from 9/11 Truth and false flag terror to the Big Brother police state, eugenics, geopolitics, the central banking fraud and more.

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

FBI killing of man with ties to Tsarnaev: Self-defense or case of excessive force?

0

The circumstances surrounding the fatal shooting of Ibragim Todashev remain murky, and the FBI has little interest in revealing too much information as the suspect’s death might be a case of excessive force, associate law professor Sahar Aziz told RT.

So was there a knife?

According to the preliminary FBI account, Todashev, a
28-year-old Chechen immigrant living in Orlando, Florida, became
violent and lunged at an FBI special agent with a knife while being
questioned about his ties to alleged Boston Marathon bomber
Tamerlan Tsarnaev and an unsolved 2011 triple murder in the Boston
suburb of Waltham. The agent, reacting to an “imminent
threat,”
shot Todashev dead.

Ibragim Todashev is pictured in this undated booking photo courtesy of the Orange County Corrections Department. (AFP Photo)

Later in the day, FBI officials backed away from that version of
events, leaving no clear official account of what happened moments
before Todashev was killed on Wednesday.

Witnesses report hearing multiple shots that night, and while an
autopsy reportedly completed by Thursday, the report will not be
released until a criminal investigation into the event is
completed.

At the time of the shooting, up to half a dozen law-enforcers,
including two Massachusetts State Police troopers and an FBI agent
from the agency’s Boston division, were present at the condo not
far from Universal Studios.

The FBI claims that moments before Todashev “just went
crazy”
and attacked the agent, he had agreed to sign a
confession which would have implicated both him and Tamerlan in the
unsolved killings in which three male victims brutally had their
throats slit. The murders took place on September 11, 2011, the ten
year anniversary of the World Trade Center attack.

While law enforcement sources initially said Todashev stabbed the
agent with a knife, there was later “confusion” over what
object he actually used to attack his questioner, ABC news
reports.

“Definitely no one said that he had pulled a gun but there was
some media talk about whether he had pulled a knife, and then the
FBI retracted that and said we don’t know exactly what
happened,”
said Sahar Aziz, and Associate Law Professor at
Texas Wesleyan University.
 
“So there is definitely a question of whether shooting him was a
use of excessive force. Because even if, for example, he had
punched the officer, it could possibly be unreasonable or
unnecessary to shoot someone in defense of being punched. Usually
you are supposed to use commensurate force,”
she told RT.

‘He just wanted everything to be over’

The FBI first began surveillance and later questioned Todashev
several days after the April 15 Boston attack took place. From all
accounts, he had cooperated with investigators up until his
death.

Todashev had reportedly purchased a plane ticket before the
bombings occurred to return to his native Chechnya, but canceled
his trip at the FBI’s request.

“He had a ticket to New York. From there, he was going to
go home [to Chechnya],”
WESH Orlando quoted his friend and
roommate Kushen Taramov as saying. “[The FBI was] pushing him to
stay, saying, ‘we want to interview one last time.'”
Taramov
said Todashev canceled the ticket at the FBI’s insistence.

When news of the shooting first broke, Taramov said he and Todashev
had been interviewed by FBI agents for nearly three hours on
Tuesday in connection with the Boston Marathon bombings.

“(The FBI) took me and my friend, the suspect that got killed.
They were talking to us, both of us, right? And they said they need
him for a little more, for a couple more hours, and I left, and
they told me they’re going to bring him back. They never brought
him back.”

Taramov, who noted that Todashev had been interviewed on multiple
occasions following the Boston attack, denies law enforcement
accounts that his friend simply went crazy and attacked.

“He didn’t flip out,” Taramov, said. “I think
something went wrong there. I think they just shot him. 
He didn’t do anything. I know him. He just wanted
everything to be over.”

Todashev did have a history of violence. According to records from
the Orange County Sheriff Office, Todashev had been charged earlier
this month with aggravated battery for allegedly fighting with a
father and son over a parking space in a mall parking lot in
Kissimmee, Florida. Todashev said he acted in self-defense.

FBI personnel walk through the complex surrounding the apartment, where Ibragim Todashev, 27, was shot and killed by FBI, in Orlando, Florida, May 22, 2013. (Reuters / Phelan Ebenehack)

While living in Boston, he was also arrested in February 2010
after getting into a fight with strangers. One witness stated
Todashev “was clearly the aggressor,” according to police
reports.

However, his father, Abdulbaki Todashev, described his son as
“a very calm” man, saying his son would not become
aggressive without reason.

“Never in his life would he attack anyone unprovoked,”
the elder Todashev stressed.

Todashev’s estranged wife, Reniya Manukyan, said her husband was
cooperating with the FBI and had nothing to hide. “He wasn’t
involved. So he was not even nervous [to talk with the
FBI],”
local NBC affiliate News Channel 5 cites her as
saying.

Manukyan said their common Chechen roots and an interest in
mixed martial arts brought her husband into contact with Tsarnaev,
but “they weren’t friends or anything.” “He expected that
they were going to come and question him because they both come
from the same place from Chechnya,”
she explained.

She also denies her husband’s role in the 2011 triple homicide,
though she does confirm he traveled back to Boston in the summer of
2011. DNA from that crime scene is currently being tested and
compared with Todashev’s DNA.

Later, in an angry post on Vkontakte, Russia’s most popular
social network, Manukyan blasted the FBI with an expletive-strewn
post, claiming: “ Killing my husband Ibragim was another
[proof] that everything is a setup about Tsarnaev brothers as
well.
”

Many questions with no answers, yet

Early on Wednesday morning, officials at the FBI headquarter in
Washington dispatched a shooting-response unit to Florida to help
investigators determine what had occurred.

The following day, scores of FBI employees could be seen coming
and going from the condo where Todashev was killed.

In addition to the FBI’s review team, a separate Shooting
Incident Review Group committee will analyze the incident. The
independent committee, which includes up to 13 members of the FBI,
will evaluate whether use of force was justified. No new
information will likely surface until those investigations are
concluded.

But apart from the use of deadly force, several other questions
have been raised regarding the death of Todashev.

If Todashev had a history of violence, was being interviewed in
connection with a recent terrorist event, and was believed to have
played a role in a related triple homicide, why was he being
interviewed in his home at midnight and not at a law enforcement
facility?

How did a knife or other unidentified object come into his
possession during the course of the several hour interview?

If law enforcers are unwilling to state emphatically that the
object in question was even a knife, was lethal force necessary to
subdue him while vastly outnumbered by several agents?

Todashev had yet to be charged with a crime and had every right
to refuse being questioned without having a lawyer present. From
all accounts, he had been willing to cooperate with the FBI on
multiple occasions. He also chose not to return home to Chechnya
although he had already purchased tickets and no warrant had been
issued for his arrest. If he felt cornered or pressured into making
a confession, why would he attack half a dozen law enforcers rather
than ask for a lawyer?

And last but not least – was the final interrogation
videotaped?

“We know very little about what happened because the only
source of information is the FBI and presumably it’s not in their
self-interest to reveal too much information [since] there’s now an
investigation into his death because this could possibly be a case
of excessive force in violation of his constitutional rights,”

Sahar Aziz argues.
 
Whatever happened that night, Taramov recalled an ominous
conversation he had with Todashev just hours before his death.

“We had a feeling, worst case scenario something like that was
going to happen…He felt inside he was going to get shot,”

Taramov said.

“I told him, ‘everything is going to be fine, don’t worry about
it.’ He said, ‘I have a really bad feeling.'”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Strong Reaction Follows Boy Scouts' Decision to Allow Homosexual Members

0

Following a historic vote by the leadership of the Boys Scouts of America (BSA) to allow participation by boys who claim to be homosexual, both gay activist groups and conservative, pro-family organizations expressed disapproval of the Scouting program, but for very different reasons. Sixty-one percent of the roughly 1,400 voting members of the BSA’s national council voted May 23 to allow boys who say they are homosexual to become members. The change will go into effect January 1, 2014.

In July of last year the BSA leadership concluded a two-year closed-door study by re-affirming the group’s ban on homosexual scout leaders, a policy that has been in place for the Boy Scouts’ entire 103-year history. Homosexual activists responded by launching an aggressive campaign to force the BSA to change its policy, which has included convincing some of the BSA’s large-scale corporate donors to drop their financial commitments to the group.

The BSA leadership emphasized that the ban against homosexual Scout leaders would remain in place. Tico Perez, commissioner of the BSA’s National Council, told reporters that prohibition has “served us well for 100 years.”

Response from homosexual spokespersons to the BSA policy change was lukewarm at best, with most noting the continued ban against homosexual leaders. “Today is a historic day for Boy Scouts across the country who want to be a part of this great American institution,” said Chad Griffin of the homosexual activist group Human Rights Campaign. “But the new policy doesn’t go far enough. Parents and adults of good moral character, regardless of sexual orientation, should be able to volunteer their time to mentor the next generation of Americans.”

Zach Wahls, a former Eagle Scout, whose mother is a lesbian and who has taken a lead role in pressuring the BSA to cave in on its values, released a statement saying that the “Boy Scouts of America can do better. We welcome the news that the ban on gay Scouts is history, but our work isn’t over until we honor the Scout Law by making this American institution open and affirming to all.”

Wayne Brock, the BSA’s chief executive, said the vote to allow gay teens as members represented a “challenging chapter in our history. While people have differing opinions on this policy, kids are better off when they’re in Scouting.”

In an official statement following the vote, the BSA said that regardless of the change to allow homosexual members, “any sexual conduct, whether heterosexual or homosexual, by youth of Scouting age is contrary to the virtues of Scouting,” a statement apparently meant to re-enforce to program’s commitment to moral purity on the part of participants. “Going forward,” the statement continued, “our Scouting family will continue to focus on reaching and serving youth in order to help them grow into good, strong citizens. America’s youth need Scouting, and by focusing on the goals that unite us, we can continue to accomplish incredible things for young people and the communities we serve.”

Such rhetoric was insufficient for most conservative and Christian groups, many of which have supported and even sponsored Scouting programs over the years. Officials of the Southern Baptist Convention (SBC), which has been a stalwart supporter of Scouting and which had tried to convince the BSA to hold the line against tolerating homosexuality, expressed their deep disappointment in the decision.

SBC Executive Committee President Frank Page, one of the denomination’s officials who had met with BSA officials, told Baptist Press News that he was “deeply saddened” that the BSA has abandoned its “constitutionally protected expressive message that homosexual behavior is incompatible with the principles enshrined in the Scout Oath and Scout Law.” Page said the vote “ushers in a sea-change in the credibility of the Boy Scouts of America as a viable boys’ organization for millions of Americans who believe strongly in the principles of biblical morality. To claim that the Boys Scouts is the nation’s foremost youth program of character development and values-based leadership training suddenly rings hollow.”

SBC President Fred Luter said the vote represented “a sad day in the history of an organization that for years stood on Christian principles,” adding that his prayers would “go out to the parents and churches who have been forced to make decisions about being a part of the Boy Scouts organization. As Southern Baptists, our commitment to the Word of God and Christian values must take priority over what is ‘politically correct.’ ”

Noted SBC ethicist Richard Land predicted that the many Southern Baptist churches which have sponsored scouting programs would look for alternatives. “Frankly, I can’t imagine a Southern Baptist pastor who would continue to allow his church to sponsor a Boy Scout troop under these new rules,” said Land. “I predict there will be a mass exodus of Southern Baptists and other conservative Christians from the Boy Scouts.”

The Associated Press noted that the Assemblies of God, another denomination that has enjoyed a strong partnership with the Boy Scouts over the years, said that it could no longer support the BSA, and would encourage churches dropping Scouting programs to turn instead to the denomination’s home-grown boys program, Royal Rangers.

John Stemberger of OnMyHonor.net – a coalition of Boy Scouts, Eagle Scouts, Scouting leaders, and parents who had worked to convince BSA officials to hold true to Scouting’s “timeless values” – expressed his group’s “great sadness and deep disappointment” upon realizing that “the most influential youth program in America has turned a tragic corner.” Stemberger predicted that the vote to allow homosexuality to gain a foothold in the Boy Scouts would “completely transform it into an unprincipled and risky proposition for parents. It is truly a sad day for Scouting.”

Stemberger lamented that the Boy Scouts organizations “is embarking on a pathway of social experimentation that we believe will place at risk the very youth the organization is entrusted to serve, while rendering as hollow the tenets of the Scout Oath.”

In a subsequent statement Stemberger announced that his group was joining with other like-minded groups and former BSA members for a closed-door meeting in June in Louisville, Kentucky, to discuss the creation of a new “character development” organization for boys. “We have a desire to explore how we might serve families and young people at the highest standard originally intended by Scouting’s founder, Robert Baden-Powell,” he said of the planned meeting.

Photo: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Palestinian injured in West Bank clashes

0

An Israeli soldier scuffles with a Palestinian man in the occupied West Bank. (file photo)

A Palestinian man has been injured in clashes between Israeli forces and dozens of Palestinian protesters in the occupied West Bank.

Clashes broke out between scores of Palestinian youths and Israeli soldiers in the town of Kafr Qaddum, located 17 kilometers (10 miles) east of Qalqilya, on Friday.

Israeli troops hurled tear gas canisters at the demonstrators to disperse the crowd.

Ayman Nazzal, a driver for the Palestinian Broadcast Corporation, sustained head injuries after being struck by a tear gas canister. He was rushed to a hospital in the city of Nablus.

Dozens of Palestinians, including a 10-year-old child, suffered from tear gas inhalation.

On May 21, Israeli troops shot and critically injured a 12-year-old Palestinian boy outside the Jelazoun refugee camp near Ramallah.

Palestinian paramedics said Atta Mohammed Sharadeh was hit in the chest and the bullet exited through his back. The boy was transported to a Ramallah hospital.

The Jelazoun refugee camp is close to the Beit El Israeli settlement.

Earlier in the day, clashes broke out between Palestinians and Israeli troops shortly after the occupying forces stormed the refugee camp.

Palestinian youths — angered over the presence of Israeli soldiers at the camp site — threw stones and bottles at the Israeli troops, who responded with live fire.

Palestinian youth and children have been among the most vulnerable victims of the Israeli soldiers’ brutality in the occupied West Bank and the Gaza Strip.

MP/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

In Guantanamo, fine words are no substitute for freedom

0

When President Obama delivered a major speech on America’s drone program and the ongoing existence of the Guantanamo prison, the majority of those most affected by the latter – the prisoners themselves – were, ironically, unable to hear his speech.

Until six weeks ago, the majority of prisoners were spending
most of their time communally, in Camp Six of the prison, where
they were able to watch TV and would have seen President Obama’s
speech. Six weeks ago, however, after an early morning raid, the
majority of the prisoners were moved to solitary cells, where they
have remained ever since – as punishment for embarking on a
prison-wide hunger strike, now in its fourth month.

Yesterday, Navy Captain Robert Durand, a spokesman for the
Guantánamo prison, told Reuters that the prisoners “follow all
coverage of Guantánamo closely,
” although he conceded that only
“about two dozen had unrestricted access to television in
communal settings.
“

The irony is lost on the military – and appears to be lost on
the Obama administration too. The men’s decision not to eat – and
to risk starving themselves to death – was initially prompted by
guards manhandling the prisoners’ copies of the Qur’an, but it soon
tapped into a deeper despair about their indefinite detention.

President Obama promised to close Guantánamo within a year when
he took office in January 2009, but met opposition from Congress,
which prevented him from closing the prison by bringing prisoners
to a facility on the US mainland, and also prevented him from
bringing any of the men to the US to face trials.

Throughout 2009, an inter-agency task force appointed by the
President reviewed all the prisoners’ cases, and recommended that,
of the 166 men still held, 86 should be released. However, in
January 2010, following a failed bomb plot, hatched in Yemen, to
blow up a plane bound for Detroit, the President himself imposed a
ban on releasing any cleared Yemenis, even though 56 of the 86
prisoners cleared for release are Yemenis.

In the last two years, Congress has imposed further
restrictions, in successive versions of the National Defense
Authorization Act (NDAA), preventing the release of prisoners if
there is a single claim that anyone previously transferred to their
home country has “subsequently engaged in any terrorist
activity
,” and also preventing the release of prisoners to any
other country unless the Secretary of Defense issues a certificate
to ensure that any freed prisoner “cannot engage or re-engage in
any terrorist activity.
” 

The ban imposed by President Obama unjustly condemned the
Yemenis to indefinite detention on the basis of their nationality
alone, while the restrictions imposed by Congress partly echoed
that, whilst also making the unreasonable demand that no one should
be freed from a prison if there was a possibility that they might
one day engage in acts of terrorism against their former
jailers.

US President Barack Obama listens as a protester shouts during a speech about his administration's drone and counterterrorism policies, as well as the military prison at Guantanamo Bay, at the National Defense University in Washington, DC, May 23, 2013 (AFP Photo / Saul Loeb)

To add insult to injury, judges in the court of appeals in
Washington D.C., a deeply conservative court charged with reviewing
the men’s hard-won habeas corpus petitions, which were granted by
the Supreme Court in 2008, were upset that, between 2008 and 2010,
dozens of prisoners had their habeas corpus petitions granted by
the lower courts, leading to their release. The court rewrote the
rules, insisting that any information presented as evidence by the
government should be treated as accurate unless it could be proved
otherwise. Since then no habeas petitions have been granted, and,
despite appeals from the prisoners, the Supreme Court has refused
to get involved.

Abandoned by all three branches of the US government, the
prisoners’ hunger strike was a desperate way of trying to get the
world to notice them and to remember them, and it worked. In the
last few months, the world’s media has woken up to the horrors of
Guantánamo, and the President has been bombarded with criticism –
from senior lawmakers, including Sen. Carl Levin, the chair of the
Senate Armed Services Committee and Sen. Dianne Feinstein, the
chair of the Senate Intelligence Committee, as well as from the
United Nations, the International Committee of the Red Cross, and
the European Parliament. Critical editorials have graced the pages
of the New York Times and the Washington Post, op-eds written by
prisoners have appeared in the New York Times and the Observer, and
nearly a million people have signed petitions calling for the
release of prisoners and the closure of the prison.

On Thursday President Obama delivered a series of promises in
response to the criticism directed at him. These appear to show the
way forward – and to bring hope to the men at Guantánamo for the
first time since 2009 – but they will need close monitoring, and
relentless pressure, to make sure they lead to meaningful
action.

Firstly, the President said, “I am appointing a new, senior
envoy at the State Department and Defense Department whose sole
responsibility will be to achieve the transfer of detainees to
third countries.
”

Secondly, he said, “I am lifting the moratorium on detainee
transfers to Yemen, so we can review them on a case by case
basis.”

Thirdly, he said, “To the greatest extent possible, we will
transfer detainees who have been cleared to go to other
countries.”

Reuters / Bob Strong

On the first point, it is disappointing that the President has
not decided to appoint an official within the White House to deal
with Guantánamo, and it is also disappointing that the individual
is only to be tasked with “the transfer of detainees to third
countries
” rather than the closure of the prison. However, it
is progress. In January, it was revealed that the previous envoy,
Daniel Fried, had been reassigned, and that no one had been
appointed to take his place.

What needs to happen now is for this individual to be named as
swiftly as possible, and for he or she to begin to transfer the 30
cleared prisoners who are not Yemenis. If Congress remains
obstructive, the President and the Secretary of Defense must use a
waiver provision that exists in the NDAA, which allows them to
bypass Congress if they regard it as being “in the national
security interests of the United States.”

On the second point, lifting the ban on releasing Yemenis is
crucial, but there now needs to be immediate action to facilitate
the men’s release. Again, the waiver will be needed if Congress
refuses to cooperate, but otherwise there should be no obstacles to
the successful release of the 56 men. Prior to President Obama’s
speech, current and former administration officials told the Wall
Street Journal that the transfers to Yemen “would begin slowly,
starting with two or three detainees, to ensure Yemen can keep
track of the detainees and prevent them from joining militant
groups.”
The beginning of this process, the official said,
“could still be months away.”

The Wall Street Journal also noted that recent steps taken by
the Yemeni government “may make it easier for the Pentagon to
sign the waiver,
” adding, “President Abed Rabbo Mansour
Hadi’s government, which has increased counter-terrorism
cooperation with the US, has pledged to monitor the detainees
closely and put them through an intensive rehabilitation
program.”

Reuters / Bob Strong

The Wall Street Journal also noted that “US and Yemeni
officials have held negotiations in recent weeks about restarting
the transfers, including promising to share information about
former detainees. The Yemeni government has said multiple
ministries will monitor the ex-detainees to guard against
activities that are potentially threatening to the US and to ensure
they receive counselling, job training and other aid to help their
reintegration into society.
”
On the third point, plans to free the 30 non-Yemeni prisoners
cleared for release need to begin immediately, involving the
President’s new envoy and, if necessary, the waiver mentioned
above. The first to be released should be Shaker Aamer, the last
British resident in the prison, but there are also five Tunisians,
a Saudi, four Afghans and others whose release should not be a
complicated matter.

The cases of others – including the last three Uighurs (Muslims
from China’s Xinjiang province), four Syrians, the last Tajik and
the last Palestinian – are more complicated, because it is unsafe
for them to be repatriated, and new homes need to be found for
them. This is also the case with most, if not all of the last five
Algerians. The plight of these men is complicated by the fact that
the US refuses to resettle any of these men, but it is anticipated
that third countries can be found if the Obama administration
provides full backing to the President ‘s new envoy.

There is more that still needs doing, of course. The 80 other
prisoners in Guantánamo also need justice, and will not be
reassured that the President stated in his speech, “Where
appropriate, we will bring terrorists to justice in our courts and
military justice system,
” and specifically referred to some of
the 80 men as those “who we know have participated in dangerous
plots or attacks, but who cannot be prosecuted – for example
because the evidence against them has been compromised or is
inadmissible in a court of law
.”

46 of the remaining 80 men were consigned to indefinite
detention without charge or trial in an executive order issued by
the President two years ago, on the basis of the “compromised”
evidence mentioned by the President. At the time, these men were
promised periodic reviews of their cases, but those have not yet
taken place. These need to be initiated, and they need to allow
objective analysis of that “compromised” evidence – because that
will reveal that much of it is worthless, consisting of false
statements made by prisoners subjected to torture or other abuse,
or who were bribed with food or the promise of additional “comfort
items.”

For the others, recommended for trial by the task force, only
seven currently face charges in the much-criticized military
commissions at Guantánamo, and most of the men in this category
should also receive objective reviews of their cases. This is
particularly important because judges recently ruled that most of
the charges relied upon by the government – providing material
support for terrorism, and conspiracy – are not war crimes, and
threw out two of the only convictions secured in the military
commissions’ stumbling history.

Mostly, however, as outlined above, the men at Guantánamo need
to see meaningful progress from the President who promised “hope
and change” back in 2008, and then failed to deliver it – and for
86 of these men, that means, as soon as possible, that they should
be given their freedom, and not just subjected to the fine words
that President Obama is so good at delivering, as a substitute for
action. 

Andy Worthington for
RT

Andy Worthington is a freelance
investigative journalist, author and filmmaker, who has been
researching and writing about Guantánamo since 2006. He is also the
co-founder of the “Close Guantánamo” campaign. See his website
here.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Don’t interact, don’t talk, they are not humans’ — Gitmo guard’s basic orders

0

RT
May 24, 2013

One of the methods used to extract information from Muslim inmates in Guantanamo was to apply sexual interrogation techniques, Terry Holdbrooks, former guard at the camp has told RT.

Such degradation methods, the former US soldier said, were used on innocent men. Holdbrooks, who wrote a book about GITMO prisoners, claims that it is the inmates’ religious perseverance in the face of pain and humiliation made him convinced that US was not fighting for the right cause.

RT: What did you experience at the detention camp that changed you?

Terry Holdbrooks: To be honest with you I would not even know where to begin with that. Initially seeing religion practiced the way that the detainees practice Islam is a really life changing experience in itself. I have not really seen any kind of any serious devotion, the faith like that growing up in the US.

The torture and information extraction methods that we used certainly created a great deal of doubt and questions in my mind to whether or not this was my America. But when I thought about what we were doing there and how we go about doing it, it did not seem like the America I signed up to defend. It did not seem like the America I grew up in, I grew to believe in. And that in itself was a very disillusioning experience. There was a great deal of personal growth that took there as well.

RT: Could you describe the relationship between the guards and detainees at Guantanamo back when you were serving (and how has it changed since then)?

TH: I suppose that if we’re going to take a stroll down the memory lane, Brandon Neely was there first. He was there when it was camp x-ray. It was essentially dog cages, nothing more. It was dog kennels, I suppose you can say. When I was there camp Delta was in full swing. Delta housed about 612 men that would be the general population of the camps.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

RT: Were you given any orders as how to treat the inmates?

TH: Our interaction with the detainees was such that we were told not to talk to them, not to treat them as humans, to not engage in conversation with them whatsoever. And the army sort of made a mistake by allowing somebody who is inclined to sociology and to studying people by leaving me with individuals from all over the world unsupervised for eight hours. I was very low in rank so I was delegated all the work, while those who were higher in rank were sitting in the air-conditioned shacks, nurturing their hangovers. So the instructions I was given were simple — don’t interact, don’t talk, they are not humans.

RT: There have been reports of torture and other human rights violations happening at the prison camp. Could you tell us what you saw?

TH: We can begin with experiences I had the pleasure of having. Myself, Eric Sarr and another Guantanamo guard were involved in this. Eric was a linguist and he was working with an interrogator.

We took the detainee into interrogation and throughout the interrogation the interrogator took off her clothing. She essentially gave the detainee a lap dance, tried to arouse him and then let him believe that he had menstrual blood on him. We then took the detainee back to his cell and were told that he was not allowed to have shower privileges nor fresh water for days. The idea behind this being that if he could not clean himself he would not be able to pray, if he could not pray, he could not practice Islam. Essentially it was an idea to break him down spiritually.

Omar Khadr and a number of other detainees, I remember hearing just few moments ago Shaker Aamer, they were privileged to something we called the frequent flyer program, where we would essentially move them every two hours. Whether we were moving them from camp Delta to camp Echo or moving them from Bravo block to Charlie block, be it a little move or a big move, the idea is that every two hours they would be moved and they would not be able to sleep. This was essentially to wear down their psyche and make them more probable to give out their information during interrogation.

But what has questioned me ever since I first saw it, it seemed that most of these men were innocent and as numbers are starting to show, we’ve sent over 600 of them home, so they must have been innocent; if we knew that we were purchasing men that were innocent, why were we trying to interrogate innocent men? What were we hoping to get from them?

Some of the tactics I saw practiced in Guantanamo, I just want to never want to relive again and then a great deal of regret takes place and then I did not take the most productive use of some years after Guantanamo. I tried to drown away some of those memories and that is something you cannot do. You have to confront it.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 4:53 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘Don’t interact, don’t talk, they are not humans’ — Gitmo guard’s basic orders

0

RT
May 24, 2013

One of the methods used to extract information from Muslim inmates in Guantanamo was to apply sexual interrogation techniques, Terry Holdbrooks, former guard at the camp has told RT.

Such degradation methods, the former US soldier said, were used on innocent men. Holdbrooks, who wrote a book about GITMO prisoners, claims that it is the inmates’ religious perseverance in the face of pain and humiliation made him convinced that US was not fighting for the right cause.

RT: What did you experience at the detention camp that changed you?

Terry Holdbrooks: To be honest with you I would not even know where to begin with that. Initially seeing religion practiced the way that the detainees practice Islam is a really life changing experience in itself. I have not really seen any kind of any serious devotion, the faith like that growing up in the US.

The torture and information extraction methods that we used certainly created a great deal of doubt and questions in my mind to whether or not this was my America. But when I thought about what we were doing there and how we go about doing it, it did not seem like the America I signed up to defend. It did not seem like the America I grew up in, I grew to believe in. And that in itself was a very disillusioning experience. There was a great deal of personal growth that took there as well.

RT: Could you describe the relationship between the guards and detainees at Guantanamo back when you were serving (and how has it changed since then)?

TH: I suppose that if we’re going to take a stroll down the memory lane, Brandon Neely was there first. He was there when it was camp x-ray. It was essentially dog cages, nothing more. It was dog kennels, I suppose you can say. When I was there camp Delta was in full swing. Delta housed about 612 men that would be the general population of the camps.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

RT: Were you given any orders as how to treat the inmates?

TH: Our interaction with the detainees was such that we were told not to talk to them, not to treat them as humans, to not engage in conversation with them whatsoever. And the army sort of made a mistake by allowing somebody who is inclined to sociology and to studying people by leaving me with individuals from all over the world unsupervised for eight hours. I was very low in rank so I was delegated all the work, while those who were higher in rank were sitting in the air-conditioned shacks, nurturing their hangovers. So the instructions I was given were simple — don’t interact, don’t talk, they are not humans.

RT: There have been reports of torture and other human rights violations happening at the prison camp. Could you tell us what you saw?

TH: We can begin with experiences I had the pleasure of having. Myself, Eric Sarr and another Guantanamo guard were involved in this. Eric was a linguist and he was working with an interrogator.

We took the detainee into interrogation and throughout the interrogation the interrogator took off her clothing. She essentially gave the detainee a lap dance, tried to arouse him and then let him believe that he had menstrual blood on him. We then took the detainee back to his cell and were told that he was not allowed to have shower privileges nor fresh water for days. The idea behind this being that if he could not clean himself he would not be able to pray, if he could not pray, he could not practice Islam. Essentially it was an idea to break him down spiritually.

Omar Khadr and a number of other detainees, I remember hearing just few moments ago Shaker Aamer, they were privileged to something we called the frequent flyer program, where we would essentially move them every two hours. Whether we were moving them from camp Delta to camp Echo or moving them from Bravo block to Charlie block, be it a little move or a big move, the idea is that every two hours they would be moved and they would not be able to sleep. This was essentially to wear down their psyche and make them more probable to give out their information during interrogation.

But what has questioned me ever since I first saw it, it seemed that most of these men were innocent and as numbers are starting to show, we’ve sent over 600 of them home, so they must have been innocent; if we knew that we were purchasing men that were innocent, why were we trying to interrogate innocent men? What were we hoping to get from them?

Some of the tactics I saw practiced in Guantanamo, I just want to never want to relive again and then a great deal of regret takes place and then I did not take the most productive use of some years after Guantanamo. I tried to drown away some of those memories and that is something you cannot do. You have to confront it.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 4:53 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama: We’re facing pre-Sept. 11 style terror threats

0

Joel Gehrke
Washington Examiner
May 24, 2013
President Obama explained Thursday that the terrorist threats currently faced by the United States bear a closer resemblance to the attacks sustained at the end of the twentieth century than the Sept. 11, 2001 attacks.

The president cited the Boston bombing and the Fort Hood shooting among other other examples of the contemporary danger.

“The scale of this threat closely resembles the types of attacks we faced before 9/11,” Obama told the National Defense University Thursday, recalling the Lockerbie bombing and other attacks in the 1980s and 1990s. “We learned that left unchecked, these threats can grow. But if dealt with smartly and proportionally, these threats need not rise to the level that we saw on the eve of 9/11.”

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 5:18 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

911 Dispatcher Tells Woman About To Be Sexually Assaulted There Are No Cops To Help Her Due To Budget Cuts

0

CBS Seattle
May 24, 2013

An Oregon woman was told by a 911 dispatcher that authorities wouldn’t be able be able to help her as her ex-boyfriend broke into her place because of budget cuts.

Oregon Public Radio reports that an unidentified woman called 911 during a weekend in August 2012 while Michael Bellah was breaking into her place. Her call was forwarded to Oregon State Police because of lay-offs at the Josephine County Sheriff’s Office only allows the department to be open Monday through Friday.

“Uh, I don’t have anybody to send out there,” the 911 dispatcher told the woman. “You know, obviously, if he comes inside the residence and assaults you, can you ask him to go away? Do you know if he’s intoxicated or anything?”

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 5:47 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama wants to end ‘war on terror’ but Congress balks

0

Patricia Zengerle and Matt Spetalnick
Reuters
May 24, 2013

President Barack Obama wants to roll back some of the most controversial aspects of the U.S. “war on terror,” but efforts to alter the global fight against Islamist militants will face the usual hurdle at home: staunch opposition from Republicans in Congress.

In a major policy speech on Thursday, Obama narrowed the scope of the targeted-killing drone campaign against al Qaeda and its allies and announced steps toward closing the Guantanamo Bay military prison in Cuba.

He acknowledged the past use of “torture” in U.S. interrogations, expressed remorse over civilian casualties from drone strikes, and said Guantanamo “has become a symbol around the world for an America that flouts the rule of law.”

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 5:21 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Experts contradict Obama on Islamic terror threat

0

Rowan Scarborough
Washington Times
May 24, 2013

Terrorism analysts are rebutting President Obama’s assertion that the “scale of the threat” from Islamic terrorists has reverted to pre-Sept. 11, 2001, levels.

“This is a total fabrication,” said Steven Emerson, whose Investigative Project on Terrorism tracks radical Islam. “The ‘scale of this threat’ in the 1990s never closely resembled the terrorist attacks post 9/11. This is an outright lie.”

The Heritage Foundation has been cataloguing foiled terror attacks post-9/11 by Islamic groups. The number: 54.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 5:25 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

EU bans three pesticides harmful to bees

0

AFP
May 24, 2013

The European Commission said Friday that it will ban for two years beginning in December pesticides blamed for killing the bees that pollinate food and fruit crops.

The decision to ban the three insecticides, made by chemicals giants Bayer and Syngenta, “marks another milestone towards ensuring a healthier future” for bees, EU Health Commissioner Tonio Borg said.

Bayer of Germany and Switzerland’s Syngenta insist that their products are not to blame for a very sharp decline in the bee population which has stoked fears over future food security, made worse by the unpredictable impact of climate change.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 5:29 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

An Animated Safari of “Political Earth”

0

Explore the political animal kingdom with this funny satire

Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Humor is a very effective weapon in the InfoWar and this is a full-spectrum attack.

As the creator, Scooter Downey, describes it: “Political Earth is a satirical mockumentary animation exploring the behavior of our world’s “political animals” – from the federal leviathan to the fat cats of wall street – all presented in the grand, sweeping, epic style of a BBC nature documentary. This series is narrated by renowned political animal expert and abstract concept DaVoice O’Reason.”

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 4:47 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

10 Crazy Things the Right Did This Week

0

<!–

MailChimp RSS-Email Widget

–>

It’s been another week of the insane, inane, and outright offensive.

May 24, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

It’s been another week of the insane, inane, and outright offensive. Here’s your top ten:

  1. Pennsylvania governor can’t find any Latinos to work for him. Gov. Tom Corbett (R-PA) told a Spanish-language newspaper this week that he didn’t have any Latinos working for him. There are approximately 18,000 Latinos just in the Harrisburg, PA area alone.
  2. Pennsylvania governor remembers single Latino who works for him. A day after saying he didn’t have any Latinos working for him, Corbett suddenly remembered a single Latino appointee working in his administration.
  3. Conservatives freak out over Boy Scouts decision to admit gays. Here’sthe ten best conservative freak-outs over the group’s decision to admit gay scouts while maintaining a ban on gay leaders.
  4. Tea Party congressman mansplains his anti-abortion views. Rep. Louie Gohmert (R-TX), speaking at a hearing about an unconstitutional ban on abortion after 20 weeks that House Republicans are championing, told a witness that she should’ve been forced to wait and give birth rather than have an abortion even though her fetus had no brain function.
  5. Top Republican called Obama’s national security speech “a victory for terrorists.” The comments were made by Sen. Saxby Chambliss (R-GA), the top Republican on the Senate Intelligence Committee. Chambliss defeated a decorated, triple amputee veteran in 2002 by running an ad juxtaposing his opponent with images of Osama bin Laden.
  6. Texas GOP continued its obsession with limiting women’s rights. The Texas GOP introduced another 24 anti-abortion bills this year, but thankfully none of them advanced.
  7. This man could be the next Lieutenant Governor of Virginia. Virginia Republicans nominated an extremely anti-gay, anti-abortion minister who has a long history of making insensitive and inflammatory comments. Here’s his 20 craziest tweets.
  8. RNC chair melts down. In an effort to attack the president, RNC Chairman Reince Priebus threw out attacks so over the top that  the Morning Joe crew called him out.
  9. GOP senator says implementing Obamacare is just like an illegal coverup. Because of her efforts to implement Obamcare, Sen. Lamar Alexander (R-TN) likened Health & Human Services Secretary Kathleen Sebelius to convicted criminal Oliver North.
  10. GOP senator defends Apple’s efforts to avoid billions of dollars in U.S. taxes. Sen. Rand Paul (R-KY), in a move reminiscent of Rep. Joe Barton’s infamous apology to BP in the wake of its disastrous oil spill, apologized to top Apple officials for being called in front of the Senate to explain how they use complex structures and gimmicks to avoid paying U.S. taxes.

Liked this article? Join our email list
Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email

Like Alternet on Facebook

‘;
jQuery(‘#root_subfooter’).before( html );

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘position’,’fixed’)
.css(‘top’,’-100px’)
.css(‘width’,’450px’)
.css(‘height’,’105px’)
.css(‘background’,’#E8E8FB’)
.css(‘border’,’10px solid #223BBE’)
.css(‘border-right’,’0px’);

toggle();

}

function resize_slide_div(){

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘top’,slide_top_offset)
.css(‘left’,slide_left_offset);

}

/* HOOK SCRIPT INTO EVENTS */

var paging = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( paging == ‘off’ ){
var is_paging_off = true;
} else {
var is_paging_off = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is paging off ? [‘ + is_paging_off + ‘] ‘ + getUrlVars()[“paging”] );

var page = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( page == ‘undefined’ ){
var is_first_page = true;
} else {
var is_first_page = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is first page ? [‘ + is_first_page + ‘] ‘ + page );

jQuery(window).scroll(function() {

var scrollYpos = jQuery(document).scrollTop();

if( scrollYpos >= pop_in_yPos && on_off_toggle == ‘off’ ){
toggle();
}

if( scrollYpos

‘;
jQuery(‘div.media-image’).each( function(index){
src = String(jQuery(this).children(‘img.media-image’).attr(‘src’));
if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
if( new_src ){ jQuery(this).html(‘‘+jQuery(this).html()+enlarge_html+’‘); }
}
});

var slideshowdiv; var new_html; var img_obj; var sourcediv; var titlediv; var captiondiv; var title; var caption;

jQuery(‘div.slideshow-body div.slideshow div.field-item’).each( function(index){

slideshowdiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-embedded-gallery’);
img_obj = slideshowdiv.find(‘img’);
src = img_obj.attr(‘src’);

title = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-title’).html();
if( title == null ){ title = ”; }

caption = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-caption’).html();
if( caption == null ){ caption = ”; }

if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
// alert( ‘SRC: ‘+src );
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
// alert( ‘New SRC: ‘+new_src );
if( new_src ){
img_obj.parent().attr(‘href’,new_src).attr(‘rel’,’lightbox[slides]’).attr(‘title’,title+’
‘+caption).append(‘

Click to enlarge.

‘);
}
}

//sourcediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-source’);
//titlediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-title’);
//captiondiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-caption’);
//sourcediv.after( titlediv ).after( captiondiv );

});


This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

3 Israeli planes violate Lebanon airspace

0

Three Israeli military aircraft have penetrated Lebanese airspace and flown over several areas of the country in blatant violation of a UN Security Council resolution.

Two Israeli fighter jets crossed into Lebanon’s airspace over the southern border village of Kfar Kila, located 96 kilometers (59 miles) south of Beirut, at 9:45 a.m. local time (0645 GMT) on Friday, according to a statement issued by the Lebanese military.

The warplanes flew over several areas in Lebanon before leaving the countryâ„¢s airspace at 12:15 p.m. local time (0915 GMT) while flying over the town of Alma al-Shaab.

On Thursday, an Israeli unmanned aerial vehicle crossed into Lebanon’s airspace over the town of Alma al-Shaab at 9:10 p.m. local time (1810 GMT). The plane carried out surveillance flights over several areas in southern Lebanon, including the towns of Riyaq and Baalbek, and left at 2:30 a.m. local time on Friday (2330 GMT on Thursday).

On May 19, Lebanese President Michel Sleiman the denounced the Israeli regimeâ„¢s repeated incursions into Lebanonâ„¢s airspace.

He said the Israeli overflights were Å“an attempt to raise tensions in southern Lebanon against the international will, which is represented by the UN peacekeeping forces in the area.”

Israel violates Lebanon’s airspace on an almost daily basis, claiming the flights serve surveillance purposes.

Lebanon’s government, the Hezbollah resistance movement, and the UN Interim Force in Lebanon, known as UNIFIL, have repeatedly condemned the overflights, saying they are in clear violation of UN Resolution 1701 and the country’s sovereignty.

UN Security Council Resolution 1701, which brokered a ceasefire in the war of aggression Israel launched against Lebanon in 2006, calls on Israel to respect Lebanon’s sovereignty and territorial integrity.

In 2009, Lebanon filed a complaint with the United Nations, presenting over 7,000 documents pertaining to Israeli violations of Lebanese territory.

MP/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Lack of public debate on immigration caused Stockholm riots’

0

Sweden should put its political correctness aside and start an open debate on immigration as it’s the only way to avoid a repeat of the Stockholm riots, Mishra Mrutyuanjai, Swedish Democrats movement member, told RT.

Stockholm is reeling as two schools, a police station and dozens
of cars were set ablaze in the fifth night of riots.

Twelve people were arrested as rioters and police clashed with
stone throwing youths in poor, largely immigrant districts of the
Swedish capital.

Blogger and social commentator, Mishra Mrutyuanjai, believes
Sweden has full right to apply restrictive immigration policies
when there aren’t many jobs to offer to the people who come
to the country. 

RT: You are a member of the Swedish Democrats known
for their have an anti-immigration stance. Youth unemployment in
the suburb at the center of these riots is close to 30 per cent —
is that to blame?

Mishra Mrutyuanjai: Let me start by saying that I’m a
member of the Swedish Democratic Party, which stands for fair
immigration policy. It’s not an anti-immigration political party.
Secondly, I think what has really caused these riots is, you know,
a lack of open debate. And, you know, many rioters including myself
have warned for long time that this kind of things do happen and
now they’re happening.  

RT: Riots flared up in an immigrant suburb of Malmo
five years ago, and violence is hitting Stockholm now. What can be
done to stop it from happening again?

MM: What really is required in Sweden is to shed this
guard of political correctness. We’ve had this is Sweden… one of my
good Swedish friends has said to me: in Denmark, you have an open
debate; in Norway, you have a half-open debate; and in Sweden you
have, actually, a closed debate. What we, actually, should start
doing in Sweden is to start debating about things among other
issues like what we recently now see happening in
Stockholm.  

A police officers passes the scene of cars gutted by fire in the Stockholm suburb of Rinkeby after youths rioted in several different suburbs around Stockholm, Sweden for a fourth consecutive night on May 23, 2013. (AFP Photo / Jonathan Nackstrand)

RT: Are there similarities between these riots and
others, like the London riots of 2011, or those in the suburbs of
Paris that flare from time to time?

MM: Well, there are similarities and there are also
arguments for that it’s quite unique because one must understand
that Sweden is a very generous welfare state. It, actually, had
given more to its immigrants than is the case in France or London.
But the thing is that it’s a never-ending story like, I mean, the
demands keep on increasing. Probably it’s high time that Sweden
starts making demands on its immigrants and say: well, you have to
learn the language; well, you have something more to do to get
employment etc. and etc.  

RT: Do you think that the measures are you talking
about will be able to improve the situation and how soon it can
happen?

MM: Well, this very generous and open immigration policy
has resulted in a kind of ghettoized suburbs. And you see these
problems emerging from these suburbs. So, first and foremost,
there’s a need of a very realistic immigration policy which means
that when there aren’t so many jobs that there’s a need of some
restrictive and selective immigration policy. And this is in the
interests of immigrants. Mind you, these aren’t just Swedish people
saying this. I’ve written this in my blog that immigrants want that
they should be getting jobs before they keep on inviting more and
more people to Sweden.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Week in Review: Europe’s Guantanamo and the Boston Bombing Cover-Up

0

Week in Review: Boston Bombings and Gold Market Manipulation

Obama Approves Raising Permissible Levels of Nuclear Radiation in Drinking Water. Civilian Cancer Deaths Expected to Skyrocket
By Helen Caldicott, April 14 , 2013

Official Story Unraveling for Boston Marathon Bombing; Clear Evidence Points to Bomb Squad’s Prior Knowledge…

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Unrest may spread across Europe, warns Red Cross chief

0

Charlotte McDonald-Gibson
independent.co.uk
May 24, 2013

Rocketing unemployment and poverty in some areas of Europe could lead to rising civil unrest, unless governments take measures to address the humanitarian consequences of austerity measures, the secretary-general of the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies (IFRC) has warned.

Bekele Geleta’s caution comes as police battle with rioters in Stockholm, where high unemployment and social deprivation in migrant communities have been blamed for a week of violence.

As Europe continues to grapple with the financial crisis, the situation for many young people is dire. More than half of under-25s are out of work in Greece and Spain. In some areas of Greece, that figure has hit 75 per cent, while in Portugal youth unemployment soared from around 30 per cent two years ago to 43 per cent now.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 4:23 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Infographic: US-Mexico border crossers not giving up

0

Lauren Rabaino
cironline.org
May 24, 2013

Through a Freedom of Information Act request, the Center for Investigative Reporting received data on apprehensions of men, women and children by the Border Patrol last fiscal year. Most are from Mexico, but thousands of others come through Mexico and into the U.S. from Central American countries. Despite efforts by the Border Patrol to deter migrants from entering the country without authorization and curtail repeat offenses, interviews and data spotlight a revolving door where agents still see many of the same faces again and again.

Some in Congress want to expand Operation Streamline, which pushes criminal penalties as a deterrence to illegal immigration. But during 2012, more than half of 6,500 cases reported in Arizona’s Yuma sector were not referred for prosecution. In more than 3,000 of those instances, the individual voluntarily returned home or was subject to expedited removal from the country. The records show:

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 4:17 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Adam Kokesh Released

0

Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Political activist Adam Kokesh was released from jail this afternoon.

Kokesh was arrested last Saturday for exercising his First Amendment right at a protest. He called for a “new American revolution” to begin on July 4 with a march on all 50 state capitols.

The release was announced on his Facebook page with the following message and photograph:

Released 130524 with felony charges reduced to citations which I refused to sign. Played hardball. Won. Talk to you Monday.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 4:34 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

9/11 Looms Large Over ‘Star Trek Into Darkness’

0

Joal Ryan
Yahoo! Movies
May 24, 2013

Any resemblance between “Star Trek Into Darkness” and our post-9/11 world and wars – well, that’s not exactly coincidental.

“I think it’s fairly obvious it’s a commentary,” says TrekMovie editor-in-chief Anthony Pascale.

In the tradition of science fiction and especially “Star Trek,” “Into Darkness” hinges on a plausible-to-our-ears plot about a terror bombing, hatched by the villain whose identity director J.J. Abrams did not want spoiled (hint: Khan is back, and Benedict Cumberbatch is playing him), that a war-mongering, Dick Cheney-channeling Starfleet leader, Peter Weller’s Admiral Marcus, uses to orchestrate an unrelated conflict with the Klingons.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 4:31 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Marching in Chicago: Resisting Rahm Emanuel’s Neoliberal Savagery

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/marching_in_chicago_resisting_rahm_emanuels_neoliberal_savagery_20130524/

Posted on May 24, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Britain’s Eton College asks teenage candidates to justify shooting protesters

0

UK’s elite school asked 13-year old boys to pretend to be Prime Minister and justify the army shooting dead 25 protesters in a speech to win a scholarship it is revealed.

The question, which was put to students applying for the King’s
Scholarship, worth one tenth of Eton’s £32,000 a year fees, is
entitled “Concerning Cruelty, Clemency and Whether It Is better To
Be Loved than Feared”, and follows a passage from
Machiavelli.

“The year is 2040. There have been riots in the streets of
London after Britain has run out of petrol because of an oil crisis
in the Middle East. Protesters have attacked public buildings.
Several policemen have died. Consequently, the government has
deployed the army to curb the protests. After two days the protests
have stopped but 25 protestors have been killed by the army,”

the question reads.

Candidates are then asked to imagine that they were the Prime
Minister and to write a speech for broadcast to the nation on why
the decision to deploy the army against violent protests was both
necessary and morally right.

The paper was set in April 2011, just after the student riots in
which the headquarters of the Conservative Party and the treasury
were hit and, by coincidence, just before the August 2011 riots,
which injured many and caused millions of pounds of damage. At the
time David Cameron warned that the army might be deployed.

The question caused uproar, with many taking to twitter to
express their disagreement.

Damian Walter tweeted sarcastically, “having been born into a
council estate single parent family, I would never question the
superiority of Eton boys with millionaire parents.”

The headmaster of Eton College, Tony Little, emailed the US
paper the Huffington Post saying the question has been taken out of
context and that Eton School does not favor any particular
political viewpoint.

“We are looking for candidates who can see both sides of an
idea and express them clearly. High ability candidates at this
level are often asked to put themselves in someone else’s
shoes,”
he wrote.

He then compared the question to a GCSE level English question,
which is sat by all secondary school 16-year olds in England and
Wales as well as those from fee paying public schools, in which he
imagined a question, “Imagine you are Lady Macbeth, write a
diary entry to express your feelings on receiving your husband’s
letter.”

He added that a similar question in this year’s paper was about
a community without any government.
Both the current British Prime Minister David Cameron and the
London Mayor Boris Johnson went to Eton, Boris was also a King’s
Scholar.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Guantanamo, Drone Strikes and the “Non-War Terror War”: Obama Speaks

0

As one of the 1,200-plus signatories to the full-page ad that appeared in The New York Times, calling for the closure of Guantanamo, I was disappointed in President Barack Obama’s speech Thursday on counterterrorism, drones and Guantanamo.

Torture and Indefinite Detention at Guantanamo

In a carefully crafted — at times defensive, discourse, Obama said, “In some cases, I believe we compromised our basic values — by using torture to interrogate our enemies and detaining individuals in a way that ran counter to the rule of law,” adding, “We unequivocally banned torture.” But Obama failed to note that the United Nations Human Rights Commission determined in 2006 that the violent force-feeding of detainees at Guantanamo amounted to torture and that he has continued that policy. More than half the remaining detainees are refusing food to protest their treatment and indefinite detention, many having been held for more than a decade with no criminal charges. In only a brief, but telling, mention of his administration’s violent force-feeding of hunger strikers at Guantanamo, Obama asked, “Is that who we are? Is that something that our founders foresaw? Is that the America we want to leave to our children? Our sense of justice is stronger than that.”

One would hope that Obama’s sense of justice would prevent him from allowing the tortuous force-feeding of people like Nabil Nadjarab, who has said, “To be force-fed is unnatural, and it feels like my body is not real. They put you on a chair — it reminds me of an execution chair. Your legs, arms and shoulders are tied with belts. If you refuse to let them put the tube in, they force your head back . . . [it is very risky] because if the tube goes in the wrong way, the liquid might get into your lungs. I know some who have developed infections in the nose. They now have to keep tubes in their noses permanently.” British resident Shaker Aamer reported being subjected to sleep deprivation and being dragged around like an animal at Guantanamo. David Remes, who represents two detainees, reported “shocking” genital searches “designed to deter” detainees from meeting with their lawyers. The “new military policy,” said Remes, “is to sexually abuse them in searches.”

And Obama asks, “Is that who we are?”

Obama did not say he would close Guantanamo. He criticized Congress for placing restrictions on transferring detainees who have been cleared for release, although he signed the legislation Congress passed. To his credit, Obama lifted the moratorium on detainee transfers to Yemen and appointed a new senior envoy at the State Department and Department of Defense to oversee detainee transfers to third countries. But Obama did not pledge to use the waiver provision contained in Section 1028(d) of the 2013 National Defense Authorization Act that would allow the Secretary of Defense to authorize transfers when it is in the national security interest of the United States. Nor did he promise to stop blocking the release of detainees cleared by habeas corpus proceedings.

The Non-War Terror War

Obama explained how he plans to continue his war on terror without calling it a war on terror. He stated, “Under domestic law and international law, the United States is at war with al Qaeda, the Taliban and their associated forces.”

While also saying, “Beyond Afghanistan, we must define our effort not as a boundless ‘global war on terror’ — but rather as a series of persistent, targeted efforts to dismantle specific networks of violent extremists that threaten America,” Obama listed Pakistan, Yemen, Somalia and Mali as places the United States is involved in fighting terror. Because, he said, “we are at war with an organization that right now would kill as many Americans as they could if we did not stop them first,” Obama concluded, “This is a just war — a war waged proportionally, in last resort and in self-defense.”

Obama understands that not all wars are just wars. He was referring to, but misapplied, three principles of international law that govern the use of military force. Proportionality means that an attack cannot be excessive in relation to the anticipated military advantage. Yet when drones are used to take out convoys, large numbers of civilians will be, and have been, killed.  Last resort means that a country may resort to war only if it has exhausted all peaceful alternatives to resolving the conflict. By assassinating rather than capturing suspected terrorists and bringing them to trial, Obama has not used military force as a last resort. And self-defense is defined by the leading Caroline Case of 1837, which said that the ”necessity for self-defense must be instant, overwhelming, leaving no choice of means and no moment for deliberation.” The Obama administration has provided no evidence that the people it targeted were about to launch an imminent attack on the United States.

New Rules for Drone Strikes?

Although he defended the use of drones and targeted killing, Obama proclaimed, “America does not take strikes when we have the ability to capture individual terrorists — our preference is always to detain, interrogate and prosecute them.” Yet, 4,700 people have been killed by drone strikes, only two percent of whom were high-level terrorist suspects. And Obama has added only one person to the detention rolls at Guantanamo since he took office. “This [Obama] government has decided that instead of detaining members of al-Qaida [at Guatanamo] they are going to kill him,” according to John Bellinger, who formulated the Bush administration drone policy.

Obama referred to the killing of Osama bin Laden as exceptional because “capture, although our preference, was remote.” Yet it was clear when the US soldiers arrived at bin Laden’s compound that the people there were unarmed and bin Laden could have been captured. Obama admitted, “The cost to our relationship with Pakistan — and the backlash among the Pakistani public over encroachment on their territory — was so severe that we are now just beginning to rebuild this important partnership.” Indeed, in light of Pakistan’s considerable arsenal of nuclear weapons, Obama took a substantial risk to our national security in breaching Pakistan’s sovereignty by his assassination operation.

Ben Emmerson, UN special rapporteur on counterterrorism and human rights, said the drone strikes in Pakistan violate international law. “As a matter of international law, the US drone campaign in Pakistan . . . is being conducted without the consent of the elected representatives of the people or the legitimate government of the state,” he noted. Obama said we are “narrowly targeting our action against those who want to kill us.” He did not address his administration’s policy of using drone strikes to kill rescuers and attendees at funerals after the original strike killings.

The day before his speech, Obama signed a Presidential Policy Guidance, which he said, provides “clear guidelines, oversight and accountability.” As Obama delivered his speech, the White House issued a Fact Sheet regarding policies and procedures for counterterrorism operations, but did not release the policy guidance itself. That Fact Sheet says, “The policy of the United States is not to use lethal force when it is feasible to capture a terrorist suspect.” It provides that “lethal force will be used outside areas of active hostilities” only when certain preconditions are met. But it does not define “areas of active hostilities.”

Preconditions for using lethal force include:

  1. The requirement of a ”legal basis” for the use of lethal force. It does not define whether ”legal basis” means complying with ratified treaties, including the UN Charter, which prohibits the use of military force except in self-defense or when approved by the Security Council.

  2. The target must pose a ”continuing, imminent threat to US persons.” The Fact Sheet does not define “continuing” or ”imminent.” The recently leaked Department of Justice White Paper says that a US citizen can be killed even when there is no ”clear evidence that a specific attack on US persons and interests will take place in the immediate future.”

  3. There must be ”near certainty” that the terrorist target is present. Neither the Fact Sheet nor Obama in his speech addressed whether the administration will continue ”signature strikes” (known as crowd killings),  which don’t target individuals but rather areas of suspicious activity.

  4. There must be ”near certainty” that noncombatants will not be injured or killed. This is apparently a departure from present practice, as numerous noncombatants have been killed in US drone strikes. The Fact Sheet changes the current policy of defining noncombatants as all men of military age in a strike zone “unless there is explicit intelligence posthumously proving them innocent.”

  5. There must be an assessment that ”capture is not feasible” at the time of the operation. It is unclear what feasibility means. The White Paper appears to indicate that ”infeasible” means inconvenient.

  6. There must be an assessment that relevant governmental authorities in the country where the attack is contemplated cannot or will not effectively address the ”threat to US persons,” which is left undefined.

  7. There must be an assessment that no other reasonable alternatives exist to address the ”threat to US persons,” also left undefined.

Finally, the Fact Sheet would excuse these preconditions when the president takes action “in extraordinary circumstances” which are “both lawful and necessary to protect the United States or its allies.” There is no definition of “extraordinary circumstances.”

A few days before Obama’s speech, Attorney General Eric Holder publicly acknowledged the killing of four US citizens, only one of which — Anwar Awlaki — was actually targeted, in 2011. That means 75 percent were “collateral damage,” including Awlaki’s 16-year-old son, Abdulrahman. In his speech, after affirming that a US citizen cannot be targeted and killed without due process (arrest and trial), Obama claimed that Awlaki was involved in terrorist plots in 2009 and 2010; this is long before Obama ordered that he be killed by drone strike in 2011, which would appear to violate the “imminence” requirement. Indeed, Lt. Col. Tony Schaefer, a former Army Intelligence officer, said on MSNBC that Awlaki could have been captured but the administration made a decision to kill instead of capture him.

The use of drones and targeted assassination and the continuing existence of Guantanamo engender hatred against the United States. Farea al-Muslimi, a Yemeni man who testified before the Senate Judiciary Subcommittee on the Constitution, Civil Rights and Human Rights, spoke about how his friends and neighbors reacted to a recent drone strike in his neighborhood. “Now, however, when they think of America, they think of the fear they feel at the drones over their heads. What the violent militants had failed to achieve, one drone strike accomplished in an instant.”

The Unanswered Questions

During Obama’s speech, Code Pink’s Medea Benjamin yelled out several questions before being escorted out of the room.

She asked the President:

* What about the indefinite detention?

* What about the 102 hunger strikers?

* What about the killing of 16-year-old Abdulrahman al-Awlaki? Why was he killed?

* Can you tell the Muslim people their lives are as precious as our lives?

* Can you stop the signature strikes that are killing people on the basis of suspicious activities?

* Will you apologize to the thousands of Muslims that you have killed?

* Will you compensate the innocent family victims? That will make us safer here at home.

* Can you take the drones out of the hands of the CIA?

* You are commander-in-chief. You can close Guantanamo today! You can release those 86 prisoners [cleared for release]. It’s been 11 years.

* I love my country. I love the rule of law.

* Abide by the rule of law. You’re a constitutional lawyer.

Obama responded, “I’m willing to cut the young lady who interrupted me some slack because it’s worth being passionate about.  . . . The voice of that woman is worth paying attention to.”

But he went on to say he obviously doesn’t agree with much of what she said. One wonders what parts he does agree with.

Marjorie Cohn is a professor at Thomas Jefferson School of Law and the editor of The United States and Torture: Interrogation, Incarceration, and Abuse. She is working on a book about drones and targeted killing.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Judge charged with stealing confiscated cocaine from cases he presided over

0

A former Pennsylvania judge has been charged for stealing confiscated cocaine used in case trials, and in some instances replacing the white powder with baking soda.

Paul Pozonsky, a 57-year-old former Washington County judge,
resigned from his position last year amid reports that he was the
target of a state grand jury investigation. In May 2012, state
police investigators discovered that evidence envelopes meant to
contain cocaine were either missing, had been tampered with, or
contained baking soda. The packets filled with baking soda also
contained the former judge’s DNA. 

In May 2011, Pozonsky requested that police bring all
confiscated drugs into the courtroom. After these drugs were
entered as evidence in their respective cases, Pozonsky or one of
his staff member’s kept the envelopes, CBS News affiliate KDA
reports. In one instance, Pozonsky allegedly asked a state trooper
to bring a stash of more than 200 grams of cocaine to his personal
chambers. The trooper obliged, handing over the haul in a sealed
evidence bag, according to the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette.

“It was brought to my attention that inappropriate requests
were being made by Judge Pozonsky to possess drug evidence for
pretrial hearings for pretrial matters,”
District Attorney Gene
Vittone, who took office in 2012, told the Post-Gazette. It was
unclear what happened to the drugs until police made the shocking
discovery shortly after Vittone and other court officials noticed
Pozonsky’s strange requests.

This month, a year after investigators made the find,
Pennsylvania police charged Pozonsky with eight counts of theft,
four counts of drug possession, one count of misapplication of
entrusted property and one count of obstruction — all of which are
misdemeanors. Pozonsky was also charged with a felony conflict of
interest.

“This is troubling. This is humbling as you might
expect,”
Bob Del Greco, the attorney representing the former
judge, told KDKA. “And it’s a serious matter and he’s taking it
as such.”

Paul Martino, a general assignment reporter for KDKA, expressed
the suspicions that this case raises, without making any
accusations.

“What this looks like, is a sitting judge accused of snorting
evidence — cocaine?”
Martino asked Del Greco.

“That’s a fair representation of the allegations,”
Pozonsky’s attorney responded, thereby admitting that his client
had used the white powder.

When asked if his client has a drug problem or has gone to
rehab, Del Greco refused to comment.

“I… I’m really not in a position to discuss with any
particularity the allegations now,”
he said.

Pozonsky has been on the bench for nearly 30 years, first as a
magistrate and eventually in the Common Please Court. He oversaw
high-profile criminal cases, and launched the Drug Treatment Court,
which enrolls provides treatment and rehabilitation services for
drug and alcohol users as part of the justice system case
processing.

Pozonsky was arrested and released on $25,000 bond. His
preliminary hearing is scheduled forJune 13.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Scores of TGI Fridays in New Jersey ‘busted for selling caramel-colored rubbing alcohol as top-shelf scotch’

0

Jon Campbell
Christian Post
May 24, 2013

A bar served rubbing alcohol instead of Scotch, according to state officials in New Jersey this week.

The bar was creating a mixture that included rubbing alcohol and caramel coloring, and passing it off to customers as Scotch.

In another bar, officials explained, premium liquor bottles were being refilled with water, and there are also doubts over whether the water was fit for drinking as well.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 3:19 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Schumer, Franken scurry from questions about IRS scandal

0

Breitbart
May 24, 2013

Sen Al Franken (D-MN) was using such a circuitous “serpentine” walking pattern in an effort to avoid TRN’s Jason Mattera’s tough question that he inadvertently body checked one of his own staffers in the process. The absurd weaving to avoid the tough inquiry even brought the senator to laughter at one point as the beleaguered staffer tried to run interference for Franken by claiming that he doesn’t talk to national press.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 3:31 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Mystery of Irish Potato Famine Solved

0

Denise Chow
Live Science
May 24, 2013

Photo by Spedona, via wikimedia commons

The Irish potato famine that caused mass starvation and approximately 1 million deaths in the mid-19th century was triggered by a newly identified strain of potato blight that has been christened “HERB-1,” according to a new study.

An international team of molecular biologists studied the historical spread of Phytophthora infestans, a funguslike organism that devastated potato crops and led to the famine in Ireland. The precise strain of the pathogen that caused the devastating outbreak, which lasted from 1845 to 1852, had been unknown.

“We have finally discovered the identity of the exact strain that caused all this havoc,” study co-author Hernán Burbano, a researcher at the Max Planck Institute for Developmental Biology in Germany, said in a statement.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 2:49 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Detroit Mulls Selling Art to Help Pay City’s Debt

0

My Fox Detroit
May 24, 2013

Officials say the Detroit Institute of Arts’ collection could be sold to help satisfy creditors if the financially troubled city of Detroit seeks bankruptcy protection.

Bill Nowling, a spokesman for state-appointed emergency manager says Kevyn Orr, says Orr is considering whether the collection should be considered city assets that could be sold to cover Detroit’s long-term debt. The debt is estimated at more than $14 billion.

“As Kevyn Orr has said many times, he is considering many different options to help rectify Detroit’s fiscal crisis,” said Nowling. “What I can say is that there is no formal plan on the table to sell any Detroit asset, the DIA or otherwise.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 3:11 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Does New 'Drone Rulebook' Show Obama 'Overstated' Reform?

0

Clarity from the White House (Photo: Michael Baird/ Flickr)Two of the most controversial aspects of the US covert drone campaign — CIA control of strikes in Pakistan, and the use of so-called signature strikes — look set to continue until at least 2014, papers released by the White House indicate.

In the wake of President Obama’s Thursday speech on counter-terrorism policy, White House national security officials have released two key documents. The first, US Policy Standards and Procedures for the Use of Force in Counterterrorism, lays out the standards now being used to decide whether to deploy ‘lethal force’ outside the battlefield.

The White House has also released the transcript of a background briefing for journalists, in which anonymous senior administration officials offer their interpretation of the new guidance.

Between them, the two documents offer significant insights into how the US targeted killing programme is governed.

Related story — Obama frames covert drone war as necessary evil

Officials have also provided the most comprehensive understanding yet of how the US government defines a civilian — or ‘non-combatant’ — in places such as Pakistan and Yemen.

But claims that the US has ended controversial ‘signature strikes’ — and will transfer all covert drones from the CIA to the Pentagon — appear to have been overstated. As one official puts it, ‘you’ll see also a lot of continuity in the way in which we approach these things that are basically being codified in the guidance that’s been issued.’

Rule Book
Building on President Obama’s counter terrorism speech at National Defense University on Thursday, officials have laid out ‘certain key elements’ of the standards and procedures governing the US targeted killing programme.

Noting that the US has a preference where possible ‘to capture a terrorism suspect’, guidance notes then lay out the circumstances in which a lethal covert drone strike or other form of targeted killing can take place.

All proposed killings outside the conventional battlefield must have a ‘legal basis’; must not be an act of punishment; and must only be used if the target represents ‘a continuing, imminent threat to US persons’, according to the document.

But it goes on to make clear: ‘It is simply not the case that all terrorists pose a continuing, imminent threat to US persons; if a terrorist does not pose such a threat, the United States will not use lethal force.’

You’ll see also a lot of continuity in the way in which we approach these things that are basically being codified in the guidance that’s been issued.’ Senior US administration official

In recent months, some senior administration figures including CIA Director John Brennan have pushed for a far looser definition of imminence. That effort appears to have failed.

The White House then presents five rules which it says must now be followed before a targeted killing can take place:

1) Near certainty that the terrorist target is present;

2) Near certainty that non-combatants will not be injured or killed;

3) An assessment that capture is not feasible at the time of the operation;

4) An assessment that the relevant governmental authorities in the country where action is contemplated cannot or will not effectively address the threat to US persons

5) An assessment that no other reasonable alternatives exist to effectively address the threat to US persons.

‘Non-combatants’
In a key move, national security officials also offer an explanation of how civilians — or ‘non-combatants’ — are being defined in the context of targeted killings outside the battlefield.

‘Non-combatants are individuals who may not be made the object of attack under applicable international law,’ the document notes.

‘The term “non-combatant” does not include an individual who is part of a belligerent party to an armed conflict, an individual who is taking a direct part in hostilities, or an individual who is targetable in the exercise of national self defense. Males of military age may be non-combatants; it is not the case that all military-aged males in the vicinity of a target are deemed to be combatants.’

That final point — that military-aged males are not automatically classed as combatants in countries such as Pakistan and Yemen, may mark a major sea-change. A story in the New York Times generated huge controversy in 2012 when it reported that the US ‘counts all military-age males in a strike zone as combatants, according to several administration officials, unless there is explicit intelligence posthumously proving them innocent’.

The list of rules issued by the White House concludes with an assertion that the US ‘respects’ national sovereignty and international law:

Non-combatants are individuals who may not be made the object of attack under applicable international law’ US Policy Standards and Procedures for the Use of Force in Counterterrorism

‘Whenever the United States uses force in foreign territories, international legal principles, including respect for sovereignty and the law of armed conflict, impose important constraints on the ability of the United States to act unilaterally — and on the way in which the United States can use force. The United States respects national sovereignty and international law,’ the document notes.

Ben Emmerson QC, the UN investigator currently looking into drone strikes, said he welcomed the Obama administration’s publication of its rule book.

Describing it as ‘a significant step towards increased transparency and accountability,’ he added that ‘it also disposes of a number of myths, including the suggestion that the US is entitled to regard all military-aged males as combatants, and therefore as legitimate targets.’

Background briefing
In advance of President Obama’s major speech, journalists also took part in a background briefing with anonymous senior administration officials on Thursday, which has now been published.

Much of that briefing focused on the proposed closure of Guantanamo, and whether the War on Terror is drawing down. But officials also offered their interpretation of the new targeted killing guidelines.

Claims by some that all US covert drone strikes will pass from the CIA to the Pentagon appear overstated, based on the comments of two officials.

One notes that there is an ‘expressed preference’ for the US military to have the lead in carrying out targeted killings, ‘given their traditional role and given the transparency [that] can be associated with actions by the United States military’. But he added that the US continues to ‘pursue a range of counter-terrorism operations around the world,’ indicating that the CIA might retain a role.

The New York Times has since cited US officials who indicate  that the CIA will not transfer control of drone strikes in Pakistan to the US military until ‘the withdrawal of combat units from Afghanistan at the end of 2014′.

In another exchange with journalists, officials at Thursday’s briefing addressed whether the three US citizens killed in covert drone strikes who had not been intentionally targeted were being classed by the Administration ‘as collateral damage or guilty by association?’

‘There are times when there are individuals who are present at al Qaeda and associated forces facilities, and in that regard they are subject to the lethal action that we take,’ a senior official responded. ‘There are other instances when there are tragic cases of civilian casualties and people that the United States does not in any way intend to target.’

Signature strikes
There was further confusion on the question of whether signature strikes have now ended.

There are times when there are individuals who are present at al Qaeda and associated forces facilities, and in that regard they are subject to the lethal action that we take.’
Senior US administration official

An editorial in today’s The New York Times claims that ’From now on, the Central Intelligence Agency and the military will no longer target individuals or groups of people in countries like Pakistan based merely on the suspicion that their location or actions link them to al Qaeda or other groups allied with the terrorist network.’

Yet when asked, ‘Will signature strikes explicitly be prohibited now?’, an official at the briefing framed his response in the context of the war in Afghanistan, noting the need to ‘take action against forces that are massing to support attacks on our troops and on coalition forces in Afghanistan.’

The official then noted that ‘by the end of 2014, as we wind down the war in Afghanistan, we will not have the same need for force protection and those types of strikes that are designed to protect our forces in Afghanistan. Furthermore, we believe that the core of al Qaeda has been greatly diminished so, therefore, that will reduce the need for unmanned strikes against the core of al Qaeda as well.’

In short, officials appear to be indicating that signature strikes, along with CIA control of strikes inside Pakistan, will remain a reality at least until troops withdraw from Afghanistan next year.

![cdata[>

US Policy Standards and Procedures for the Use of Force in Counterterrorism Operations Outside the United States and Areas of Active Hostilities (PDF) 

US Policy Standards and Procedures for the Use of Force in Counterterrorism Operations Outside the United States and Areas of Active Hostilities (Text)

© 2013 The Bureau of Investigative Journalism

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Syria defends targeting of Israeli vehicle

0

The Syrian ambassador to the United Nations has defended the countryâ„¢s decision to target an Israeli military vehicle in the occupied Golan Heights earlier this week, saying it was a response to violations of Syriaâ„¢s territorial integrity.

In a letter sent to the UN Security Council on Friday, Ambassador Bashar Ja’afari said Syria exercised its right to self-defense and would respond immediately to any other violation of its sovereignty and territorial integrity.

In his letter, Ja’afari also said, Å“At 1:10 a.m. local time on May 21 (2210 GMT on May 20), an Israeli vehicle crossed the cease-fire line and proceeded towards the village of Bi’r Ajam, which is located in the liberated area of the Golan within the territory of the Syrian Arab Republic.”

He added, “The presence of armed terrorist groups in that village led the Syrian armed forces to target the abovementioned Israeli vehicle.”

According to the Syrian army, the Israeli military fired two rockets from the occupied site of Tal al-Faras into Syria in retaliation for the destruction of the vehicle.

On May 21, the chief of the general staff of the Israeli military, Lieutenant General Benny Gantz, issued a stern warning to Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, saying, Å“If he deteriorates (the situation on) the Golan Heights, he will have to bear the consequences.”

The Israeli regime recently increased its military activities in the Golan Heights, where clashes between the Syrian army and the militant groups continue.

The Syrian crisis has dragged on for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

On May 18, Assad said militants from 29 different countries are fighting against the government in different parts of the country.

MP/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Building Mass Resistance against New World Order Economic Austerity

0

“We are in the midst of the pre-history of historic transformational change that will end the rule of money.”

This was a week that exemplified the historic moment in which we live. We will look back at these times and see the seeds of a national revolt against concentrated wealth that puts profits ahead of people and the planet. Not only were there a wide array of resistance actions, but activists against the Guantanamo prison and drone strikes scored partial victories on which we much continue to build challenges to US empire and militarism.

Mike Lux, who authored a history of the movements of the 1960s, wrote this week that when he researched his book he “was struck by the fact that so many big things happened so close together.” Comparing that moment to today he writes, “We are living in such a moment in history right now, that organizers and activists are sparking off each other and inspiring each other, that there is something building out there that will bring bigger change down the road.”

That is how we felt as we watched and participated in this week’s unfolding. We began the week prepared to focus our attention on the amazing teacher, student and community actions that were occurring in defense of schools. In Philadelphia, there was a giant walk-out of schools last Friday as students demanded their schools remain open and be adequately funded. The photos of young people fighting for the basic necessity of education were an inspiration.

That was followed by three days of protests in Chicago that were equally inspiring, students organized and communities came together to fight for education. Though corporate-mayor Rahm Emanuel’s carefully selected board voted to close 50 elementary schools and one high school (while the city funds the building of a new basketball stadium), the Chicago activists say they are not done. They are just getting started. It is that kind of persistence that wins transformation. These school battles are part of a national plan to replace community schools with corporatized charter schools. The battles of Chicago, Philadelphia and other cities are all of our battles.

Then there were the college students, who inspired us with their bravery especially because they were not fighting for themselves but for the students who come after them. At Cooper Union, students are in their second week of occupying the school president’s office. As the sit-in grew to more than 100, they garnered increasing community support. The school is about to begin to charge tuition, ending the nearly two century mission of its founder for free higher education. The students protesting will get free tuition; they are protesting for the students who follow. While they are sitting in, they are painting the president’s offices black and will continue to do so until he resigns his $750,000 a year job. Thousands have signed a “no confidence” petition against the president and board chairman.

We believe that a country that really believed in its youth and was building for its future would provide free post-high school education, college or vocational school, to young adults rather than leaving them crippled by massive debt.

As the week went on, more Americans stood up and showed their power. On Monday, people who have lost their homes to foreclosure or are threatened with foreclosure, along with their allies, began an occupation of the Department of Justice. Some of them joined us first as guests on our radio show on We Act Radio. Afterwards, we went to Freedom Plaza where they rallied. The coalition was a great mix of people of different ages, races and regions who were angry, organized and prepared. They marched down Pennsylvania Ave. to the Department of Justice to demand that Attorney General Eric Holder prosecute the bankers who collapsed the economy and stole their homes.

They blocked the doors at the Department of Justice and put up tents emblazoned with “Foreclose on Banks Not on People,” put up a home with “Bank Foreclosed” over it and blocked the streets with orange mesh saying “Foreclosure and Eviction Free Zone.” As evening came, they moved their tents onto DOJ property, brought in a big couch and prepared to stay the night — and some did. By the third day of protests, they moved to Covington and Burling, the corporate law firm that spawned Eric Holder and where the DOJ official in charge of prosecuting the banks, Lenny Breuer, who did not prosecute a single big bank now gets a $4 million annual salary. In Congress the DOJ could not justify their claim that prosecuting the big banks would hurt the economy.

The Home Defenders League/Occupy Our Homes actions broke through in the media as you can see at the end of this photo essay. We particularly enjoyed the coverage in Forbes — someone claiming to be Jamie Dimon was arrested in DC — reporting on protesters who gave the name of banksters when they were arrested. The police responded aggressively, which often attracts media coverage, including the tasering non-violent protesters. And, we were pleased to see local groups, like Occupy Colorado, highlighting the efforts of their colleagues who came to DC.

But, action in the nation’s capital did not end there. There was also a massive walkout of food service workers across the city. The strike began at the building named for the famed union-destroying president, the Ronald Reagan Building, and then moved on, with a particular focus on Obama — the largest employer of low-wage workers.  Obama could end poverty federal wages with a stroke of the pen. Will he?

DC is the sixth city to see low-wage workers striking, New York, Chicago, Detroit, St. Louis, and Milwaukee, came before the Capital.  Communities have stood with the workers  when employers threatened their jobs and people now need to do the same for the DC workers who are being threatened with job loss, please take action to support them. And, coming up is the Wal-Mart workers’ “Ride for Respect” to the annual shareholders meeting on June 7 which emulates the Freedom Riders.

Actions are happening throughout the country. In Illinois, so far two people have been arrested at a sit-in in the capitol building to support a ban hydro-fracking. And, the reaction to the call for a fearless summer by front-line environmental groups has been very strong. They are working together to plan major actions throughout the summer escalating resistance against extreme energy extraction. Pressure is building in the environmental movement which now recognizes Obama is part of the problem, not part of the solution. Groups like 350.org that avoided protesting Obama, are now protesting his “grass roots” group, Organizing for America.

And, more is coming. At the end of the week people who have been marching to Washington, DC from Philadelphia as part of “Operation Green Jobs” will arrive to protest at the corporate bully of the capital — the US Chamber of Commerce — uniting the masses in opposition to the corporate lobbyists. Their long walk to DC echoes a walk last week by people from Baltimore seeking jobs and justice.

This Saturday will be the worldwide March Against Monsanto in 41 countries and nearly 300 cities. We published an article in Truthout that explains why we should all protest Monsanto on May 25. This is a great example of non-hierarchical organizing as this protest was called by young grass roots activists and supported by Occupy Monsanto.

One of the things that let us know the popular revolt is more powerful than we realize is the reaction of the power structure. The Center for Media and Democracy issued a report this week that examined thousands of pages of documents which showed how the national security apparatus against terrorism combined with corporate America to attack the occupy movement. And, in Chicago one of the undercover police involved in the NATO 5 case, is still spying, now on students and teachers protesting school closures. If they did not fear the people, would the power structure be behaving this way?

But, when you read reports about police acting in this undemocratic way, don’t forget that many of them do not like doing what they are ordered to do and that pulling them to join the popular revolt is part of our job. A mass movement needs people from the power structure to join it in order to achieve success. We highlight one this week, Officer Pedro Serrano of New York who took the great personal risk of taping his superiors as part of an effort to end the racist ‘stop and frisk’ program of the NYPD.

And, it is great to see people planning ahead. We got notice this week from activists in Maine planning for an October Drone Walk.  The anti-drone movement and Guantanamo protests have had very positive effects. This week, President Obama had to admit that he killed four Americans with drones, mostly by accident — even though the DoD claims drones are accurate.  Also this week, activists filed a war crimes complaint against Obama, Brennan and other officials seeking their prosecution. And Thursday, Obama was forced to make a public speech at the National Defense University about both the drone program and Guantanamo Bay Prison. Medea Benjamin of CODEPINK, interrupted the speech several times such that the President had to acknowledge her and she asked powerful questions as she was escorted out by security. [See video and transcript.] As she was escorted from the room Obama acknowledged: “The voice of that women is worth paying attention to.” Guantanamo activists responded to the president saying “no more excuses” and vowed to keep the pressure on!

So, just as author Mike Lux saw in the 60s, there is a lot going on, lots of issues coming to a head at the same time and people taking action to confront them. How do we get to the next phase of popular resistance?

Long time writer on movements and transformational change, Sam Smith, the editor of Progressive Review wrote “The Great American Repair Manual in 1997,” we reprinted a portion of it this week: A Movement Manual. The essence: movements are “propelled by large numbers of highly autonomous small groups linked not by a bureaucracy or a master organization but by the mutuality of their thought, their faith and their determination.” He recommends: organize from the bottom up, create a subculture, create symbols, develop an agenda and make the movement’s values clear. He also recommends becoming what you want to be — become an existentialist — writing “existence precedes essence. We are what we do.” As far as building community power, we recommend this video from “The Democracy School” on how to use local governance to challenge corporate power.”

Do not despair when the media says there is no popular resistance. We have been covering the actions of the movement with weekly reports since 2011 and even before the occupy movement began, we saw Americans beginning to stand up. We knew it was the right time for occupy and we now see it is the right time for a mass popular resistance.

We will be announcing a new project in mid-June to help bring the movement to a new level. Sign up here to hear about it and how you can help. To create the transformative change we want to see, we need people to get involved.

We agree with Mike Lux who writes: “just as it took several years for the seeds planted in those 18 months in the early ’60s to take root and begin to bring about the changes of the years to come in terms of civil rights, women’s rights, and the environment, it will take several years for the seeds being planted now to fully take root. But I believe more and more that it will happen.”

The government responds with police force and ignores the demands of the people. Super majorities of Americans agree with the views of the popular resistance, even if they are not yet acting. This is a recipe for a mass eruption of movement activity. We are in the midst of the pre-history of historic transformational change: a transformation, which will end the power of money to ensure that the people and planet come before profits.

(For a listing of upcoming protests see last week’s newsletter.)

This article is produced in partnership with AlterNet and is based on a weekly newsletter for October2011/Occupy Washington, DC. To sign up for the free newsletter, click here. If you have actions you want to promote or report on write us at info@october2011.org.

Kevin Zeese, JD and Margaret Flowers, MD co-host Clearing the FOG on We Act Radio 1480 AM Washington, DC, co-direct Its Our Economy and are organizers of the Occupation of Washington, DC. Read other articles by Kevin Zeese and Margaret Flowers.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Students, Youth Movements, Women’s Organizations, Labor Unions, Farmers: Declaration of the Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our America (ALBA)

0

We came here as part of a historic process that brought us together in forums, campaigns, international networks, social sector groupings and various struggles within each of our countries, raising the same battle flags and sharing dreams of a real social transformation.

In Our America, we find ourselves in a new epoch which has found expression in recent years through diverse mobilizations and popular rebellions, the search for overcoming neoliberalism and the building of an alternative society based on justice and inclusion, because this is now both possible and necessary.

The defeat of the FTAA in 2005 witnessed the resistance of social movements and a new hemispheric geopolitical configuration, characterized by the rise of popular governments that have dared to confront the Empire. The greatest commitment towards this, launched in 2004 by Fidel Castro and Hugo Chávez, is what is now called The Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our America (ALBA: Spanish acronym for Alianza Bolivariana para los Pueblos de Nuestra America).

ALBA is an essentially political, anti-neoliberal, anti-imperialist project, based on the principles of cooperation, complementarity and solidarity, that seeks to accumulate popular and institutional forces for a new declaration of Latin American independence, a movement of peoples and for peoples, for people’s integration, for life, justice, peace, sovereignty, identity, equality, for the liberation of Latin America, through an authentic emancipation that envisions Indo-Afro-American socialism.

 

Nevertheless, the Empire continues to mobilize reactionary forces against the reorganization of popular forces and the rise of new autonomous projects for the integration of the Patria Grande.  After the first anti-neoliberal rebellions, the USA has begun to take a new direction in foreign policy in order to recover their hegemony over the Continent in various aspects including the economic, military, regulatory, cultural, mass media, political and territorial dimensions.

The explosion of the capitalist crisis on Wall Street in 2008 reinforced these designs. From that moment we saw an even greater imperialist counter-offensive in the hemisphere, expressed in the increase in transnational presence in different territories, the plundering of our natural resources and the privatization of social rights; militarization of the hemisphere; criminalization and repression of popular protest; US participation in the coups d’état in Honduras and Paraguay; the on-going destabilization of progressive Latin American governments; the attempt to regain political and economic influence through such initiatives as the Pacific Alliance and other international agreements.

In this context, marked by imperialist initiatives on the one hand, but also by the opening of new possibilities with the perspective set out by the project launched by the governments of ALBA, the Coalition of Social Movements in the continent is needed more than ever before. We must meet the historical challenge to coordinate resistance and move to the offensive with original ideas and new proposals for models of civilization, which can recover the best traditions of our peoples.

We ratify the principles, guidelines and objectives of our first Charter of Social Movements, of building hemispheric integration from below and from the left, promoting ALBA and the solidarity of our peoples in the face of the imperialist challenge.

We declare our commitment to the project of Latin American integration, to continue our anticolonial, anticapitalist, anti-imperialist and anti-patriarchal struggles, based on principles of permanent and active solidarity among our peoples, through concrete action against all forms of power that oppress and dominate us.

We reaffirm our commitment to achieve the self-determination of our peoples and popular sovereignty in every dimension: be it territorial, food, energy, economic, political, cultural or social.

 We shall defend the sovereignty of our peoples to make their own decisions concerning territories, natural resources, together with a commitment to defend the rights of Mother Earth.

 We, social movements of Our America, call for:

 ·        The promotion of unity and regional integration based on an alternative, sustainable, supportable model, marked by solidarity, where the modes of production and reproduction are at the service of our peoples.

·        Re-launching the struggles of the masses and the class struggle at the national, regional and continental levels, in order to halt and to dismantle programmes and projects of neoliberal capitalism.

 ·        Establishing networks and effective coordination of popular communication, which will equip us to engage in the struggle of ideas, and to curb the manipulation of information on the part of corporations and the mass media.

·        Deepening our processes of political and ideological formation in order to strengthen our organizations, and moving forward with processes of unity that are consequent and consciously in accord with needed transformations.

At the same time,

We affirm our support and solidarity with the people of Colombia in this crucial moment in the process of dialogue and negotiation towards the signing of a peace agreement characterized by social justice, an agreement that would truly resolve the problems that gave rise to the armed conflict. We are monitoring the development of this process, and ready to collaborate and accompany the process in any way that the Colombian people need.

We affirm our support for the Bolivarian Government of Venezuela, headed by Comrade President Nicolás Maduro, who represents the unequivocal popular will of the Venezuelan people as reflected in the elections of April 14 2013, in the face of continual attempts to destabilize the country on the part of forces on the right, who seek to overturn the sovereign decision of the people and create a political, institutional and economic crisis in the country.

This Continental Coalition of Social Movements towards ALBA is part of an emancipatory process, reaching from the Haitian Revolution to our own time, seeking to create a more just and profoundly human society. Our commitment is to continue the legacy of millions of revolutionary people such as Bolivar, San Martin, Dolores Cacuango, Toussant L’Ouverture, José María Morelos, Francisco Morazán, Bartolina Sisa and many others who in solidarity committed their lives to these ideals.

 Reaffirming our own history, our Assembly is named after one of them, our Commander Hugo Chávez, whom we honour by taking up his struggle for unity and brotherhood among all the peoples of this Great, Free and Sovereign Fatherland.

 ”The unity and integration of Our America is our horizon and is the path that we follow!”

 (Translation: Jordan Bishop. Canada)

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

‘UK security services warned for a decade about wars abroad sparking home terror’

0

Woolwich machete attack is a result of the policy of British government that continues wars abroad despite security services’ warnings that this would increase the danger of terrorism in the UK, Lindsey German from Stop the War coalition has told RT.

The investigation is ongoing into the Wednesday’s killing of the British soldier, Drummer Lee
Rigby by two alleged Islamist terrorists in south-east London.

According to Lindsey German this attack could have been
influenced by the British government’s foreign policy: the country
has been involved in foreign military interventions in Afghanistan
and then Iraq for over a decade.

The first attacks – the 2005 London Underground bombings – took
place “just after Tony Blair was re-elected, the week that the
G8 leaders were meeting in Scotland
,” she told RT, adding that
in her view, those things were “clearly connected.”

What happens now, she went on to say, is that wars abroad “are
very much ignored by lots of the media.” At the same time, it is a
great source of grievance to many people in Britain. As polls
reveal, there is a very strong opposition to the war, particularly
among working people. 

“But there are still many people being killed by drones in
Pakistan and Yemen. The war has spread: there’s intervention in
Syria, Mali. It has now spread to Africa as well as to parts of the
Middle East and South Asia
,” German pointed out.

For a small group of people actions like the London butchering
of the soldier is a way to deal with this, the expert believes.

“I might disagree very much in terms of what should be done
to oppose these wars. I believe in opposing them through
campaigning, through demonstrating. But I think it is the sense of
the frustration that people feel. And they feel as well that
Muslims are being more and more demonized in this country and
elsewhere in Europe. And this is one of the responses that people
have
,” German said. 

She believes, that “we should listen to the words of the
perpetrators
” themselves who very clearly linked the attack
with the wars abroad. Besides that, “the British security
services who for getting on for 10 years now have been saying that
the wars abroad will make terrorism much more likely here in
Britain.
”

The fact that the British government and the Mayor of London
“won’t acknowledge this I think is really a continuation of a
view and a policy which simply is carrying on with these wars in
the face of all recognition that actually these wars haven’t
succeeded in doing anything — let alone getting rid of
terrorism
,” German reasoned.

A British soldier with the NATO-led International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) walk at their base in Helmand province, Afghanistan. (AFP Photo / Abdul Malek)

The UK security services will now be investigated
after it was revealed that MI5 knew of both suspects in the
Woolwich murder for eight years.

However, according to Claude Moniquet from the European
Strategic Intelligence and Security Center, it was not possible to
prevent the tragedy. The suspects were known mainly for
participation “in violent demonstrations and radical
opinions
,” he told RT. 

“As you know, in Great Britain the freedom of speech and freedom
of opinion is quite a dogma so it’s impossible to act against
people for their beliefs and what they say,” the expert on
terrorism observed. Besides that, nothing in the past indicated
that this particular man “could kill in the streets in cold
blood
.”

In Moniquet’s opinion, attacks like the recent violence in
London and the Boston Marathon bombings are becoming “a trend” and
are likely to continue since it is very simple to organize them:
you only need a knife or a homemade bomb to bring terror to the
streets.

“Of course, you will never reach the violence of 9/11, or the
Moscow underground attack, or Madrid or London. But if in the
coming year, we have four-five attacks like this in the US and some
European countries, and each time the attacker kills 2-3 people, it
will have a real impact on the relations between Islam and the
western world,
” Moniquet, who is former French intelligence
officer, noted. And that is exactly what terrorists want as they
belong “to the ideology of Al Qaeda,” he concluded.

British soldiers take position after descend from their helicopter during a security operation in the Iraqi southern city of Basra. (AFP Photo / Essam Al-Sudani)

This article originally appeared on: RT

Puerto Rico’s Colonial Status and the U.S. Invasion

0

“If you control the oil, you control the country; if you control the food, you control the population.”
Dr. Henry Kissinger

Puerto Rico was a Colony of the Spanish Empire for more than 400 years. After the Spanish-American War of 1898 instigated by the ‘Remember the Maine’ incident, the United States declared Puerto Rico, Hawaii, the Philippines and Guam as its territories. During the Spanish-American War, the invasion of Puerto Rico took place on July 25, 1898 with the United States Navy landing at Guanica led by General Nelson A. Miles. When Spain lost the war it ceded Puerto Rico, the Philippines and Guam to the United States under the Treaty of Paris for $20 million dollars. Spain also relinquished its political power over Cuba. Cuba eventually gained its independence from the United States on May 20, 1902.

From 1898 to 1900, Puerto Rico was ruled by four consecutive US military dictatorships. The governors and other officials in the Puerto Rican government were all appointed by the President of the United States. The US government wanted to bring ‘American Style Democracy’ to Puerto Rico with military governors who were involved in massacres during the Indian wars in North America. The first US installed governor was General Nelson A. Miles who fought in the American Civil War, the American Indian wars and the Spanish-American War. An interesting note is that General Miles led the war campaign against Geronimo and the Apaches. Eventually General Miles troops negotiated with Geronimo and the Apaches to go to a Florida reservation with a promise to return to their native lands. It never happened because the US government planned to keep the Apaches in the reservations. Then the US government appointed Major General John R. Brooke followed by Major General Guy Vernon Henry, both took part in the Wounded Knee Massacre. Then Major General George Whitfield Davies, a Civil War veteran was also appointed governor. All ruled Puerto Rico as a military dictatorship.

The Foraker Act of 1900 allowed Puerto Rico a limited civilian popular government that included US appointed and first civilian governor Charles Herbert Allen, an executive council with more than 11 members, the House of Representatives, a judicial system modeled after the US judicial system, a non-voting resident commissioner in congress and of course a United States District Court in Puerto Rico. The executive council, the Supreme Court, the Chief of Police were all appointed by the US government. Voting rights were limited to those who could read and write and paid taxes. The Foraker Act was a law intended for the US government to control Puerto Rico politically.

By 1917, the Jones-Shafroth Act was passed so that Puerto Ricans would become American citizens which allowed the US government to draft Puerto Ricans for World War I. The Jones Act of 1917 paved the way for what was to become the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico which was eventually signed into law through a series of amendments and previous laws including Public Law 600 another law that allowed for a democratic referendum that would allow Puerto Ricans to draft their own constitution if they desired with congressional approval. The law led Puerto Rico into “Commonwealth” status written by then resident commissioner Luis Munoz Marin himself, “The Architect of the Commonwealth.”

In an article titled “Let Puerto Rico Decide How To End Its Colony Status” by Rosalinda Dejesus quoted United States Secretary of the Interior when he said

“The bill (to permit Puerto Rico to write its own constitution) merely authorizes the people of Puerto Rico to adopt their own constitution and to organize a local government…The bill under consideration would not change Puerto Rico’s political, social, and economic relationship to the United States.”

A compelling fact by Chapman states the fact that Public Law 600 was seen as a tool to continue Puerto Rico’s colonial status by the Nationalist party. It was one of the main reasons that resulted in the uprisings throughout Puerto Rico. Various political parties in Puerto Rico had mixed reactions to Public Law 600. The Statehood party was divided and the Socialists supported Public Law 600. Commonwealth status is subject to US Federal Law. The Commonwealth status became law on the anniversary of the US invasion on July 25th, 1952. Not only Commonwealth status became law which led Puerto Rico to become more dependent on the US government, it became a permanent colony.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Why We Oppose U.S. and Israeli intervention in Syria

0

Having overthrown the Governments in Iraq in 2003 and Libya in 2011, the U.S. government has sought to topple the Syrian government during the past two years. The CIA has been the coordinating agency for massive weapons shipments from Saudi Arabia, Qatar and Turkey to armed groups fighting to topple the Syrian government.

The conflict in Syria that began more than two years ago was fueled by a wide range of grievances, some legitimate, some reactionary. But the armed rebellion inside the country is today inextricably bound to imperialism and the most reactionary regimes in the Arab world. Its aim is to destroy a secular, nationalist government that U.S. leaders view as an obstacle to their goal of dominating the entire Middle East.

The United States, Britain, France, Turkey, Saudi Arabia and Qatar have been funneling vast quantities of arms, money and supplies to the Syrian opposition, and training thousands of anti-government fighters in Turkey, Jordan and elsewhere. On May 5, Israel heavily bombed an area close to the capital, Damascus.

Israeli air strikes on May 5 near Damascus (right)

Harsh economic sanctions have been imposed on Syria. The United States and its allies have waged a worldwide campaign to isolate and demonize the Syrian government.

Outside support has sustained the opposition, but not brought it victory. Thus, the leaders of the U.S.-organized “National Coalition of Opposition and Revolutionary Forces” and the “Free Syrian Army” have been making repeated and urgent appeals for more direct imperialist intervention, including an air war against their own country. Those appeals have become even more urgent due to losses suffered by the splintered opposition forces in recent weeks.

“Friends of Syria”: another face of imperialism

Stepping up the imperialist-led campaign, on May 22, the so-called “Friends of Syria” met in Amman, Jordan. Led by U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry, the other “Friends” at the meeting were the foreign ministers of Britain, France, Germany, Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Jordan, the United Arab Emirates, Qatar and Saudi Arabia.

The open aim of the “Friends” is the overthrow of existing government in Syria. Its concluding statement speaks of “supporting the legitimate rights of the Syrian people” and “a new Syrian constitution with equal rights for all.”

This supposed concern for “human rights” in Syria is nothing but the crassest cynicism.

Saudi Arabia, Qatar, UAE and Jordan are all police-state, absolute monarchies, sustained in power by U.S. support. Saudi Arabia has never had an election, women are forbidden to drive cars and public beheadings are a frequent occurrence. Britain and France are the former colonizing powers in the region, striving to retain their influence today. Germany and Italy shared in the colonial division of Africa; half the population of Libya died under Italian rule during World War II. Turkey has long repressed the Kurdish population inside its borders, as well as unions, leftist parties and other progressive organizations. The Egyptian government is suppressing the opposition as it seeks to consolidate its power.

As the dominant world power over the past 70 years, the United States has carried out genocidal wars from Korea to Vietnam to Iraq, leaving tens of millions dead, wounded and displaced. In addition, U.S. military and intelligence forces have intervened hundreds of times in countries around the world, and today the United States maintains more than 900 military bases on every continent. Death by U.S. drone is today a regular and terrorizing feature of life for people in Pakistan, Afghanistan and Yemen.

The “Friends” are in reality a criminal gang who have no concern whatsoever for the interests of the people of Syria — or any people anywhere, for that matter.

Say no to U.S./NATO and Israeli intervention

An international peace conference on Syria has been jointly proposed by Russia and the United States, and is tentatively set to take place in Geneva, Switzerland, in June. It is not clear yet whether it will actually take place.

Regarding the proposed conference, the “Friends of Syria” statement ended by threatening, “[U]ntil such a time as the Geneva meeting produces a transitional government, they [the “Friends”] will further increase their support for the opposition and take all other steps as necessary.” By “transitional government,” the “Friends” mean one absent the present leadership. In other words, until there is “regime change,” they will escalate the war.

The anti-war movement in the United States has a duty to unequivocally oppose all forms of intervention by the United States, the other imperialists and their clients, and to support the right of the Syrian people to determine their own future, free from imperialist intervention.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Texas Conservatives Mobilize – Ask Governor to Veto Bill Expanding the Definition of …

0

Republicans in the Texas Legislature have succeeded where Obama Democrats have failed. Both houses of the Texas Legislature have passed SB 346 and it awaits the governor’s signature to become law. SB 346, authored by Senator Kel Seliger (R-Amarillo) and sponsored in the House by Representative Charlie Geren (R-Fort Worth), would greatly expand the definition of what is political activity and force groups to come under political reporting requirements.

The first sentence of SB 346 reads: “AN ACT relating to reporting requirements of certain persons who do not meet the definition of political committee.” The bill would apply to:

A person or group of persons [that] accepts political contributions if its members or donors make a payment, including dues, to the person or group of persons and, at the time of making the payments, the members or donors have reason to know that their payments may be used to make political contributions or political expenditures or may be commingled with other funds used to make political contributions or political expenditures.

The reporting requirements would apply to organizations that meet the $25,000 per year threshold. Amazingly for a bill passed by a legislature dominated by supposedly conservative Republicans, it exempts labor unions using the type of wording one might expect from a labor union of Wisconsin government employees:

This subchapter does not apply to a labor organization or any subordinate entity or associated account of a labor organization.

The Wall Street Journal, in an editorial entitled “Texas Targets Conservatives” in its May 22 issue commented:

The groups, which file under sections 501(c)(4) and 501(c)(6) of the tax code, would also have to disclose their donors, providing a new opportunity for advocacy groups to intimidate businesses and others from participating in elections.

The editorial went on to say the bill appears to be “targeting frequent critic Michael Quinn Sullivan (shown) from Texans for Fiscal Responsibility. Mr. Sullivan is on the black list because his group spreads the word about the voting records of lawmakers.”

Conservatives have mobilized against the bill’s passage, inundating the governor’s office with phone calls. Much of the mobilization of phone calls has been accomplished via social networking groups and the number appears to be substantial. Some social group members have posted that the operators who answer the phone were immediately able to prompt them with the bill number when they called asking the governor to veto it. The decision is now in the hands of Governor Rick Perry, a man who talks like a conservative but whose actions don’t always in agree with his words. Considering the large call volume all week asking for him to veto this bill, his lack of a decision by this time is a cause for concern by the groups who have organized this campaign.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Department of Justice Pressuring Staff to Affirm Homosexuality

0

A whistleblower from the Department of Justice has come forward to expose a campaign by the Obama Administration’s Justice Department (DOJ) to pressure its employees to affirm homosexuality. Matt Staver of the Liberty Council, a Virginia-based conservative legal advocacy group, reported that the DOJ employee provided his group with a brochure, entitled LGBT Inclusion at Work: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective Managers, that was e-mailed to all DOJ employees. The DOJ has become a stronghold of homosexual activism over the past few years, and its internal policies regarding embracing LGBT (lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender) behavior will doubtless increasingly permeate the entire federal workforce.

While the seven LGBT-affirming points delineated in the brochure are not overtly put forth as required behavior of DOJ staffers, they certainly come across as strong recommendations for managers – and by cross-pollination, employees – of the federal law enforcement bureaucracy. The memorandum warns DOJ staff to “assume that LGBT employees and their allies are listening to what you’re saying (whether in a meeting or around the proverbial water cooler) and will read what you’re writing (whether in a casual email or in a formal document.” The implication is unmistakeable: DOJ employees are to be forewarned that their language must be “inclusive and respectful” of LGBT persons and might even be used against them if it is not.

The brochure warns that the words “husband” and “wife” are too “gender specific” for a LGBT-affirming work environment, and should be replaced with such terms as “partner,” “significant other,” and “spouse.” Also out are terms like “gay lifestyle” and “sexual preference,” having been determined at the highest levels of homosexual activism to constitute inappropriate or disrespectful attitudes.

The memorandum strongly recommends that DOJ staff acknowledge a homosexual employee’s unique lifestyle in an affirming manner. “DO ask LGBT employees about their weekend, their spouse/partner, or their family/children,” it encourages, just like one would show interest in the lifestyle of a normal, non-homosexual person. “DO acknowledge important events in an LGBT employee’s life,” like a same-sex marriage, the birth of a child, or other normal life functions, “in the same way you would for a heterosexual employee” – “heterosexual” apparently having not yet made the banned-word list.

DOJ managers are encouraged to display “a symbol in your office (DOJ Pride sticker, copy of this brochure, etc.) indicating that it is a ‘safe place’” for homosexuals to congregate. DOJ Pride is the homosexual lobby hard at work in the Department of Justice, and the group responsible for the intimidating memorandum.

Managers are also strongly encouraged to make sure homosexual employees get a foot up on advancing through the ranks of DOJ employees. While lip service is given to “merit” as the sole issue in an employee’s advancement, the focus of the document is clearly on pushing for the treatment of homosexuals as the DOJ’s favored “diversity” group.

“Creating a work environment in which LGBT employees feel welcome and included has been shown to boost the performance and productivity of LGBT and non-LGBT employees alike,” the DOJ Pride-produced epistle claims. Managers, of course, are key to compelling all employees to enthusiastically affirm homosexuality and to ensure that the LGBT culture permeates the entire DOJ atmosphere.

Subtle pressure by supervisors on employees who may be inclined to consider homosexuality as unhealthy and detrimental – Christians, for example – is to be preferred over filing grievances or turning to federal rules implemented for “protected” classes of employees like homosexuals. “Managers have a more direct impact on workplace climate for employees including lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender employees, than nondiscrimination and EEO policies,” the brochure points out.”

No other “classes” of DOJ employee other than LGBT are mentioned in the brochure, and it is clear that any suggestion of moral opposition to their behavior is unacceptable, Liberty Counsel said in a press release exposing the LGBT brochure. “No longer can Christians quietly dissent or remain neutral to same-sex sexual relationships,” Liberty Counsel warned. “Now the DOJ is requiring federal employees to affirm sexual behaviors that every major religion throughout history has deemed immoral.”

The brochure includes quotes from LGBT employees whose behavior others are now required to affirm, including a man who is convinced he is actually a woman. “I want people to understand that I’m real,” the “transgender” man is quoted as saying. “I want to be recognized as the gender I really am…. Just imagine if people were constantly debating YOUR bathroom privileges. Imagine how humiliating that would be.”

Liberty Counsel’s Matt Staver said the DOJ campaign is the latest in the Obama Administration’s efforts to force the acceptance of homosexuality on the nation as a whole. “This Administration is pushing the most radical, immoral agenda on the American people,” Staver said. “Christians are not merely required to ‘shut up,’ but now they are being coerced to embrace immorality that goes against their sincerely held religious beliefs.”

Staver said that Liberty Counsel will join with other groups and individuals to “do whatever is required to stand for religious freedom amidst this religiously intolerant Administration.”

Photo of Department of Justice headquarters in Washington: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

WikiLeaks Leaks Transcript of "Anti-WikiLeaks Documentary"

0

WikiLeaks leaked an annotated transcript of the documentary “We Steal Secrets: The Story of WikiLeaks,” on Thursday, the eve of its opening, in an effort to “reveal errors and sleight of hand by the director Alex Gibney,” the group writes.

Image: WikiLeaks.org In an introductory note to the transcript, WikiLeaks slams Gibney’s film as an “anti-WikiLeaks documentary” that “is filled with factual errors and speculation.”

“The film implies — erroneously and when evidence is to the contrary — that Assange may be guilty of ‘conspiring’ with Bradley Manning,” they continue. “This not only factually incorrect, but also buys into the current US government position that journalists and publishers can be prosecuted as co-conspirators with their alleged sources or with whistleblowers who communicate information to them. This is a dangerous proposition for all journalists and media organizations – not just WikiLeaks.“

The criticism begins with the title of the film, which the groups says is “false” and “directly implies that WikiLeaks steals secrets. In fact, the statement is made by former CIA/NSA director Michael Hayden in relation to the activities of US government spies, not in relation to WikiLeaks. This an irresponsible libel. Not even critics in the film say that WikiLeaks steals secrets.”

Further on, Wikileaks also criticizes the characterization of whistleblower Bradley Manning, who faces possible life in prison.

“Gibney establishes Manning’s character in the context of an alleged gender confusion. This context is reinforced through constant repetition over the next few minutes of the film, in order to leave a lasting impression on the audience. This is Gibney’s frame for Manning’s alleged acts throughout the entire documentary: that his alleged acts represent a failure of character, rather than a triumph of conscience,” WikiLeaks writes in the annotated transcript.

The filmmaker and WikiLeaks have been engaged in a back-and-forth on Twitter since the transcript leak, with the media organization repeatedly including the phrase “Facts matter” to counter Gibney’s take. Gibney tweeted several times that the WikiLeaks transcript was incomplete, missing Bradley Manning’s words.

“Neither Julian Assange nor anyone associated with WikiLeaks agreed to participate” in Gibney’s film, they also point out, though they did cooperate with other documentaries set to be out this year, one by filmmaker Laura Poitras and another co-produced with Ken Loach’s 16 Films.

___________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

German Brewers Declare "Don't Frack with Our Beer!"

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

German brewers are warning officials that the country's highly prized beer industry may be in jeopardy if the practice of fracking becomes widespread.

The Association of German Breweries, which represents companies including Anheuser-Busch and Bitburger Braugruppe, rejected a government proposal for a law that would set parameters on the practice of hydraulic fracturing, allegedly protecting certain areas.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

5 Most Horrifying Things About Monsanto–Why You Should Join the Global Movement and Protest on Saturday

0

Fed up with the fact that she has to spend “a small fortune” in order to feed her family things she says “aren’t poisonous,” Tami Canal of Utah has organized a global movement against the giant chemical and seed corporation Monsanto. Monsanto is the conglomerate mastermind behind many of the pesticides and genetically engineered seeds that pervade farm fields around the world. Monsanto produces the world’s top-selling herbicide; 40 percent of US crops contain its genes; it spends millions lobbying the government each year; and several of its factories are now toxic Superfund sites.

Canal, who has a 17-month-old baby and a six-year-old girl, cites concerns over public health, adverse affects on the environment, and political corruption as her motivation to organize against the biotech giant. And her concern has resonated. Protesters around the world have responded to Canal’s call to action, and will amplify their dissatisfaction with the corporation in a “March Against Monsanto” on May 25.

“Not only are they threatening our children and ourselves as well, but also the environment,” Canal says. “The declining bee population has been linked to the pesticides that they use, and that’s just the start. I’ve been reading studies recently that butterflies are starting to disappear, and birds. It’s only a matter of time, it’s pretty much a domino effect.”

What started as one mother’s call to action on a Facebook page has become a movement with more than 400 demonstrations scheduled in 50 countries and 250 cities around the globe. The events are organized online via an open Google Document, where people can find the protest nearest them. The March Against Monsanto Facebook page has received more than 105,000 “likes.” It has reached more than 10,000,000 people in the last week according to its website, which averages over 40,000 visitors per day.

One of the short-term goals of the march, Canal says, is to spread immediate awareness about the offenses Monsanto commits. Another is to inspire people to vote with their dollars by boycotting Monsanto-owned companies that put unsafe products–like genetically modified organisms (GMO) and pesticide-ridden foods–on the market. The effort also advocates for labeling of genetically modified products so consumers can make informed decisions, and demands further scientific research on the health effects of GMOs.

Canal is particularly interested in drawing attention to what she calls dangerous products that are marketed to children. “Like Kellogg’s,” she says. “For example, Froot Loops is 100-percent genetically engineered, and that’s a children’s cereal. That’s irresponsible and unacceptable on so many levels.”

The ultimate goal of the march is a complete ban on Monsanto within the US. At least 60 countries worldwide, including Austria, Bulgaria, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Japan, New Zealand, Peru, South Australia, Russia, France, and Switzerland, have implemented outright bans of Monsanto and its genetic modification of food products.

“I don’t understand why the US isn’t on the forefront of that thinking,” says Canal. “[Monsanto] has a long history of crimes against humanity.”

Here are the five most disturbing reasons you should join the March Against Monsanto:

1. Profiteering poisonous chemical company posing as agribusiness.

Remember the horrors of Operation Ranch Hand during the Vietnam War, when the US military designed a chemical warfare program and used the herbicide and defoliant Agent Orange to kill and maim 400,000 people (estimated by the Vietnam government), and ultimately cause birth defects for 500,000 children? Monsanto made that possible.

Monsanto began as a chemical company in 1901 and was responsible for some of the most damaging toxins in US history, like polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s), and dioxin. Consumer advocacy group Food and Water Watch (FWW) released a report on APril 3 detailing Monsanto’s role in chemical disasters, Agent Orange, and the first genetically modified plant cell. The report shows that the “feed-the-world” agricultural and life sciences company Monsanto markets itself as today is only a recent development. The majority of Monsanto’s history is involved with heavy industrial chemical production, including the supply of Agent Orange to the US for Vietnam operations from 1962-’71.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Wall Street is writing its own regulation bill

0

Bank lobbyists have a direct influence on financial legislation drafted in Congress, and are in some cases even writing the measures themselves. Citigroup this month drafted a regulation bill that has already passed through a House committee.

To soften financial regulations, bank lobbyists frequently
‘assist’ lawmakers in writing draft legislation that serves to
benefit them at the expense of American taxpayers, according to a
New York Times investigation.

Lobbyists working for Citigroup Inc., a multinational financial
services corporation, wrote 80 percent of a regulation bill that
was approved by the House Financial Services Committee this month.
Citigroup wrote 70 lines of 85-line bill, which exempts “broad
swathes of trades” from new regulation, the Times reported based on
e-mails it obtained.

Two paragraphs of the bill were copied “nearly word for word”
from what Citigroup drafted. The only difference between the
versions were two words, which lawmakers changed to make
plural.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act,
which was signed into law in 2010, inflicted heavy financial
regulatory reform following the most recent recession. The bill was
pushed into law by Democrats, but now, both Democrats in the House
and Senate are siding with bank lobbyists to roll back parts of the
regulation overhaul.

The bill drafted primarily by Citigroup this month was starkly
opposed by the Treasury Department, but easily made it through the
House Financial Services Committee, the Times reports. MapLight, a
nonprofit group that analyzes campaign finance records, found that
lawmakers who supported Wall Street’s legislation received twice as
much in contributions from financial institutions than those who
opposed such measures, which appears to indicate that lawmakers’
support can be bought.

This month, Wall Street groups also held fundraising dinners for
lawmakers who co-sponsored the bills they backed and in some cases
co-wrote. As a reward for siding with bank lobbyists, these
lawmakers were granted a dinner in which attendees paid up to
$2,500 for a plate.

When questioned by the Times, bank industry officials said that
helping draft legislation was a common practice on Capitol Hill,
but argued that they do not undermine Dodd-Frank.

“We will provide input if we see a bill and it is something
we have interest in,”
said Kenneth E. Bentsen Jr., a Wall
Street lobbyist. Bentsen is a former lawmaker himself, and many
financial institutions’ lobbyists have worked as Capitol Hill aides
and staffers before taking on their current roles.

Jeff Connaughton, a former lobbyist and former congressional
staffer, said that Wall Street has so much influence on the Hill
that it “skews the thinking of Congress.”

“It’s appalling, it’s disgusting, it’s wasteful and it opens
the possibility of conflicts of interest and corruption,”
Rep.
Jim Himes, a top recipient of Wall Street donations and a former
banker at Goldman Sachs, told the Times, admitting his own faults.
“It’s unfortunately the world we live in.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Heckler Spars With Obama Over Drones, Guantanamo

0

President Obama had some competition Thursday when he addressed an audience at the National Defense University in Washington on the administration’s approach to fighting terrorism. He was interrupted a number of times by a heckler in the back of the room, and he paused at various points in his speech to respond to her.

As Obama spoke about the detention center for captured terror suspects at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the woman shouted a comment about prisoners on a hunger strike over years of imprisonment without trial at the U.S. Naval base and demanded to know what the president is going to do about it. 

“Excuse me, President Obama, you are the commander in chief,” she yelled. 

“Why don’t you sit down, and I’ll tell you exactly what I’m going to do,” Obama said.

The heckler sounded even more determined to get answers when Obama was discussing administration policy regarding drone strikes that have sparked protests here and in Pakistan and other Middle East countries, where the targeting of suspected terrorists has resulted in the killing of innocent non-combatants. At one point, the president said an attack by one of the unmanned bombers is authorized only when there is “near certainty” that no civilians would be killed or injured.

That appears to contradict the admission in a letter to congressional leaders from Attorney General Eric Holder Wednesday that four U.S. citizens have been killed in drone attacks, only one of whom was a target. The targeted citizen was militant Muslim cleric Anwar al-Awlaki, who Holder said had been actively involved in plotting terrorist attacks against the United States. Awlaki was killed by a drone strike in Yemen on September 30, 2011. The three other American citizens killed, including Awlaki’s son, Abdulrahman al-Awlaki, were not targets, Holder said. The younger Awlaki, age 16, was killed in a drone strike, also in Yemen, two weeks after his father’s death.

“How about Abdulrahman al-Awlaki?” the heckler shouted. “Why was he killed?”

The woman, Medea Benjamin (shown being removed from auditorium), was removed from the event. She later said it was military police officers, along with FBI and Secret Service officials who shoved her out of the room and questioned her. Benjamin, co-founder of the antiwar group Code Pink, was described by the New York Times as a familiar face on Capitol Hill, “where she has repeatedly interrupted proceedings.” A statement later issued by National Defense University officials said Benjamin “was given access via the list of media attendees expected.” She told the Times she had been invited to the event by someone at the university who agrees with her objections to the military policies she was protesting.

“People around the world are tired of nice words from President Obama, and they want some concrete action,” Benjamin stated. “Some say it’s rude to interrupt the president, but it’s rude to kill innocent people with drones.”

Security around the president and the venues where he speaks is usually tight and thorough enough to prevent protesters from being seen or heard at a presidential event. On the rare occasion when a speech is interrupted, the usual practice is to try to ignore the heckler until he or she is removed. On this occasion, Obama replied more than once to Benjamin’s interruptions.

“Now, this is part of free speech, is you being able to speak, but also you listening and me being able to speak,” Obama said at one point. “All right? Thank you.” The president even offered a brief tribute to Benjamin as she was being forced out of the room, while shouting: “I love my country and I love the rule of law!”  

“The voice of that woman is worth paying attention to,” Obama said. “Obviously I do not agree with much of what she said, and obviously she wasn’t listening to me in much of what I said. But these are tough issues, and the suggestion that we can gloss over them is wrong.”

In an interview with Huffington Post, Benjamin was asked if she was going to keep trying to confront the president with her questions and protests if she thought she would be able to get into other similar events.

“Yes, I’m going to keep trying and I’ll probably get in,” she replied.

Photo of Medea Benjamin being removed from auditorium: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Major Retailers Sue Visa and MasterCard Over Swipe Fees

0

Seventeen major retailers, including Macy’s, Target, and Kohl’s, filed an anti-trust suit yesterday in New York City to protest Visa and MasterCard’s lack of transparency when they set credit card swipe fees.

Bloomberg Businessweek reported on the collusion that the credit card companies are said to be engaged in:

The biggest U.S. payment card firms illegally restrained competition for interchange fees by setting default rates and imposing almost identical rules for accepting cards, the retailers said yesterday in a federal court complaint in New York.

The retailers in the suit decided to “opt out” of a $7.5 billion court ruling from last November that would settle, finally and forever, an eight-year legal battle brought by retailers against the credit card giants. The settlement, the largest in anti-trust history, would still allow Visa and MasterCard to adjust fees in the future without disclosure or transparency, according to the new lawsuit. In addition the settlement would require the retailers to sign off on ever filing lawsuits over those fees, thus protecting the card companies from other anti-trust lawsuits in the future. It would, in effect, guarantee the existence of a cartel without interference.

By opting out, the retailers are hopeful that the new lawsuit will be able to force the card companies to be more transparent and to allow banks and other financial institutions to compete by offering other cards with lower fees. Although the world’s largest retailer, Walmart, didn’t join in the suit, observers are predicting it will file its own separate suit against the card companies.

The biggest complaint is that swipe fees have more than tripled since 2004 and now pour more than $50 billion annually into the pockets of Visa and MasterCard and the issuing banks, which use increasingly inexpensive technology to process the transactions. While fees elsewhere have declined – in Europe swipe fees are just one-eighth of those in the United States – fees in the United States have continued to accelerate, bringing such fees to be the second largest expense retailers pay next to salaries, and costing the average American family more than $400 a year.

The National Retail Federation opposes the November settlement

because it does little to address high fees charged in the past and nothing to prevent them from rising higher in the future. The $7.25 billion figure represents less than three months’ worth of swipe fee collections … and the settlement fails to reform the cartel-like system where Visa and MasterCard set a rigid schedule of swipe fees all banks agree to follow while refusing to negotiate with merchants.

The proposal does nothing to disclose the hidden fees or otherwise create transparency that would encourage competition. And retailers would face a long-term ban on future lawsuits over swipe fees, effectively allowing card industry practices to continue unchallenged.

The swipe fees, which average two percent (or $2 out of every $100 transaction), in many cases wipe out any profit a merchant might make on a sale. This forces him either to forgo taking credit cards, or passing on the costs to his customer through higher prices. Either way such fees act as a restraint of trade simply because consumers buy less when prices go up.

As expected, the Electronics Payments Coalition (EPC), which represents Visa, MasterCard, and the banks and credit unions that issue bank cards, says that despite the new lawsuit, the November settlement is likely to be finalized and binding on all in September. Trish Wexler, spokeswoman for the EPC, expected the lawsuit to fail:

They were saying they were going to do this for nearly a year now. I find it hard to understand why they think they could do any better with a new lawsuit using the same old arguments that they’ve already exhausted over the course of this litigation.

Whether the new lawsuit will perform a miracle and eliminate the backroom machinations that are enabling big banks and card companies to continue to fleece the consumer with ever higher fees remains to be seen. What is certain is they will continue to defend this massive and increasing flow of cash for as long as it takes. Marketplace competition is to be avoided at any cost. 

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Conservative Talk Radio and Amnesty

0

Radio talk-show host Mike Gallagher is the latest “conservative” media personality to endorse amnesty.  Since he revealed his Road to Damascus conversion on this topic a few days ago, Gallagher has been skewered by one-time fans.

Perhaps they should cease the skewering by ceasing to listen to Gallagher – or any other talk-radio figure who favors amnesty. 

More so than the substance of their position, it is the bad faith and condescension with which they argue for their position that justifies this move.

Those of us who affirm American sovereignty and the rule of law have long recognized that a government that wouldn’t lift a finger to prevent millions of immigrants from flooding into the country illegally certainly isn’t going to now round up and deport them all. So those who insist that this is the only alternative to amnesty set up what logicians call a false dichotomy – one of the logical fallacies identified by Aristotle.

Gallagher and his ilk attribute to their opponents a position that the latter do not hold. Worse, their enemies assign to respecters of the rule of law a position that is a species of wishful thinking, and one that the resisters of amnesty have always known, and known better than anyone, is wishful thinking.

Those who ache for America to remain a sovereign nation of laws have always maintained that it is primarily through self-deportation that the illegal immigration issue can be mitigated, though never solved.

This brings us to another point.

Pro-amnesty “conservative” personalities and politicians – along with such accomplices as Barack Obama, Janet Napolitano, and La Raza – talk about the need for a “solution” to this problem of our “broken” system. But genuinely conservative (and, for that matter, Christian) thinkers have always known that in life, there are no solutions. As Thomas Sowell has said, there are only “trade-offs.” 

Amnesty, regardless of how it is packaged, is no more a solution to our problems than is the status quo. It isn’t even a more effective response to our situation. However, even if it was, this would not make it a solution, for it will give way to still more problems in the future – like an increase in illegal immigration, something that, according to border agents, is happening now as a result of all of the talk of amnesty!

For amnesty’s apologists to accuse their opponents of “doing nothing” is more dishonesty, more bad faith, on their part. 

First, even if it was true that those who resist amnesty favored letting things be entirely as they are, this is still not a matter of doing nothing. It just could be the case – it undoubtedly is the case – that here, the problem is less of a problem than is the proposed “solution.”

Second, no one wants for things to remain as they are. Those who resist amnesty want illegal immigrants to be denied all welfare entitlements, social services, employment opportunities, and voting and driving privileges. This way, they will deport themselves. Also, they want the government to satisfy its job description and secure the country’s borders – an obligation that has never been subject to conditions.

Gallagher and his colleagues obviously believe that their listeners are stupid. Why else would they expect them to believe that although in the past the government has not managed to secure the borders and deprive illegal immigrants of all the benefits of citizenship – i.e., enforce its own laws – it will do so now? 

And it is hard not to think that Gallagher and company aren’t themselves a bit dense. They won’t endorse any bill, they insist, unless it promises to secure the border. Even in the midst of all of these government scandals, and despite all of their “limited government” rhetoric, they are still going to accept the government’s “promise” to fulfill its constitutional duty – though it hasn’t done this in nearly half-a-century. 

On second’s thought, maybe it is the substance of their position favoring amnesty that calls for turning off these “conservative” media personalities – at least until they wise up some.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Adam Kokesh Calls For “New American Revolution”

0

Imprisoned activist demands march on governors of 50 states

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Imprisoned activist and former Marine Adam Kokesh — arrested last Saturday for exercising his First Amendment right at a protest — has called for a “new American revolution” to begin on July 4 with a march on all 50 state capitols.

Adam Kokesh

Kokesh remains in a federal prison in Philadelphia on trumped up charges of assaulting a police officer and has been denied bail.

The former Iraq war veteran was already planning to lead a controversial armed march on Washington DC on Independence Day, but has rapidly expanded the scope of his plans, calling on an, “American Revolutionary Army (that) will march on each state capital to demand that the governors of these 50 states immediately initiate the process of an orderly dissolution of the federal government through secession and reclamation of federally held property.”

DC police responded to Kokesh’s plan for an armed march by vowing to arrest Kokesh and any other armed demonstrators who take part.

Kokesh and fellow activist N.A. Poe were arrested as they spoke at a permitted marijuana legalization rally at Independence Mall National Historic Park in center city Philadelphia last Saturday. Neither of the two were smoking or carrying drugs at the time.

Video of the incident shows Kokesh holding his hands up as he is dragged away by police. At no point does Kokesh appear to be resisting arrest (for which he is also charged) and he certainly does not assault any law enforcement officer.

The United States district court filing (PDF) claims that Kokesh “physically blocked and obstructed the Ranger” and also “grabbed the Ranger by the arm to hold him back.” The video does not appear to show any of this.

Kokesh says the 50 state march is “necessary to secure liberty and ensure peace,” and that, “Should one whole year from this July 4th pass while the crimes of this government are allowed to continue, we may have passed the point at which non-violent revolution becomes impossible.”

Read Kokesh’s full statement below.

“When a government has repeatedly and deliberately failed to follow its own laws, violated the fundamental human rights of its citizens, threatened the sanctity of a free press, created institutions intended to eliminate privacy of communication, waged war at the behest of special interest that threatens the public safety, killed hundreds of children with drone strikes, imprisoned and destroyed the lives of countless individuals for victimless crimes, stifled economic opportunity to maintain the dominance of the financial elite, stolen from the people through an absurd system of taxation and inflation, sold future generations into debt slavery, and abused its power to suppress political opposition, it is unfit to exist and it becomes the duty of the people to alter or abolish that government by whatever means necessary to secure liberty and ensure peace.

“A new American revolution is long overdue. This revolution has been brewing in the hearts and minds of the people for many years, but this Independence Day, it shall take a new form as the American Revolutionary Army will march on each state capital to demand that the governors of these 50 states immediately initiate the process of an orderly dissolution of the federal government through secession and reclamation of federally held property. Should one whole year from this July 4th pass while the crimes of this government are allowed to continue, we may have passed the point at which non-violent revolution becomes impossible.

“The time to sit idly by has passed. To remain neutral is to be complicit, just doing your job is not an excuse, and the line in the sand has been drawn between the people, and the criminals in Washington, D.C. While some timid souls will say that it is too early, that we can solve this problem through democratic means provided by government, that current levels of taxation are reasonable for the services provided, and that the crimes of this government are merely a tolerable nuisance, it may already be too late.

“While there is risk in drastic action, the greater danger lies in allowing this government to continue unchallenged. So if you are content with the status quo, stay home, get fat, watch the fireworks from a safe distance, and allow this Independence Day to pass like any other. But if you see as we see, and feel as we feel, we will see you on the front lines of freedom on July 4th, 2013 for this, The Final American Revolution.”

Signed, Adam Kokesh, May 23, 2013 from a cage in the Philadelphia federal prison.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 1:28 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Groups Slam Environmental Defense Fund for Fracking "Greenwash"

0

Environmental groups and activists slammed the Environmental Defense Fund (EDF) this week for partnering with a coalition of Big Energy companies and pro-fracking groups, saying there is “nothing sustainable about shale oil or shale gas.”

More than 70 environmental groups and activists sent a letter to EDF President Fred Krupp accusing him of “greenwashing” a pro-fracking group. (Photo: fotdmike/ Flickr) “Greenwashing” is what the groups called the move, following the disclosure that the Executive Director of EDF, Fred Krupp, had joined the board of directors of the Center for Sustainable Shale Development (CSSD).

“The very use of the word sustainable in the name is misleading, because there is nothing sustainable about shale oil or shale gas,” they wrote in a letter addressed to Krupp (pdf) and signed by more than 70 environmental groups and activists including Friends of the Earth, Greenpeace, Beyond Nuclear, numerous local anti-fracking organizations, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Mark Ruffalo, and Gasland director Josh Fox.

Based in Pittsburgh, Penn., CSSD claims to provide a forum “for a diverse group of stakeholders” to discuss “innovative practices” and “share expertise” for shale oil and gas development. Other partners include the presidents of CONSOL Energy and Chevron Appalachia as well as the president of The Heinz Endowments, of which Secretary of State John Kerry’s wife, Teresa, is chairman.

“[O]ur goals as a nation are not, and cannot, be the same as those of Chevron, CONSOL Energy, EQT Corporation, and Shell, all partners in CSSD,” writes the group.

The letter continues:

These are fossil fuels, and their extraction and consumption will inevitably degrade our environment and contribute to climate change. Hydraulic fracturing, the method used to extract them, will permanently remove huge quantities of water from the hydrological cycle, pollute the air, contaminate drinking water, and release high levels of methane into the atmosphere. It should be eminently clear to everyone that an economy based on fossil fuels is unsustainable. […]

These corporations are interested in extracting as much shale gas and oil as possible, and at a low cost. We are interested in minimizing the extraction and consumption of fossil fuels and in facilitating a rapid transition to the real sustainable energy sources–the sun, the wind, and hydropower.

The group cites the “glaring faults” of the CSSD’s alleged “performance standards” for hydraulic fracturing, or fracking, and says the “whole notion of expanding oil and gas drilling” is problematic when one considers the destruction caused by the practice.

“It is doubtful that the tens of millions of Americans who live ‘on the shale’ would approve of open waste pits or the underground injection of undisclosed toxic chemicals in the vicinity of their water wells,” they add.

“While EDF is free to partner with the gas industry in CSSD, we feel it is important that the press and the public clearly understand that neither EDF nor CSSD represents the environmental and public health communities on the subject of shale oil and gas extraction,” the group concludes.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Arctic Ice Melting Too Fast to Measure: Russian Researchers Find the Hard Way

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Ice melting at a dangerous pace has forced a Russian research team in the Arctic to pack up shop early—and leave in a hurry.

The Russian Arctic research station was expected to last until September, depending on usual ice melting patterns. However, the ice floe on which the research station sat began melting at a faster rate than expected.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

On the eve of March against Monsanto Senate shoots down GMO labeling bill

0

As 200,000 people prepare to march against Monsanto, the Senate has overwhelmingly rejected a bill that would allow states to decide if genetically modified food products should be labeled.

The amendment shot down by the Senate would have allowed states
to make their own decisions on whether or not GMO foods should be
labeled — without mandating any action. Supporters originally
believed that this measure was non-controversial, and simply gave
states an option. But the Senate voted 71 to 27 against it on
Thursday
, days before Saturday’s March Against
Monsanto
.

Sen. Bernie Sanders. (AFP Photo / Mark Willson)

“The concept we’re talking about today is a fairly
commonsense and non-radical idea,”
Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.),
the bill’s sponsor, told the Huffington Post before the vote.
“All over the world, in the European Union, in many other
countries around the world, dozens and dozens of countries, people
are able to look at the food that they are buying and determine
through labeling whether or not that product contains genetically
modified organisms.”

Sanders also explained that the Food and Drug Administration
requires more than 3,000 ingredients to be labeled on food
products, but that GMOs are not on this list.

But opponents of the measure argued that GMOs should not be
labeled, since the FDA has not made scientific conclusions that
would require it. Sen. Debbie Stabenow (D-Mich.), chair of the
Agriculture Committee, said the amendment that was shot down was
not relevant to the farm bill. She also emphasized the importance
of Monsanto in providing foods at lower prices that help feed
people around the world — an argument often made by supporters of
the biotech giant.

“I believe we must rely on the FDA’s science-based
examination before we make conclusions about food ingredients
derived from genetically modified foods,”
she said. “They
currently do not require special labeling because they’ve
determined that food content of these ingredients does not
materially differ from their conventional counterparts.”

On Thursday, Senate Republicans also objected to an
attempt to repeal a provision that critics call the “Monsanto
Protection Act”, which allows Monsanto and other biotech giants
that use GMOs to plant and sell their products, even if legal
action is taken against them. The provision protects Monsanto from
financial damages and has generated petitions and a nationwide
outcry from critics who claim the legislation allows the company to
bypass the court system and dominate the seed industry.

“The provision [strips] federal courts of the authority to
halt the sale and planting of an illegal, potentially hazardous GE
crop while the US Department of Agriculture (USDA) assesses those
potential hazards,”
dozens of food businesses and retailers
wrote Congress before the “Monsanto Protection Act” was passed in
March.

Servers Austin Ginsberg and Jonathan Bisagni feed soup to fellow protesters during an eat-in in front of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration's Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition in College Park. (Reuters / Gary Cameron)

The Senate vote against the GMO labeling provision comes as the
Vermont House and Connecticut Senate this month voted to force food
companies to declare GMO ingredients on their packages — moves that
indicate a growing support for GMO labeling while Congress
continues to side with Monsanto.

The vote also occurred just two days before 200,000 people in 40
countries and 48 US states are expected
to take to the streets to rally against the biotech giant. The
global “March Against Monsanto” will occur in cities including New
York, Chicago, Montreal, Berlin, Paris, Brussels, Moscow, and
Melbourne.

Protesters will demand a ban on GMOs, which many believe have
detrimental health effects. They will also rally against Monsanto’s
patenting rights, which allow the corporation to monopolize the
seed industry.

“For too long, Monsanto has been the benefactor of corporate
subsidies and political favoritism,”
states the Facebook page
of the March Against Monsanto, Washington, D.C. “Organic and
small farmers suffer losses while Monsanto continues to forge its
monopoly over the world’s food supply, including exclusive
patenting rights over seeds and genetic makeup.”

The global march initially began as a grassroots event, but has
quickly garnered support from tens of thousands of people on
Facebook pages and Google Documents. Kirsten Neus, a Washington,
D.C. resident who starkly opposes Monsanto’s actions, told RT that
she is trying to convince all of her friends to attend the protests
and learn about the evils of the corporate biotech giant. 

“I’m going because I want Monsanto’s leaders to know that we
know who they are and what they’re doing, and we won’t sit back and
watch as they collude with our elected officials to destroy our
planet and our future in the pursuit of profit,”
said Neus, in
anticipation of Saturday’s march. 

With Congress against him and tens of thousands of supporters
rallying in support of his goals, Sen. Sanders will continue to
push the GMO labeling provision in the Senate.

“The people of Vermont and the people of America have a right
to know what’s in the food they eat,”
Sanders told AP.

The House Agriculture Committee approved a version of the farm
bill last week, which is expected to be voted upon this summer.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Syria defends targeting Israeli vehicle

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Syria’s UN envoy, Bashar Ja’afari, has defended targeting an Israeli military vehicle in the Golan Heights earlier this week, saying it was a response to the violation of the sovereignty and territorial integrity of Syria.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

There’s a Fever in the Valley

0

Climate change seems to have exacerbated the stupidity of U.S. daily life, or maybe we’ve long suffered from the consequences of the capitalist mode of production, plus the negative spin offs from the massive U.S. war machine. Both systems feed off nature, which cannot sustain their demands on it. For example, both systems emit huge amounts of carbon dioxide, the most significant greenhouse gas that gets burned in production and war, and gets pumped into the atmosphere by fossil fuel burning and other human activities. Trapped gases lead to climate change.

Recent scientific findings discovered 400 parts per million of CO2 (carbon dioxide) — a first in human history. The findings presented all conscious beings with “a moment of symbolic significance on the road of idiocy”: Wake up to the alarm bell ringing about urgent climate action, or screw the future generations. This CO2 climate changing concentration has increased its levels every year since scientists, more than five decades ago, started measuring their levels on Hawaii’s Mauna Loa volcano. And, Science Daily reported, the rate of increase has accelerated since the measurements started, from about 0.7 parts per million per year in the late 1950s to 2.1 ppm per year during the last 10 years.

This new threshold represents capitalism’s supreme capacity to shit in the plate it eats from (Nature). But it also seems to have formed of a kind of global shell around human consciousness, as if those in leadership daydream when faced with the issue of runaway greenhouse gas emissions. “Why should I think about it? Let the next generations deal with it,” they conclude. Our modern Cassandra, Al Gore wrote that “we are reaping the consequences of our recklessness.”

Those who need to take initiatives, Obama and leaders of the other mass-producing and mass consuming areas, have lacked both the imagination and courage to press for massive change in the production system. History books — the last ones written — will describe them as examples of failures at even trying to prevent the end of human history.

Could they not imagine a world where massive energy consumption gets reduced? Where all life does not revolve around the spiritual value of shopping for things?

Sometimes stories about real people’s suffering can snap the comatose out of their cranial seal. A California woman just suffered abrupt and negative life slides as a result of climate change. Can this anecdote alert a larger public?

Valley fever, not what Los Angeles teenagers suffer in their sophomore year, is the disease that left “Candice Steed …peering at her mother through a hospital room window in California. Federal public health officials say valley fever, potentially lethal …infecting more and more people across the nation, has been on the rise as a warming climate and drought have kicked up the dust that spreads it.

“The fever has hit California’s agricultural heartland particularly hard in recent years, with the incidence dramatically increasing in 2010 and 2011. The disease — which is prevalent in arid regions of the United States, Mexico, Central and South America — can be contracted by breathing in fungus-laced spores from dust disturbed by the wind as well as human or animal activity.”

The fungus, sensitive to environmental changes, experts say, and a hotter, drier climate has increased the dust carrying the spores. California and federal public health officials say that valley fever, a potentially lethal …disease infecting more and more people across the nation, has been on the rise as a warming climate and drought have kicked up the dust that spreads it. AP reported an 850 percent spike in cases across the country from 1998 to 2011, with California and Arizona suffering the most cases.”

Such dire news paralleled Republican voters re-electing, for a House seat, former Governor Mark Sanford who made the Appalachian Trail synonymous with adultery. Valley fever outbreaks, however, have not altered millions of Americans’ conviction that Obama is an African-born socialist Muslim, or that communists foisted the UN onto America to destroy its freedom.

This state of global denial, or political stupidity, has also come to identify our age of disregard for the laboratories that make new energy-burning gadgets to enhance patterns of consumption. Comparatively little investment goes into areas designed to rescue human life from the buildup of the gases lodged in the atmosphere by the growth-compulsion syndrome attached to consumption. We participate in climate change activities — including early death from climate-change provoked disease — but “red” states’ populations still deny and even label this massive global shift as “liberal propaganda.”

Republicans have become as vulnerable as Democrats to some results of climate change. Another valley fever victim, Bernadette Madrid 29, says “the disease has left her blind, and the drugs prescribed to fight it have destroyed her kidneys.“ Karen Werts said, “I have lost two years of my life to valley fever and now live with these constant fears in the back of my mind.

On January 9, 2001, Cheryl Youngblood lost her “big, strong healthy husband of 30 years, Michael to valley fever. He died at age 49, “a 144-pound shell of his former self,” she said.

The spike in valley fever contagion and related climate-caused infirmities will grow around the world, but will they help diminish the importance of trivia in our political pursuits? In the face of planetary disaster, a Republican Party faction in North Dakota recently passed the nation’s most severe anti-abortion law, declaring a fertilized human egg to have the same right to life as a fully formed person.

Other headlines show more reliance on drone wars, complain of holding up government appointments, and reveal daily political corruption side by side with “news” of celebrity marriage, divorce and rehab,” the pettiness of which does not relate to impending global tragedy.

Scientists affirmed that climate change threatens future life. Some prophesize doom if we do not reform, but Apollo’s curse remains. “Beware of technology burning energy” might replace the warning of “Greeks bearing gifts.” Inside the new Trojan horse of development lies the mechanism that will doom our heirs, unless we make drastic reforms now — especially here and in China where the most greenhouse gasses get produced.

Citizens need to make their own history by acting and forcing leaders to deal with climate change before it gets too late.

Saul Landau’s film PAUL JACOBS AND THE NUCLEAR GANG —with Jack Willis – warned the public of nuclear negligence in 1980.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

The Electoral College: How the Republic Chooses its President

0

With a statistical three-way tie in the presidential popularity polls as we began to research this article, the drums have been beating once more for change in the electoral college system of selecting the U.S. chief executive, with even direct popular elections being touted. Ominous scenarios have been raised to show the imminence of a constitutional crisis. This constitutional crisis, incredibly, would supposedly occur were we to continue following the Constitution which, in the wisdom of the Founding Fathers, has for more than two centuries provided quite proficient means to handle elections.

Much of the dilemma has been caused by a general ignorance of history, as well as through willful deception by generations of demagogues who have misled the American people into thinking this is a “democracy,” which is exactly what the founders opposed. While modernists may consider them semantic tosses of a coin, the differences between a republic and a democracy were vital in the embryonic days of the Constitution – which was established as a system of restraints against what government could do – and should be even more compelling today. Indeed, it is because the United States was founded as a republic that an electoral college was created.

A Republic, If You Can Keep It

James Madison, often called the Father of the Constitution, described the decisions of representative, or republican, government – as opposed to democracy – as the required filtration before government action should take place. In The Federalist Papers, Madison ventured that “it may well be that the public voice, pronounced by the representatives of the people, will be more consonant to the public good than if pronounced by the people themselves.” Elsewhere in those remarkable essays advocating ratification of the Constitution, Madison observed that pure “democracies have ever been found incompatible with personal security or the rights of property; and have in general been as short in their lives as they have been violent in their deaths.” It was because of the tendency for majorities to become tyrannical that Madison argued for separation of powers.

Thus it is, as has been noted by Clarence Manion, former dean of law at Notre Dame University, that the term “democracy” is not found in the text of the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution of the United States, nor in any of the state constitutions. On the other hand, Article IV of the Constitution guarantees “to every state in this Union a republican form of government.” Harvard Professor Drew McCoy, in his 1989 biography of Madison entitled The Last of the Fathers, said that Madison “wanted to protect republican government as much as possible from the disruptive and unsettling effects of immediate popular influence – precisely because in America, as elsewhere, the large body of the people were not always or even ordinarily guided by enlightened reason.”

When William Paterson of New Jersey, at the Constitutional Convention in 1787, said that “the democratic spirit beats high,” that was intended to be derisive. So it was when Edmund Randolph of Virginia said he wanted “to restrain the fury of democracy.” The people were assuredly not the “voice of God” to Alexander Hamilton, who called them “that great beast.” Conservative Gouverneur Morris described them as a “reptile”; Elbridge Gerry of Massachusetts asserted that “the evils we experience flow from the excess of democracy,” urging his colleagues to be “taught by experience the danger of the leveling spirit.” And George Washington urged the avoidance of “leveling principles.” In his retirement, the early and determined conservative John Adams reflected in writing: “Remember, democracy never lasts long. It soon wastes, exhausts and murders itself. There never was a democracy that did not commit suicide.”

The rationale for electors was explained by Hamilton in The Federalist Papers, when he perceived that “the immediate election should be made by men most capable of analyzing the qualities adapted to the station and acting under circumstances favorable to deliberation, and to a judicious combination of all the reasons and inducements which were proper to govern their choices. A small number of persons, selected by their fellow citizens from the general mass, will be most likely to possess the information and discernment requisite to so complicated an investigation.”

It was because of distrust of the mobs that the founders established the electoral college and the election of senators by the state legislatures, the latter being banefully overturned by the 17th Amendment in 1913. (That was also the year that the income tax was introduced, as well as the Federal Reserve System, all of which greatly undermined the Republic.) It was because of fears of such evils as incipient democracy that, at the close of the convention, when Benjamin Franklin was asked what the delegates had produced, he answered: “A republic, if you can keep it.”

How to elect the president was a greatly vexing matter, and the electoral college was assuredly a compromise. That of course makes it no less consequential. It was virtually on a par with what became known as the “Great Compromise,” balancing the rights of states in the Senate and the rights of people in the House of Representatives in a federal system. Balance was critical. As Madison put it in The Federalist Papers: “If men were angels, no government would be necessary. If angels were to govern men, neither external nor internal controls on government would be necessary.” Equality wasn’t in the works. As former Supreme Court Justice Joseph Story explained in his classic 1859 work, A Familiar Exposition of the Constitution of the United States, the small states gave up equality of representation in the House of Representatives while the large states conceded to equality in the Senate. This principle was to hold in the selection of president as well.

The delegates needed to make sure that their states’ interests were represented in the proceedings. Yet the states were of widely divergent sizes, with Delaware having 37,000 people compared to 420,000 in Virginia. Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, and Virginia represented some 1,140,000 compared to 1,641,000 in the other ten states combined.

Choosing the Executive

Among the methods debated for selecting a chief executive were election by the national legislature, by the state legislatures, by the freedmen at large, by the people in districts, and by electors. A multiple executive was considered, as were tenure for life and one seven-year term. Eventually decided upon was the concept of a strong executive, but one who could be impeached by Congress.

Sixty ballots were needed just to decide the method for selecting a president. Finally, a committee was chosen with one representative of each state, and from this committee, with Pierce Butler of South Carolina authoring the basic design, the method of selecting the president was finalized. Distinguished historian Forrest McDonald, in Novus Ordo Seclorum, has ably described the features of the complex resolution:

It provided for both a president and a vice president; this feature satisfied those who had been concerned about the succession in the event of death or disability of the president. It provided that electors be appointed in such manner as the several legislatures should direct; that took care of the objections of those who feared popular election, for it meant that the legislatures could elect the electors if they chose to do so. Each state was allotted the number of electors equal to the combined number of senators and members of the House of Representatives to which it was entitled; this effected a compromise between proportional and equal allocation. The proposal provided that the electors meet in their respective states, which overcame the problem of distance of travel and also reduced the possibility of intrigue, and provided that they vote for two candidates, one of whom must be the resident of another state. The person receiving the most votes, if a majority, would become president, and the one with the second most votes would become vice-president.

Those provisions held in 1800, when the election resulted in an electoral tie between Thomas Jefferson and Aaron Burr and required the House of Representatives to decide the outcome – and was indicative of the strengthening of political parties. The two were considered to be running on a ticket together; the deadlock resulted because one elector did not withhold a vote from Burr so he would finish second. It necessitated the 12th Amendment, which, among other changes, stipulated the separate voting by electors for president and vice president.

For a time during debate in 1787, the decision in the event of a lack of a majority was going to be settled by the Senate, but it was thought that such a provision put too much power with the Senate (it already passed on treaties, for example), so that possibility finally was placed in the House, closer to the people. (The Senate retains the authority to choose the vice president from the top two candidates, if the electors fail to produce a majority.)

When it looked as though the Senate would be the body for resolving the presidency, George Mason thought that after Washington served, the next 19 of 20 elections would be decided in the Senate. Mason was not alone in concluding that no man, save Washington, would be able to get a majority of the electoral college. The Convention believed that Congress, with each state voting as an equal, would normally decide who would be president. That eventuality (which only proved true twice – in 1801 and 1825) is what many commentators have been decrying as a possible constitutional crisis for the next election. What would happen, they moan, if a man who doesn’t get the most popular (or even electoral) votes were elected as president by the House? That is exactly the choice the Constitution intended. Otherwise, why would there be a specific provision to select the president from among the top three finishers?

Role of Electors Erodes

What the founders didn’t foresee was the growth of political parties that would take away voting discretion from electors. But just because political parties perverted part of the way the system was supposed to be run should not lead to the junking of the electors altogether. Moreover, the undemocratic nature of the Constitution still needs to be stressed, along with the founders’ warranted distaste for majoritarian rule.

Important matters, such as constitutional amendments, presidential vetoes, impeachments, treaties, and the limiting of debate in the legislatures were all established with super-majorities being required. The young were undemocratically excluded from voting (the age has since changed), as were foreigners, not to mention women and slaves, whose status has since been changed by amendment. As Lord Acton observed, “the views of pure democracy … were almost entirely unrepresented in that convention.” Professor M.E. Bradford is on target in commenting that, in one sense, the “fear of democracy and of the despotism that was likely to come after it is the ‘given’ of the Great Convention.”

After Washington was twice elected, however, partisan splits developed. Whereas the founders expected independent judgment from the electors, by 1796 the election between Thomas Jefferson and John Adams effectively ended that. That year, as Roger Lea McBride has pointed out, in six states the electors were chosen by the people, and in ten states by the legislatures, but in every case the electors “were picked as men pledged to one candidate or the other.” Thus, as McBride shows in his valuable study, The American Electoral College, the electoral college died before it was mature, and after Washington’s election “the decision was made for them, and eventually no man was chosen for the job unless he were certain to conform to the dictates of the party.”

Also becoming prevalent was another means for the state parties to exert even more power: adoption of the unit rule, as opposed to splitting electors by districts. If all of a state’s electoral votes went to a general ticket, that state would be more powerful than one that divided its electors, so states began to drop the latter system. Gradually, also, the states began to choose their electors as a result of popular voting, not through state legislatures. For the 1824 election, which was won by John Quincy Adams after a vote of the House of Representatives, all but six of the states chose electors by popular vote; the next election, only South Carolina was a holdout (its state legislature continued to choose electors until the Civil War).

Also, by the 1824 election, over which Andrew Jackson’s supporters were to complain exceedingly, the states were rapidly adopting the general-ticket plan for their electors. By 1836, that system was in use in all states but South Carolina, with exceptions in Florida in 1868 and Colorado in 1876 (legislatures chose), and in Michigan in 1892, when there was a district system plus two electors at large. Currently, Maine and Nebraska have changed their allocation of electoral votes to the winner of the popular vote in the district (plus at-large votes), not winner-take-all, with Florida on the verge of so doing, and bills having been introduced to that end in another seven states.

In actuality, these changes to district voting are moving back toward the direction from which the system was distorted, which is to the good. It is hard, however, to conceive of the people ever giving up what they see as their personal “right” to vote for president. Though the modes of recording the electors’ votes have changed several times, those votes are rarely independent. As long ago as 1859, Justice Story, in his Exposition of the Constitution of the United States, expressed dismay that their judgment was not utilized, saying the electors were “almost all universally pledged to support a particular candidate, before they receive their appointment; and they do little more than register the previous decrees, made by public and private meetings of the citizens of their own State.” Despite deviations, however, a faulty electoral system is far better than direct popular voting.

Today the proponents of a direct popular vote would have you believe that a crisis would occur should a president be chosen without the mandate of a majority of the voters. Disregarding the fact that more voters than not usually stay home, there have been minority presidents elected several times without catastrophe, sometimes because of multiple candidates, and sometimes not. In the early days of the Republic, the popular vote was impossible to measure, but minority presidents have included John Quincy Adams, James Polk, Zachary Taylor, James Buchanan, Abraham Lincoln, Rutherford Hayes, James Garfield, Grover Cleveland, Benjamin Harrison, Woodrow Wilson, Harry Truman, and Richard Nixon. In addition, in the elections of 1824, 1876, and 1888, the winners of the popular voting (Andrew Jackson, Samuel Tilden, and Grover Cleveland, respectively) did not win a majority of the electoral votes.

In the 1824 elections, in a four-way race, Andrew Jackson won the plurality of popular votes (153,544 to 108,740) over John Quincy Adams, who was next. Jackson also had 99 electoral votes to 84 for Adams, but not enough to win since an electoral majority is required. William Crawford had 41 votes and Henry Clay 37. Crawford, however, suffered a relapse from a stroke. Clay gave his support to Adams and the Massachusetts man was elected, with Clay becoming Secretary of State.

Cheating Democracy

One heard similar scenarios – until he dropped from the race – of Ross Perot being placed in the role of Clay (George Wallace was supposed to do the same in 1968). How, the timid asked, could justice be done if the peoples’ wishes were frustrated by having, say, Bush not elected because of a Perot deal with Clinton? Similarly, if Clinton were not to be elected? What if Perot were to get the most votes and did not become president?

The charges undoubtedly would be made that democracy had not been honored. So it was in 1824, when the events unfolded just as they had been prescribed in the Constitution. Historian James Truslow Adams, in The March of Democracy, states:

The Jacksonites’ claim that because their candidate had received the greatest number of Electoral votes the House should therefore have elected him so as not to thwart the will of the people was obviously absurd, and like the Clay-Adams story was merely used to stir up popular resentment and feeling. Had it been the intention of those who framed the Constitution that the House, in a contested election when no candidate received the majority of the votes in the Electoral College vote, was merely to vote for the one who had received the highest number, there would have been no sense in providing the machinery of an election by the House at all. The Constitution should have provided that the candidate receiving the highest number of Electoral votes would, without further proceedings, have become President.

One wonders: Had Perot stayed in the race, and had Clinton subsequently failed to get an electoral majority, would Clinton (as an heir to Jacksonian Democracy) simply have dropped out? Of course, should a presidential race fail to provide an electoral majority, the undemocratic Constitution allows for House selection from the top three finishers.

Fearing the Constitution

An unnatural veneration of democracy has made some fear the Constitution. Senator Slade Gorton (R-Wash.), who has offered what is by no means the most radical way around the Constitution (not elimination of the electoral college, but a popular runoff if necessary), says that in 1824 “the people’s will was flouted.” Can you imagine, he asks, “the consequences of such an outcome today? I tremble for the future of our country and its system of government when I consider the reaction of the American people if Congress, under the current 12th Amendment, chose someone for President who had not received the most votes.” But one need only recall the 1860 election of Abraham Lincoln, who did not even have electors favorable to him on ballots in nine of 33 states and whose opposition polled 66 percent of the popular vote. Presumably the people’s will was flouted then, also.

In 1876 another unusual election took place in an extremely close race between Rutherford Hayes and Samuel Tilden. Tilden was one short of a majority with 184 electoral votes, to 163 for Hayes, with a total of 22 votes contested in four states. Charges of fraud were leveled on all sides, and the four states submitted two sets of electoral votes, unable to choose which party had won. A congressional commission, which had a one-man Republican edge, determined along strictly party-line voting that all disputed electoral votes should go to Hayes, giving the Republican an electoral victory, 185 to 184. “The significance of the 1876 election,” observed historian Roger McBride, “concerns not so much the Electoral College as the extent to which the votes submitted to Congress as valid electoral votes may be counted or not counted at its discretion. Clearly, if Congress or any agency it designates (such as the electoral commission of 1876) has an absolute right to reject electoral votes, the power to elect really lies with it. On the other hand, if it has no such power, there can be no protection against fraudulent electoral votes from that score.”

Other opponents of the electoral-college system have pointed to the election of 1888, in which Grover Cleveland narrowly (by seven-tenths of one percent) won the popular vote, but lost the electoral vote to Benjamin Harrison, 233 to 168. Professor Judith Best was quoted in a 1979 Senate report on direct popular elections as saying: “The republic’s only undisputed runner-up President, Benjamin Harrison, won because his opponent, Grover Cleveland, ran a sectional campaign. The electoral count system discriminates against candidates who rely too heavily on a sectional base. Consequently, it is the electoral count system that provides the presidential parties with the incentive ‘to widen and flatten out’ their vote.”

Having Congress name the president, especially in this year of congressional scandals, is considered proof of why our electoral system should be scrapped. A potential scenario was described in the New York Times earlier this year, where, say, Senator Bill Bradley (as a vice-presidential candidate) might be named acting president or even president, a role that presumably now might be filled by Al Gore. Or how Bush could wind up with a Democratic vice president. Or how Speaker of the House Foley or Secretary of State Baker might get the top job. Of course, such events would be unusual. But eventualities are provided for in the Constitution for the extraordinary. In fact, in addition to the Jefferson-Burr election, the Congress also selected a vice president in 1837, when Martin Van Buren’s running mate, Richard Johnson, failed to receive an electoral majority. Virginia’s electors withheld their votes, apparently because of Johnson’s relationship with a slave woman who bore him two children; Johnson was nonetheless chosen by the Senate 33 to 16.

As we researched this article, we were predicting that Ross Perot’s presumptive candidacy, viewed by some as the strongest since Teddy Roosevelt’s Bull Moose effort, might well wither away. Certainly third-party efforts – even those with general broad support usually don’t have deep backing – are always at a disadvantage in a winner-take-all electoral system. But Perot’s effort has nonetheless changed the strategies of the Democrats and Republicans and could be cited as a reason to change the electoral-college system itself.

Woodrow Wilson, one recalls, was the beneficiary of Teddy Roosevelt’s efforts, and Wilson helped change the way Americans saw their country – to the detriment of constitutional government. George Stimpson, former president of the National Press Club, has noted: “It was Woodrow Wilson more than any other one person who popularized democracy in the sense of the republican form of government in the United States.” It was Wilson, well before he became president, who tipped his hand to how he saw the head of the executive branch: “A nation is led by a man … in whose ears the voice of the nation … sounds … like the united voices of a chorus, whose many meanings, spoken by melodious tongues, unite in his understanding in a single meaning and reveal to him a single vision, so that he can speak what no man else knows, the common wisdom of the common voice.”

A Plebiscitary Presidency

Was this the precursor for Perot’s seeming desire to run the country by an electronic town meeting? Columnist George Will makes this case:

The core principle of our republicanism is representation: The people do not decide things, they decide who will decide. Representatives are supposed to deliberate about the national interest, not just broker demands registered from various factions. But Perot’s idea of the plebiscitary presidency reflects Woodrow Wilson’s revolution against the Founders’ idea of deliberative democracy. [Sic – even Will, the ersatz Tory, misuses the terms.] The Perot phenomenon is a consequence of Wilson’s mystification of the presidency. Wilson’s theory of presidential government makes the president the indispensable catalyst of mass opinion. He defined the primary business of government as the massing of opinion by a strong leader.

Perot notwithstanding, we have already become a government of pollsters – who advise politicians on the wisdom of the masses, those very masses who flip over the wisdom of Geraldo. Alexander Hamilton would have made a lousy talk-show host with his belief: “The voice of the people has been said to be the voice of God; and, however general this maxim has been quoted and believed, it is not true to fact. The people are turbulent and changing; they seldom judge or determine right.”

The major parties have become used to planning two-way races – where a vote taken from the opposition usually falls into your column – all of which changes in a three-way race. Sectional politics become more important. For instance, with Perot involved in the 1992 race the traditional Democratic black vote would have become even more important, since the white vote would most likely have been split three ways. One imagines this had a hand in the selection of Southerner Gore to go with Southerner Clinton. Things can change quickly in three-way races, with a late surge by one candidate and a rapid tailspin by another. Yet, there were certainly plausible scenarios whereby a strong showing by Perot (in, say, his home state of Texas or in California) could have denied either Clinton or Bush the needed 270-vote electoral majority, thus putting the election into the House. When Perot bowed out, he claimed that since his effort “would obviously put it in the House of Representatives and be disruptive to the country,” he preferred to quit.

Here is the scenario candidate Perot would have faced: Democrats currently hold the majorities in 31 state delegations in the House of Representatives; Republicans are the majority in 10; eight are split; and an avowed socialist represents Vermont. Considering that 24 states have a margin of but one or two votes, those numbers will undoubtedly change in the new Congress. Most authorities as well as Speaker Foley agree that the new body would be the one to cast ballots, one per state, were the election to go to the House. Deadlocked states would get no vote. Would there be wheeling and dealing? Of course. Recall, the founders created the electoral college, which had one job only and then would disband, to avoid undue influences and local corruption. Thank the parties for a potential turnaround.

Balloting in previous House elections for president (1801 and 1825) was secret, but that is being called unthinkable by many today. For instance, on national television, Speaker Tom Foley claimed: “It would be impossible for the American people to be shut out from the actual undertaking and balloting of the House of Representatives. It’d be outrageous.” The fact that members of Congress might escape party discipline in secret balloting might have something to do with it too, one would think. Ron Brown, chairman of the Democratic Party, said that he would have expected Democratic members of the House to support Clinton even had Perot won a plurality. According to Ed Rollins, late of the Perot camp, members of the latter’s campaign had planned to go “district by district” to congressional candidates, both Democrats and Republicans, seeking their pledge to vote for Perot had that district cast more ballots for him than for Bush or Clinton.

Speaker Thomas Foley, in response to questioning at the National Press Club, said serious consideration should be given to abolishing the 12th Amendment and going to the direct election of the president. Political consultant Mark Siegel, a former executive director of the Democratic National Committee, contends: “If the popular vote winner of the presidential election was denied the presidency, the world’s greatest democracy would be held up to mockery all over the world.” Siegel opts for no voting by conscience in the House of Representatives, should it come to that, with votes cast only on the basis of party or constituents.

Similarly, Senator David Pryor (D-Ark.) wants a constitutional amendment to abolish the electoral college and institute direct voting for president. He said in an article in the June 28 Washington Times that voters in, for example, California, who voted for Michael Dukakis in 1988 were disenfranchised because their votes “didn’t count.” And he claims that in a direct election candidates would have to campaign everywhere because each popular vote would count equally. Does he mean that your vote is lost if your candidate loses? In that sense, all Dukakis voters were “disenfranchised” in 1988. The direct system of voting would merely transfer the “lost” vote of the supposedly disenfranchised voter from the state to the national level.

As for the “equal” votes in a national system, since there is a finite amount of time for campaigning, there can be little doubt that urban centers would become even more important for efficient vote-gathering and that sparsely populated states would likewise suffer – arguments dealt with in the compromises of the original Constitution tipping the balance in favor of the small.

Splintered System

With direct popular voting leading to presidents with pluralities, splinter parties would be easier to form, some with merely sectional or one-issue appeal, resulting in a multiparty system such as in Israel or Italy. Without runoffs, in a multiparty race won by a plurality, would not there be claims that the winner did not represent the country at large? With runoffs, the process could be tedious, and transfer of power disorderly. Worst of all: Federalism as a principle would be lost.

None of which stops demagogues from demagoguery. On ABC’s Good Morning America on June 19, political commentator Chris Matthews expressed anguish that we don’t have a democracy in this country, but instead something called a republic with an electoral college. He saw devious plotters laughing at the voters and chuckling at them, “We have pulled the wool over your eyes.” In a syndicated column the same week, Matthews tried scare tactics: “The Rodney King rioting would be a day at the beach compared to the uprising that would follow a verdict by ‘the system’ to veto the popular judgement of Nov. 3.” Matthews also asks: “What candidate not wearing a ski mask could take the oath of office after being rejected by the people?” You mean such as Harry Truman? Or Woodrow Wilson? Or Abraham Lincoln?

“Now! While we’ve got it on our mind,” foments Matthews, “when we can see the dangers of the current system, let’s amend the Constitution, dispel the Electoral College and give power to the people.” Matthews offers potential mob action as the reason we need more mobocracy, otherwise called pure democracy.

Less, Not More, Democracy

There can be no doubt the electoral college is not what it was supposed to be, with neither popular choosing of electors or a winner-take-all system in the Constitution in the first place. Moving from republican principles to democratic ones has put us in a bind, but more democracy would tie us in even more inextricable knots. Direct elections for president, which would hurt the relative power of small states, among other faults, is no answer. There can be a case made for district selection of electors, but that can be handled best at the state level, requiring no amendment to the Constitution – especially in these days when even having a form of republican government is not appreciated.

Our Constitution has been weakened, but it still provides a disciplined framework for us that has lasted through crisis after crisis during our history. When, in the midst of the latest spasm of frustration, haranguers grieve that the federal government doesn’t work fast enough and needs streamlining, that is the time to beware, for it was never intended to make the trains run on time. One thing is sure: The further we get from republican notions, the worse it will be for the United States.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Local Police Under Siege

0

To residents of Sharpsburg, North Carolina, Chief Wayne Hathaway was more than just a law enforcement officer. To the people of this small town 50 miles east of Raleigh, he was a friend who will not be forgotten, a man who served his community for 25 years, more than half of his life. On July 17, 1997, Chief Hathaway, age 47, was shot and killed while responding to a domestic dispute call, a “routine” call police officers know is one of their most dangerous regular encounters.

Hathaway had gone to the home of Abner and Gloria Nicholson to investigate and mediate the reported spousal altercation. As he walked inside the couple’s home to talk to the Nicholsons, Mr. Nicholson spun around, put a gun to the chief’s head, and pulled the trigger. Nicholson then shot and killed his wife, Gloria.

Death came just as violently and unexpectedly for 24-year-old rookie police officer Jeremy Charron in Epsom, New Hampshire. The young, spit-and-polish ex-Marine was just days away from buying his fiance’s engagement ring. But at about 5:00 a.m. on August 24, 1997, Officer Charron stopped for a routine check of a vehicle parked near a swimming hole. Two young men, Kevin Paul and Gordon Perry, were sleeping inside. According to Kevin Paul’s later testimony, Officer Charron tapped on Perry’s driver-side window. Paul said his “partner’’ handed over his license and registration, but then got out of the car, pulled a gun from behind his back and yelled, ‘’You picked on the wrong [expletive]’’ as he shot Charron several times. The duo then sped away, and a short time later were involved in a shootout with police after robbing a convenience store in Campton, 50 miles north of Epsom. The crime spree stunned New Hampshire, following by just six days another shooting rampage by a disgruntled property owner in Colebrook that left two state troopers, a judge, and a newspaper editor dead.

In Higginson, Arkansas, Officer Daniel Longstreet was sitting in his patrol car watching traffic when he was shot and killed on March 14, 1997. Officer Longstreet, age 39, who had served on the Searcy, Arkansas, Police Department before joining the Higginson Police Department in 1996, left behind a wife and three children. Longstreet’s murder came only 56 hours after the slaying of Officer Myron Kelly in Osceola, Arkansas. Kelly and his younger brother Eugene, also a police officer, were attempting to serve an arrest warrant on a suspect in a carjacking case, who turned out to be a paroled felon.

Hathaway, Charron, Longstreet, and Kelly were four of the 158 law enforcement officers killed in the line of duty in 1997. As we write, 39 peace officers have thus far given their lives in 1998 “to protect and serve” their fellow citizens. The most recent casualty, Michael Marshall, was a member of the Omak Police Department in Omak, Washington. He was shot on March 25 by Duarte Gonzalez, an illegal immigrant from Mexico who was wanted for failing to report to a corrections officer and failing to pay fines stemming from a 1995 conviction of child rape.

Of course, police casualties should not be counted only by the number of those who pay the supreme sacrifice. Also shot by Duarte Gonzalez was Marshall’s fellow Omak police officer, Don Eddy Jr., who survived but ended up with a bullet lodged next to his hip, which doctors say is too deep to remove. Every year, many officers are wounded, maimed, and injured in the line of duty. And as the above stories illustrate, one does not have to serve on a major metropolitan force to come under deadly fire. Criminals are highly mobile, and the social factors that favor violence – drugs, family breakdown, declining morality, popular culture, juvenile gangs – have penetrated rural and small-town America. Not that flying bullets are the only – or even the primary – threat to life and limb faced by the members of our thin blue line. Vehicular deaths and injuries take a similar toll. High-speed chases, assisting at auto accidents, and routine traffic work on busy thoroughfares expose police officers to danger from deadly collisions and reckless motorists.

Then there is the psychological toll: dealing with the loss of partners and fellow officers who are felled in the line of duty; the numbing daily exposure to death and mayhem on the streets; the unforgettable, tragic faces of victims and their surviving loved ones; continuously confronting a hopeless, revolving-door justice system that releases violent predators again and again; the fears, pressures, and work schedules that tear apart marriages and family life; the second-guessing by superiors, politicians, and reporters; the unrelenting attacks by anti-police activists; and the lack of appreciation and understanding by the public.

As the Gilbert and Sullivan character remarked in The Pirates of Penzance, “When constabulary duty’s to be done, a policeman’s lot is not a happy one.” Indeed, the policeman seems destined always to be caught betwixt and between opposing political and social forces and to bear the brunt of our society’s tortured ambivalence about law, order, justice, and authority. When it’s my safety, my life, my family, my property, or my business that is endangered, I want the police, and I want them here NOW! Not only that, but I expect them to be superhumanly patient, professional, efficient, competent, courteous, and cordial in their conduct with me, and preternaturally capable and ferociously swift, relentless, and retributive in their pursuit of, and conduct towards, the criminal. I want them to catch the bad guys immediately and make sure the miscreants never threaten or bother me again. BUT – if everything is going swimmingly with me and mine, the police are just another nuisance. That attitude, unfortunately, is all too common.

But, hey, cheer up, be happy. After all, things are getting better, aren’t they? Well, yes, relatively speaking, things do seem to be improving on many fronts that affect, and reflect on, law enforcement and criminal justice. Relative, that is, to the strained-to-the-breaking-point racial tension and the in-your-face confrontational anger that characterized police-community relations in many cities following the 1991 Rodney King trial and the Los Angeles riots. Relative also to the concomitant crack cocaine epidemic and incendiary gangsta rap-revolution of Ice-T (whose 1992 song “Cop Killer” set off boycotts against Time Warner) and Sister Souljah (whose 1992 inflammatory video “The Final Solution” was too hot even for MTV). And relative to the seemingly ever-upward crime spiral of the past few decades.

Tougher sentencing laws have been passed in many states. More jails and prisons are being built. Police forces are expanding, with more minorities being recruited. “Community policing,” “hot spot targeting,” and other policing strategies and reforms are being widely implemented. The economy is bustling and many indices have been showing drops in crime. Even New York City, once almost universally thought to be irretrievably headed into the abyss, has made an astonishing turnabout, posting huge drops in crime.

These and many other positive factors can be cited to paint a rosy – but false – picture of the true state of our disunion and to paper over a host of fundamental social ills and deadly trends that can be ignored only at a terrible cost. For if we fail to confront these ills and trends, we will not be able to expand our police forces fast enough or build jails and prisons large enough to prevent our society from descending into complete anarchy. But an equally grave concern is that if we confront these ills and trends wrongly, in our rush to avoid anarchy, we may find that we have transformed our once-free republic into a totalitarian police state.

Anarchy or totalitarianism. Are those our only options? So it would seem, listening to the raging policy debates between liberals and conservatives on crime, justice, the law, and police. The “conservative” position (admittedly oversimplified) usually is to hire more cops, build more jails, lock up more malefactors, and execute more criminals. The “liberal” position (again, oversimplified – but not much), on the other hand, usually casts the criminal as a victim of an unjust society and advocates solutions that attack the “root causes” of crime. The more-cops-and-jails position is obviously more popular, as shown by the plentitude of liberal politicians (President Clinton being most conspicuous) who have adopted it. And it is popular because it makes sense – in the short run. Society must be protected from criminal predators, but, as previously mentioned, not at the expense of degeneration into a police state. Liberals are right about the need to address “root causes.” Unfortunately, they always seem to misidentify them. Liberals see racism, sexism, police oppression and brutality, poverty, unemployment, and the inequitable distribution of wealth as the root of our crime and social decay dilemmas.

In reality, crime is the reflection of a spiritual-moral problem, a problem that is both individual and social. It involves conscious, voluntary decisions to do what is wrong instead of what is right. In dealing with this problem, the police have an indispensable but limited role and capability. They cannot address the true “root causes,” the social ills and trends responsible for the crime and social pathologies that threaten our continued existence as a free, self-governing society.

While the following list is far from exhaustive, it offers a more reasonable index of the root causes of our current crime woes, which are:

– The de-Christianization of society and the collapse of morality.

– The destruction of the family.

– The welfare state.

– Unchallenged usurpations of power by the federal government.

– The drug revolution and the equally dangerous “War on Drugs” response.

– The professional, anti-police lobby.

– The pernicious influence of the mass media and popular culture.

– The subversion of public education.

– Out-of-control illegal immigration.

Obviously, many of these social ills and dangerous trends are closely interrelated and intertwined, and greatly affect and play off each other.

Juan Donoso-Cortés, the Spanish philosopher, statesman, and writer, wisely observed: “There are only two possible forms of control: one internal and the other external; religious control and political control. They are of such a nature that when the religious barometer rises, the barometer of [external] control falls and likewise, when the religious barometer falls, the political barometer, that is political control and tyranny, rises. That is a law of humanity, a law of history.” If civilized man falls into disbelief and immorality, Cortés went on to remark, then “the way is prepared for some gigantic and colossal tyrant, universal and immense.”

The Founding Fathers understood well this indissoluble link between religion, morality, and liberty. George Washington said shortly after leaving the presidency, “Religion and morality are the essential pillars of civil society.” John Adams commented in 1789: “Our constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate for the government of any other.”

And in 1799, the Reverend Jedidiah Morse presciently observed: “To the kindly influence of Christianity we owe that degree of civil freedom and political and social happiness which mankind now enjoys. In proportion as the genuine effects of Christianity are diminished in any nation, either through unbelief, or the corruption of its doctrines, or the neglect of its institutions; in the same proportion will the people of that nation recede from the blessings of true freedom, and approximate the miseries of complete despotism…. It follows, that all efforts made to destroy the foundations of our holy religion, ultimately tend to the subversion also of our political freedom and happiness. Whenever the pillars of Christianity shall be overthrown, our present republican forms of government, and all the blessings which flow from them, must fall with them.”

The truth of these observations is self-evident: A moral people have strong internal controls and, thus, require less external control – i.e. less government. The more moral a people, the less they will lie, cheat, steal, kill, covet, etc., and the less they will come into conflict with one another. Subsequently, the less will be the need for laws, jails, and police. Yet, the militant “liberal” secularists are intent upon expunging every vestige of Christian influence from the public sphere. Prayer, the Holy Bible, the Ten Commandments, Christmas carols, Nativity displays, the Cross, and any mention of morality based upon Judeo-Christian belief have been evicted from the government schools, meeting halls, and almost entirely from “proper” public discourse. And we are paying for this anti-religious bigotry with phenomenally higher crime. (See sidebar.)

Unfortunately, conservatives have, to varying degrees, accepted – if not embraced – many of the underlying false premises of the liberal, welfare state, secularization programs. Most of their challenges to these destructive policies amount to ineffective tinkering around the margins. Much of the time their “solutions” are indistinguishable from those of the liberals.

Consider, for example, the federal Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) program. With forceful prodding from President Clinton, a massive media boost, and support from supposed conservatives in Congress and the law enforcement community, the 103rd Congress enacted the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994. The centerpiece of this new federal effort was Clinton’s much-hyped COPS program, with its promise of hiring 100,000 additional police officers to take back America’s streets from violent criminals. To this end, the law provides grants to help fund local police personnel for three years. Initially, the federal contribution covers 75 percent of the salary and benefit expenses of the new officers, with the local communities gradually paying more and more of the burden.

The Republican opposition to the program that has surfaced has centered on issues that have nothing to do with the most important, fundamental issues involved in the legislation. They have criticized the fact that the funding has not gone to the most needy high-crime cities, that the federal grants have been entangled in excessive regulations, that too few cities have participated, that local communities have been saddled with heavy taxes as a result of the matching funds schedule, etc. Yet, virtually none have challenged this legislation on its most vulnerable point – that it is a dangerous, unconstitutional usurpation of power. The federal government’s powers are delegated powers, those specifically granted by the states and the people in the Constitution. Nowhere is the federal government given any authority to involve itself in local law enforcement.

This is exactly the kind of thing President George Washington was warning against in his Farewell Address on September 17, 1796:

It is important … that the habits of thinking in a free country should inspire caution in those entrusted with its administration to confine themselves within their respective constitutional spheres, avoiding in the exercise of the powers of one department to encroach upon another. The spirit of encroachment tends to consolidate the powers of all the departments in one, and thus to create, whatever the form of government, a real despotism. A just estimate of that love of power and proneness to abuse it which predominates in the human heart is sufficient to satisfy us of the truth of this position. The necessity of reciprocal checks in the exercise of political power, by dividing and distributing it into different depositories, and constituting each the guardian of the public weal against invasions by the others, has been evinced by experiments ancient and modern, some of them in our country and under our own eyes. To preserve them must be as necessary as to institute them.

“If in the opinion of the people the distribution or modification of the constitutional powers be in any particular wrong,” President Washington continued, “let it be corrected by an amendment in the way which the Constitution designates. But let there be no change by usurpation; for though this in one instance may be the instrument of good, it is the customary weapon by which free governments are destroyed. The precedent must always greatly overbalance in permanent evil any partial or transient benefit which the use can at any time yield.”

Likewise, James Madison explained that “the general government is not to be charged with the whole power of making and administering laws. Its jurisdiction is limited to certain enumerated objects, which concern all the members of the republic, but which are not to be attained by the separate provisions of any.” In The Federalist, No. 45, Madison again wrote:

The powers delegated by the proposed Constitution to the federal government are few and defined. Those which are to remain in the State governments are numerous and indefinite. The former will be exercised principally on external objects, as war, peace, negotiation, and foreign commerce…. The powers reserved to the several States will extend to all the objects which, in the ordinary course of affairs, concern the lives, liberties, and properties of the people, and the internal order, improvement, and prosperity of the State.

In The Federalist, No. 47, Madison argued: “The accumulation of all powers, legislative, executive, and judiciary, in the same hands, whether of one, a few, or many, and whether hereditary, self-appointed, or elective, may justly be pronounced the very definition of tyranny.”

Were Washington, Madison, and the other Founders – many of whom were even more vociferous in their warnings against encroachments by the central government – “anti-government” extremists? Fortunately, no. Rather, they were hard-nosed realists and fervent partisans of liberty. And they made it abundantly clear, in their written and spoken words, that usurpation and encroachment were to be vigilantly guarded against. This is no less true in matters concerning education, agriculture, and medicine than in those regarding unemployment, housing, and child care. But especially would they have been aghast at the prospect of centralized police powers. In other words, even if the president, members of Congress, and the people decided it would be a good idea to have the federal government undertake some new program, it would be unconstitutional (i.e., illegal) for them to initiate that program if the powers to do so were not provided for in the Constitution. Moreover, every federal official who supported such a program would be guilty of violating his oath to uphold and defend the Constitution. If the proposed federal program – and the powers that go with it – is truly wanted and needed, it only may be added through the legal, honest (and more laborious) process of constitutional amendment.

Tragically, we have been suffering from a non-stop chain of unchallenged usurpations by the federal executive, legislative, and judicial branches for decades. Federal judges have issued countless rulings that have unconstitutionally thrown out state laws, ordered jails and prisons emptied, crippled police work, mandated police hiring practices and standards, and in countless ways made society less safe and law enforcement more difficult and dangerous.

Study after study confirms what police officers on the beat have long known: Most violent crime is the handiwork of a relatively small class of habitual criminals who are released again and again to victimize society. It is the chronic offenders, the six percent of the criminal population, who are responsible for half of all arrests. According to The State of Violent Crime in America, a 1996 report of the Council on Crime in America, between 1988 and 1992, 20 percent of all criminals arrested for killing law enforcement officers were on parole or probation at the time of the offense. Benjamin J. Wattenberg notes in his 1995 book Values Matter Most that in 1993, 90 percent of the 200,000 felony convictions in the United States were plea-bargained.

Lawrence W. Sherman cites statistical evidence indicating that only one out of 56 persons arrested by law enforcement officers actually spends time in prison, and that most of those arrested are released within 12 hours.

After the decades of encroachments, usurpations, and social engineering experiments that have produced so much of our current societal disintegration and generated our ongoing crime wave, the federal planners are pushing for ever more control of law enforcement. In the past five years federal legislation has vastly expanded federal criminal law and federal law enforcement agencies. It was just such a course of action that led to the formation of the Gestapo, the infamous police apparatus of Nazi Germany.

In Germany, writes certified liberal historian William L. Shirer in The Rise and Fall of the Third Reich, the

diets and governments of the separate states … were … abolished in the first year of the Nazi regime when the country was unified, and governors for the states, which were reduced to provinces, were appointed by Hitler. Local self-government, the only field in which the Germans had seemed to be making genuine progress toward democracy, was also wiped out. A series of laws decreed between 1933 and 1935 deprived the municipalities of their local autonomy, and brought them under the direct control of the Reich Minister of the Interior.

The next key step was to centralize the police. According to Shirer:

On June 16, 1936, for the first time in German history, a unified police was established for the whole of the Reich – previously the police had been organized separately by each of the states – and [Heinrich] Himmler was put in charge as Chief of the German Police. This was tantamount to putting the police in the hands of the S.S. [Schutzstaffel, or Blackshirts], which since its suppression of the Roehm ‘revolt’ in 1934 had been rapidly increasing its power. It had become not only the praetorian guard, not only the single armed branch of the party, not only the elite from whose ranks the future leaders of the new Germany were being chosen, but it now possessed the police power. The Third Reich, as is inevitable in the development of all totalitarian dictatorships, had become a police state.

The terrifying police power of Nazi Germany, or of the murderous Communist regimes of China, Russia, and Cuba, may seem far removed from America today. But if we ignore the warnings of our forebears and the lessons of history and continue on the path we are taking, the totalitarian nightmare will not be that far off.

Washington Post reporter Jim McGee, writing in August 1997 of the FBI’s vast new expansions of power, noted: “The bureau’s budget has soared, increasing 47 percent from $2.1 billion when [Louis] Freeh took over to $3 billion in the current fiscal year. Jurisdiction over new areas of federal law enforcement has been assigned to the FBI. The CIA has been integrated into the FBI’s operating system, the FBI is opening new foreign offices [and the] FBI has negotiated a de facto merger with the Drug Enforcement Administration.”

“Piece by piece,” McGee wrote, “the Clinton Administration and Congress are completing the full federalization of the nation’s criminal justice system. They are building something America has never had before: a robust national police system. The FBI stands at the center.”

“For many years,” McGee continued, “federal law enforcement police power was spread among several competing agencies. Now, important assets of local, state, and federal law enforcement agencies are being combined with those of the intelligence community and parts of the military – creating an integrated system whose powers of investigation, intelligence collection, and electronic surveillance will be unprecedented.” McGee quoted Army Colonel John J. Ellis, who serves as deputy section chief of the FBI’s huge new counterterrorism center, as saying, “The one federal agency I guarantee has one person in every community is, in almost every case, the bureau.” But is an omnipresent, national military-police-spy agency compatible with limited, constitutional government?

Still more foreboding is the fact that this vast, rapid expansion has been accompanied by a perilous politicization of the FBI and the Justice Department, making these powerful instruments the personal tools of the president. In an unprecedented, naked power grab that should have elicited thunderous opposition from Congress, the media, and the people, president Clinton, soon after taking office, fired every U.S. attorney in the country and FBI Director William Sessions. This has allowed him to get away with such scandals as FBI Filegate and IRSgate, in which his administration engaged in extraordinary and illegal attacks on political adversaries. “There’s a very dangerous, almost cavalier attitude toward civil liberties and personal freedom and privacy rights by this administration,” charges Congressman Bob Barr (R-Ga.). “I think it’s systemic,” says Barr, a former federal prosecutor, “unlike Watergate, which was personal.”

This is especially worrisome in light of the Clinton administration’s breathtakingly audacious agenda for convergence of the “new” FBI with the secret police apparatuses of so-called “former” communist countries. On July 4, 1994, FBI Director Freeh was in Moscow to sign a protocol for a “police-to-police bridge” between the FBI and the “former” KGB. Sergei Stepashin, chief of Russia’s Federal Counterintelligence Service (the successor organization to the KGB), declared jubilantly: “Together, we’re invincible.” Since then, Freeh has opened FBI offices in, and entered into “partnerships” with, dozens of other foreign countries. His FBI is now cooperating with the former communist police-state commissars in China, Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Poland, Romania, (Soviet) Georgia, and elsewhere. Unfortunately, it appears that the FBI and the Clinton Justice Department are adopting more of the characteristics of these regimes, rather than the other way around. The Clinton administration has pushed for immense new federal wiretapping authority, warrantless searches, federal encryption keys to private computer communications, computer profiling of airline passengers, and many other surveillance and intrusion measures.

The kind of government a country has can be determined by the attitude the citizens have toward their police. In a free society the police are viewed as friends, while in a totalitarian society they are greatly feared. In the one case, the police are hired by their fellow citizens to help protect their rights from criminals; in the other, police are agents of the central government, and their purpose is to keep the dictators (official criminals) in power.

“The police officer in America has been the target of a huge pincer attack for many years,” says John F. McManus, president of the John Birch Society. “Local law enforcement has been caught between the twin forces of anarchy and despotism, between the street revolutionaries and common thugs on the one hand with their radical lawyer contingents, and the federal bureaucrats and politicians on the other who want to force or entice all of the local police departments into one centralized apparatus. That is why we launched our Support Your Local Police movement in the early 1960s. Back at that time, the police were coming under incredible attacks – physical attacks, charges of police brutality, being labeled as ‘pigs.’ The ‘thin blue line’ desperately needed the organized, vocal support of the vast majority of law-abiding citizens. And that’s what we tried to provide.” Through films, speakers, media resources, billboards, bumper stickers, and literature, the Society’s Support Your Local Police slogan became as well known as its “Get US out of the United Nations” rallying cry. “But the other half of our well-known police slogan was at least as important then, and is even more so now,” says McManus. “It states, ‘And Keep them Independent.’ Back at that time, we were warning our fellow citizens about the very real danger to local law enforcement from the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration (LEAA), a federal agency that was rapidly federalizing local police departments nationwide. Thanks in large measure to the efforts of our Support Your Local Police program, the LEAA was eventually abolished. And Americans can be very happy about that. Unfortunately, there are a host of federal programs today that are aimed at accomplishing the same dangerous and unconstitutional objectives.”

Ironically, organizations like the John Birch Society which have a long history of strongly supporting the Constitution and legitimate law enforcement – be it local, state, or federal – are now being targeted as “anti-police” and “anti-government” by elements of the Clinton/Reno Justice Department. In publications, seminars, conferences, and other programs on “hate crimes” and “domestic terrorism” funded by and/or sponsored by federal agencies, the John Birch Society and other groups who espouse a principled, constitutionalist viewpoint, are being unfairly and maliciously linked to racist, fascist, and neo-Nazi and other extremist groups. “I think it’s interesting,” notes McManus, “that the U.S. Bureau of Justice Assistance publication entitled A Policymaker’s Guide to Hate Crimes is filled with acknowledgements to outfits like the American Civil Liberties Union, the Southern Poverty Law Center, the National Gay and Lesbian Task Force, and other groups and individuals with long histories of opposing local law enforcement and favoring big, socialist government. These groups and individuals have definite political agendas that involve poisoning local law enforcement against patriotic organizations that support the Constitution and the rule of law, while at the same time promoting the idea that a benevolent Big Brother in Washington should become more deeply involved in ‘helping’ them in their law enforcement duties. This is typical of more and more of the materials and programming we are seeing come out of Washington.”

The price of liberty is eternal vigilance. Unfortunately, the American people appear to be completely oblivious to these insidious, concerted attacks on the “thin blue line” that is an essential guarantor of their liberty. Now, more than ever, it is time to “Support Your Local Police and Keep Them Independent.”

Sidebar: A Change That Starts With the Heart

“Scientific studies show that religious practice reduces crime, curbs drug abuse, and lowers recidivism for prison inmates,” notes Robert L. Maginnis of the Family Research Council, in an important survey entitled Religion and Crime: Age-old Enemies. Writes Maginnis:

The liberal establishment attributes the upsurge in deviant behavior to unemployment, racism, poor housing, too little schooling, and a lack of self esteem. Proponents of this ‘victim’ philosophy have tried to reverse the crime wave by changing people from the ‘outside’ rather than from the ‘inside.’ After 30 years of social experiments there is still no data showing that less racism, better housing, or greater education makes a difference. Religion, however, changes people from the inside out. It goes below the surface to influence people’s beliefs and behavior.

But the liberal secularist jihad against religion continues. Making matters worse, the same liberal secularists have carried out a devastating campaign against the family, the bedrock of society and the source of training in religion and morals. A 1994 Justice Department study entitled Family Life, Delinquency, and Crime reported that the best hope for crime prevention is to be found (surprise!) in strong families and sound moral development. “Delinquency is more likely,” says the study, “when normative development is incomplete, and when children are unable to distinguish right from wrong, feel little or no obligation toward standards of behavior, and have little respect for the rights and welfare of others. Parents play a critical role in moral development.”

UCLA Professor James Q. Wilson, one of the most trenchant writers on crime and public policy, concurs. “Almost every account we have from psychologists of the moral development of the child emphasizes reinforcements and imitation,” says Wilson. “Children acquire rules of conduct by having compliance with those rules rewarded and violations punished and by observing and imitating the behavior of their parents and friends.”

But the liberalization of divorce laws over the past several decades is exacting a terrible price in moral decline, crime, and social disruption. “Since the passage of no-fault divorce,” says Phyllis Witcher, founder and president of Protecting Marriage, Inc., “every social pathology has predictably risen to a frightening level: crime, illegitimacy, female poverty, suicide, academic failure, economic decline, mental hospital admissions, foreclosures, etc. All have been established to have a strong causal link to something called Family Breakdown or what can be called the coded term for Divorce.”

Witcher is not the only expert to come to this conclusion. Over the past several years, study after study has shown the same alarming results. As John J. DiIulio, a professor of politics at Princeton University, wrote last year: “The research shows that children of divorce have an increased likelihood of dropping out of school; suffering depression and other mental and emotional problems; engaging in precocious sexuality; getting hooked on alcohol or drugs; procreating out of wedlock; slipping economically below the poverty line; committing suicide; and, last but not least, getting divorced.”

Equally sobering are the statistics on illegitimacy in America, where approximately 33 percent of all live births now take place outside of wedlock. In 1960, by comparison, illegitimate births totaled five percent. For blacks, the figure is now 70 percent nationally, and in excess of 80 percent in some inner cities. For whites, it is 25 percent. The research shows that problems for illegitimate children are even more severe than for children of divorce.

Professor Charles Murray states that present-day trends with regard to illegitimacy portend the emergence of a new, vast underclass, made up not only of members of various minority groups, but of whites as well. According to his research, a severe disruption of the societal structure becomes more evident when a population’s illegitimacy rate passes the 25 percent mark. That does not augur well for our future; it virtually guarantees an increasing population of fatherless youth, imbued with values imparted by television, government schools, gangs, and the purveyors of popular, pagan, nihilistic culture. But the liberal welfare programs which have produced, subsidized, and promoted this deadly trend continue unabated.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Impeachment Support Soars as Voters Say Feds “Out of Control”

0

A recent Fox News poll shows more than two-thirds of American voters believe the federal government is “out of control” and a threat to their liberties. Meanwhile, a separate survey commissioned by WND revealed that more than half of the public supports impeaching President Obama for a series of explosive scandals: spying on journalists, IRS targeting of conservative and Tea Party groups, as well as what has become known as “Benghazigate.” Other major scandals such as the administration’s Fast and Furious gun-running to cartels, executing Americans without trial, and unconstitutional wars were not addressed in the surveys.

According to the Fox News poll, released on May 21 and conducted under the guidance of two polling firms, a whopping 68 percent of likely voters “feel like the federal government has gotten out of control and is threatening the basic civil liberties of Americans.” Almost half of Democrats agree that Washington, D.C., is out of control as well – more than the number who disagreed. Just a quarter of respondents did not feel that way, while four percent said they had mixed feelings or it “depends.”

Some six in 10 likely voters, meanwhile, believe the Justice Department went “too far” in seizing records from journalists, while less than a third did not think so. Even among Democrats, only 50 percent approved of disgraced Attorney General Eric Holder, who is currently in criminal contempt of Congress for covering up the deadly Fast and Furious gun-running scandal.

However, among the three most recent and explosive scandals swirling around the embattled administration, more respondents felt the IRS targeting of conservative organizations was the most concerning. That was followed by the White House’s handling of the terrorist attack on a U.S. diplomatic post in Benghazi. Seizing phone records from reporters was viewed as the most concerning of the three issues by 21 percent of respondents.   

The Fox survey also found that disapproval of the president’s job performance had soared above 50 percent for the first time in a year, with 15 percent of Democrats disapproving. Obama’s credibility among the public, meanwhile, hit new lows, with less than half of respondents saying the president was honest and trustworthy. About the same number did think Obama was honest.   

Congress, however, was extraordinarily unpopular – far more unpopular than even the scandal-plagued president. According to the poll, more than three-fourths of likely voters disapproved of the job lawmakers were doing, with just 16 percent saying they approved. It was not immediately clear why Congress remains so unpopular among Republicans and Democrats.

The WND survey, conducted by Wenzel Strategies and also released this week, found even more astounding sentiments among voters. According to the poll, half or nearly half of those surveyed said Obama should be impeached over the scandals currently swamping the administration. On Benghazi, slightly more than 50 percent said they thought Obama should be impeached – including more than a fourth of Democrats.

The poll, which has a margin of error of 4.63 percent, also found that almost half of respondents – 49 percent – agreed that the president should be impeached over the IRS targeting of conservative and Tea Party groups. Almost one out of four Democrats thought the scandal merited impeachment as well, according to the survey. IRS Director of Exempt Organizations Lois Lerner pled the Fifth Amendment in congressional hearings this week, adding fuel to the fire as congressional investigations continue.

Finally, about 48 percent of respondents said impeaching the president would be appropriate in light of the Department of Justice’s controversial seizure of phone records belonging to AP reporters and editors. More than a fourth of Democrats also thought the media scandal, which has since extended to Fox News after one of its reporters was targeted, merited impeachment.     

“It may be early in the process for members of Congress to start planning for impeachment of Barack Obama, but the American public is building a serious appetite for it,” Fritz Wenzel of Wenzel Strategies, which did the telephone poll last week, was quoted as saying by WND. “Half or nearly half of those surveyed said they believed Obama should be impeached for the trifecta of scandals now consuming Washington.”

WND also cited numerous lawmakers who have openly discussed impeachment, along with commentators and experts who suggested that the time had come. Among those who have discussed impeaching the president was Democrat former Rep. Dennis Kucinich, who proposed impeachment over Obama’s unconstitutional war on Libya.

There was more bad news for the president in other polls, too. Another Fox News poll released on May 22, the day after the survey that found more than two thirds of Americans thought the government was “out of control,” revealed more trouble for the administration and its agenda on multiple fronts. On the economy, for example, about half of those surveyed said Obama’s ideas were “bad” and too many had been implemented. Only 41 percent said the president’s ideas were good but not enough had come to pass.

Among the most important findings: 56 percent of respondents felt scrapping ObamaCare would be better than leaving it in place. Just one third thought the statute should be kept, and the trend is moving further against the administration’s controversial healthcare takeover. More than half of those surveyed said they would be worse off under ObamaCare – including a fourth of Democrats – while only 26 percent thought they would be better off.

Despite the survey findings published by Fox News and WND, polls from the liberal-minded establishment media released in recent days suggested that the administration’s public support had remained essentially unchanged amid the mounting tsunami of scandals. For instance, a survey commissioned by CNN, which has been losing credibility faster than other “mainstream” outlets in recent years amid a series of major mistakes, put the president’s approval rating at 53 percent. Still, more than seven out of ten said the IRS behavior was unacceptable, and 37 percent thought the IRS was acting on White House orders.

Another poll by the Washington Post and ABC released this week found that about 51 percent approved of Obama, with 44 percent disapproving. However, that survey also found that more than 55 percent of respondents believed the IRS scandal was a deliberate attempt at harassment, and that the administration was trying to cover something up about the Benghazi attack.

The extremely liberal Huffington Post, however, noted that its polls put the president’s approval rating at closer to 47.5 percent – well below other liberal-leaning media outlets’ survey results. “HuffPost,” which has developed a reputation as a far-left defender of the president on par with MSNBC, also reported on other polls that showed Americans were more interested in news about the economy than the three major scandals swirling around Obama.

The varying results between different polls showed strong differences based on how questions were phrased, for example. However, the latest numbers still suggest that the establishment media’s oft-repeated claims that administration has remained relatively unscathed by the scandals are almost certainly not accurate. 

Numerous media outlets, including left-leaning establishment publications, have been openly speculating about where all of these scandals may lead. Some analysts, even among openly liberal sources, have suggested that the president will inevitably be impeached. Others speculated that Obama may try to offer Holder’s scalp in an effort to protect his presidency. How all of it will play out, however, remains to be seen.

Photo of President Barack Obama: AP Images

Alex Newman is a correspondent for The New American, covering economics, politics, and more. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

Amid Political Posturing, Real Benghazi Scandals Ignored

Lois Lerner Pleads the Fifth in Widening IRS Scandal

DOJ Investigates Fox News Reporter James Rosen in Leak Case

AP Poll Shows Healthy Opposition to Obama Gun Control Scheme

Rasmussen Poll Reports Majority of U.S. Support Nullification

Poll: Troops Losing Confidence in Obama, Wars

The IRS Scandal: Will It Sink Obama?

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Undoing the Brainwashing

0

This time of year, as college students return home for the summer, many parents may notice how many politically correct ideas they have acquired on campus. Some of those parents may wonder how they can undo some of the brainwashing that has become so common in what are supposed to be institutions of higher learning.

The strategy used by General Douglas MacArthur so successfully in the Pacific during World War II can be useful in this very different kind of battle. General MacArthur won his victories while minimizing his casualties – something that is also desirable in clashes of ideas within the family.

Instead of fighting the Japanese for every island stronghold as the Americans advanced toward Japan, MacArthur sent his troops into battle for only those islands that were strategically crucial. In the same spirit, parents who want to bring their brainwashed offspring back to reality need not try to combat every crazy idea they picked up from their politically correct professors. Just demolishing a few crucial beliefs, and exposing what nonsense they are, can deal a blow to the general credibility of the professorial pied pipers.

For example, if the student has been led to join the crusade for more gun control, and thinks that the reason the British have lower murder rates than Americans have is because the Brits have tighter gun control laws, just give him or her a copy of the book Guns and Violence by Joyce Lee Malcolm.

As the facts in that book demolish the gun control propaganda fed to students by their professors, that can create a healthy skepticism about other professorial propaganda.

There are other books that can likewise demolish other politically correct beliefs that prevail on campuses. My own recent book, Intellectuals and Race, has innumerable documented facts that expose the fallacies in most of what is said about racial issues in most college classrooms.

For those students who have bought the campus party line on Third World nations, the classic study of that subject is Equality, the Third World, and Economic Delusion by the late P.T. Bauer of the London School of Economics. He made a veritable demolition derby of most of what has been said in politically correct circles about the relationship between rich and poor countries.

For those students who have been conditioned to regard the welfare state as the solution to social problems, there is no book that exposes the actual human consequences of the welfare state more poignantly than Life at the Bottom by British physician Theodore Dalrymple. He has worked in both low-income neighborhoods and in prisons, so he has seen it all.

Although Britain is the setting for Life at the Bottom, Americans will recognize very similar patterns here. Problems found in low-income black ghettoes in the United States are found in low-income white neighborhoods in Britain, where none of the usual excuses about racism, slavery, etc., apply. The only thing that is the same in both countries is the welfare state and its poisonous ideology.

If your student has been led to believe that “comprehensive immigration reform” – amnesty, in plain English – is the only way to go, a devastating book titled Mexifornia, by Victor Davis Hanson, introduces some cold, factual reality into a subject usually discussed in sweeping and lofty rhetoric.

A book that offers a choice between the island-hopping strategy that General MacArthur used in the Pacific and the all-out assault across a broad front that was used by the Allied armies in Europe is titled The New Leviathan.

It has thirteen penetrating articles by leading authorities on such subjects as national security, ObamaCare, environmentalism, election frauds and more.

Those parents who want to follow the MacArthur strategy can recommend reading one, or a few, of these articles, while those who want to follow the strategy of attacking all across a broad front can recommend that their student read the whole book.

However the battle is fought, what is most important is that the battle be fought, since the young are the future, and the propaganda of today can become the government policies of tomorrow.

Thomas Sowell is a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305. His website is www.tsowell.com. To find out more about Thomas Sowell and read features by other Creators Syndicate columnists and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.

COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Connecticut Gun Law Challenged in Federal Court

0

Connecticut’s seven-week-old gun law, passed in response to the massacre at Sandy Hook School in Newtown in December, has been challenged in federal court. A coalition of individuals, gun retailers, sports shooters, and gun rights activists entered a suit in U.S. District Court in Bridgeport Wednesday, asking for a declaration that the law is unconstitutional and both a preliminary and a permanent injunction against its enforcement.

The suit lists six individuals by name as plaintiffs, along with Hiller Sports, LLC, MD Shooting Sports LLC, the Coalition of Connecticut Sportsmen, and the Connecticut Citizens’ Defense League. Gov. Dannel P. Malloy and the state attorneys for Connecticut’s 11 judicial districts are named as defendants. A press release issued by Scott Wilson, president of the Connecticut Citizens Defense League, and Brian Stapleton, the Hartford attorney who filed the suit, said the plaintiffs include “an elderly widow who lives alone in a rural area where the emergency response time of a lone resident trooper serving the area is 45 minutes, a rabbi whose synagogue in the Bridgeport area has been broken into by intruders, [and] a young professional woman whose efforts to defend herself are made more difficult by the loss of an arm due to cancer, among other individuals.” The complaint also claims the law has created financial harm to the business owners represented in the suit, along with violations of the plaintiff’s constitutional rights.  

The law, generally regarded as one of the strictest in the nation, was passed by the legislature and signed into law on April 4 of this year. Entitled “An Act Concerning Gun Violence and Children’s Safety,” the bill had broad support in the weeks and months following the Sandy Hook shootings, in which a single gunman entered the school and killed 20 first-graders and six adults on December 14.

“The Act was rushed through the legislature without thorough debate or meaningful public examination,” the suit claims. Though billed as a ban on “assault weapons” and large-capacity magazines, the law “irrationally bans pistols, rifles, shotguns and magazines that are commonly used for lawful purposes and throughout the United States,” says the complaint, adding: “The law violates plaintiffs’ fundamental rights under the Second Amendment and is unconstitutional.”

Weapons banned under the new law include the Bushmaster AR-15 semiautomatic rifle used by the gunman in the Sandy Hook killings. Criminal background checks on the purchaser are required in all gun sales, and magazines with a capacity of more than 10 rounds are banned. Owners of semi-automatic rifles defined as “assault weapons” under the new law will be required to submit to new registration procedures. Purchase, sale, transfer, or distribution of large-capacity magazines is a Class D felony. Beginning January 1, 2014, possession of a large-capacity magazine will be an infraction, subject to a fine, for a first offense, provided the magazine had been obtained before that date. Each subsequent offense, however, will be a Class D felony.

“Criminals are unlikely to concern themselves with whether the magazines they use to commit crimes are lawful,” the plaintiffs contend, adding that even if they would, the shooter in a criminal attack could use multiple magazines or multiple weapons, an option usually not available to a citizen using a firearm to defend against a home invasion. The plaintiffs argue that categories of firearms banned as “assault weapons” are semi-automatic, meaning they fire a single round with each squeeze of the trigger. The “assault” designation is based on external features like a pistol grip or a mount for a rifle telescope, they contend.

“The legislature thinks the ban is going to solve the problem of crimes committed with guns,” Stapleton told the Hartford Courant. “It makes citizens less safe by denying them the ability to effectively defend themselves in their homes.” A spokesman for Gov. Malloy said the legal challenge came as no surprise. 

“We’ve known for some time that groups opposed to the new gun violence prevention law would be filing suit against it,” Andrew Doba told the Courant. “We believe the bill improves public safety, and we will work with the Attorney General’s office to defend it.”

“Let’s not forget,” Doba added, “that this has happened before. In prior instances where Connecticut has passed common sense restrictions on firearms, there have been challenges. They have all been unsuccessful.” The state’s lawyers had not yet received and reviewed the complaint, said Jaclyn Falkowski, speaking for Attorney General George Jepsen.

“However, it is our belief that this legislation is lawful, and the office of the attorney general is prepared to vigorously defend the law against this and any other potential court challenge,” Falkowski said. There will likely be no shortage of challenges in Connecticut or in other states that have passed similar legislation. Stapleton, who has law office in both Hartford and in White Plains, New York, is the lead attorney in a constitutional challenge to New York’s new gun law, the Courant noted.

“It impacts the core Second Amendment right to protect yourself in your home, and it does so by outlawing magazines and firearms that are commonly used and widely possessed,” he said of the Connecticut law. Chances are attorneys willing to make the constitutional challenge won’t have to look far for plaintiffs as new restrictions are enacted. Membership in the Connecticut Citizens Defense League, said Wilson, has grown from 2,500 to 7,600 in just a few months.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

CDC Says 20 Percent of Children Have Mental Disorder; Why the Increase?

2

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 20 percent of American children may have a mental disorder, including attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, anxiety, depression, and autism. Such a report would have some believing that rates of mental disease have increased. However, much of the increase in rates can be attributed to a number of other items, including the wildly expanded definition of these conditions, the increasingly powerful pharmaceutical industry, and a general lack of understanding in the medical community of the effects of improper nutrition.

CBS News reports, “The CDC data was collected between 1994 and 2011, and it shows that the number of children being diagnosed with mental disorders has been steadily growing. The study did not conclude exactly why the numbers are increasing.”

Dr. Ruth Perou, the lead author of this the CDC’s first study of children aged three to 17, stated,

This is a deliberate effort by CDC to show mental health is a health issue. As with any health concern, the more attention we give to it, the better. It’s parents becoming aware of the facts and talking to a health-care provider about how their child is learning, behaving and playing with other kids,” said Dr. Ruth Perou, the study’s lead author.

But what some are calling a growth in the rate of mental health issues may in fact be nothing more than a misdiagnosis of health disorders as a result of expanded medical terms and definitions.

Slate.com reported in April:

Beware the DSM-5, the soon-to-be-released fifth edition of the “psychiatric bible,” the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual. The odds will probably be greater than 50 percent, according to the new manual, that you’ll have a mental disorder in your lifetime.

Although fewer than 6 percent of American adults will have a severe mental illness in a given year, according to a 2005 study, many more–more than a quarter each year–will have some diagnosable mental disorder. That’s a lot of people. Almost 50 percent of Americans (46.4 percent to be exact) will have a diagnosable mental illness in their lifetimes, based on the previous edition, the DSM-IV. And the new manual will likely make it even “easier” to get a diagnosis.

Dr. Thomas Insel, director of the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) has been a leading opponent of the DSM-5, asserting that its primary problem is a “lack of validity.”

Dr. Allen Frances, chair of the DSM-IV Task Force and author of Saving Normal: An Insider’s Revolt Against Out-of-Control Psychiatric Diagnosis, DSM-5, Big Pharma, and the Medicalization of Ordinary Life, fears that the DSM-5 will result in a “massive diagnostic inflation that could lead to tens of millions of people receiving psychiatric drugs they don’t need.”

Perhaps that is the idea.

The CDC study also found that the annual cost of treating these conditions is $247 billion.

In fact, the collusion between psychiatry and the pharmaceutical industry has compelled the Senate Finance Committee to launch several investigations, including a probe of Dr. Joseph Biederman, chief of the program in Pediatric Psychopharmacology at Massachusetts General Hospital.

The Citizens Commission on Human Rights International (CCHRINT), a nonprofit watchdog group, had this to say about Dr. Biederman in a story entitled “The Corrupt Alliance of the Psychiatric-Pharmaceutical Industry”:

Biederman has received research funds from 15 pharmaceutical companies. The New York Times exposed how Joseph Biederman earned $1.6 million in consulting fees from drug makers between 2000 and 2007 but did not report all of this income to Harvard University officials. His marketing of the theory that children have “bipolar” was attributed to the increase in anti-psychotic drug sales for pediatric use in the United States–today 2.5 million children. Following exposure of his conflicts, he stepped down from a number of industry-funded clinical trials. In March 2009, in newly released court documents, Biederman was reported to have promised drug maker Johnson & Johnson in advance that his studies on the antipsychotic drug Risperidone would prove the drug to be effective when used on preschool age children.

And there are a number of other leading psychiatrists who have engaged in similar questionable behaviors that have lined their pockets while assuring that a growing number of children are diagnosed and medicated.

The CCHRINT writes, “With the U.S. prescribing antipsychotics to children and adolescents at a rate six times greater than the U.K., and with 30 million Americans having taken antidepressants for a “chemical imbalance” that psychiatrists admit is a pharmaceutical marketing campaign, not scientific fact, it is no wonder that the conflict of interest between psychiatry and Big Pharma is under congressional investigation.”

Critics have pointed out that the side effects of anti-psychotic drugs could worsen – or in some cases actually cause – symptoms of mental illness.

Additionally, according to the CCHRINT, there is abundant evidence proving a connection between psychotropic medications and violent crimes, and that government officials are well aware of the connection: “Between 2004 and 2011, there have been over 11,000 reports to the U.S. FDA’s MedWatch system of psychiatric drug side effects related to violence,” including 300 homicides.

The FDA has pointed out that prescribing psychiatric medications can have other dangerous side effects as well, including an increased risk of suicidal behaviors in teens and children.

The DSM-5, the new “psychiatric bible” mentioned above, poses a real danger to children, as it could result in their misdiagnosis, followed by prescriptions for drugs that could actually make them ill.

Yahoo Health reports,

A coalition of 32 organizations–including divisions of the influential American Psychological Association (APA)–argue that the DSM-5 lowers the threshold for a diagnosis of mental illness and contributes to “excessive medicalization, stigmatization,” and “pathologization of normal human responses and behavior.”

It is also possible that there is, at least in some cases, an actual increase in mental health issues, but that that increase is entirely related to diet and therefore treatable if the medical community knew enough about nutrition and diet.

Medscape Medical News reported in 2011, “In a new and burgeoning area of research, 2 new studies from Australian investigators show that diet quality can have a significant effect on mental health outcomes and may potentially have a role in preventing and treating such common illnesses as depression and anxiety.”

According to one of the researchers, Dr. Felice Jacka, the findings of the studies suggest that teenage depression and anxiety can be prevented by a proper, nutritious diet:

In this study we show that a good-quality diet at baseline predicts better mental health at follow-up, even after adjustments for diet quality at follow-up, sociodemographic variables, exercise, and most importantly, mental health at baseline.

New evidence also suggests that conditions such as ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) may in fact be simply a symptom of a gluten allergy. Studies indicate that there is a higher incidence of Celiac Disease in ADHD patients, and that symptoms of ADHD tend to improve or disappear entirely once the person begins to eat a gluten-free diet.

Similarly, the increase in the presence of genetically-modified organisms in food can be attributed to an increase in signs of mental health disorders.

According to alternative physician Joseph Mercola of Mercola.com, one of the driving forces behind increases in autism and Alzheimer’s disease is a change in the food supply and the increase of genetically engineered (GE) food. He notes that consuming GE foods has the potential to cause gut permeability, also known as “leaky gut,” which predisposes sufferers to an array of health problems, including mental health issues.

Though the CDC’s Dr. Perou contends that more research is needed to determine the causes of mental disorders, and that greater awareness could lead to an increase in diagnoses, a growing number of Americans are advising a more sensible approach to these issues that affect their mental and physical health.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Homosexual Assaults Becoming a Problem in U.S. Military, DoD Survey Finds

0

A little over a year after the “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” (DADT) ban on homosexuals in the military was officially dropped, the Department of Defense has admitted that it has a problem with sexual assault by male soldiers on other men. The Washington Times noted that, according to an anonymous survey conducted by the Defense Department among military personnel, more men than women are sexually abused in the military each year, with assaults overwhelmingly perpetrated by other men.

Results of the survey show that of the estimated 26,000 service members who were victims of sexual assault in 2012, roughly 14,000 of the victims were men, while some 12,000 were women, according to a scientific survey sample released by the Pentagon.

A 129 percent increase in sexual assaults among military personnel since 2004 has prompted Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel to launch a campaign to deal with “unwanted sexual contact,” among the troops. But the project has become more complicated by the fact that an inordinate number of the assaults are apparently being perpetrated by male homosexuals – close on the heels of their high-profile welcome into the ranks.

Elaine Donnelly, president of the Center for Military Readiness, noted that the number of formal reports of sexual assault in the military annually skyrocketed from 1,275 to 2,949 in just eight years, and the numbers of same-sex assaults appear to be one of the factors. Donnelly said that women are identified as the assailants in just two percent of all assaults, which means that almost all of the 14,000 or so men who have been assaulted sexually were targeted by other men. “It appears that the DoD has serious problems with male-on-male sexual assaults that men are not reporting and the Pentagon doesn’t want to talk about,” Donnelly charged.

Donnelly, whose group took a lead role in the fight to keep DADT in place, charged that the DoD’s Sexual Assault Response and Prevention Office “continues to focus its attention on women who experience abuse but don’t report it, overlooking the far greater numbers of men who, according to the survey, are experiencing abuse but not reporting it. If the Pentagon considers the survey results a credible reflection of hidden reality, they must also concede that there are more men than women who are being sexually assaulted.”

Aaron Belkin of the Palm Center, which promotes homosexuality in the military, insisted to the Washington Times that “very few” of the perpetrators of male-on-male sexual assault are homosexual, claiming that the attacks are “somewhat similar to prison rape.” Donnelly called such a notion “outrageous,” telling World Net Daily that the increasing numbers of same-sex assaults has the military officials flummoxed. “The Department of Defense doesn’t quite know what to do with these figures,” she said, “and so they just sort of put them in there and hope nobody notices.”

Donnelly said it is crucial to monitor the numbers of sexual assaults to document how two significant changes in the military – welcoming homosexuals and allowing an increasing role of women in combat arenas – are negatively impacting military readiness. She said DoD officials appear to be in denial over the connection between these two issues and the increase in sexual assaults among military personnel.

As for addressing the increasing problem of sexual assaults against females, she told World Net Daily that “I think we have to start with the basics, and that means basic training. Back in 1998, unanimously, the Kassebaum-Baker Commission came out with recommendations to separate basic training for Army, Air Force, and Navy trainers, [to] do it like the Marines do. The Marines train basic training separately, male and female at Parris Island. That’s a good thing to do. It’s a good first start.”

More fundamentally, she added, the DoD must “stop pretending that sexuality does not matter. You cannot solve a problem by extending it into the combat arms. The big push is for women in combat – this argument that we have to have women in the infantry so they’ll be respected more and they won’t be assaulted.”

Donnelly pointed out that while respect for women in the military is at an all-time high, so are the sexual assaults against them. She said that the Pentagon and policymakers in Congress “need to assess where we are, what has happened in the last two decades, and they need to stop pretending that a lot of sensitivity training or highly paid consultants [are] going to make a difference in the sex problems we’re seeing right now.”

In a statement released by the Center for Military Readiness, Donnelly said that both male and female military personnel deserve “reality-based policies that combine recent lessons learned with classic principles that should be strengthened, not weakened. Congress must intervene before the administration’s incremental plans irreversibly extend unresolved social problems into fighting battalions that are key to mission accomplishment in the all-volunteer force.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

German Firms Flee to U.S. to Avoid Staggering “Green” Energy Costs

0

Chancellor Angela Merkel’s “renewable energy revolution” is killing the German economy, but Obama and Greens keep pointing to Germany’s debacle as the model we should follow.

“HIGH ENERGY COSTS DRIVE GERMAN FIRMS TO US.” That is the headline for an article that appeared May 22 in Duetsche Welle, or DW, Germany’s international broadcasting giant.

“Soaring German energy costs in the wake of the country’s transition to renewable energy have seen more and more firms thinking about relocating their operations,” the DW story reported. “The US looks like a sound alternative, associations claim.”

The DW story continued:

German industry lobby associations on Wednesday sent a warning shot towards the government in Berlin, saying that rising energy costs in the country would drive away more and more German companies.

“If we don’t get on top of the country’s energy transition to renewables and are not able to rein in energy costs in the process, German industry’s competitiveness stands to suffer,” the chief of the Federation of German Industry (BDI), Ulrich Grillo, told the business newspaper “Handelsblatt.”

He said that while Germans are embroiled in a debate about the right energy mix, the US was getting more and more attractive as a business location for German firms, thanks not least to President Barack Obama’s support for the fracking technology resulting in much cheaper energy prices.

President Obama has pleasantly surprised many – and angered many of his allies in the Big Green lobby, i.e., the Sierra Club, the Environmental Defense Fund, et al – by his recent common-sense actions to allow hydraulic fracturing on federal public lands and approval of a Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) terminal in Freeport, Texas. However, based on the administration’s history of antipathy to all fossil fuels, its use of the EPA to quash energy production, and its commitment to vastly expanding our nation’s reliance on renewable energy, the recent natural gas concessions could prove to be a temporary political move. If that proves to be the case, the German companies that are moving to America to escape Merkel’s unsustainable “renewable revolution” could find themselves facing the same predicament down the road here.

$110 billion for solar may postpone global warming by 37 hours this century!

According to Danish professor and best-selling environmental author Bjorn Lomborg, the German and Danish experiments that are being so highly touted as successful showpieces are instead unmitigated disasters. Lomborg stated on John Stossel’s television show on March 29, 2012 that Germany’s colossal expenditure on solar energy, for instance, will have virtually zero impact on global warming, the ostensible reason for which the country is “investing” huge sums. “The Germans are spending about $110 billion on subsidies for these solar panels,” Lomborg noted. “The net effect of all those investments will be to postpone global warming by 37 hours by the end of the century.”

New Zealand climate blogger Jo Nova has provided extensive analysis of the German energy debacle in this posting: “The Chaos of German ‘Renewable’ Energy.”

Concerns over Germany’s radical energy policies have been building for months, as the costs have become more and more evident. In an article last July entitled, “Doubts Rising over German Switch to Renewables,” Der Spiegel, one of Germany’s largest publications, reported on the growing alarm:

Chancellor Angela Merkel outlined a grand vision for an energy revolution a year ago, shortly after her government had decided to shut down all nuclear reactors by 2022 in a spectacular about-face following the Fukushima accident. Germany was to put itself at the forefront of the fight against global warming by radically expanding the use of renewable energy to 35 percent of total power consumption by 2020, rising to 80 percent by 2050. Currently, it represents 20 percent of the country’s energy mix.

But now two ministers, Environment Minister Peter Altmaier and Economy Minister Philipp Rösler, have cast doubt whether the targets are reachable and said their priority is to make sure that electricity prices don’t rise too much….

The similarity between the two ministers’ comments is noteworthy, as is the fact that two of Merkel’s top ministers are calling one of her government’s central projects into question a mere year after it was launched.

The business daily Handelsblatt wrote:

If one looks at the key points of the energy revolution decided a year ago, one quickly notices that very ambitious targets were set while the path to reaching them was only outlined sketchily. Many players in the affected industries don’t know what to do. They have been told to take action and invest billions, but the conditions remain unclear.

Germany may be leading the way to disaster, but it is not traveling alone. According to the International Energy Agency’s chief economist Fatih Birol, annual government subsidies designed to promote renewable energy currently amount to around $70 billion globally.

And if the Big Green lobby has its way, that subsidy will grow exponentially. Which is why, even as Germany staggers under the renewables burden, one of the designers of that fiasco was in the United States recently to promote the same policies here. On May 14, Rainer Baake, former deputy minister at the German Federal Environment Ministry and a key architect of Germany’s energy transition, was the honored guest for the interview program On Point of the Environment & Energy Television network (E&ETV).

Baake then received a much bigger boost from Bloomberg News on May 15, with the publication of his essay “U.S. Energy Policy Should Take a Lesson From Germany’s Energiewende,” co-authored with Jennifer Morgan, director of the Climate and Energy Program at the World Resources Institute (WRI), one of the globalist mega-think tanks with mega-funding from governments and leftist foundations, as well as from politically connected corporations that benefit from subsidies and state-monopoly policies.

In their Bloomberg piece, Baake and Morgan lecture us on the failure of the United States to get in step with the renewables zeitgeist that is sweeping the world:

At least 118 countries have renewable energy targets, and 65 offer predictable feed-in tariffs. About half of new electric capacity worldwide in 2011 came from renewable sources.

The United States stands in sharp contrast with this picture. It’s true that 29 states currently have renewable energy policies, but the country lacks a national energy policy framework and corresponding targets.

For U.S. policymakers looking to expedite a clean energy transition, the Energiewende should be a welcome addition to the conversation. It’s economically and ecologically responsible, and it’s proven to be politically popular. It’s certainly worth taking a closer look.

Yes, we should be taking a much closer look – before our government goes any further in this direction. A good place to start is “The Renewable Energy Disaster” by Christopher Calder, which provides copious research on the horrendous economic, social, and environmental costs associated with the global push for government-mandated transition to renewable energy. (A caveat: While providing a devastating critique of renewable energy policies, Calder’s “solution,” the National Food Security Act, is a misguided remedy that would unconstitutionally inject federal controls into all areas of agriculture and food production.) The articles by The New American’s Ed Hiserodt and James Heiser listed below also provide critically important information on the problems and limits of renewable energy and the renewable energy policy proposals.

Photo of wind turbines in Germany: AP Images

Related articles:

Blown Away: Wind Energy Analyzed

Danish Wind Power Overblown

Wind Power: An Ill Wind Blowing

A Review of “The Wind Farm Scam”

Solar Power Generation: Boon or Boondoggle

Obama’s Energy Plan

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Homeland Security “Police” Monitored Tea Party IRS Protests

1

Agents from the Department of Homeland Security posing as national “police” were deployed across the country this week to monitor and intimidate Tea Party activists, who were peacefully protesting the Obama administration and its abuse of the IRS to target conservative groups. The apparently unlawful spying and bullying has drawn outrage from analysts, experts, and commentators from across the political spectrum worried that the federal government is going off the rails.

From California to Florida and everywhere in between, armed DHS functionaries – part of the so-called “Federal Protective Service” (FPS) – intimidated and spied on peaceful activists, according to protesters in attendance. News reports were filled with pictures and videos of large Homeland Security trucks that said “police” in giant letters, along with armed DHS personnel dressed in “police” outfits. At a rally in Los Angeles, a DHS helicopter was even spotted flying overhead as federal “police” ordered protesters to get off of government property.

More than a few attendees at the rallies expressed fears about being spied on by authorities in the future – or even being targeted by the IRS. Some analysts said the federal show of force was probably an effort by the administration to intimidate Americans into remaining silent, while others speculated that the U.S. government was hoping to provoke a reaction out of the protesters that could be used to demonize activists concerned about lawless federal activities. 

Among the most serious concerns cited by critics – aside from federal spying and intimidation of citizens exercising rights guaranteed under the First Amendment – were the giant letters reading “police” emblazoned on DHS vehicles and personnel. Of course, the Constitution does not grant the U.S. government any power to establish a national police force or anything even remotely resembling one.

Indeed, outside of a few federal crimes such as counterfeiting, treason, and piracy, law enforcement is supposed to be a function of state and local government. Analysts also noted that there was absolutely no reason for armed federal bureaucrats to be keeping tabs on a peaceful protest – especially when local police with legitimate jurisdiction could have secured the rallies if needed.

“If you have a police force and it’s out of control, you go down to your mayor and you take care of it with your mayor,” commented conservative pundit Glenn Beck about the latest DHS tactics aimed at Tea Party activists this week. ”But if a national police force is out of control, who exactly do you have?”

Beck, who has a sizeable following and a growing media machine, also said Homeland Security was supposed to be for airports. “They were the guys with the really crappy uniforms that have the rubber gloves who were feeling you up at the airport and you’re laughing at them,” he continued. “This is a labor union police force, a federal labor union police force. This is not good.”

A caller on the show who helped organize a 400-person rally targeted by DHS in Cincinnati, meanwhile, noted that it was not the first time he had seen federal functionaries sporting “police” outfits. “Congress needs to wake up,” the caller said on the program. “Maybe they’re part of it, I don’t know, but they need to look into this. We are creating a national police force that’s keeping an eye on us and intimidating us.”

The Tea Party demonstrations against the U.S. tax agency at IRS offices across the country, held on May 22, were sparked by recent admissions from senior officials that conservative groups had been singled out for special scrutiny and inappropriate questioning by authorities. Outraged lawmakers in both political parties and much of the establishment press agreed that the IRS behavior was absolutely unacceptable. More than seven out of ten Americans thought so, too, and even President Obama publicly feigned concern about the scandal.

Homeland Security Secretary Janet “Big Sis” Napolitano and the increasingly intrusive domestic espionage apparatus, however, evidently did not see it that way. Under the Obama administration, multiple federal agencies and departments – including DHS – have issued absurd “intelligence” reports based on discredited sources claiming that the real threat to the “Homeland” is actually conservatives. Pro-life activists, Ron Paul supporters, constitutionalists, veterans, people who believe in individual liberty, and countless others are officially in the crosshairs.

Based on recent polls, that includes almost 70 percent of American voters, who in a survey released this week said they “feel like the federal government has gotten out of control and is threatening the basic civil liberties of Americans.” Even among Democrats, almost half agree that Washington, D.C., is out of control – more than the number who disagreed. Left-wing organizations like the American Civil Liberties Union have also blasted Homeland Security’s lawless spying on peaceful protesters.

“This type of government monitoring and tracking of lawful demonstrations and political speech can have a chilling effect on Americans’ exercise of their rights to free speech and assembly,” Robyn Greene with the ACLU Washington Legislative Office noted in 2011 after learning that DHS “police” were spying on activists, apparently under the false impression that such behavior was legal. “This is especially true when those demonstrations advocate positions that are in opposition to government policy…. No agency or department in government has the right to monitor the peaceful and lawful political activities and speech of Americans.”

While only a tiny fraction of the growing number of Americans worried about lawless government attended rallies on Tuesday, Homeland Security made sure that its presence was felt. According to news reports, self-styled federal “police” were observed scoping out protests or intimidating activists all across California, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Missouri, and other states. Analysts lashed out at the perceived abuse of power.        

“Why aren’t DHS officers protecting the homeland against foreign enemies armed with explosives and hate? Perhaps because the Obama Administration is more worried about domestic ‘enemies’ armed with the Constitution and love of country,” wrote Sally Zelikovsky about the scandal in the American Thinker. She also said the administration sending out DHS agents to spy on Tea Party protests was “further evidence of the Soviet-style ‘War on Dissent.’ ”

“One would think they would be just a bit more circumspect and maybe even exercise a modicum of restraint before dispersing KGB, I mean, DHS agents to free speech rallies protected under the Constitution,” Zelikovsky continued in her stinging criticism of the department’s latest activities. “The fact that they did this so blatantly despite the scrutiny they are under is symptomatic of a government on the verge of a constitutional breakdown – a government that doesn’t hesitate to bully the little guy while giving the Constitution the proverbial political finger.”

The New American reached out to DHS with a series of questions: Why were the agents at these protests? How does DHS respond to critics of this who say it was spying, intimidation, unnecessary, and chilling? Why did the DHS vehicles and personnel have “police” written on them? Does DHS operate a federal police force now? If so, under what statutory or constitutional authority has DHS established a police force? Was permission for the DHS presence obtained from local authorities?

DHS Federal Protective Service Chief of Public Affairs Jacqueline C. Yost responded with a brief statement. “The Federal Protective Service (FPS) protects more than 9,000 federal buildings and 1.4 million federal employees and visitors who occupy them throughout the country every day,” she said. “FPS is committed to carrying out this mission in a manner that protects the public’s civil rights and civil liberties including freedom of speech and the right to peacefully protest.”

Of course, along with the rest of the Obama administration, DHS has come under increasing scrutiny in recent years amid a wide assortment of scandals. Among the most outrageous: Spying on peaceful protesters, sealing contracts for massive amounts of ammunition, stockpiling “weapons of war,” molesting air travelers, expanding its powers, defying court orders, issuing wild reports painting regular Americans as potential terrorists, squandering huge sums of money on extra-constitutional “fusion centers,” training local authorities to become extensions of the federal government, and more.

Congress has held hearings and a few lawmakers have introduced legislation to rein in the department, which is perceived by critics as an out-of-control behemoth that could easily be abused. As the outcry among Americans continues to mount, calls for abolishing the DHS are growing as well. Unsurprisingly, the latest developments have already contributed to the furor. Whether any action will be taken by Congress, however, remains to be seen.

Alex Newman is a correspondent for The New American, covering economics, politics, and more. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Photo source: Gateway Pundit

Related articles:

Impeachment Support Soars as Voters Say Feds “Out of Control”

Homeland Security Demands “Obedience” in Message to Agents

Congress Seeks Answers on Huge Homeland Security Ammo Contracts

Lois Lerner Pleads the Fifth in Widening IRS Scandal

The IRS Scandal: Will It Sink Obama?

Feds Requested Targets With Children and Pregnant Women

U.S. Military Program Arming Local Police Expands

DHS Solicits Bids for 26.1 Million Rounds of Ammo

Federal Law Enforcement Stockpiling Arms (10,000/ICE Employee)

DHS Labels Liberty-Lovers as Potential Terrorists

Profiling and Criminalizing Political Dissent

Homeland Security: Everyone’s a Threat

Do You Fit the Terrorist Profile?

New DHS Domestic Terrorism Report Targets Millions of Americans

DHS Sources Prompt Calls for Ousting Napolitano

Terror War Expanding, Shifting to the Right

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Heckler Spars With Obama Over Drones, Guantanamo

0

President Obama had some competition Thursday when he addressed an audience at the National Defense University in Washington on the administration’s approach to fighting terrorism. He was interrupted a number of times by a heckler in the back of the room, and he paused at various points in his speech to respond to her.

As Obama spoke about the detention center for captured terror suspects at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the woman shouted a comment about prisoners on a hunger strike over years of imprisonment without trial at the U.S. Naval base and demanded to know what the president is going to do about it. 

“Excuse me, President Obama, you are the commander in chief,” she yelled. 

“Why don’t you sit down, and I’ll tell you exactly what I’m going to do,” Obama said.

The heckler sounded even more determined to get answers when Obama was discussing administration policy regarding drone strikes that have sparked protests here and in Pakistan and other Middle East countries, where the targeting of suspected terrorists has resulted in the killing of innocent non-combatants. At one point, the president said an attack by one of the unmanned bombers is authorized only when there is “near certainty” that no civilians would be killed or injured.

That appears to contradict the admission in a letter to congressional leaders from Attorney General Eric Holder Wednesday that four U.S. citizens have been killed in drone attacks, only one of whom was a target. The targeted citizen was militant Muslim cleric Anwar al-Awlaki, who Holder said had been actively involved in plotting terrorist attacks against the United States. Awlaki was killed by a drone strike in Yemen on September 30, 2011. The three other American citizens killed, including Awlaki’s son, Abdulrahman al-Awlaki, were not targets, Holder said. The younger Awlaki, age 16, was killed in a drone strike, also in Yemen, two weeks after his father’s death.

“How about Abdulrahman al-Awlaki?” the heckler shouted. “Why was he killed?”

The woman, Medea Benjamin (shown being removed from auditorium), was removed from the event. She later said it was military police officers, along with FBI and Secret Service officials who shoved her out of the room and questioned her. Benjamin, co-founder of the antiwar group Code Pink, was described by the New York Times as a familiar face on Capitol Hill, “where she has repeatedly interrupted proceedings.” A statement later issued by National Defense University officials said Benjamin “was given access via the list of media attendees expected.” She told the Times she had been invited to the event by someone at the university who agrees with her objections to the military policies she was protesting.

“People around the world are tired of nice words from President Obama, and they want some concrete action,” Benjamin stated. “Some say it’s rude to interrupt the president, but it’s rude to kill innocent people with drones.”

Security around the president and the venues where he speaks is usually tight and thorough enough to prevent protesters from being seen or heard at a presidential event. On the rare occasion when a speech is interrupted, the usual practice is to try to ignore the heckler until he or she is removed. On this occasion, Obama replied more than once to Benjamin’s interruptions.

“Now, this is part of free speech, is you being able to speak, but also you listening and me being able to speak,” Obama said at one point. “All right? Thank you.” The president even offered a brief tribute to Benjamin as she was being forced out of the room, while shouting: “I love my country and I love the rule of law!”  

“The voice of that woman is worth paying attention to,” Obama said. “Obviously I do not agree with much of what she said, and obviously she wasn’t listening to me in much of what I said. But these are tough issues, and the suggestion that we can gloss over them is wrong.”

In an interview with Huffington Post, Benjamin was asked if she was going to keep trying to confront the president with her questions and protests if she thought she would be able to get into other similar events.

“Yes, I’m going to keep trying and I’ll probably get in,” she replied.

Photo of Medea Benjamin being removed from auditorium: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

'Massachusetts teen remains in custody'

0

An 18-year-old boy arrested for making Ëœterror threatsâ„¢ through his Facebook posts about the recent bombings in the US city of Boston remains in custody pending payment of USD 1 million bail.

The teen, identified as Cameron Dâ„¢Ambrosio, faces up to 20 years in prison for making terror threats on the social networking website, Russia Today reported on Friday.

The boy, a senior at Methuen High School in Massachusetts, was arrested on May 2 after he posted a threat on Facebook, saying, Å“Ya’ll want me to…kill somebody?… A Boston bombing wait till you see the [expletive] I do. …I beat every murder charge that comes across me.”

On April 15, two bomb explosions near the finish line of the Boston Marathon killed three people and injured more than 250 others.

Following Cameronâ„¢s arrest, Methuen Police Chief Joe Solomon issued a statement saying, Å“We took this very seriously… The threat was disturbing enough for us to act and I think our officers did the right thing.”

Solomon, however, added that Cameron did not make specific threat against any particular group or individuals including the school officials.

Å“I do want to make clear he did not make a specific threat against the school or any particular individuals but he did threaten to kill a bunch of people and specifically mentioned the Boston Marathon and the White House.”

The Center for Rights and Fight for the Future established a support page for the high school student earlier this week.

The supporters wrote on the page that Å“a kid is in prison. Away from his family. All for something he posted on Facebook.”

They noted that police found no explosives or weapons after they searched the house of the teen, demanding that he be released.

Å“A search of Cam’s house found no explosives, weapons… He should be released to his family and that all evidence (including testimony from the police) suggested that he was not a threat to anyone,” his supporters wrote on the page.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Electoral College: How the Republic Chooses its President

0

With a statistical three-way tie in the presidential popularity polls as we began to research this article, the drums have been beating once more for change in the electoral college system of selecting the U.S. chief executive, with even direct popular elections being touted. Ominous scenarios have been raised to show the imminence of a constitutional crisis. This constitutional crisis, incredibly, would supposedly occur were we to continue following the Constitution which, in the wisdom of the Founding Fathers, has for more than two centuries provided quite proficient means to handle elections.

Much of the dilemma has been caused by a general ignorance of history, as well as through willful deception by generations of demagogues who have misled the American people into thinking this is a “democracy,” which is exactly what the founders opposed. While modernists may consider them semantic tosses of a coin, the differences between a republic and a democracy were vital in the embryonic days of the Constitution – which was established as a system of restraints against what government could do – and should be even more compelling today. Indeed, it is because the United States was founded as a republic that an electoral college was created.

A Republic, If You Can Keep It

James Madison, often called the Father of the Constitution, described the decisions of representative, or republican, government – as opposed to democracy – as the required filtration before government action should take place. In The Federalist Papers, Madison ventured that “it may well be that the public voice, pronounced by the representatives of the people, will be more consonant to the public good than if pronounced by the people themselves.” Elsewhere in those remarkable essays advocating ratification of the Constitution, Madison observed that pure “democracies have ever been found incompatible with personal security or the rights of property; and have in general been as short in their lives as they have been violent in their deaths.” It was because of the tendency for majorities to become tyrannical that Madison argued for separation of powers.

Thus it is, as has been noted by Clarence Manion, former dean of law at Notre Dame University, that the term “democracy” is not found in the text of the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution of the United States, nor in any of the state constitutions. On the other hand, Article IV of the Constitution guarantees “to every state in this Union a republican form of government.” Harvard Professor Drew McCoy, in his 1989 biography of Madison entitled The Last of the Fathers, said that Madison “wanted to protect republican government as much as possible from the disruptive and unsettling effects of immediate popular influence – precisely because in America, as elsewhere, the large body of the people were not always or even ordinarily guided by enlightened reason.”

When William Paterson of New Jersey, at the Constitutional Convention in 1787, said that “the democratic spirit beats high,” that was intended to be derisive. So it was when Edmund Randolph of Virginia said he wanted “to restrain the fury of democracy.” The people were assuredly not the “voice of God” to Alexander Hamilton, who called them “that great beast.” Conservative Gouverneur Morris described them as a “reptile”; Elbridge Gerry of Massachusetts asserted that “the evils we experience flow from the excess of democracy,” urging his colleagues to be “taught by experience the danger of the leveling spirit.” And George Washington urged the avoidance of “leveling principles.” In his retirement, the early and determined conservative John Adams reflected in writing: “Remember, democracy never lasts long. It soon wastes, exhausts and murders itself. There never was a democracy that did not commit suicide.”

The rationale for electors was explained by Hamilton in The Federalist Papers, when he perceived that “the immediate election should be made by men most capable of analyzing the qualities adapted to the station and acting under circumstances favorable to deliberation, and to a judicious combination of all the reasons and inducements which were proper to govern their choices. A small number of persons, selected by their fellow citizens from the general mass, will be most likely to possess the information and discernment requisite to so complicated an investigation.”

It was because of distrust of the mobs that the founders established the electoral college and the election of senators by the state legislatures, the latter being banefully overturned by the 17th Amendment in 1913. (That was also the year that the income tax was introduced, as well as the Federal Reserve System, all of which greatly undermined the Republic.) It was because of fears of such evils as incipient democracy that, at the close of the convention, when Benjamin Franklin was asked what the delegates had produced, he answered: “A republic, if you can keep it.”

How to elect the president was a greatly vexing matter, and the electoral college was assuredly a compromise. That of course makes it no less consequential. It was virtually on a par with what became known as the “Great Compromise,” balancing the rights of states in the Senate and the rights of people in the House of Representatives in a federal system. Balance was critical. As Madison put it in The Federalist Papers: “If men were angels, no government would be necessary. If angels were to govern men, neither external nor internal controls on government would be necessary.” Equality wasn’t in the works. As former Supreme Court Justice Joseph Story explained in his classic 1859 work, A Familiar Exposition of the Constitution of the United States, the small states gave up equality of representation in the House of Representatives while the large states conceded to equality in the Senate. This principle was to hold in the selection of president as well.

The delegates needed to make sure that their states’ interests were represented in the proceedings. Yet the states were of widely divergent sizes, with Delaware having 37,000 people compared to 420,000 in Virginia. Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, and Virginia represented some 1,140,000 compared to 1,641,000 in the other ten states combined.

Choosing the Executive

Among the methods debated for selecting a chief executive were election by the national legislature, by the state legislatures, by the freedmen at large, by the people in districts, and by electors. A multiple executive was considered, as were tenure for life and one seven-year term. Eventually decided upon was the concept of a strong executive, but one who could be impeached by Congress.

Sixty ballots were needed just to decide the method for selecting a president. Finally, a committee was chosen with one representative of each state, and from this committee, with Pierce Butler of South Carolina authoring the basic design, the method of selecting the president was finalized. Distinguished historian Forrest McDonald, in Novus Ordo Seclorum, has ably described the features of the complex resolution:

It provided for both a president and a vice president; this feature satisfied those who had been concerned about the succession in the event of death or disability of the president. It provided that electors be appointed in such manner as the several legislatures should direct; that took care of the objections of those who feared popular election, for it meant that the legislatures could elect the electors if they chose to do so. Each state was allotted the number of electors equal to the combined number of senators and members of the House of Representatives to which it was entitled; this effected a compromise between proportional and equal allocation. The proposal provided that the electors meet in their respective states, which overcame the problem of distance of travel and also reduced the possibility of intrigue, and provided that they vote for two candidates, one of whom must be the resident of another state. The person receiving the most votes, if a majority, would become president, and the one with the second most votes would become vice-president.

Those provisions held in 1800, when the election resulted in an electoral tie between Thomas Jefferson and Aaron Burr and required the House of Representatives to decide the outcome – and was indicative of the strengthening of political parties. The two were considered to be running on a ticket together; the deadlock resulted because one elector did not withhold a vote from Burr so he would finish second. It necessitated the 12th Amendment, which, among other changes, stipulated the separate voting by electors for president and vice president.

For a time during debate in 1787, the decision in the event of a lack of a majority was going to be settled by the Senate, but it was thought that such a provision put too much power with the Senate (it already passed on treaties, for example), so that possibility finally was placed in the House, closer to the people. (The Senate retains the authority to choose the vice president from the top two candidates, if the electors fail to produce a majority.)

When it looked as though the Senate would be the body for resolving the presidency, George Mason thought that after Washington served, the next 19 of 20 elections would be decided in the Senate. Mason was not alone in concluding that no man, save Washington, would be able to get a majority of the electoral college. The Convention believed that Congress, with each state voting as an equal, would normally decide who would be president. That eventuality (which only proved true twice – in 1801 and 1825) is what many commentators have been decrying as a possible constitutional crisis for the next election. What would happen, they moan, if a man who doesn’t get the most popular (or even electoral) votes were elected as president by the House? That is exactly the choice the Constitution intended. Otherwise, why would there be a specific provision to select the president from among the top three finishers?

Role of Electors Erodes

What the founders didn’t foresee was the growth of political parties that would take away voting discretion from electors. But just because political parties perverted part of the way the system was supposed to be run should not lead to the junking of the electors altogether. Moreover, the undemocratic nature of the Constitution still needs to be stressed, along with the founders’ warranted distaste for majoritarian rule.

Important matters, such as constitutional amendments, presidential vetoes, impeachments, treaties, and the limiting of debate in the legislatures were all established with super-majorities being required. The young were undemocratically excluded from voting (the age has since changed), as were foreigners, not to mention women and slaves, whose status has since been changed by amendment. As Lord Acton observed, “the views of pure democracy … were almost entirely unrepresented in that convention.” Professor M.E. Bradford is on target in commenting that, in one sense, the “fear of democracy and of the despotism that was likely to come after it is the ‘given’ of the Great Convention.”

After Washington was twice elected, however, partisan splits developed. Whereas the founders expected independent judgment from the electors, by 1796 the election between Thomas Jefferson and John Adams effectively ended that. That year, as Roger Lea McBride has pointed out, in six states the electors were chosen by the people, and in ten states by the legislatures, but in every case the electors “were picked as men pledged to one candidate or the other.” Thus, as McBride shows in his valuable study, The American Electoral College, the electoral college died before it was mature, and after Washington’s election “the decision was made for them, and eventually no man was chosen for the job unless he were certain to conform to the dictates of the party.”

Also becoming prevalent was another means for the state parties to exert even more power: adoption of the unit rule, as opposed to splitting electors by districts. If all of a state’s electoral votes went to a general ticket, that state would be more powerful than one that divided its electors, so states began to drop the latter system. Gradually, also, the states began to choose their electors as a result of popular voting, not through state legislatures. For the 1824 election, which was won by John Quincy Adams after a vote of the House of Representatives, all but six of the states chose electors by popular vote; the next election, only South Carolina was a holdout (its state legislature continued to choose electors until the Civil War).

Also, by the 1824 election, over which Andrew Jackson’s supporters were to complain exceedingly, the states were rapidly adopting the general-ticket plan for their electors. By 1836, that system was in use in all states but South Carolina, with exceptions in Florida in 1868 and Colorado in 1876 (legislatures chose), and in Michigan in 1892, when there was a district system plus two electors at large. Currently, Maine and Nebraska have changed their allocation of electoral votes to the winner of the popular vote in the district (plus at-large votes), not winner-take-all, with Florida on the verge of so doing, and bills having been introduced to that end in another seven states.

In actuality, these changes to district voting are moving back toward the direction from which the system was distorted, which is to the good. It is hard, however, to conceive of the people ever giving up what they see as their personal “right” to vote for president. Though the modes of recording the electors’ votes have changed several times, those votes are rarely independent. As long ago as 1859, Justice Story, in his Exposition of the Constitution of the United States, expressed dismay that their judgment was not utilized, saying the electors were “almost all universally pledged to support a particular candidate, before they receive their appointment; and they do little more than register the previous decrees, made by public and private meetings of the citizens of their own State.” Despite deviations, however, a faulty electoral system is far better than direct popular voting.

Today the proponents of a direct popular vote would have you believe that a crisis would occur should a president be chosen without the mandate of a majority of the voters. Disregarding the fact that more voters than not usually stay home, there have been minority presidents elected several times without catastrophe, sometimes because of multiple candidates, and sometimes not. In the early days of the Republic, the popular vote was impossible to measure, but minority presidents have included John Quincy Adams, James Polk, Zachary Taylor, James Buchanan, Abraham Lincoln, Rutherford Hayes, James Garfield, Grover Cleveland, Benjamin Harrison, Woodrow Wilson, Harry Truman, and Richard Nixon. In addition, in the elections of 1824, 1876, and 1888, the winners of the popular voting (Andrew Jackson, Samuel Tilden, and Grover Cleveland, respectively) did not win a majority of the electoral votes.

In the 1824 elections, in a four-way race, Andrew Jackson won the plurality of popular votes (153,544 to 108,740) over John Quincy Adams, who was next. Jackson also had 99 electoral votes to 84 for Adams, but not enough to win since an electoral majority is required. William Crawford had 41 votes and Henry Clay 37. Crawford, however, suffered a relapse from a stroke. Clay gave his support to Adams and the Massachusetts man was elected, with Clay becoming Secretary of State.

Cheating Democracy

One heard similar scenarios – until he dropped from the race – of Ross Perot being placed in the role of Clay (George Wallace was supposed to do the same in 1968). How, the timid asked, could justice be done if the peoples’ wishes were frustrated by having, say, Bush not elected because of a Perot deal with Clinton? Similarly, if Clinton were not to be elected? What if Perot were to get the most votes and did not become president?

The charges undoubtedly would be made that democracy had not been honored. So it was in 1824, when the events unfolded just as they had been prescribed in the Constitution. Historian James Truslow Adams, in The March of Democracy, states:

The Jacksonites’ claim that because their candidate had received the greatest number of Electoral votes the House should therefore have elected him so as not to thwart the will of the people was obviously absurd, and like the Clay-Adams story was merely used to stir up popular resentment and feeling. Had it been the intention of those who framed the Constitution that the House, in a contested election when no candidate received the majority of the votes in the Electoral College vote, was merely to vote for the one who had received the highest number, there would have been no sense in providing the machinery of an election by the House at all. The Constitution should have provided that the candidate receiving the highest number of Electoral votes would, without further proceedings, have become President.

One wonders: Had Perot stayed in the race, and had Clinton subsequently failed to get an electoral majority, would Clinton (as an heir to Jacksonian Democracy) simply have dropped out? Of course, should a presidential race fail to provide an electoral majority, the undemocratic Constitution allows for House selection from the top three finishers.

Fearing the Constitution

An unnatural veneration of democracy has made some fear the Constitution. Senator Slade Gorton (R-Wash.), who has offered what is by no means the most radical way around the Constitution (not elimination of the electoral college, but a popular runoff if necessary), says that in 1824 “the people’s will was flouted.” Can you imagine, he asks, “the consequences of such an outcome today? I tremble for the future of our country and its system of government when I consider the reaction of the American people if Congress, under the current 12th Amendment, chose someone for President who had not received the most votes.” But one need only recall the 1860 election of Abraham Lincoln, who did not even have electors favorable to him on ballots in nine of 33 states and whose opposition polled 66 percent of the popular vote. Presumably the people’s will was flouted then, also.

In 1876 another unusual election took place in an extremely close race between Rutherford Hayes and Samuel Tilden. Tilden was one short of a majority with 184 electoral votes, to 163 for Hayes, with a total of 22 votes contested in four states. Charges of fraud were leveled on all sides, and the four states submitted two sets of electoral votes, unable to choose which party had won. A congressional commission, which had a one-man Republican edge, determined along strictly party-line voting that all disputed electoral votes should go to Hayes, giving the Republican an electoral victory, 185 to 184. “The significance of the 1876 election,” observed historian Roger McBride, “concerns not so much the Electoral College as the extent to which the votes submitted to Congress as valid electoral votes may be counted or not counted at its discretion. Clearly, if Congress or any agency it designates (such as the electoral commission of 1876) has an absolute right to reject electoral votes, the power to elect really lies with it. On the other hand, if it has no such power, there can be no protection against fraudulent electoral votes from that score.”

Other opponents of the electoral-college system have pointed to the election of 1888, in which Grover Cleveland narrowly (by seven-tenths of one percent) won the popular vote, but lost the electoral vote to Benjamin Harrison, 233 to 168. Professor Judith Best was quoted in a 1979 Senate report on direct popular elections as saying: “The republic’s only undisputed runner-up President, Benjamin Harrison, won because his opponent, Grover Cleveland, ran a sectional campaign. The electoral count system discriminates against candidates who rely too heavily on a sectional base. Consequently, it is the electoral count system that provides the presidential parties with the incentive ‘to widen and flatten out’ their vote.”

Having Congress name the president, especially in this year of congressional scandals, is considered proof of why our electoral system should be scrapped. A potential scenario was described in the New York Times earlier this year, where, say, Senator Bill Bradley (as a vice-presidential candidate) might be named acting president or even president, a role that presumably now might be filled by Al Gore. Or how Bush could wind up with a Democratic vice president. Or how Speaker of the House Foley or Secretary of State Baker might get the top job. Of course, such events would be unusual. But eventualities are provided for in the Constitution for the extraordinary. In fact, in addition to the Jefferson-Burr election, the Congress also selected a vice president in 1837, when Martin Van Buren’s running mate, Richard Johnson, failed to receive an electoral majority. Virginia’s electors withheld their votes, apparently because of Johnson’s relationship with a slave woman who bore him two children; Johnson was nonetheless chosen by the Senate 33 to 16.

As we researched this article, we were predicting that Ross Perot’s presumptive candidacy, viewed by some as the strongest since Teddy Roosevelt’s Bull Moose effort, might well wither away. Certainly third-party efforts – even those with general broad support usually don’t have deep backing – are always at a disadvantage in a winner-take-all electoral system. But Perot’s effort has nonetheless changed the strategies of the Democrats and Republicans and could be cited as a reason to change the electoral-college system itself.

Woodrow Wilson, one recalls, was the beneficiary of Teddy Roosevelt’s efforts, and Wilson helped change the way Americans saw their country – to the detriment of constitutional government. George Stimpson, former president of the National Press Club, has noted: “It was Woodrow Wilson more than any other one person who popularized democracy in the sense of the republican form of government in the United States.” It was Wilson, well before he became president, who tipped his hand to how he saw the head of the executive branch: “A nation is led by a man … in whose ears the voice of the nation … sounds … like the united voices of a chorus, whose many meanings, spoken by melodious tongues, unite in his understanding in a single meaning and reveal to him a single vision, so that he can speak what no man else knows, the common wisdom of the common voice.”

A Plebiscitary Presidency

Was this the precursor for Perot’s seeming desire to run the country by an electronic town meeting? Columnist George Will makes this case:

The core principle of our republicanism is representation: The people do not decide things, they decide who will decide. Representatives are supposed to deliberate about the national interest, not just broker demands registered from various factions. But Perot’s idea of the plebiscitary presidency reflects Woodrow Wilson’s revolution against the Founders’ idea of deliberative democracy. [Sic – even Will, the ersatz Tory, misuses the terms.] The Perot phenomenon is a consequence of Wilson’s mystification of the presidency. Wilson’s theory of presidential government makes the president the indispensable catalyst of mass opinion. He defined the primary business of government as the massing of opinion by a strong leader.

Perot notwithstanding, we have already become a government of pollsters – who advise politicians on the wisdom of the masses, those very masses who flip over the wisdom of Geraldo. Alexander Hamilton would have made a lousy talk-show host with his belief: “The voice of the people has been said to be the voice of God; and, however general this maxim has been quoted and believed, it is not true to fact. The people are turbulent and changing; they seldom judge or determine right.”

The major parties have become used to planning two-way races – where a vote taken from the opposition usually falls into your column – all of which changes in a three-way race. Sectional politics become more important. For instance, with Perot involved in the 1992 race the traditional Democratic black vote would have become even more important, since the white vote would most likely have been split three ways. One imagines this had a hand in the selection of Southerner Gore to go with Southerner Clinton. Things can change quickly in three-way races, with a late surge by one candidate and a rapid tailspin by another. Yet, there were certainly plausible scenarios whereby a strong showing by Perot (in, say, his home state of Texas or in California) could have denied either Clinton or Bush the needed 270-vote electoral majority, thus putting the election into the House. When Perot bowed out, he claimed that since his effort “would obviously put it in the House of Representatives and be disruptive to the country,” he preferred to quit.

Here is the scenario candidate Perot would have faced: Democrats currently hold the majorities in 31 state delegations in the House of Representatives; Republicans are the majority in 10; eight are split; and an avowed socialist represents Vermont. Considering that 24 states have a margin of but one or two votes, those numbers will undoubtedly change in the new Congress. Most authorities as well as Speaker Foley agree that the new body would be the one to cast ballots, one per state, were the election to go to the House. Deadlocked states would get no vote. Would there be wheeling and dealing? Of course. Recall, the founders created the electoral college, which had one job only and then would disband, to avoid undue influences and local corruption. Thank the parties for a potential turnaround.

Balloting in previous House elections for president (1801 and 1825) was secret, but that is being called unthinkable by many today. For instance, on national television, Speaker Tom Foley claimed: “It would be impossible for the American people to be shut out from the actual undertaking and balloting of the House of Representatives. It’d be outrageous.” The fact that members of Congress might escape party discipline in secret balloting might have something to do with it too, one would think. Ron Brown, chairman of the Democratic Party, said that he would have expected Democratic members of the House to support Clinton even had Perot won a plurality. According to Ed Rollins, late of the Perot camp, members of the latter’s campaign had planned to go “district by district” to congressional candidates, both Democrats and Republicans, seeking their pledge to vote for Perot had that district cast more ballots for him than for Bush or Clinton.

Speaker Thomas Foley, in response to questioning at the National Press Club, said serious consideration should be given to abolishing the 12th Amendment and going to the direct election of the president. Political consultant Mark Siegel, a former executive director of the Democratic National Committee, contends: “If the popular vote winner of the presidential election was denied the presidency, the world’s greatest democracy would be held up to mockery all over the world.” Siegel opts for no voting by conscience in the House of Representatives, should it come to that, with votes cast only on the basis of party or constituents.

Similarly, Senator David Pryor (D-Ark.) wants a constitutional amendment to abolish the electoral college and institute direct voting for president. He said in an article in the June 28 Washington Times that voters in, for example, California, who voted for Michael Dukakis in 1988 were disenfranchised because their votes “didn’t count.” And he claims that in a direct election candidates would have to campaign everywhere because each popular vote would count equally. Does he mean that your vote is lost if your candidate loses? In that sense, all Dukakis voters were “disenfranchised” in 1988. The direct system of voting would merely transfer the “lost” vote of the supposedly disenfranchised voter from the state to the national level.

As for the “equal” votes in a national system, since there is a finite amount of time for campaigning, there can be little doubt that urban centers would become even more important for efficient vote-gathering and that sparsely populated states would likewise suffer – arguments dealt with in the compromises of the original Constitution tipping the balance in favor of the small.

Splintered System

With direct popular voting leading to presidents with pluralities, splinter parties would be easier to form, some with merely sectional or one-issue appeal, resulting in a multiparty system such as in Israel or Italy. Without runoffs, in a multiparty race won by a plurality, would not there be claims that the winner did not represent the country at large? With runoffs, the process could be tedious, and transfer of power disorderly. Worst of all: Federalism as a principle would be lost.

None of which stops demagogues from demagoguery. On ABC’s Good Morning America on June 19, political commentator Chris Matthews expressed anguish that we don’t have a democracy in this country, but instead something called a republic with an electoral college. He saw devious plotters laughing at the voters and chuckling at them, “We have pulled the wool over your eyes.” In a syndicated column the same week, Matthews tried scare tactics: “The Rodney King rioting would be a day at the beach compared to the uprising that would follow a verdict by ‘the system’ to veto the popular judgement of Nov. 3.” Matthews also asks: “What candidate not wearing a ski mask could take the oath of office after being rejected by the people?” You mean such as Harry Truman? Or Woodrow Wilson? Or Abraham Lincoln?

“Now! While we’ve got it on our mind,” foments Matthews, “when we can see the dangers of the current system, let’s amend the Constitution, dispel the Electoral College and give power to the people.” Matthews offers potential mob action as the reason we need more mobocracy, otherwise called pure democracy.

Less, Not More, Democracy

There can be no doubt the electoral college is not what it was supposed to be, with neither popular choosing of electors or a winner-take-all system in the Constitution in the first place. Moving from republican principles to democratic ones has put us in a bind, but more democracy would tie us in even more inextricable knots. Direct elections for president, which would hurt the relative power of small states, among other faults, is no answer. There can be a case made for district selection of electors, but that can be handled best at the state level, requiring no amendment to the Constitution – especially in these days when even having a form of republican government is not appreciated.

Our Constitution has been weakened, but it still provides a disciplined framework for us that has lasted through crisis after crisis during our history. When, in the midst of the latest spasm of frustration, haranguers grieve that the federal government doesn’t work fast enough and needs streamlining, that is the time to beware, for it was never intended to make the trains run on time. One thing is sure: The further we get from republican notions, the worse it will be for the United States.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Local Police Under Siege

0

To residents of Sharpsburg, North Carolina, Chief Wayne Hathaway was more than just a law enforcement officer. To the people of this small town 50 miles east of Raleigh, he was a friend who will not be forgotten, a man who served his community for 25 years, more than half of his life. On July 17, 1997, Chief Hathaway, age 47, was shot and killed while responding to a domestic dispute call, a “routine” call police officers know is one of their most dangerous regular encounters.

Hathaway had gone to the home of Abner and Gloria Nicholson to investigate and mediate the reported spousal altercation. As he walked inside the couple’s home to talk to the Nicholsons, Mr. Nicholson spun around, put a gun to the chief’s head, and pulled the trigger. Nicholson then shot and killed his wife, Gloria.

Death came just as violently and unexpectedly for 24-year-old rookie police officer Jeremy Charron in Epsom, New Hampshire. The young, spit-and-polish ex-Marine was just days away from buying his fiance’s engagement ring. But at about 5:00 a.m. on August 24, 1997, Officer Charron stopped for a routine check of a vehicle parked near a swimming hole. Two young men, Kevin Paul and Gordon Perry, were sleeping inside. According to Kevin Paul’s later testimony, Officer Charron tapped on Perry’s driver-side window. Paul said his “partner’’ handed over his license and registration, but then got out of the car, pulled a gun from behind his back and yelled, ‘’You picked on the wrong [expletive]’’ as he shot Charron several times. The duo then sped away, and a short time later were involved in a shootout with police after robbing a convenience store in Campton, 50 miles north of Epsom. The crime spree stunned New Hampshire, following by just six days another shooting rampage by a disgruntled property owner in Colebrook that left two state troopers, a judge, and a newspaper editor dead.

In Higginson, Arkansas, Officer Daniel Longstreet was sitting in his patrol car watching traffic when he was shot and killed on March 14, 1997. Officer Longstreet, age 39, who had served on the Searcy, Arkansas, Police Department before joining the Higginson Police Department in 1996, left behind a wife and three children. Longstreet’s murder came only 56 hours after the slaying of Officer Myron Kelly in Osceola, Arkansas. Kelly and his younger brother Eugene, also a police officer, were attempting to serve an arrest warrant on a suspect in a carjacking case, who turned out to be a paroled felon.

Hathaway, Charron, Longstreet, and Kelly were four of the 158 law enforcement officers killed in the line of duty in 1997. As we write, 39 peace officers have thus far given their lives in 1998 “to protect and serve” their fellow citizens. The most recent casualty, Michael Marshall, was a member of the Omak Police Department in Omak, Washington. He was shot on March 25 by Duarte Gonzalez, an illegal immigrant from Mexico who was wanted for failing to report to a corrections officer and failing to pay fines stemming from a 1995 conviction of child rape.

Of course, police casualties should not be counted only by the number of those who pay the supreme sacrifice. Also shot by Duarte Gonzalez was Marshall’s fellow Omak police officer, Don Eddy Jr., who survived but ended up with a bullet lodged next to his hip, which doctors say is too deep to remove. Every year, many officers are wounded, maimed, and injured in the line of duty. And as the above stories illustrate, one does not have to serve on a major metropolitan force to come under deadly fire. Criminals are highly mobile, and the social factors that favor violence – drugs, family breakdown, declining morality, popular culture, juvenile gangs – have penetrated rural and small-town America. Not that flying bullets are the only – or even the primary – threat to life and limb faced by the members of our thin blue line. Vehicular deaths and injuries take a similar toll. High-speed chases, assisting at auto accidents, and routine traffic work on busy thoroughfares expose police officers to danger from deadly collisions and reckless motorists.

Then there is the psychological toll: dealing with the loss of partners and fellow officers who are felled in the line of duty; the numbing daily exposure to death and mayhem on the streets; the unforgettable, tragic faces of victims and their surviving loved ones; continuously confronting a hopeless, revolving-door justice system that releases violent predators again and again; the fears, pressures, and work schedules that tear apart marriages and family life; the second-guessing by superiors, politicians, and reporters; the unrelenting attacks by anti-police activists; and the lack of appreciation and understanding by the public.

As the Gilbert and Sullivan character remarked in The Pirates of Penzance, “When constabulary duty’s to be done, a policeman’s lot is not a happy one.” Indeed, the policeman seems destined always to be caught betwixt and between opposing political and social forces and to bear the brunt of our society’s tortured ambivalence about law, order, justice, and authority. When it’s my safety, my life, my family, my property, or my business that is endangered, I want the police, and I want them here NOW! Not only that, but I expect them to be superhumanly patient, professional, efficient, competent, courteous, and cordial in their conduct with me, and preternaturally capable and ferociously swift, relentless, and retributive in their pursuit of, and conduct towards, the criminal. I want them to catch the bad guys immediately and make sure the miscreants never threaten or bother me again. BUT – if everything is going swimmingly with me and mine, the police are just another nuisance. That attitude, unfortunately, is all too common.

But, hey, cheer up, be happy. After all, things are getting better, aren’t they? Well, yes, relatively speaking, things do seem to be improving on many fronts that affect, and reflect on, law enforcement and criminal justice. Relative, that is, to the strained-to-the-breaking-point racial tension and the in-your-face confrontational anger that characterized police-community relations in many cities following the 1991 Rodney King trial and the Los Angeles riots. Relative also to the concomitant crack cocaine epidemic and incendiary gangsta rap-revolution of Ice-T (whose 1992 song “Cop Killer” set off boycotts against Time Warner) and Sister Souljah (whose 1992 inflammatory video “The Final Solution” was too hot even for MTV). And relative to the seemingly ever-upward crime spiral of the past few decades.

Tougher sentencing laws have been passed in many states. More jails and prisons are being built. Police forces are expanding, with more minorities being recruited. “Community policing,” “hot spot targeting,” and other policing strategies and reforms are being widely implemented. The economy is bustling and many indices have been showing drops in crime. Even New York City, once almost universally thought to be irretrievably headed into the abyss, has made an astonishing turnabout, posting huge drops in crime.

These and many other positive factors can be cited to paint a rosy – but false – picture of the true state of our disunion and to paper over a host of fundamental social ills and deadly trends that can be ignored only at a terrible cost. For if we fail to confront these ills and trends, we will not be able to expand our police forces fast enough or build jails and prisons large enough to prevent our society from descending into complete anarchy. But an equally grave concern is that if we confront these ills and trends wrongly, in our rush to avoid anarchy, we may find that we have transformed our once-free republic into a totalitarian police state.

Anarchy or totalitarianism. Are those our only options? So it would seem, listening to the raging policy debates between liberals and conservatives on crime, justice, the law, and police. The “conservative” position (admittedly oversimplified) usually is to hire more cops, build more jails, lock up more malefactors, and execute more criminals. The “liberal” position (again, oversimplified – but not much), on the other hand, usually casts the criminal as a victim of an unjust society and advocates solutions that attack the “root causes” of crime. The more-cops-and-jails position is obviously more popular, as shown by the plentitude of liberal politicians (President Clinton being most conspicuous) who have adopted it. And it is popular because it makes sense – in the short run. Society must be protected from criminal predators, but, as previously mentioned, not at the expense of degeneration into a police state. Liberals are right about the need to address “root causes.” Unfortunately, they always seem to misidentify them. Liberals see racism, sexism, police oppression and brutality, poverty, unemployment, and the inequitable distribution of wealth as the root of our crime and social decay dilemmas.

In reality, crime is the reflection of a spiritual-moral problem, a problem that is both individual and social. It involves conscious, voluntary decisions to do what is wrong instead of what is right. In dealing with this problem, the police have an indispensable but limited role and capability. They cannot address the true “root causes,” the social ills and trends responsible for the crime and social pathologies that threaten our continued existence as a free, self-governing society.

While the following list is far from exhaustive, it offers a more reasonable index of the root causes of our current crime woes, which are:

– The de-Christianization of society and the collapse of morality.

– The destruction of the family.

– The welfare state.

– Unchallenged usurpations of power by the federal government.

– The drug revolution and the equally dangerous “War on Drugs” response.

– The professional, anti-police lobby.

– The pernicious influence of the mass media and popular culture.

– The subversion of public education.

– Out-of-control illegal immigration.

Obviously, many of these social ills and dangerous trends are closely interrelated and intertwined, and greatly affect and play off each other.

Juan Donoso-Cortés, the Spanish philosopher, statesman, and writer, wisely observed: “There are only two possible forms of control: one internal and the other external; religious control and political control. They are of such a nature that when the religious barometer rises, the barometer of [external] control falls and likewise, when the religious barometer falls, the political barometer, that is political control and tyranny, rises. That is a law of humanity, a law of history.” If civilized man falls into disbelief and immorality, Cortés went on to remark, then “the way is prepared for some gigantic and colossal tyrant, universal and immense.”

The Founding Fathers understood well this indissoluble link between religion, morality, and liberty. George Washington said shortly after leaving the presidency, “Religion and morality are the essential pillars of civil society.” John Adams commented in 1789: “Our constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate for the government of any other.”

And in 1799, the Reverend Jedidiah Morse presciently observed: “To the kindly influence of Christianity we owe that degree of civil freedom and political and social happiness which mankind now enjoys. In proportion as the genuine effects of Christianity are diminished in any nation, either through unbelief, or the corruption of its doctrines, or the neglect of its institutions; in the same proportion will the people of that nation recede from the blessings of true freedom, and approximate the miseries of complete despotism…. It follows, that all efforts made to destroy the foundations of our holy religion, ultimately tend to the subversion also of our political freedom and happiness. Whenever the pillars of Christianity shall be overthrown, our present republican forms of government, and all the blessings which flow from them, must fall with them.”

The truth of these observations is self-evident: A moral people have strong internal controls and, thus, require less external control – i.e. less government. The more moral a people, the less they will lie, cheat, steal, kill, covet, etc., and the less they will come into conflict with one another. Subsequently, the less will be the need for laws, jails, and police. Yet, the militant “liberal” secularists are intent upon expunging every vestige of Christian influence from the public sphere. Prayer, the Holy Bible, the Ten Commandments, Christmas carols, Nativity displays, the Cross, and any mention of morality based upon Judeo-Christian belief have been evicted from the government schools, meeting halls, and almost entirely from “proper” public discourse. And we are paying for this anti-religious bigotry with phenomenally higher crime. (See sidebar.)

Unfortunately, conservatives have, to varying degrees, accepted – if not embraced – many of the underlying false premises of the liberal, welfare state, secularization programs. Most of their challenges to these destructive policies amount to ineffective tinkering around the margins. Much of the time their “solutions” are indistinguishable from those of the liberals.

Consider, for example, the federal Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) program. With forceful prodding from President Clinton, a massive media boost, and support from supposed conservatives in Congress and the law enforcement community, the 103rd Congress enacted the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994. The centerpiece of this new federal effort was Clinton’s much-hyped COPS program, with its promise of hiring 100,000 additional police officers to take back America’s streets from violent criminals. To this end, the law provides grants to help fund local police personnel for three years. Initially, the federal contribution covers 75 percent of the salary and benefit expenses of the new officers, with the local communities gradually paying more and more of the burden.

The Republican opposition to the program that has surfaced has centered on issues that have nothing to do with the most important, fundamental issues involved in the legislation. They have criticized the fact that the funding has not gone to the most needy high-crime cities, that the federal grants have been entangled in excessive regulations, that too few cities have participated, that local communities have been saddled with heavy taxes as a result of the matching funds schedule, etc. Yet, virtually none have challenged this legislation on its most vulnerable point – that it is a dangerous, unconstitutional usurpation of power. The federal government’s powers are delegated powers, those specifically granted by the states and the people in the Constitution. Nowhere is the federal government given any authority to involve itself in local law enforcement.

This is exactly the kind of thing President George Washington was warning against in his Farewell Address on September 17, 1796:

It is important … that the habits of thinking in a free country should inspire caution in those entrusted with its administration to confine themselves within their respective constitutional spheres, avoiding in the exercise of the powers of one department to encroach upon another. The spirit of encroachment tends to consolidate the powers of all the departments in one, and thus to create, whatever the form of government, a real despotism. A just estimate of that love of power and proneness to abuse it which predominates in the human heart is sufficient to satisfy us of the truth of this position. The necessity of reciprocal checks in the exercise of political power, by dividing and distributing it into different depositories, and constituting each the guardian of the public weal against invasions by the others, has been evinced by experiments ancient and modern, some of them in our country and under our own eyes. To preserve them must be as necessary as to institute them.

“If in the opinion of the people the distribution or modification of the constitutional powers be in any particular wrong,” President Washington continued, “let it be corrected by an amendment in the way which the Constitution designates. But let there be no change by usurpation; for though this in one instance may be the instrument of good, it is the customary weapon by which free governments are destroyed. The precedent must always greatly overbalance in permanent evil any partial or transient benefit which the use can at any time yield.”

Likewise, James Madison explained that “the general government is not to be charged with the whole power of making and administering laws. Its jurisdiction is limited to certain enumerated objects, which concern all the members of the republic, but which are not to be attained by the separate provisions of any.” In The Federalist, No. 45, Madison again wrote:

The powers delegated by the proposed Constitution to the federal government are few and defined. Those which are to remain in the State governments are numerous and indefinite. The former will be exercised principally on external objects, as war, peace, negotiation, and foreign commerce…. The powers reserved to the several States will extend to all the objects which, in the ordinary course of affairs, concern the lives, liberties, and properties of the people, and the internal order, improvement, and prosperity of the State.

In The Federalist, No. 47, Madison argued: “The accumulation of all powers, legislative, executive, and judiciary, in the same hands, whether of one, a few, or many, and whether hereditary, self-appointed, or elective, may justly be pronounced the very definition of tyranny.”

Were Washington, Madison, and the other Founders – many of whom were even more vociferous in their warnings against encroachments by the central government – “anti-government” extremists? Fortunately, no. Rather, they were hard-nosed realists and fervent partisans of liberty. And they made it abundantly clear, in their written and spoken words, that usurpation and encroachment were to be vigilantly guarded against. This is no less true in matters concerning education, agriculture, and medicine than in those regarding unemployment, housing, and child care. But especially would they have been aghast at the prospect of centralized police powers. In other words, even if the president, members of Congress, and the people decided it would be a good idea to have the federal government undertake some new program, it would be unconstitutional (i.e., illegal) for them to initiate that program if the powers to do so were not provided for in the Constitution. Moreover, every federal official who supported such a program would be guilty of violating his oath to uphold and defend the Constitution. If the proposed federal program – and the powers that go with it – is truly wanted and needed, it only may be added through the legal, honest (and more laborious) process of constitutional amendment.

Tragically, we have been suffering from a non-stop chain of unchallenged usurpations by the federal executive, legislative, and judicial branches for decades. Federal judges have issued countless rulings that have unconstitutionally thrown out state laws, ordered jails and prisons emptied, crippled police work, mandated police hiring practices and standards, and in countless ways made society less safe and law enforcement more difficult and dangerous.

Study after study confirms what police officers on the beat have long known: Most violent crime is the handiwork of a relatively small class of habitual criminals who are released again and again to victimize society. It is the chronic offenders, the six percent of the criminal population, who are responsible for half of all arrests. According to The State of Violent Crime in America, a 1996 report of the Council on Crime in America, between 1988 and 1992, 20 percent of all criminals arrested for killing law enforcement officers were on parole or probation at the time of the offense. Benjamin J. Wattenberg notes in his 1995 book Values Matter Most that in 1993, 90 percent of the 200,000 felony convictions in the United States were plea-bargained.

Lawrence W. Sherman cites statistical evidence indicating that only one out of 56 persons arrested by law enforcement officers actually spends time in prison, and that most of those arrested are released within 12 hours.

After the decades of encroachments, usurpations, and social engineering experiments that have produced so much of our current societal disintegration and generated our ongoing crime wave, the federal planners are pushing for ever more control of law enforcement. In the past five years federal legislation has vastly expanded federal criminal law and federal law enforcement agencies. It was just such a course of action that led to the formation of the Gestapo, the infamous police apparatus of Nazi Germany.

In Germany, writes certified liberal historian William L. Shirer in The Rise and Fall of the Third Reich, the

diets and governments of the separate states … were … abolished in the first year of the Nazi regime when the country was unified, and governors for the states, which were reduced to provinces, were appointed by Hitler. Local self-government, the only field in which the Germans had seemed to be making genuine progress toward democracy, was also wiped out. A series of laws decreed between 1933 and 1935 deprived the municipalities of their local autonomy, and brought them under the direct control of the Reich Minister of the Interior.

The next key step was to centralize the police. According to Shirer:

On June 16, 1936, for the first time in German history, a unified police was established for the whole of the Reich – previously the police had been organized separately by each of the states – and [Heinrich] Himmler was put in charge as Chief of the German Police. This was tantamount to putting the police in the hands of the S.S. [Schutzstaffel, or Blackshirts], which since its suppression of the Roehm ‘revolt’ in 1934 had been rapidly increasing its power. It had become not only the praetorian guard, not only the single armed branch of the party, not only the elite from whose ranks the future leaders of the new Germany were being chosen, but it now possessed the police power. The Third Reich, as is inevitable in the development of all totalitarian dictatorships, had become a police state.

The terrifying police power of Nazi Germany, or of the murderous Communist regimes of China, Russia, and Cuba, may seem far removed from America today. But if we ignore the warnings of our forebears and the lessons of history and continue on the path we are taking, the totalitarian nightmare will not be that far off.

Washington Post reporter Jim McGee, writing in August 1997 of the FBI’s vast new expansions of power, noted: “The bureau’s budget has soared, increasing 47 percent from $2.1 billion when [Louis] Freeh took over to $3 billion in the current fiscal year. Jurisdiction over new areas of federal law enforcement has been assigned to the FBI. The CIA has been integrated into the FBI’s operating system, the FBI is opening new foreign offices [and the] FBI has negotiated a de facto merger with the Drug Enforcement Administration.”

“Piece by piece,” McGee wrote, “the Clinton Administration and Congress are completing the full federalization of the nation’s criminal justice system. They are building something America has never had before: a robust national police system. The FBI stands at the center.”

“For many years,” McGee continued, “federal law enforcement police power was spread among several competing agencies. Now, important assets of local, state, and federal law enforcement agencies are being combined with those of the intelligence community and parts of the military – creating an integrated system whose powers of investigation, intelligence collection, and electronic surveillance will be unprecedented.” McGee quoted Army Colonel John J. Ellis, who serves as deputy section chief of the FBI’s huge new counterterrorism center, as saying, “The one federal agency I guarantee has one person in every community is, in almost every case, the bureau.” But is an omnipresent, national military-police-spy agency compatible with limited, constitutional government?

Still more foreboding is the fact that this vast, rapid expansion has been accompanied by a perilous politicization of the FBI and the Justice Department, making these powerful instruments the personal tools of the president. In an unprecedented, naked power grab that should have elicited thunderous opposition from Congress, the media, and the people, president Clinton, soon after taking office, fired every U.S. attorney in the country and FBI Director William Sessions. This has allowed him to get away with such scandals as FBI Filegate and IRSgate, in which his administration engaged in extraordinary and illegal attacks on political adversaries. “There’s a very dangerous, almost cavalier attitude toward civil liberties and personal freedom and privacy rights by this administration,” charges Congressman Bob Barr (R-Ga.). “I think it’s systemic,” says Barr, a former federal prosecutor, “unlike Watergate, which was personal.”

This is especially worrisome in light of the Clinton administration’s breathtakingly audacious agenda for convergence of the “new” FBI with the secret police apparatuses of so-called “former” communist countries. On July 4, 1994, FBI Director Freeh was in Moscow to sign a protocol for a “police-to-police bridge” between the FBI and the “former” KGB. Sergei Stepashin, chief of Russia’s Federal Counterintelligence Service (the successor organization to the KGB), declared jubilantly: “Together, we’re invincible.” Since then, Freeh has opened FBI offices in, and entered into “partnerships” with, dozens of other foreign countries. His FBI is now cooperating with the former communist police-state commissars in China, Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Poland, Romania, (Soviet) Georgia, and elsewhere. Unfortunately, it appears that the FBI and the Clinton Justice Department are adopting more of the characteristics of these regimes, rather than the other way around. The Clinton administration has pushed for immense new federal wiretapping authority, warrantless searches, federal encryption keys to private computer communications, computer profiling of airline passengers, and many other surveillance and intrusion measures.

The kind of government a country has can be determined by the attitude the citizens have toward their police. In a free society the police are viewed as friends, while in a totalitarian society they are greatly feared. In the one case, the police are hired by their fellow citizens to help protect their rights from criminals; in the other, police are agents of the central government, and their purpose is to keep the dictators (official criminals) in power.

“The police officer in America has been the target of a huge pincer attack for many years,” says John F. McManus, president of the John Birch Society. “Local law enforcement has been caught between the twin forces of anarchy and despotism, between the street revolutionaries and common thugs on the one hand with their radical lawyer contingents, and the federal bureaucrats and politicians on the other who want to force or entice all of the local police departments into one centralized apparatus. That is why we launched our Support Your Local Police movement in the early 1960s. Back at that time, the police were coming under incredible attacks – physical attacks, charges of police brutality, being labeled as ‘pigs.’ The ‘thin blue line’ desperately needed the organized, vocal support of the vast majority of law-abiding citizens. And that’s what we tried to provide.” Through films, speakers, media resources, billboards, bumper stickers, and literature, the Society’s Support Your Local Police slogan became as well known as its “Get US out of the United Nations” rallying cry. “But the other half of our well-known police slogan was at least as important then, and is even more so now,” says McManus. “It states, ‘And Keep them Independent.’ Back at that time, we were warning our fellow citizens about the very real danger to local law enforcement from the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration (LEAA), a federal agency that was rapidly federalizing local police departments nationwide. Thanks in large measure to the efforts of our Support Your Local Police program, the LEAA was eventually abolished. And Americans can be very happy about that. Unfortunately, there are a host of federal programs today that are aimed at accomplishing the same dangerous and unconstitutional objectives.”

Ironically, organizations like the John Birch Society which have a long history of strongly supporting the Constitution and legitimate law enforcement – be it local, state, or federal – are now being targeted as “anti-police” and “anti-government” by elements of the Clinton/Reno Justice Department. In publications, seminars, conferences, and other programs on “hate crimes” and “domestic terrorism” funded by and/or sponsored by federal agencies, the John Birch Society and other groups who espouse a principled, constitutionalist viewpoint, are being unfairly and maliciously linked to racist, fascist, and neo-Nazi and other extremist groups. “I think it’s interesting,” notes McManus, “that the U.S. Bureau of Justice Assistance publication entitled A Policymaker’s Guide to Hate Crimes is filled with acknowledgements to outfits like the American Civil Liberties Union, the Southern Poverty Law Center, the National Gay and Lesbian Task Force, and other groups and individuals with long histories of opposing local law enforcement and favoring big, socialist government. These groups and individuals have definite political agendas that involve poisoning local law enforcement against patriotic organizations that support the Constitution and the rule of law, while at the same time promoting the idea that a benevolent Big Brother in Washington should become more deeply involved in ‘helping’ them in their law enforcement duties. This is typical of more and more of the materials and programming we are seeing come out of Washington.”

The price of liberty is eternal vigilance. Unfortunately, the American people appear to be completely oblivious to these insidious, concerted attacks on the “thin blue line” that is an essential guarantor of their liberty. Now, more than ever, it is time to “Support Your Local Police and Keep Them Independent.”

Sidebar: A Change That Starts With the Heart

“Scientific studies show that religious practice reduces crime, curbs drug abuse, and lowers recidivism for prison inmates,” notes Robert L. Maginnis of the Family Research Council, in an important survey entitled Religion and Crime: Age-old Enemies. Writes Maginnis:

The liberal establishment attributes the upsurge in deviant behavior to unemployment, racism, poor housing, too little schooling, and a lack of self esteem. Proponents of this ‘victim’ philosophy have tried to reverse the crime wave by changing people from the ‘outside’ rather than from the ‘inside.’ After 30 years of social experiments there is still no data showing that less racism, better housing, or greater education makes a difference. Religion, however, changes people from the inside out. It goes below the surface to influence people’s beliefs and behavior.

But the liberal secularist jihad against religion continues. Making matters worse, the same liberal secularists have carried out a devastating campaign against the family, the bedrock of society and the source of training in religion and morals. A 1994 Justice Department study entitled Family Life, Delinquency, and Crime reported that the best hope for crime prevention is to be found (surprise!) in strong families and sound moral development. “Delinquency is more likely,” says the study, “when normative development is incomplete, and when children are unable to distinguish right from wrong, feel little or no obligation toward standards of behavior, and have little respect for the rights and welfare of others. Parents play a critical role in moral development.”

UCLA Professor James Q. Wilson, one of the most trenchant writers on crime and public policy, concurs. “Almost every account we have from psychologists of the moral development of the child emphasizes reinforcements and imitation,” says Wilson. “Children acquire rules of conduct by having compliance with those rules rewarded and violations punished and by observing and imitating the behavior of their parents and friends.”

But the liberalization of divorce laws over the past several decades is exacting a terrible price in moral decline, crime, and social disruption. “Since the passage of no-fault divorce,” says Phyllis Witcher, founder and president of Protecting Marriage, Inc., “every social pathology has predictably risen to a frightening level: crime, illegitimacy, female poverty, suicide, academic failure, economic decline, mental hospital admissions, foreclosures, etc. All have been established to have a strong causal link to something called Family Breakdown or what can be called the coded term for Divorce.”

Witcher is not the only expert to come to this conclusion. Over the past several years, study after study has shown the same alarming results. As John J. DiIulio, a professor of politics at Princeton University, wrote last year: “The research shows that children of divorce have an increased likelihood of dropping out of school; suffering depression and other mental and emotional problems; engaging in precocious sexuality; getting hooked on alcohol or drugs; procreating out of wedlock; slipping economically below the poverty line; committing suicide; and, last but not least, getting divorced.”

Equally sobering are the statistics on illegitimacy in America, where approximately 33 percent of all live births now take place outside of wedlock. In 1960, by comparison, illegitimate births totaled five percent. For blacks, the figure is now 70 percent nationally, and in excess of 80 percent in some inner cities. For whites, it is 25 percent. The research shows that problems for illegitimate children are even more severe than for children of divorce.

Professor Charles Murray states that present-day trends with regard to illegitimacy portend the emergence of a new, vast underclass, made up not only of members of various minority groups, but of whites as well. According to his research, a severe disruption of the societal structure becomes more evident when a population’s illegitimacy rate passes the 25 percent mark. That does not augur well for our future; it virtually guarantees an increasing population of fatherless youth, imbued with values imparted by television, government schools, gangs, and the purveyors of popular, pagan, nihilistic culture. But the liberal welfare programs which have produced, subsidized, and promoted this deadly trend continue unabated.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Impeachment Support Soars as Voters Say Feds “Out of Control”

0

A recent Fox News poll shows more than two-thirds of American voters believe the federal government is “out of control” and a threat to their liberties. Meanwhile, a separate survey commissioned by WND revealed that more than half of the public supports impeaching President Obama for a series of explosive scandals: spying on journalists, IRS targeting of conservative and Tea Party groups, as well as what has become known as “Benghazigate.” Other major scandals such as the administration’s Fast and Furious gun-running to cartels, executing Americans without trial, and unconstitutional wars were not addressed in the surveys.

According to the Fox News poll, released on May 21 and conducted under the guidance of two polling firms, a whopping 68 percent of likely voters “feel like the federal government has gotten out of control and is threatening the basic civil liberties of Americans.” Almost half of Democrats agree that Washington, D.C., is out of control as well – more than the number who disagreed. Just a quarter of respondents did not feel that way, while four percent said they had mixed feelings or it “depends.”

Some six in 10 likely voters, meanwhile, believe the Justice Department went “too far” in seizing records from journalists, while less than a third did not think so. Even among Democrats, only 50 percent approved of disgraced Attorney General Eric Holder, who is currently in criminal contempt of Congress for covering up the deadly Fast and Furious gun-running scandal.

However, among the three most recent and explosive scandals swirling around the embattled administration, more respondents felt the IRS targeting of conservative organizations was the most concerning. That was followed by the White House’s handling of the terrorist attack on a U.S. diplomatic post in Benghazi. Seizing phone records from reporters was viewed as the most concerning of the three issues by 21 percent of respondents.   

The Fox survey also found that disapproval of the president’s job performance had soared above 50 percent for the first time in a year, with 15 percent of Democrats disapproving. Obama’s credibility among the public, meanwhile, hit new lows, with less than half of respondents saying the president was honest and trustworthy. About the same number did think Obama was honest.   

Congress, however, was extraordinarily unpopular – far more unpopular than even the scandal-plagued president. According to the poll, more than three-fourths of likely voters disapproved of the job lawmakers were doing, with just 16 percent saying they approved. It was not immediately clear why Congress remains so unpopular among Republicans and Democrats.

The WND survey, conducted by Wenzel Strategies and also released this week, found even more astounding sentiments among voters. According to the poll, half or nearly half of those surveyed said Obama should be impeached over the scandals currently swamping the administration. On Benghazi, slightly more than 50 percent said they thought Obama should be impeached – including more than a fourth of Democrats.

The poll, which has a margin of error of 4.63 percent, also found that almost half of respondents – 49 percent – agreed that the president should be impeached over the IRS targeting of conservative and Tea Party groups. Almost one out of four Democrats thought the scandal merited impeachment as well, according to the survey. IRS Director of Exempt Organizations Lois Lerner pled the Fifth Amendment in congressional hearings this week, adding fuel to the fire as congressional investigations continue.

Finally, about 48 percent of respondents said impeaching the president would be appropriate in light of the Department of Justice’s controversial seizure of phone records belonging to AP reporters and editors. More than a fourth of Democrats also thought the media scandal, which has since extended to Fox News after one of its reporters was targeted, merited impeachment.     

“It may be early in the process for members of Congress to start planning for impeachment of Barack Obama, but the American public is building a serious appetite for it,” Fritz Wenzel of Wenzel Strategies, which did the telephone poll last week, was quoted as saying by WND. “Half or nearly half of those surveyed said they believed Obama should be impeached for the trifecta of scandals now consuming Washington.”

WND also cited numerous lawmakers who have openly discussed impeachment, along with commentators and experts who suggested that the time had come. Among those who have discussed impeaching the president was Democrat former Rep. Dennis Kucinich, who proposed impeachment over Obama’s unconstitutional war on Libya.

There was more bad news for the president in other polls, too. Another Fox News poll released on May 22, the day after the survey that found more than two thirds of Americans thought the government was “out of control,” revealed more trouble for the administration and its agenda on multiple fronts. On the economy, for example, about half of those surveyed said Obama’s ideas were “bad” and too many had been implemented. Only 41 percent said the president’s ideas were good but not enough had come to pass.

Among the most important findings: 56 percent of respondents felt scrapping ObamaCare would be better than leaving it in place. Just one third thought the statute should be kept, and the trend is moving further against the administration’s controversial healthcare takeover. More than half of those surveyed said they would be worse off under ObamaCare – including a fourth of Democrats – while only 26 percent thought they would be better off.

Despite the survey findings published by Fox News and WND, polls from the liberal-minded establishment media released in recent days suggested that the administration’s public support had remained essentially unchanged amid the mounting tsunami of scandals. For instance, a survey commissioned by CNN, which has been losing credibility faster than other “mainstream” outlets in recent years amid a series of major mistakes, put the president’s approval rating at 53 percent. Still, more than seven out of ten said the IRS behavior was unacceptable, and 37 percent thought the IRS was acting on White House orders.

Another poll by the Washington Post and ABC released this week found that about 51 percent approved of Obama, with 44 percent disapproving. However, that survey also found that more than 55 percent of respondents believed the IRS scandal was a deliberate attempt at harassment, and that the administration was trying to cover something up about the Benghazi attack.

The extremely liberal Huffington Post, however, noted that its polls put the president’s approval rating at closer to 47.5 percent – well below other liberal-leaning media outlets’ survey results. “HuffPost,” which has developed a reputation as a far-left defender of the president on par with MSNBC, also reported on other polls that showed Americans were more interested in news about the economy than the three major scandals swirling around Obama.

The varying results between different polls showed strong differences based on how questions were phrased, for example. However, the latest numbers still suggest that the establishment media’s oft-repeated claims that administration has remained relatively unscathed by the scandals are almost certainly not accurate. 

Numerous media outlets, including left-leaning establishment publications, have been openly speculating about where all of these scandals may lead. Some analysts, even among openly liberal sources, have suggested that the president will inevitably be impeached. Others speculated that Obama may try to offer Holder’s scalp in an effort to protect his presidency. How all of it will play out, however, remains to be seen.

Photo of President Barack Obama: AP Images

Alex Newman is a correspondent for The New American, covering economics, politics, and more. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

Amid Political Posturing, Real Benghazi Scandals Ignored

Lois Lerner Pleads the Fifth in Widening IRS Scandal

DOJ Investigates Fox News Reporter James Rosen in Leak Case

AP Poll Shows Healthy Opposition to Obama Gun Control Scheme

Rasmussen Poll Reports Majority of U.S. Support Nullification

Poll: Troops Losing Confidence in Obama, Wars

The IRS Scandal: Will It Sink Obama?

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Undoing the Brainwashing

0

This time of year, as college students return home for the summer, many parents may notice how many politically correct ideas they have acquired on campus. Some of those parents may wonder how they can undo some of the brainwashing that has become so common in what are supposed to be institutions of higher learning.

The strategy used by General Douglas MacArthur so successfully in the Pacific during World War II can be useful in this very different kind of battle. General MacArthur won his victories while minimizing his casualties – something that is also desirable in clashes of ideas within the family.

Instead of fighting the Japanese for every island stronghold as the Americans advanced toward Japan, MacArthur sent his troops into battle for only those islands that were strategically crucial. In the same spirit, parents who want to bring their brainwashed offspring back to reality need not try to combat every crazy idea they picked up from their politically correct professors. Just demolishing a few crucial beliefs, and exposing what nonsense they are, can deal a blow to the general credibility of the professorial pied pipers.

For example, if the student has been led to join the crusade for more gun control, and thinks that the reason the British have lower murder rates than Americans have is because the Brits have tighter gun control laws, just give him or her a copy of the book Guns and Violence by Joyce Lee Malcolm.

As the facts in that book demolish the gun control propaganda fed to students by their professors, that can create a healthy skepticism about other professorial propaganda.

There are other books that can likewise demolish other politically correct beliefs that prevail on campuses. My own recent book, Intellectuals and Race, has innumerable documented facts that expose the fallacies in most of what is said about racial issues in most college classrooms.

For those students who have bought the campus party line on Third World nations, the classic study of that subject is Equality, the Third World, and Economic Delusion by the late P.T. Bauer of the London School of Economics. He made a veritable demolition derby of most of what has been said in politically correct circles about the relationship between rich and poor countries.

For those students who have been conditioned to regard the welfare state as the solution to social problems, there is no book that exposes the actual human consequences of the welfare state more poignantly than Life at the Bottom by British physician Theodore Dalrymple. He has worked in both low-income neighborhoods and in prisons, so he has seen it all.

Although Britain is the setting for Life at the Bottom, Americans will recognize very similar patterns here. Problems found in low-income black ghettoes in the United States are found in low-income white neighborhoods in Britain, where none of the usual excuses about racism, slavery, etc., apply. The only thing that is the same in both countries is the welfare state and its poisonous ideology.

If your student has been led to believe that “comprehensive immigration reform” – amnesty, in plain English – is the only way to go, a devastating book titled Mexifornia, by Victor Davis Hanson, introduces some cold, factual reality into a subject usually discussed in sweeping and lofty rhetoric.

A book that offers a choice between the island-hopping strategy that General MacArthur used in the Pacific and the all-out assault across a broad front that was used by the Allied armies in Europe is titled The New Leviathan.

It has thirteen penetrating articles by leading authorities on such subjects as national security, ObamaCare, environmentalism, election frauds and more.

Those parents who want to follow the MacArthur strategy can recommend reading one, or a few, of these articles, while those who want to follow the strategy of attacking all across a broad front can recommend that their student read the whole book.

However the battle is fought, what is most important is that the battle be fought, since the young are the future, and the propaganda of today can become the government policies of tomorrow.

Thomas Sowell is a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305. His website is www.tsowell.com. To find out more about Thomas Sowell and read features by other Creators Syndicate columnists and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.

COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Connecticut Gun Law Challenged in Federal Court

0

Connecticut’s seven-week-old gun law, passed in response to the massacre at Sandy Hook School in Newtown in December, has been challenged in federal court. A coalition of individuals, gun retailers, sports shooters, and gun rights activists entered a suit in U.S. District Court in Bridgeport Wednesday, asking for a declaration that the law is unconstitutional and both a preliminary and a permanent injunction against its enforcement.

The suit lists six individuals by name as plaintiffs, along with Hiller Sports, LLC, MD Shooting Sports LLC, the Coalition of Connecticut Sportsmen, and the Connecticut Citizens’ Defense League. Gov. Dannel P. Malloy and the state attorneys for Connecticut’s 11 judicial districts are named as defendants. A press release issued by Scott Wilson, president of the Connecticut Citizens Defense League, and Brian Stapleton, the Hartford attorney who filed the suit, said the plaintiffs include “an elderly widow who lives alone in a rural area where the emergency response time of a lone resident trooper serving the area is 45 minutes, a rabbi whose synagogue in the Bridgeport area has been broken into by intruders, [and] a young professional woman whose efforts to defend herself are made more difficult by the loss of an arm due to cancer, among other individuals.” The complaint also claims the law has created financial harm to the business owners represented in the suit, along with violations of the plaintiff’s constitutional rights.  

The law, generally regarded as one of the strictest in the nation, was passed by the legislature and signed into law on April 4 of this year. Entitled “An Act Concerning Gun Violence and Children’s Safety,” the bill had broad support in the weeks and months following the Sandy Hook shootings, in which a single gunman entered the school and killed 20 first-graders and six adults on December 14.

“The Act was rushed through the legislature without thorough debate or meaningful public examination,” the suit claims. Though billed as a ban on “assault weapons” and large-capacity magazines, the law “irrationally bans pistols, rifles, shotguns and magazines that are commonly used for lawful purposes and throughout the United States,” says the complaint, adding: “The law violates plaintiffs’ fundamental rights under the Second Amendment and is unconstitutional.”

Weapons banned under the new law include the Bushmaster AR-15 semiautomatic rifle used by the gunman in the Sandy Hook killings. Criminal background checks on the purchaser are required in all gun sales, and magazines with a capacity of more than 10 rounds are banned. Owners of semi-automatic rifles defined as “assault weapons” under the new law will be required to submit to new registration procedures. Purchase, sale, transfer, or distribution of large-capacity magazines is a Class D felony. Beginning January 1, 2014, possession of a large-capacity magazine will be an infraction, subject to a fine, for a first offense, provided the magazine had been obtained before that date. Each subsequent offense, however, will be a Class D felony.

“Criminals are unlikely to concern themselves with whether the magazines they use to commit crimes are lawful,” the plaintiffs contend, adding that even if they would, the shooter in a criminal attack could use multiple magazines or multiple weapons, an option usually not available to a citizen using a firearm to defend against a home invasion. The plaintiffs argue that categories of firearms banned as “assault weapons” are semi-automatic, meaning they fire a single round with each squeeze of the trigger. The “assault” designation is based on external features like a pistol grip or a mount for a rifle telescope, they contend.

“The legislature thinks the ban is going to solve the problem of crimes committed with guns,” Stapleton told the Hartford Courant. “It makes citizens less safe by denying them the ability to effectively defend themselves in their homes.” A spokesman for Gov. Malloy said the legal challenge came as no surprise. 

“We’ve known for some time that groups opposed to the new gun violence prevention law would be filing suit against it,” Andrew Doba told the Courant. “We believe the bill improves public safety, and we will work with the Attorney General’s office to defend it.”

“Let’s not forget,” Doba added, “that this has happened before. In prior instances where Connecticut has passed common sense restrictions on firearms, there have been challenges. They have all been unsuccessful.” The state’s lawyers had not yet received and reviewed the complaint, said Jaclyn Falkowski, speaking for Attorney General George Jepsen.

“However, it is our belief that this legislation is lawful, and the office of the attorney general is prepared to vigorously defend the law against this and any other potential court challenge,” Falkowski said. There will likely be no shortage of challenges in Connecticut or in other states that have passed similar legislation. Stapleton, who has law office in both Hartford and in White Plains, New York, is the lead attorney in a constitutional challenge to New York’s new gun law, the Courant noted.

“It impacts the core Second Amendment right to protect yourself in your home, and it does so by outlawing magazines and firearms that are commonly used and widely possessed,” he said of the Connecticut law. Chances are attorneys willing to make the constitutional challenge won’t have to look far for plaintiffs as new restrictions are enacted. Membership in the Connecticut Citizens Defense League, said Wilson, has grown from 2,500 to 7,600 in just a few months.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

CDC Says 20 Percent of Children Have Mental Disorder; Why the Increase?

0

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 20 percent of American children may have a mental disorder, including attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, anxiety, depression, and autism. Such a report would have some believing that rates of mental disease have increased. However, much of the increase in rates can be attributed to a number of other items, including the wildly expanded definition of these conditions, the increasingly powerful pharmaceutical industry, and a general lack of understanding in the medical community of the effects of improper nutrition.

CBS News reports, “The CDC data was collected between 1994 and 2011, and it shows that the number of children being diagnosed with mental disorders has been steadily growing. The study did not conclude exactly why the numbers are increasing.”

Dr. Ruth Perou, the lead author of this the CDC’s first study of children aged three to 17, stated,

This is a deliberate effort by CDC to show mental health is a health issue. As with any health concern, the more attention we give to it, the better. It’s parents becoming aware of the facts and talking to a health-care provider about how their child is learning, behaving and playing with other kids,” said Dr. Ruth Perou, the study’s lead author.

But what some are calling a growth in the rate of mental health issues may in fact be nothing more than a misdiagnosis of health disorders as a result of expanded medical terms and definitions.

Slate.com reported in April:

Beware the DSM-5, the soon-to-be-released fifth edition of the “psychiatric bible,” the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual. The odds will probably be greater than 50 percent, according to the new manual, that you’ll have a mental disorder in your lifetime.

Although fewer than 6 percent of American adults will have a severe mental illness in a given year, according to a 2005 study, many more–more than a quarter each year–will have some diagnosable mental disorder. That’s a lot of people. Almost 50 percent of Americans (46.4 percent to be exact) will have a diagnosable mental illness in their lifetimes, based on the previous edition, the DSM-IV. And the new manual will likely make it even “easier” to get a diagnosis.

Dr. Thomas Insel, director of the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) has been a leading opponent of the DSM-5, asserting that its primary problem is a “lack of validity.”

Dr. Allen Frances, chair of the DSM-IV Task Force and author of Saving Normal: An Insider’s Revolt Against Out-of-Control Psychiatric Diagnosis, DSM-5, Big Pharma, and the Medicalization of Ordinary Life, fears that the DSM-5 will result in a “massive diagnostic inflation that could lead to tens of millions of people receiving psychiatric drugs they don’t need.”

Perhaps that is the idea.

The CDC study also found that the annual cost of treating these conditions is $247 billion.

In fact, the collusion between psychiatry and the pharmaceutical industry has compelled the Senate Finance Committee to launch several investigations, including a probe of Dr. Joseph Biederman, chief of the program in Pediatric Psychopharmacology at Massachusetts General Hospital.

The Citizens Commission on Human Rights International (CCHRINT), a nonprofit watchdog group, had this to say about Dr. Biederman in a story entitled “The Corrupt Alliance of the Psychiatric-Pharmaceutical Industry”:

Biederman has received research funds from 15 pharmaceutical companies. The New York Times exposed how Joseph Biederman earned $1.6 million in consulting fees from drug makers between 2000 and 2007 but did not report all of this income to Harvard University officials. His marketing of the theory that children have “bipolar” was attributed to the increase in anti-psychotic drug sales for pediatric use in the United States–today 2.5 million children. Following exposure of his conflicts, he stepped down from a number of industry-funded clinical trials. In March 2009, in newly released court documents, Biederman was reported to have promised drug maker Johnson & Johnson in advance that his studies on the antipsychotic drug Risperidone would prove the drug to be effective when used on preschool age children.

And there are a number of other leading psychiatrists who have engaged in similar questionable behaviors that have lined their pockets while assuring that a growing number of children are diagnosed and medicated.

The CCHRINT writes, “With the U.S. prescribing antipsychotics to children and adolescents at a rate six times greater than the U.K., and with 30 million Americans having taken antidepressants for a “chemical imbalance” that psychiatrists admit is a pharmaceutical marketing campaign, not scientific fact, it is no wonder that the conflict of interest between psychiatry and Big Pharma is under congressional investigation.”

Critics have pointed out that the side effects of anti-psychotic drugs could worsen – or in some cases actually cause – symptoms of mental illness.

Additionally, according to the CCHRINT, there is abundant evidence proving a connection between psychotropic medications and violent crimes, and that government officials are well aware of the connection: “Between 2004 and 2011, there have been over 11,000 reports to the U.S. FDA’s MedWatch system of psychiatric drug side effects related to violence,” including 300 homicides.

The FDA has pointed out that prescribing psychiatric medications can have other dangerous side effects as well, including an increased risk of suicidal behaviors in teens and children.

The DSM-5, the new “psychiatric bible” mentioned above, poses a real danger to children, as it could result in their misdiagnosis, followed by prescriptions for drugs that could actually make them ill.

Yahoo Health reports,

A coalition of 32 organizations–including divisions of the influential American Psychological Association (APA)–argue that the DSM-5 lowers the threshold for a diagnosis of mental illness and contributes to “excessive medicalization, stigmatization,” and “pathologization of normal human responses and behavior.”

It is also possible that there is, at least in some cases, an actual increase in mental health issues, but that that increase is entirely related to diet and therefore treatable if the medical community knew enough about nutrition and diet.

Medscape Medical News reported in 2011, “In a new and burgeoning area of research, 2 new studies from Australian investigators show that diet quality can have a significant effect on mental health outcomes and may potentially have a role in preventing and treating such common illnesses as depression and anxiety.”

According to one of the researchers, Dr. Felice Jacka, the findings of the studies suggest that teenage depression and anxiety can be prevented by a proper, nutritious diet:

In this study we show that a good-quality diet at baseline predicts better mental health at follow-up, even after adjustments for diet quality at follow-up, sociodemographic variables, exercise, and most importantly, mental health at baseline.

New evidence also suggests that conditions such as ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) may in fact be simply a symptom of a gluten allergy. Studies indicate that there is a higher incidence of Celiac Disease in ADHD patients, and that symptoms of ADHD tend to improve or disappear entirely once the person begins to eat a gluten-free diet.

Similarly, the increase in the presence of genetically-modified organisms in food can be attributed to an increase in signs of mental health disorders.

According to alternative physician Joseph Mercola of Mercola.com, one of the driving forces behind increases in autism and Alzheimer’s disease is a change in the food supply and the increase of genetically engineered (GE) food. He notes that consuming GE foods has the potential to cause gut permeability, also known as “leaky gut,” which predisposes sufferers to an array of health problems, including mental health issues.

Though the CDC’s Dr. Perou contends that more research is needed to determine the causes of mental disorders, and that greater awareness could lead to an increase in diagnoses, a growing number of Americans are advising a more sensible approach to these issues that affect their mental and physical health.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Homosexual Assaults Becoming a Problem in U.S. Military, DoD Survey Finds

0

A little over a year after the “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” (DADT) ban on homosexuals in the military was officially dropped, the Department of Defense has admitted that it has a problem with sexual assault by male soldiers on other men. The Washington Times noted that, according to an anonymous survey conducted by the Defense Department among military personnel, more men than women are sexually abused in the military each year, with assaults overwhelmingly perpetrated by other men.

Results of the survey show that of the estimated 26,000 service members who were victims of sexual assault in 2012, roughly 14,000 of the victims were men, while some 12,000 were women, according to a scientific survey sample released by the Pentagon.

A 129 percent increase in sexual assaults among military personnel since 2004 has prompted Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel to launch a campaign to deal with “unwanted sexual contact,” among the troops. But the project has become more complicated by the fact that an inordinate number of the assaults are apparently being perpetrated by male homosexuals – close on the heels of their high-profile welcome into the ranks.

Elaine Donnelly, president of the Center for Military Readiness, noted that the number of formal reports of sexual assault in the military annually skyrocketed from 1,275 to 2,949 in just eight years, and the numbers of same-sex assaults appear to be one of the factors. Donnelly said that women are identified as the assailants in just two percent of all assaults, which means that almost all of the 14,000 or so men who have been assaulted sexually were targeted by other men. “It appears that the DoD has serious problems with male-on-male sexual assaults that men are not reporting and the Pentagon doesn’t want to talk about,” Donnelly charged.

Donnelly, whose group took a lead role in the fight to keep DADT in place, charged that the DoD’s Sexual Assault Response and Prevention Office “continues to focus its attention on women who experience abuse but don’t report it, overlooking the far greater numbers of men who, according to the survey, are experiencing abuse but not reporting it. If the Pentagon considers the survey results a credible reflection of hidden reality, they must also concede that there are more men than women who are being sexually assaulted.”

Aaron Belkin of the Palm Center, which promotes homosexuality in the military, insisted to the Washington Times that “very few” of the perpetrators of male-on-male sexual assault are homosexual, claiming that the attacks are “somewhat similar to prison rape.” Donnelly called such a notion “outrageous,” telling World Net Daily that the increasing numbers of same-sex assaults has the military officials flummoxed. “The Department of Defense doesn’t quite know what to do with these figures,” she said, “and so they just sort of put them in there and hope nobody notices.”

Donnelly said it is crucial to monitor the numbers of sexual assaults to document how two significant changes in the military – welcoming homosexuals and allowing an increasing role of women in combat arenas – are negatively impacting military readiness. She said DoD officials appear to be in denial over the connection between these two issues and the increase in sexual assaults among military personnel.

As for addressing the increasing problem of sexual assaults against females, she told World Net Daily that “I think we have to start with the basics, and that means basic training. Back in 1998, unanimously, the Kassebaum-Baker Commission came out with recommendations to separate basic training for Army, Air Force, and Navy trainers, [to] do it like the Marines do. The Marines train basic training separately, male and female at Parris Island. That’s a good thing to do. It’s a good first start.”

More fundamentally, she added, the DoD must “stop pretending that sexuality does not matter. You cannot solve a problem by extending it into the combat arms. The big push is for women in combat – this argument that we have to have women in the infantry so they’ll be respected more and they won’t be assaulted.”

Donnelly pointed out that while respect for women in the military is at an all-time high, so are the sexual assaults against them. She said that the Pentagon and policymakers in Congress “need to assess where we are, what has happened in the last two decades, and they need to stop pretending that a lot of sensitivity training or highly paid consultants [are] going to make a difference in the sex problems we’re seeing right now.”

In a statement released by the Center for Military Readiness, Donnelly said that both male and female military personnel deserve “reality-based policies that combine recent lessons learned with classic principles that should be strengthened, not weakened. Congress must intervene before the administration’s incremental plans irreversibly extend unresolved social problems into fighting battalions that are key to mission accomplishment in the all-volunteer force.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

German Firms Flee to U.S. to Avoid Staggering “Green” Energy Costs

0

Chancellor Angela Merkel’s “renewable energy revolution” is killing the German economy, but Obama and Greens keep pointing to Germany’s debacle as the model we should follow.

“HIGH ENERGY COSTS DRIVE GERMAN FIRMS TO US.” That is the headline for an article that appeared May 22 in Duetsche Welle, or DW, Germany’s international broadcasting giant.

“Soaring German energy costs in the wake of the country’s transition to renewable energy have seen more and more firms thinking about relocating their operations,” the DW story reported. “The US looks like a sound alternative, associations claim.”

The DW story continued:

German industry lobby associations on Wednesday sent a warning shot towards the government in Berlin, saying that rising energy costs in the country would drive away more and more German companies.

“If we don’t get on top of the country’s energy transition to renewables and are not able to rein in energy costs in the process, German industry’s competitiveness stands to suffer,” the chief of the Federation of German Industry (BDI), Ulrich Grillo, told the business newspaper “Handelsblatt.”

He said that while Germans are embroiled in a debate about the right energy mix, the US was getting more and more attractive as a business location for German firms, thanks not least to President Barack Obama’s support for the fracking technology resulting in much cheaper energy prices.

President Obama has pleasantly surprised many – and angered many of his allies in the Big Green lobby, i.e., the Sierra Club, the Environmental Defense Fund, et al – by his recent common-sense actions to allow hydraulic fracturing on federal public lands and approval of a Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) terminal in Freeport, Texas. However, based on the administration’s history of antipathy to all fossil fuels, its use of the EPA to quash energy production, and its commitment to vastly expanding our nation’s reliance on renewable energy, the recent natural gas concessions could prove to be a temporary political move. If that proves to be the case, the German companies that are moving to America to escape Merkel’s unsustainable “renewable revolution” could find themselves facing the same predicament down the road here.

$110 billion for solar may postpone global warming by 37 hours this century!

According to Danish professor and best-selling environmental author Bjorn Lomborg, the German and Danish experiments that are being so highly touted as successful showpieces are instead unmitigated disasters. Lomborg stated on John Stossel’s television show on March 29, 2012 that Germany’s colossal expenditure on solar energy, for instance, will have virtually zero impact on global warming, the ostensible reason for which the country is “investing” huge sums. “The Germans are spending about $110 billion on subsidies for these solar panels,” Lomborg noted. “The net effect of all those investments will be to postpone global warming by 37 hours by the end of the century.”

New Zealand climate blogger Jo Nova has provided extensive analysis of the German energy debacle in this posting: “The Chaos of German ‘Renewable’ Energy.”

Concerns over Germany’s radical energy policies have been building for months, as the costs have become more and more evident. In an article last July entitled, “Doubts Rising over German Switch to Renewables,” Der Spiegel, one of Germany’s largest publications, reported on the growing alarm:

Chancellor Angela Merkel outlined a grand vision for an energy revolution a year ago, shortly after her government had decided to shut down all nuclear reactors by 2022 in a spectacular about-face following the Fukushima accident. Germany was to put itself at the forefront of the fight against global warming by radically expanding the use of renewable energy to 35 percent of total power consumption by 2020, rising to 80 percent by 2050. Currently, it represents 20 percent of the country’s energy mix.

But now two ministers, Environment Minister Peter Altmaier and Economy Minister Philipp Rösler, have cast doubt whether the targets are reachable and said their priority is to make sure that electricity prices don’t rise too much….

The similarity between the two ministers’ comments is noteworthy, as is the fact that two of Merkel’s top ministers are calling one of her government’s central projects into question a mere year after it was launched.

The business daily Handelsblatt wrote:

If one looks at the key points of the energy revolution decided a year ago, one quickly notices that very ambitious targets were set while the path to reaching them was only outlined sketchily. Many players in the affected industries don’t know what to do. They have been told to take action and invest billions, but the conditions remain unclear.

Germany may be leading the way to disaster, but it is not traveling alone. According to the International Energy Agency’s chief economist Fatih Birol, annual government subsidies designed to promote renewable energy currently amount to around $70 billion globally.

And if the Big Green lobby has its way, that subsidy will grow exponentially. Which is why, even as Germany staggers under the renewables burden, one of the designers of that fiasco was in the United States recently to promote the same policies here. On May 14, Rainer Baake, former deputy minister at the German Federal Environment Ministry and a key architect of Germany’s energy transition, was the honored guest for the interview program On Point of the Environment & Energy Television network (E&ETV).

Baake then received a much bigger boost from Bloomberg News on May 15, with the publication of his essay “U.S. Energy Policy Should Take a Lesson From Germany’s Energiewende,” co-authored with Jennifer Morgan, director of the Climate and Energy Program at the World Resources Institute (WRI), one of the globalist mega-think tanks with mega-funding from governments and leftist foundations, as well as from politically connected corporations that benefit from subsidies and state-monopoly policies.

In their Bloomberg piece, Baake and Morgan lecture us on the failure of the United States to get in step with the renewables zeitgeist that is sweeping the world:

At least 118 countries have renewable energy targets, and 65 offer predictable feed-in tariffs. About half of new electric capacity worldwide in 2011 came from renewable sources.

The United States stands in sharp contrast with this picture. It’s true that 29 states currently have renewable energy policies, but the country lacks a national energy policy framework and corresponding targets.

For U.S. policymakers looking to expedite a clean energy transition, the Energiewende should be a welcome addition to the conversation. It’s economically and ecologically responsible, and it’s proven to be politically popular. It’s certainly worth taking a closer look.

Yes, we should be taking a much closer look – before our government goes any further in this direction. A good place to start is “The Renewable Energy Disaster” by Christopher Calder, which provides copious research on the horrendous economic, social, and environmental costs associated with the global push for government-mandated transition to renewable energy. (A caveat: While providing a devastating critique of renewable energy policies, Calder’s “solution,” the National Food Security Act, is a misguided remedy that would unconstitutionally inject federal controls into all areas of agriculture and food production.) The articles by The New American’s Ed Hiserodt and James Heiser listed below also provide critically important information on the problems and limits of renewable energy and the renewable energy policy proposals.

Photo of wind turbines in Germany: AP Images

Related articles:

Blown Away: Wind Energy Analyzed

Danish Wind Power Overblown

Wind Power: An Ill Wind Blowing

A Review of “The Wind Farm Scam”

Solar Power Generation: Boon or Boondoggle

Obama’s Energy Plan

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Homeland Security “Police” Monitored Tea Party IRS Protests

0

Agents from the Department of Homeland Security posing as national “police” were deployed across the country this week to monitor and intimidate Tea Party activists, who were peacefully protesting the Obama administration and its abuse of the IRS to target conservative groups. The apparently unlawful spying and bullying has drawn outrage from analysts, experts, and commentators from across the political spectrum worried that the federal government is going off the rails.

From California to Florida and everywhere in between, armed DHS functionaries – part of the so-called “Federal Protective Service” (FPS) – intimidated and spied on peaceful activists, according to protesters in attendance. News reports were filled with pictures and videos of large Homeland Security trucks that said “police” in giant letters, along with armed DHS personnel dressed in “police” outfits. At a rally in Los Angeles, a DHS helicopter was even spotted flying overhead as federal “police” ordered protesters to get off of government property.

More than a few attendees at the rallies expressed fears about being spied on by authorities in the future – or even being targeted by the IRS. Some analysts said the federal show of force was probably an effort by the administration to intimidate Americans into remaining silent, while others speculated that the U.S. government was hoping to provoke a reaction out of the protesters that could be used to demonize activists concerned about lawless federal activities. 

Among the most serious concerns cited by critics – aside from federal spying and intimidation of citizens exercising rights guaranteed under the First Amendment – were the giant letters reading “police” emblazoned on DHS vehicles and personnel. Of course, the Constitution does not grant the U.S. government any power to establish a national police force or anything even remotely resembling one.

Indeed, outside of a few federal crimes such as counterfeiting, treason, and piracy, law enforcement is supposed to be a function of state and local government. Analysts also noted that there was absolutely no reason for armed federal bureaucrats to be keeping tabs on a peaceful protest – especially when local police with legitimate jurisdiction could have secured the rallies if needed.

“If you have a police force and it’s out of control, you go down to your mayor and you take care of it with your mayor,” commented conservative pundit Glenn Beck about the latest DHS tactics aimed at Tea Party activists this week. ”But if a national police force is out of control, who exactly do you have?”

Beck, who has a sizeable following and a growing media machine, also said Homeland Security was supposed to be for airports. “They were the guys with the really crappy uniforms that have the rubber gloves who were feeling you up at the airport and you’re laughing at them,” he continued. “This is a labor union police force, a federal labor union police force. This is not good.”

A caller on the show who helped organize a 400-person rally targeted by DHS in Cincinnati, meanwhile, noted that it was not the first time he had seen federal functionaries sporting “police” outfits. “Congress needs to wake up,” the caller said on the program. “Maybe they’re part of it, I don’t know, but they need to look into this. We are creating a national police force that’s keeping an eye on us and intimidating us.”

The Tea Party demonstrations against the U.S. tax agency at IRS offices across the country, held on May 22, were sparked by recent admissions from senior officials that conservative groups had been singled out for special scrutiny and inappropriate questioning by authorities. Outraged lawmakers in both political parties and much of the establishment press agreed that the IRS behavior was absolutely unacceptable. More than seven out of ten Americans thought so, too, and even President Obama publicly feigned concern about the scandal.

Homeland Security Secretary Janet “Big Sis” Napolitano and the increasingly intrusive domestic espionage apparatus, however, evidently did not see it that way. Under the Obama administration, multiple federal agencies and departments – including DHS – have issued absurd “intelligence” reports based on discredited sources claiming that the real threat to the “Homeland” is actually conservatives. Pro-life activists, Ron Paul supporters, constitutionalists, veterans, people who believe in individual liberty, and countless others are officially in the crosshairs.

Based on recent polls, that includes almost 70 percent of American voters, who in a survey released this week said they “feel like the federal government has gotten out of control and is threatening the basic civil liberties of Americans.” Even among Democrats, almost half agree that Washington, D.C., is out of control – more than the number who disagreed. Left-wing organizations like the American Civil Liberties Union have also blasted Homeland Security’s lawless spying on peaceful protesters.

“This type of government monitoring and tracking of lawful demonstrations and political speech can have a chilling effect on Americans’ exercise of their rights to free speech and assembly,” Robyn Greene with the ACLU Washington Legislative Office noted in 2011 after learning that DHS “police” were spying on activists, apparently under the false impression that such behavior was legal. “This is especially true when those demonstrations advocate positions that are in opposition to government policy…. No agency or department in government has the right to monitor the peaceful and lawful political activities and speech of Americans.”

While only a tiny fraction of the growing number of Americans worried about lawless government attended rallies on Tuesday, Homeland Security made sure that its presence was felt. According to news reports, self-styled federal “police” were observed scoping out protests or intimidating activists all across California, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Missouri, and other states. Analysts lashed out at the perceived abuse of power.        

“Why aren’t DHS officers protecting the homeland against foreign enemies armed with explosives and hate? Perhaps because the Obama Administration is more worried about domestic ‘enemies’ armed with the Constitution and love of country,” wrote Sally Zelikovsky about the scandal in the American Thinker. She also said the administration sending out DHS agents to spy on Tea Party protests was “further evidence of the Soviet-style ‘War on Dissent.’ ”

“One would think they would be just a bit more circumspect and maybe even exercise a modicum of restraint before dispersing KGB, I mean, DHS agents to free speech rallies protected under the Constitution,” Zelikovsky continued in her stinging criticism of the department’s latest activities. “The fact that they did this so blatantly despite the scrutiny they are under is symptomatic of a government on the verge of a constitutional breakdown – a government that doesn’t hesitate to bully the little guy while giving the Constitution the proverbial political finger.”

The New American reached out to DHS with a series of questions: Why were the agents at these protests? How does DHS respond to critics of this who say it was spying, intimidation, unnecessary, and chilling? Why did the DHS vehicles and personnel have “police” written on them? Does DHS operate a federal police force now? If so, under what statutory or constitutional authority has DHS established a police force? Was permission for the DHS presence obtained from local authorities?

DHS Federal Protective Service Chief of Public Affairs Jacqueline C. Yost responded with a brief statement. “The Federal Protective Service (FPS) protects more than 9,000 federal buildings and 1.4 million federal employees and visitors who occupy them throughout the country every day,” she said. “FPS is committed to carrying out this mission in a manner that protects the public’s civil rights and civil liberties including freedom of speech and the right to peacefully protest.”

Of course, along with the rest of the Obama administration, DHS has come under increasing scrutiny in recent years amid a wide assortment of scandals. Among the most outrageous: Spying on peaceful protesters, sealing contracts for massive amounts of ammunition, stockpiling “weapons of war,” molesting air travelers, expanding its powers, defying court orders, issuing wild reports painting regular Americans as potential terrorists, squandering huge sums of money on extra-constitutional “fusion centers,” training local authorities to become extensions of the federal government, and more.

Congress has held hearings and a few lawmakers have introduced legislation to rein in the department, which is perceived by critics as an out-of-control behemoth that could easily be abused. As the outcry among Americans continues to mount, calls for abolishing the DHS are growing as well. Unsurprisingly, the latest developments have already contributed to the furor. Whether any action will be taken by Congress, however, remains to be seen.

Alex Newman is a correspondent for The New American, covering economics, politics, and more. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Photo source: Gateway Pundit

Related articles:

Impeachment Support Soars as Voters Say Feds “Out of Control”

Homeland Security Demands “Obedience” in Message to Agents

Congress Seeks Answers on Huge Homeland Security Ammo Contracts

Lois Lerner Pleads the Fifth in Widening IRS Scandal

The IRS Scandal: Will It Sink Obama?

Feds Requested Targets With Children and Pregnant Women

U.S. Military Program Arming Local Police Expands

DHS Solicits Bids for 26.1 Million Rounds of Ammo

Federal Law Enforcement Stockpiling Arms (10,000/ICE Employee)

DHS Labels Liberty-Lovers as Potential Terrorists

Profiling and Criminalizing Political Dissent

Homeland Security: Everyone’s a Threat

Do You Fit the Terrorist Profile?

New DHS Domestic Terrorism Report Targets Millions of Americans

DHS Sources Prompt Calls for Ousting Napolitano

Terror War Expanding, Shifting to the Right

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Heckler Spars With Obama Over Drones, Guantanamo

0

President Obama had some competition Thursday when he addressed an audience at the National Defense University in Washington on the administration’s approach to fighting terrorism. He was interrupted a number of times by a heckler in the back of the room, and he paused at various points in his speech to respond to her.

As Obama spoke about the detention center for captured terror suspects at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the woman shouted a comment about prisoners on a hunger strike over years of imprisonment without trial at the U.S. Naval base and demanded to know what the president is going to do about it. 

“Excuse me, President Obama, you are the commander in chief,” she yelled. 

“Why don’t you sit down, and I’ll tell you exactly what I’m going to do,” Obama said.

The heckler sounded even more determined to get answers when Obama was discussing administration policy regarding drone strikes that have sparked protests here and in Pakistan and other Middle East countries, where the targeting of suspected terrorists has resulted in the killing of innocent non-combatants. At one point, the president said an attack by one of the unmanned bombers is authorized only when there is “near certainty” that no civilians would be killed or injured.

That appears to contradict the admission in a letter to congressional leaders from Attorney General Eric Holder Wednesday that four U.S. citizens have been killed in drone attacks, only one of whom was a target. The targeted citizen was militant Muslim cleric Anwar al-Awlaki, who Holder said had been actively involved in plotting terrorist attacks against the United States. Awlaki was killed by a drone strike in Yemen on September 30, 2011. The three other American citizens killed, including Awlaki’s son, Abdulrahman al-Awlaki, were not targets, Holder said. The younger Awlaki, age 16, was killed in a drone strike, also in Yemen, two weeks after his father’s death.

“How about Abdulrahman al-Awlaki?” the heckler shouted. “Why was he killed?”

The woman, Medea Benjamin (shown being removed from auditorium), was removed from the event. She later said it was military police officers, along with FBI and Secret Service officials who shoved her out of the room and questioned her. Benjamin, co-founder of the antiwar group Code Pink, was described by the New York Times as a familiar face on Capitol Hill, “where she has repeatedly interrupted proceedings.” A statement later issued by National Defense University officials said Benjamin “was given access via the list of media attendees expected.” She told the Times she had been invited to the event by someone at the university who agrees with her objections to the military policies she was protesting.

“People around the world are tired of nice words from President Obama, and they want some concrete action,” Benjamin stated. “Some say it’s rude to interrupt the president, but it’s rude to kill innocent people with drones.”

Security around the president and the venues where he speaks is usually tight and thorough enough to prevent protesters from being seen or heard at a presidential event. On the rare occasion when a speech is interrupted, the usual practice is to try to ignore the heckler until he or she is removed. On this occasion, Obama replied more than once to Benjamin’s interruptions.

“Now, this is part of free speech, is you being able to speak, but also you listening and me being able to speak,” Obama said at one point. “All right? Thank you.” The president even offered a brief tribute to Benjamin as she was being forced out of the room, while shouting: “I love my country and I love the rule of law!”  

“The voice of that woman is worth paying attention to,” Obama said. “Obviously I do not agree with much of what she said, and obviously she wasn’t listening to me in much of what I said. But these are tough issues, and the suggestion that we can gloss over them is wrong.”

In an interview with Huffington Post, Benjamin was asked if she was going to keep trying to confront the president with her questions and protests if she thought she would be able to get into other similar events.

“Yes, I’m going to keep trying and I’ll probably get in,” she replied.

Photo of Medea Benjamin being removed from auditorium: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

'Massachusetts teen remains in custody'

0

An 18-year-old boy arrested for making Ëœterror threatsâ„¢ through his Facebook posts about the recent bombings in the US city of Boston remains in custody pending payment of USD 1 million bail.

The teen, identified as Cameron Dâ„¢Ambrosio, faces up to 20 years in prison for making terror threats on the social networking website, Russia Today reported on Friday.

The boy, a senior at Methuen High School in Massachusetts, was arrested on May 2 after he posted a threat on Facebook, saying, Å“Ya’ll want me to…kill somebody?… A Boston bombing wait till you see the [expletive] I do. …I beat every murder charge that comes across me.”

On April 15, two bomb explosions near the finish line of the Boston Marathon killed three people and injured more than 250 others.

Following Cameronâ„¢s arrest, Methuen Police Chief Joe Solomon issued a statement saying, Å“We took this very seriously… The threat was disturbing enough for us to act and I think our officers did the right thing.”

Solomon, however, added that Cameron did not make specific threat against any particular group or individuals including the school officials.

Å“I do want to make clear he did not make a specific threat against the school or any particular individuals but he did threaten to kill a bunch of people and specifically mentioned the Boston Marathon and the White House.”

The Center for Rights and Fight for the Future established a support page for the high school student earlier this week.

The supporters wrote on the page that Å“a kid is in prison. Away from his family. All for something he posted on Facebook.”

They noted that police found no explosives or weapons after they searched the house of the teen, demanding that he be released.

Å“A search of Cam’s house found no explosives, weapons… He should be released to his family and that all evidence (including testimony from the police) suggested that he was not a threat to anyone,” his supporters wrote on the page.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Rand Paul: Obama Embroiled In ‘Old MacDonald’s Farm’ Of Scandals

0

“Here a scandal, there a scandal, everywhere a scandal”

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Senator Rand Paul hit out yesterday at the White House and the president himself regarding his handling of the triple whammy of scandals his administration has become embroiled in.

“We have sort of an ‘Old MacDonald Farm’ of scandals–here a scandal, there a scandal, everywhere a scandal,” Paul said during a Fox News appearance.

“We’re not sure which scandal to even talk about,” Paul noted, referring to the fallout from the Benghazi consulate attack, the targeting of journalists and DOJ seizure of media phone records, and the potentially illegal targeting of patriot groups and Tea Party organizations by the IRS.

Responding to Obama’s national security address from the National Defense University at Fort McNair in Washington, D.C. on Thursday, Paul described it as “a misdirection campaign,” noting that it amounted to a failed attempt to downplay the severity of the mire that the administration is in.

“I don’t think this will work because he is putting off really the ultimate reckoning,” Paul said.

“He’s saying in 30 days we’ll do this and 90 days we’ll do this. The IRS scandal has been going on for over a year. The report is out there. I think they know who is responsible but he is not getting anybody,” he continued.

“Nobody is willing to be fired or removed from office from this. So I think it’s a bit of misdirection here. There are still some important questions about citizens overseas. Even that issue he sort of obscures. He says that of course that they should get due process but his idea of due process is flash cards and power point presentation. So even that he doesn’t really come clean with.” The Senator urged.

Watch the full interview below:

Before making his televised comments, Paul released a statement in response to the president’s speech, during which Obama addressed drone policy and specifically the targeted assassination of Americans overseas.

“For the record, I do not believe it would be constitutional for the government to target and kill any U.S. citizen — with a drone, or a shotgun — without due process,” Obama said during the speech. “Nor should any president deploy armed drones over U.S. soil.”

“I’m glad the President finally acknowledged that American citizens deserve some form of due process,” Paul responded in his statement. “But I still have concerns over whether flash cards and PowerPoint presentations represent due process; my preference would be to try accused U.S. citizens for treason in a court of law.”

This week Paul also introduced legislation designed to limit government surveillance of Americans, including the ‘Preserving Freedom from Unwarranted Surveillance Act’, which would outlaw the use of drone technology in US skies.

“The use of drone surveillance may work on the battlefields overseas, but it isn’t well-suited for unrestrained use on the streets in the United States,” Paul said in a further statement yesterday. “Congress must be vigilant in providing oversight to the use of this technology and protection for rights of the American people. I will continue the fight to protect and uphold our Fourth Amendment.”

Back in March, Paul launched a 13-hour filibuster on the use of drone attacks in an effort to raise awareness on the issue, and to challenge drone attack architect John Brennan’s nomination for head of the CIA.

“I wanted to sound an alarm bell from coast to coast. I wanted everybody to know that our Constitution is precious and that no American should be killed by a drone without first being charged with a crime.” Paul stated at the time.

“As Americans, we have fought long and hard for the Bill of Rights. The idea that no person shall be held without due process, and that no person shall be held for a capital offense without being indicted, is a founding American principle and a basic right.” the Senator asserted.

The Kentucky senator also explained in his statement yesterday that his new legislation prevents police and intelligence agencies from monitoring Americans’ electronic communications without a warrant.

“Congress has passed a variety of laws that decimate our Fourth Amendment protections.” The Senator noted. “In effect, it means that Americans can only count on Fourth Amendment protections if they don’t use e-mail, cell phones, the Internet, credit cards, libraries, banks, or other forms of modern finance and communications,”

“Basic constitutional rights should not be invalidated by carrying out basic, day-to-day functions in a technologically advanced world and this bill will provide much needed clarity and reassert Fourth Amendment protections for records held by third parties.” Paul said in his statement Thursday.

The Senator expanded on his televised comments in a further radio appearance last night, discussing Guantanamo Bay, the IRS scandal, the looming debt ceiling fight, immigration reform, Congress’ treatment of Apple, corporate taxes and a potential presidential run in 2016.

Listen below:

–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 12:30 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama Meets In Oval Office With Illegal Aliens

0

Fred Lucas
cnsnews.com
March 24, 2013

President Barack Obama and Vice President Joe Biden met in the Oval Office on Tuesday with three people who are in the country in violation of U.S. immigration laws but who have received “deferred action” allowing them to stay in the country under the terms of a “memorandum” issued unilaterally last year by Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano.

While conceding that she had no legal authority to change the “immigration status” of illegal aliens or provide them with a “pathway to citizenship,” Napolitano instructed the top officials at Customs and Border Protection, Citizenship and Immigration Services, and Immigration and Customs Enforcement to use what she called “prosecutorial discretion” in not enforcing the immigration laws against certain classes of immigration lawbreakers.

These included illegal aliens who arrived in the United States before their sixteenth birthday, had graduated from high school or served in the military, had not been convicted of “significant” or “multiple” misdemeanors, and had not yet turned thirty.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 12:04 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

DHS Memo Warns 3D Printed Guns May Be ‘Impossible’ to Stop

0

“Is America ready for pat-downs at every event?”

Adan Salazar
Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

A new Department of Homeland Security bulletin warning of the security risks 3D printed guns pose may be setting the stage for 3D printer regulation or at the very least more intrusive pat downs when attending certain events.

Liberator, single-shot 3D printed pistol, photo via DefCad.org.

According to Fox News, a DHS memo is being sent to various state and federal law enforcement agencies cautioning, “Limiting plastic guns may be impossible,” and that 3D guns pose “public safety risks.”

“Significant advances in three-dimensional (3D) printing capabilities, availability of free digital 3D printer files for firearms components, and difficulty regulating file sharing may present public safety risks from unqualified gun seekers who obtain or manufacture 3D printed guns,” warns the bulletin compiled by the Joint Regional Intelligence Center,” the memo states, as reported by Fox News.

“This is a serious threat,” a nervous law enforcement source reportedly told Fox, adding, “These could defeat magnetometers. The only security procedure to catch [the 3D firearms] is a pat down. Is America ready for pat-downs at every event?”

If this all sounds like you woke up in some real-life science fiction fantasy, allow me to bring you up to speed.

Towards the beginning of May, an Austin-based 3D printing group known as Defense Distributed announced it was in its final stages of testing their coup de grâce, a functional firearm produced almost entirely out of plastic parts manufactured by a 3D printer, which the group named the “Liberator.”

On May 6, the group began distributing schematics for the single-shot pistol freely online, allowing anyone connected to the Internet to download them from anywhere in the world. The deliberately open nature of the gun’s files led the State Department to issue a take-down notice to the group later that week claiming they had violated firearms export laws. However, the State Department was a day late and a dollar short as the files had already gone viral and by that time were already downloaded over 100,000 times.

Additionally, the DHS memo obtained by Fox specifically mentions Defense Distributed by name. A section of the memo is even dedicated to their Liberator gun design, stating:

“Magnetometers may fail to detect the Liberator, depending on device sensitivity. Though it is prohibited by federal law, manufacturers may deliberately omit the unnecessary metal insert, leaving only a small nail and ammunition as the sole metal component. Future designs could further reduce or eliminate metal entirely.

“Unqualified gun seekers may be able to acquire or manufacture their own Liberators with no background checks.”

As Fox News reports, the DHS bulletin also warned “the firearms can be made without serial numbers or unique identifiers, hindering ballistics testing,” and that as 3D printers inevitably become more affordable, “even more sophisticated printed guns will become easier to acquire.”

Last week, UK newspaper The Daily Mail claimed to have “exposed” the “massive international security risk” of 3D guns when they cheekily produced their own plastic weapon and sneaked it on board a Eurostar train. Several of the paper’s readers, however, saw through their cunning ploy, noting they produced the firearm without the necessary metal firing pin, and didn’t attempt to smuggle ammunition. “Yes — but did your intern manage to get any bullets on the train… no. Typical DM nonsense!,” one savvy reader commented on their website.

Even prior to its creation, the 3D printed gun had its fair share of political opponents.

In December, Democrat NY Rep. Steve Israel called for the urgent renewal of legislation banning undetectable firearms set to expire at the end of this year. “With the advent of 3-D printers these guns are suddenly a real possibility, but the law Congress passed is set to expire next year. We should act now to give law enforcement authorities the power to stop the development of these weapons before they are as easy to come by as a Google search,” Rep. Israel stated in a press release on his House site.

Also, following the release and proliferation of the Liberator gun files, notorious gun grabber Sen. Chuck Schumer (D-NY), attempted to persuade people, “Now anyone, a terrorist, someone who is mentally ill, a spousal abuser, a felon, can essentially open a gun factory in their garage…it must be stopped.”

Of course, the DHS bulletin is right on.

As Internet patrons can attest, once something is online, the toothpaste is out of the tube, so to speak, but will the advent of the 3D printed gun actually backfire on us?

The DHS is now actively engaged in painting this tremendous scientific advancement as a public threat, and in order to protect We the People from the big, bad 3D printed gun boogeyman, we must unquestionably hand them more control, give up more civil liberties and submit to more invasive pat-downs. Ah, the land of the free…

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 11:35 am

Tags: , , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Britain’s MI5 agency knows about Woolwich suspects

0

presstv.ir
May 24, 2013

Britain’s intelligence agency MI5 is facing tough questions over Woolwich attack, following the emergence of a photo of one of the suspects in a protest outside the Old Bailey in 2006.

Whitehall sources revealed that the suspects of the London attack, in which British soldier Lee Rigby was beheaded by two assailants, had cropped up in “several investigations” by MI5 in recent years.

The attacker Micheal Adebolajo and his accomplice, named locally last night as Michael Oluwatobi Adebowale, were not deemed to be planning an attack, the sources said.

According to local media reports, Adebolajo, who is British-born and of Nigerian descent, has been linked to an organization banned from allegedly professing extremist views.

Police detectives have so far arrested a 29-year-old man and woman on suspicion of conspiracy to murder and searched five properties in London and one in Lincolnshire.

MI5 and Scotland Yard are now trying to find out if the two attackers are part of a terror group that could carry out further atrocities.

Ben Swann: Reality Check Connection Between IRS management Lois Lerner & Cindy Thomas

0

Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 11:53 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Over a Million Signatures in Support for Sen. Warren's Student Loan Bill

0

Senator Elizabeth Warren’s (D-Mass.) call to lower student loan interest rates to the same “discounted rates” given to big banks has received an “outpouring of support” as organizations and institutions of higher education are lining up to endorse the measure.

Senator Warren and Congressman Tierney, earlier this week, discussed their student loan bill at a Student Loan Reform Roundtable. (Photo via warren.senate.gov) The Bank on Students Loan Fairness Act (pdf), the first introduced by the rookie Senator, allows students to borrow at the same low rate–currently set at 0.75 percent–that banks borrow from the Federal Reserve for a year, “providing a window for Congress to find a fair, long term solution on student loan interest rates.”

Unless action is taken, the rate of subsidized student loans is set to double from 3.4 to 6.8 percent on July 1.

Congressman John Tierney (D-Mass.) has introduced a corresponding House version of the bill.

According to a statement on Warren’s site which lists the endorsing institutions, the senator “has received an outpouring of support from students and their families, colleges and universities, and independent groups.”

Petitions in support of the legislation by groups such as Democracy for America and Move On have gathered a total of over a million signatures.

Both Warren and Congressman Tierney have been meeting with the groups to discuss “the moral obligation of investing in students and providing them with the same cheap access to credit that we provide big banks.”

“These students and their families have worked hard, saved what they could, and borrowed what they need to pay for higher education,” writes Warren in a Boston Globe op-ed earlier this week. “Rather than reward their efforts, the government plans to add to their burden.” 

She continues:

Some people say that we can’t afford low interest rates for students. But the federal government offers far lower rates on loans every single day –they just don’t do it for everyone. Right now, a bank can get a loan through the Federal Reserve discount window at a rate of less than one percent. The same big banks that destroyed millions of jobs and broke our economy can borrow at about 0.75 percent, while our students will be paying nine times as much as of July 1.

This is not fair. […]

We should not be profiting from students who are drowning in debt while we are giving great deals to big banks.

Unlike big banks, students do not have armies of lobbyists and lawyers. They’re banking on us to do what’s right. Let’s bank on students by investing in their futures and giving them a break on student loan interest.

Another voice that has come out in support of the measure is Nobel Prize laureate Joseph Stiglitz, who says that American students are “more dependent on the income and education of their parents than in other industrial countries.”

USA Today reports:

“Students are being squeezed,” says Stiglitz, who won the 2001 Nobel Prize in economics. “Incomes are down, and tuition is going up.” Those who go to public colleges are getting hit the hardest, he says, because of state budget cuts.

Most other industrialized nations make paying for college easier, Stiglitz says. For example, Australia’s loan program caps payments as a percentage of income, essentially enabling most people to pay for college without going bankrupt. Many European countries directly subsidize college, although those subsidies have fallen due to the financial crisis.

But saddling students with payments they can’t make — or limiting their ability to attend college at all — means the U.S. could fall behind foreign competitors. “There is a real risk that this will impede long-term economic growth,” Stiglitz says.

This bill is currently assigned to a congressional committee that will consider it before possibly sending it on to the House or Senate as a whole.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Pakistan Not Soothed by Obama's "Reformed" Drone Program

0

Pakistan officials criticized President Obama’s speech on Thursday for not announcing an immediate moratorium on all drone strikes in the country, insisting that any drone attack on Pakistan’s soil is illegal and constitutes an assault on Pakistan’s sovereignty.

Pakistani men protest against drone strikes (Photo: SS Mirza/AFP/Getty Images) “The government of Pakistan has consistently maintained that the drone strikes are counter-productive, entail loss of innocent civilian lives, have human rights and humanitarian implications and violate the principles of national sovereignty, territorial integrity and international law,” Pakistan’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs said in a statement, while conceding that Obama’s speech contained mention of some positive reforms.

In the speech, given at the National Defense University in Washington, Obama said some reforms to the drone program were needed, claiming the U.S. would not perform an assassination if a target can be “reasonably” captured; that strikes can only be used against targets that poses an “imminent” threat; and that drone strikes will increasingly be initiated by the the U.S. military rather than the CIA (even though the CIA will continue to operate drones in Pakistan).

However, Obama continued to defend the use of drones overall, framing their use as a necessary evil in the “global war on terror.”

To many human rights groups, however, Obama’s proclamations did not go nearly far enough in the right direction. As their comments indicate, the speech certainly did not put officials in Pakistan at ease.

According to The Bureau of Investigative Journalism, Pakistan has experienced hundreds of CIA drone attacks inside its borders that have killed up to 3,587 people since 2004, with up to 884 of them civilians.

“Obama has finally responded to the popular sentiment in this country, which is fiercely against the drones, and I think that shows a certain sensitivity,” said Mushahid Hussain, chairman of the defense committee in Pakistan’s Senate. “But for the people of Pakistan that is not good enough unless there is a cessation of drone attacks.”

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Radioactive Cesium Recorded at 10 Spots in Pacific Ocean

0

Radioactive cesium from the Fukushima plant was found at 10 points in the Pacific Ocean, including a location as far as 1300 miles from the plant, less than a year after Fukushima nuclear disaster began, scientists revealed on Tuesday.

(Photo: thierry ehrmann/cc/flickr) The Japan Times and Kyodo News reported that the findings were announced by researchers with the Japan Agency for Marine Earth Science and Technology at the Japan Geoscience Union meeting.

At each of the 10 points, located between Japan’s Hokkaido island and Guam, cesium 134 and cesium 137 were detected in the plankton and seawater samples taken by the scientists between January and February 2012, the news agencies report.

The researchers found the highest density of cesium in seawater around latitude 36 to 40 degrees north, while plankton with the highest concentrations of cesium were found around 25 degrees north and 150 degrees east.

“Plankton are thought to play a key role in the dispersion of the cesium because they are eaten by bigger fish. We want to study further what is influencing the accumulation of radioactive cesium,” The Japan Times reports Minoru Kitamura, a marine ecologist and senior researcher at the Japan Agency for Marine Earth Science and Technology, as saying.

The high levels cesium found in the plankton around 25 degrees north presented a “concern,” Kitamura added, saying, “we don’t know why the level got high around that area.”

____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Three Questions Left Unanswered by Obama’s Counterterrorism Speech

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/three_questions_left_unanswered_by_obamas_counterterrorism_speech_20130524/

Posted on May 24, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Britons struggle with council tax cuts

0

A leading charity has warned that UK families struggle with council tax cuts.

A debt advice charity has warned that poor British households could be in danger of being pushed into the hands of bailiffs as a result of recent cuts in council tax benefits.

Citizens Advice predicted that “many more” vulnerable people in the UK would be at the mercy of aggressive bailiffs.

Council tax benefit was replaced by council tax support in April 2013, allowing councils across England to run their own schemes on 10 percent less funding.

New figures showed the number of people worried about paying their council tax had increased since the introduction of the British governmentâ„¢s welfare reforms last month.

In April, about 37,000 of Britons consulted the charity online, up by 87 percent compared to the same month last year.

“We’re concerned that changes to council tax benefit will mean more people will end up in debt because they can’t pay their bill and have the bailiff knocking at their door,” said Citizens Advice chief executive Gillian Guy.

BGH/SSM/MOS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

George Zimmerman's Defense Team Releases Texts and Photos to Fit Their Racist Narrative

0

May 24, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The defense team for George Zimmerman, the man accused of killing unarmed teenager Travyon Martin, released dozens of photos and text messages of the 17-year-old murder victim in a seeming effort to portray him as a “gangsta” troublemaker.

It is unclear whether the texts and photos will be permissible in court, though attorneys for Martin’s family claim they represent “irrelevant red herrings.” Zimmerman’s attorneys are expected to use the “evidence” to make insinuations about Martin’s character, as the Zimmerman can be heard in a 911 call accusing the teen of being “up to no good” and “on drugs or something.”

The “evidence,” posted on a website run by Zimmerman’s attorneys, includes text messages from Martin discussing cannabis, a school suspension and a troubled home life, as well as several texts expressing interest in guns. The defense also posted 25 photos of Martin, some previously released on the internet, which include photo of the teen wearing gold teeth and flicking the camera off, as well as a photograph in which he appears to be smoking cannabis.

Benjamin Crump, an attorney representing Martin’s family, noted the irony of Zimmerman’s defense pushing a stereotypical image of Martin in a case already fraught with racial implications.

“Is the defense trying to prove Trayvon deserved to be killed by George Zimmerman because of the way he looked?” Crump said in a statement obtained by NBC. “If so, this stereotypical and closed-minded thinking is the same mindset that caused George Zimmerman to get out of his car and pursue Trayvon, an unarmed kid who he didn’t know. The pretrial release of these irrelevant red herrings is a desperate and pathetic attempt by the defense to pollute and sway the jury pool.”

One of many striking example of an apparent “red herring” released by Zimmerman’s defense is text messages referring to Martin’s homelife. In one text, from Nov. 22, 2011, he writes, “My mom just told me i gotta mov wit my dad … She just kickd me out.”

Some legal experts say Zimmerman’s defense will have a hard time using the texts and photographs in court, as it resides in the legally murky area of character evidence.

“What does his mom saying he needs to live with his dad for a while say about why he was shot?  Nothing,” Jeff Deen, a former state attorney in Florida, told NBC. “Generally, reputation evidence is not admissible in court.”

Steven Hsieh is an editorial assistant at AlterNet and writer based in Brooklyn. Follow him on Twitter @stevenjhsieh.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

US behind Iran nuclear issue: Gharazi

0

Iran presidential candidate, Mohammad Gharazi, says the Westâ„¢s standoff with Iran over its nuclear energy program is the result of the hostile US policy toward the Iranian nation and government.

Speaking to reporters in Tehran on Friday, Gharazi said the nuclear issue is not actually over Iran’s nuclear energy program, Å“… it is about [the standoff between] the United States and Iran. The US cannot tolerate an independent Iranian administration that relies on the Islamic Revolution.”

He added that the United States adopts differing positions on different administrations in Iran according to their level of flexibility in favor of Washingtonâ„¢s policies.

“I believe Iranâ„¢s nuclear issue is not a nuclear issue at all. We have not done anything wrong; we have acted according to the laws. But the US will not compromise with any Iranian administration which is made up of revolutionaries and popular figures, and which tries to defend the nation,” he reiterated.

Gharazi emphasized that Iranians will never bow to the US or other Western powers, and will continue resistance as long as the US persists in its hostile policy toward the Iranian nation.

Ruling out direct talks between the two countries, Gharazi stressed that any Iranian administration that would try to give concessions to the US through negotiations would not last long.

The United States, the Israeli regime and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program, with Tel Aviv repeatedly threatening to attack Tehranâ„¢s nuclear facilities.

Over the false allegation, Washington and the European Union have also imposed a series of illegal unilateral sanctions against the Islamic Republic.

Tehran rejects the allegations against its nuclear energy program, arguing that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

In addition, the IAEA has conducted numerous inspections of Iran’s nuclear facilities but has never found any evidence showing that Iran’s civilian nuclear program has been diverted toward military purposes.

MRS/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Paraguay seizes 25.6 tons of marijuana

0

Paraguayan police burn marijuana in the Alto Parana Department on May 23, 2013.

Paraguayâ„¢s anti-drug police have seized and burned 25.6 tons (56,400 pounds) of marijuana in the eastern department of Alto Parana.

Authorities said on Thursday that police had conducted an operation in Itakyry district with the support of Brazilâ„¢s Federal Police.

The confiscated marijuana consisted of 20 tons chopped and 5.6 tons pressed. The police also found 12 drug pressers in the raid.

Three people, including two minors, were also arrested in connection with the narcotics.

Agents from the countryâ„¢s National Anti-Drug Secretary and an Air Force helicopter keep patrolling the zone in search of other drug production sites.

According to a United Nations report, Paraguay is one of the worldâ„¢s top producers of marijuana and the main source of drugs sold in South America.

In November 2012, the countryâ„¢s anti-drug police arrested 19 suspects and seized 1,700 kilos (3,750 pounds) of cocaine in the remote area of La Paloma along the border with Brazil.

CAH/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Israel-Mexico: Military Cooperation to Crush Zapatistas Liberation Movement

0

Mexico has gone public about military coordination with Israel in Chiapas, home to the Zapatistas liberation movement.  (Image: Omar Torres / AFP/Newscom)

Earlier this month, Jorge Luis Llaven Abarca, Mexico’s newly-appointed secretary of public security in Chiapas, announced that discussions had taken place between his office and the Israeli defense ministry. The two countries talked about security coordination at the level of police, prisons and effective use of technology (“Israeli military will train Chiapas police,” Excelsior, 8 May [Spanish]).

Chiapas is home to the Zapatistas (Ejército Zapatista de Liberación Nacional), a mostly indigenous Maya liberation movement that has enjoyed global grassroots support since it rose up against the Mexican government in 1994. The Zapatistas took back large tracts of land on which they have since built subsistence cooperatives, autonomous schools, collectivized clinics and other democratic community structures.

In the twenty years since the uprising, the Mexican government has not ceased its counterinsurgency programs in Chiapas. When Llaven Abarca was announced as security head in December, human rights organizations voiced concerns that the violence would escalate, pointing to his history of arbitrary detentions, use of public force, criminal preventive detentions, death threats and torture (“Concern about the appointment of Jorge Luis Llaven Abarca as Secretary of Public Security in Chiapas,” Fray Bartolomé de Las Casas (Frayba) Center for Human Rights,14 December 2012 [PDF, Spanish]).

Aptly, his recent contacts with Israeli personnel were “aimed at sharing experiences,” Abarca has claimed. This may be the first time the Mexican government has gone public about military coordination with Israelis in Chiapas. Yet the agreement is only the latest in Israel’s longer history of military exports to the region, an industry spawned from experiences in the conquest and pacification of Palestine.

Weapons sales escalate

The first Zionist militias (Bar Giora and HaShomer) were formed to advance the settlement of Palestinian land. Another Zionist militia, the Haganah – the precursor to the Israeli army and the successor of HaShomer – began importing and producing arms in 1920.

Israeli firms began exporting weapons in the 1950s to Latin America, including to Nicaragua and the Dominican Republic under the Somoza and Trujillo dictatorships. Massive government investment in the arms industry followed the 1967 War and the ensuing French arms embargo. Israeli arms, police, military training and equipment have now been sent to at least 140 countries, including to Guatemala in the 1980s under Efraín Ríos Montt, the former dictator recently convicted of genocide against the Maya.

Mexico began receiving Israeli weaponry in 1973 with the sale of five Arava planes fromIsrael Aerospace Industries. Throughout the 1970s and ’80s, infrequent exports continued to the country in the form of small arms, mortars and electronic fences. Sales escalated in the early 2000s, according to research that we have undertaken.

In 2003, Mexico bought helicopters formerly belonging to the Israeli army and Israel Aerospace Industries’ Gabriel missiles. Another Israeli security firm, Magal Security Systems, received one of several contracts for surveillance systems “to protect sensitive installations in Mexico” that same year, The Jerusalem Post reported.

In 2004, Israel Shipyards sold missile boats, and later both Aeronautics Defense Systems and Elbit Systems won contracts from the federal police and armed forces for drones for border and domestic surveillance (“UAV maker Aeronautics to supply Mexican police,”Globes, 15 February 2009). Verint Systems, a technology firm founded by former Israeli army personnel, has won several US-sponsored contracts since 2006 for the mass wiretapping of Mexican telecommunications, according to Jane’s Defence Weekly.

Trained by Israel

According to declassified Defense Intelligence Agency documents [PDF] obtained via a freedom of information request, Israeli personnel were discreetly sent into Chiapas in response to the 1994 Zapatista uprising for the purpose of “providing training to Mexican military and police forces.”

The Mexican government also made use of the Arava aircraft to deploy its Airborne Special Forces Group (Grupo Aeromóvil de Fuerzas Especiales, or GAFE). GAFE commandos were themselves trained by Israel and the US. Several would later desert the GAFE and go on to create “Los Zetas,” currently Mexico’s most powerful and violent drug cartel (“Los Zetas and Mexico’s Transnational Drug War,” World Politics Review, 25 December 2009).

Mexico was surprised by the Zapatistas, who rose up the day the North American Free Trade Agreement went into effect. The Mexican government found itself needing to respond to the dictates of foreign investors, as a famously-leaked Chase-Manhattan Bank memo revealed: “While Chiapas, in our opinion, does not pose a fundamental threat to Mexican political stability, it is perceived to be so by many in the investment community. The government will need to eliminate the Zapatistas to demonstrate their effective control of the national territory and of security policy.”

Marketing “stability”

Today, faced with a people in open rebellion against their own annihilation, the perception of stability continues to be an important modus operandi for the Mexican government. For Israel, the Oslo “peace process” and the Palestinian Authority’s neoliberal turn has similarly helped cultivate an illusory perception of peace and stability while the colonization of Palestine continues.

Indeed, “creating an atmosphere of stability” was the stated goal of the recent Mexico-Israel contacts, and the desire for at least the perception of it might help explain why an Israeli presence in Chiapas is now going public, or rather, according to journalist Naomi Klein, is being “marketed.”

Yet managing perceptions can only remain the short-term goal of governments whose shared ambition is to annihilate. And just as Israel shares with Mexico its military experiences against Palestinians, it is equally likely that Israel could apply some of Mexico’s counterinsurgency tactics to its oppression of the the Palestinian people.

The military relationship between Israel and Mexico is how the Zapatistas themselves have long recognized their connection to the Palestinian struggle.

This message was underscored by Zapatista spokesman Subcomandante Insurgente Marcos when Israel was bombing Gaza in early 2009 (“Of sowing and harvests,” My word is my weapon, 4 January 2009). Despite the distance between Chiapas and Gaza, Marcos stressed that their experiences made the people of the two territories feel close to each other.

It is worth recalling Marcos’ words: “Not far from here, in a place called Gaza, in Palestine, in the Middle East, right here next to us, the Israeli government’s heavily trained and armed military continues its march of death and destruction.”

Linda Quiquivix is a critical geographer. She can be reached at www.quiqui.org.

Jimmy Johnson is an organizer in Detroit. He can be reached at johnson [dot] jimmy [at] gmail [dot] com.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

‘Settlers not to blame for Sweden riots’

0

Cars burn and riot police walk in Stockholm on May 22, 2013.

Swedenâ„¢s opposition leader has dismissed Prime Minister Fredrik Reinfeldtâ„¢s remarks that residents of the violence-stricken Husby suburb of Stockholm are to blame for the ongoing riots.

Å“He puts the responsibility in the hands of the victims of the unrest and that the large majority, who behaves in Husby are the ones who should take responsibility for the crimes which only a few commit,” Stefan Lofven, who leads Social Democratic party, said on Thursday.

A day earlier, Reinfeldt said those living in Å“Husby are the best to take care of the situation, it is they, who have to put an end to it and have to show that we (Sweden) do not accept it.”

Academics have criticized the Swedish government for its discriminatory treatment of the suburban inhabitants.

Å“In essence, there is unemployment, poor school performance, lack of optimism for the future, public dislike and aversion to the community with the police as the dominant authority- an authority that is perceived to behave superior and insulting. There are a thousand of problems which create opportunities for bullies to take action,” Jerzy Sarnecki, a criminology professor, said.

According to Swedenâ„¢s state television, the average income in Husby is 195,000 SEK (USD 29,300) compared to 327,000 SEK for Stockholm.

Moreover, the jobless rate in Husby stands at 8.8 percent, much higher than the 3.3 percent in Stockholm.

The protests in Sweden began on May 19, six days after police shot dead a 69-year-old man who had locked himself in an apartment in Husby, a poor district in western Stockholm.

The riots in one of Europeâ„¢s richest capitals have shocked a country that prides itself on a reputation for social justice, and fuelled a debate about how Sweden is coping with both youth unemployment and an influx of immigrants.

CAH/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Major Saudi royals’ scandals in UK

0

Saudi Arabiaâ„¢s King Abdullah (R) meets with British Prime Minister David Cameron (L) in Jeddah on November 6, 2012.

In recent years revelations have been made concerning the involvement of members of Al Saud royal family in scandals in the UK ranging from murder to bribery despite the Saudi regimeâ„¢s efforts to keep the veil of secrecy and the British governmentâ„¢s attempts to downplay the controversial affairs for the sake of its petro dollars.

In October 2010, a British court sentenced a Saudi prince to the maximum penalty of life in prison for murdering his servant.

Prince Saud Abdulaziz Bin Nasser, a grandson of Saudi Arabia’s King Abdullah Bin Abdul-Aziz, was jailed for killing Bandar Abdullah Abdulaziz in Londonâ„¢s Marylebone hotel on 15 February 2010, after subjecting him to a Å“sadistic” campaign of violence and sexual abuse.

In March 2013, however, Britain’s Ministry of Justice confirmed that the 36-year-old royal flew back to Saudi Arabia after he was granted a transfer to a prison in his homeland.

In June 2010, British Foreign Secretary William Hague also released details of crimes diplomatic staff were accused of, citing staff from the Saudi Arabian mission being suspected of human trafficking and sexual assault.

Moreover, in July 2011, a report showed the number of foreign diplomats and embassy staff in London being arrested over crimes is on the rise, with Saudi Arabia’s embassy topping the list.

According to the figures released by the Metropolitan Police, Saudi Arabia’s mission has produced the highest number of offenders, with four of its embassy staff nabbed for drink-drive charges and another for shoplifting.

Meanwhile, in July 2012, Saudi Princess Sara bint Talal bin Abdul Aziz claimed asylum in the UK over fears for her safety back home.

The princess went to the UK in 2007 after she fell out with her 80-year-old father Prince Talal bin Abdul Aziz Al Saud.

The political asylum request, which came weeks after the death of her uncle and main supporter Crown Prince Nayef bin Abdul Aziz, who was an opponent of her father, offered an insight into the tensions within the Saudi royal family.

In August 2012, Britain’s Serious Fraud Office (SFO) opened an investigation into allegations that a British defence firm deposited millions of pounds into a bank account in Switzerland belonging to one of the members of the Saudi royal family.

The deposit was reported to have been made to ensure that British Ministry of Defence (MoD) would grant a two-billion pounds contract to GPT, a British wing of European Aeronautic Defense & Space (EADS).

The bribery allegations were first brought to light by Ian Foxley, former employee of GPT Special Project Management, who claimed he was sacked after telling the SFO that Saudi officials had been given jewellery, luxury cars and briefcases full of cash.

In 2004, the BBC revealed that secret slush funds were used by the UK’s leading arms maker, BAE Systems, to grease the wheels of the biggest arms deals in British history.

Prince Turki bin Nasser, the Saudi official in charge of the al-Yamamah deal, was found to have been the principal beneficiary of a £60 million slush fund paid through Travellerâ„¢s World, a West End travel agency.

The UK Serious Fraud Office launched an investigation into allegations of bribery relating to BAE and the Saudi royals. But the UK government stopped the probe, fearing that it could ruin lucrative arms contracts with Saudi Arabia.

The then British Prime Minister Tony Blair said in December 2006 that the fraud inquiry was being suspended as it was putting diplomatic cooperation between Riyadh and London at risk.

In 1985, the British and Saudi governments began negotiations on a series of unprecedented arms contract known as Al-Yamamah. However, allegations emerged that BAE Systems made corrupt payments totalling £6 billion to Saudi royals to secure the arms deal.

Prince Bandar, son of Prince Sultan, the Saudi Defence Minister also played a key role in negotiations for the deal. According to the reports, the deal brought more than $30 million (£15 million) to Bandarâ„¢s dollar account at Riggs Bank in Washington.

In March 2013, court papers showed Prince Mishal bin Abdulaziz Al Saud, a former defense minister, and his son Prince Abdulaziz bin Mishal, were involved in a case of London-based company that allegedly facilitated money laundering.

According to contested allegations in court documents obtained by the Guardian and Financial Times, a brother and nephew of Saudi Arabiaâ„¢s King Abdullah bin Abdul Aziz are embroiled in litigation with Jordanian businessman Faisal Almhairat over London-registered telecommunications company FI Call Ltd which they jointly owned.

SSM/MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Yemen main oil pipeline sabotaged

0

Smoke rises from an oil pipeline targeted by insurgents in Yemen. (File photo)

Unknown attackers have blown up Yemenâ„¢s main oil export pipeline in the central province of Maâ„¢rib, halting the flow of crude oil, government and industry sources say.

Yemenâ„¢s Defense Ministry said in a statement on Friday that the pipeline in Serwah was exploded by Å“subversive elements.”

The key pipeline, which carries oil to an export terminal on the Red Sea shore, had been pumping around 125,000 barrels per day (bpd), Reuters quoted an industry source as saying.

Oil revenues make up more than 70 percent of Yemenâ„¢s state budget. Oil and gas products also account for over 90 percent of Yemen’s exports.

Insurgents and tribesmen have repeatedly attacked oil and gas pipelines in Yemen over the past two years in a bid to win concessions from the central government, causing fuel shortages and slashing export earnings in the impoverished country.

In December 2012, at least 17 people were killed after the Yemeni Army launched an offensive against tribesmen suspected of sabotaging the pipeline.

Official figures show lost production due to pipeline attacks in the east cost the Yemeni government more than USD one billion in 2012, while oil exports fell by 4.5 percent.

HM/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Cities Will Collapse Even Sooner Than We Fear

0

This article has been generously contributed by David Spero of Code Green Prep and was originally linked via Prepper Website.

We have written several times about how major population groupings (ie cities) will collapse ‘shortly’ after the essential elements of life cease to smoothly flow in to them as needed. When there’s no water, no sewage, no food, no gas and no electricity, things will unavoidably get very nasty.

In an earlier post we suggested that cities will decay into violent anarchistic morasses within a week or two.  In that article we were deliberately trying to look at a ‘best case scenario’ (don’t laugh — the collapse of cities taking a week or two is, alas, a best case scenario!). Our projection was based on the ‘best case’ hope that people would remain passive for a few days and it would only be when people realized no help was coming and they were starting to starve that things would turn truly nasty.

One of our readers, ‘Lt. Dan’, wrote in to share his perspective of what might go down, and alas, it is not nearly as sunny and optimistic as our earlier best case hope. His point is that violence will break outimmediately. There will not be days of ambiguity before things start to fail.

He says that in known ‘hot spots’ in larger cities, the violence will start at once, and as soon as the violent offenders realize that the police response is inadequate (or totally missing) it will skyrocket in scope and extent.

This is a key issue for us, because it impacts on our decision about when to ‘Get Out Of Dodge’ (GOOD) and hightail it to our remote retreat. How much time do we have to decide what to do between when a massive problem occurs and when the city becomes lawless?

Lt. Dan writes :

As a retired LEO with over 30 yrs dealing with “society” I have a number of thoughts on this topic. I grew up on a working farm not close to any major metro center but in adulthood joined a sizable metro PD. So I have perspective from various angles.

The speed and spread of lawlessness with be much faster than most will think. Even now in “quiet” times LE staffing is usually based on the lowest number of officers to reasonably handle a “normal” day. Any event(s) beyond “normal” immediately overwhelm on-duty forces. Planned events like anarchists protesting the latest capitalist conference allow time to plan for enough ON-DUTY personnel (plus resources from other agencies) to be available when violence breaks out.

In most major metro areas there are areas the police routinely avoid because they’re too hazardous. The violent elements in these areas are constantly looking to explode their violence at a moment’s notice when the opportunity happens. And when it happens it will spread like a ruptured gasoline storage tank afire. LE forces will be quickly overwhelmed and retreat to a safe place/bunker for self-preservation.

Most LEO’s have families and a desire for self-preservation. If the collapse involves monetary problems (like no paychecks) the officers will not be reporting to duty, they’ll be protecting their own. When this happens the initial violent outbreaks will mushroom like a nuclear reaction. If the officers are being paid yet, they’ll set up a “containment perimeter” IF they have enough manpower…. which is highly unlikely in a regional or national SHTF scenario.

On other really scary thought I never see mentioned is…. what happens to the tens of thousands of violent criminals in prisons??

In a farming community where religion/moral values are generally much higher than urban dwellers, the problems of violence will be much reduced. Plus everyone usually knows each other so its harder to want to take advantage of them. One tip for urbanites…..farmers are not working their butts off to feed the city slickers (who’ve been ridiculing them for years as hicks, etc) and they certainly will not welcome the urbanites showing up during a crisis.

We asked Dan about his comments and background, and he told us a bit more about how he has formed the views he has — and, let’s face it, thirty years in a major metro police department and retiring as a lieutenant gives him a lot of credibility, particularly on police related operational issues and on matters to do with how people will (mis)behave when given half a chance to do so.

Now that he can ‘tell it like it is’ we asked him in particular about something that opinions widely vary on — will the police bravely ‘man the battlements’ and fight to the last man in a failing and doomed effort to save civilization, or will they adopt — as he suggests above — a ‘my family first, everyone else second’ approach when they see the inevitability of a city’s collapse.

Dan replied :

When I first started on the PD in the 70′s I was stuck in the Comm room and on boring nights I’d actually read the Civil Defense binders (HUGE things) full of detail, much theoretical. For example, upon receiving alert of a nuke attack we were supposed to call a long list of elected officials and city unit directors etc. We all knew it’d be a total waste of time to call these clueless government people because all they’d do is panic and babble on the phone asking US what to do!

We (cops) talked openly in the Comm Room about what we’d do and we decided we’d immediately leave our posts and spend our remaining time with family. The point being alerting totally clueless and incompetent “leaders” would do nothing except add to the panic and confusion over which we (cops) would have ZERO control over.

It is important to understand how much we can learn from past ‘lessons’ with breakdowns in cities (in the case of the US, the L.A. riots being a prime example) and how much we have to adjust for a future breakdown of society.

We suggest that the big difference is that in past events, the problem has been successfully contained to a restricted region, and the police have had, in effect, virtually unlimited reinforcements and resupply, and there has never been any question of what the ultimate outcome would be — of course law and order would triumph.

But in a future society-destroying event, none of this applies. The police will have no resupply or reinforcement, and problems will break out in multiple locations.

We agree with Lt. Dan that very quickly, the police will see the unwinnable nature of the contest and will switch from attempting to defend a disintegrating society from itself, and will focus instead on attempting to ensure the safe survival of themselves and their immediate family and friends.

Summary

Lt. Dan puts it very vividly when he writes

[Violence] will spread like a ruptured gasoline storage tank afire

This means that if you have a GOOD plan and a retreat to go to, you need to be ready to activate this sooner than you might have otherwise hoped for. As soon as you hear the first word of lawlessness, rioting, looting, and general disorder breaking out, you should accept that this will spread like wildfire across the entire city, and leave as quickly as you can.

Oh — one more unsettling thought. How will you learn that violence has broken out in another part of the city if the internet is down, and radio and television stations are also down? Even if some broadcasters remain in service, they’ll probably have limited sources of information and it might take a while for them to become appraised of events and to then broadcast them.

It is also reasonable to guess that broadcasters will be asked ‘not to spread panic’ and so initial reports of violence breaking out might be downplayed or omitted entirely.

Choosing when to bug-out is a difficult but essential issue. You need to be willing to leave before it becomes too late, and with inertia and resistance to change and desperate hope all encouraging you to delay your decision, you need to fight these tendencies. Better to leave ‘too soon’ and return back again some time later, safely; than to leave it too late and suffer the consequences.

We talk about the issues to do with making your bug-out decision here.

David Spero has been prepping since before it was ever an issue. He remembers how his father would store vast quantities of food and supplies at home, and both of them thought it to be normal prudent actions — as, of course, they are. He has a masters degree in business, has worked internationally, speaks several languages, is a nationally accredited firearms instructor, a licensed ham radio operator, and through this website is becoming increasingly a respected authority on matters to do with prepping.  

You can visit David’s web site at Code Green Prep and learn more about the Code Green Community, a self-contained, self-supporting and self-sustaining retreat community in the western United States.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Attorney General Holder personally approved warrant to search Fox News reporter's emails

0

A law enforcement official says US Attorney General Eric Holder personally approved the warrant that gave the Justice Department access to Fox News reporter James Rosen’s private e-mails.

President Barack Obama on Thursday said that Holder
would review Justice Department guidelines on dealing with
journalism investigations. The government has been accused
of violating journalists’ constitutional rights by secretly
obtaining Associated Press phone records and Rosen’s personal
e-mails to find the sources of information leaks.

James Rosen

“I am troubled by the possibility that leak investigations
may chill the investigative journalism that holds government
accountable,”
Obama said during his speech on counter-terrorism
policy on Thursday. “Journalists should not be at
legal risk for doing their jobs.”

But while the president announced that Holder would look into
the Justice Department’s policies regarding the matter, a law
enforcement official told NBC News that Holder was personally
responsible for signing off on the 44-page warrant that gave the
department access to Rosen’s e-mail account.

This warrant called Rosen a “co-conspirator” in a leak
investigation from June 2009, which revealed
North Korea’s intention to conduct a nuclear test despite US
sanctions. The warrant also allowed the Justice Department to track
Rosen’s movements in and out of the State Department and all
communications with his source, security adviser Stephen Jin-woo
Kim.

Justice Department regulations usually require the attorney
general to sign off on subpoenas of journalists’ phone records and
warrants for arrests or interrogations, but that rule does not
apply to email records.

Last week, Holder told NPR that he is “not sure” how many
times he has authorized obtaining journalists’ records, thereby
saving himself in the AP case. He also told the House Judiciary
Committee that he was not the person involved in the decision to
pursue the source of information leaks in the AP investigation. But
if the law enforcement official’s claim about Holder signing off on
the Fox investigation is true, he may not be able to rescue himself
again.

Roger Ailes (Stephen Lovekin / Getty Images / AFP)

Fox executive vice president of news Michael Clemente called the
Justice Department investigation “downright chilling”, and
numerous media outlets have published editorials and op-eds
condemning the department for criminalizing journalism.

Fox News President Roger Ailes on Thursday
responded to the Obama administration’s “attempt to intimidate
Fox News”
. In a memo that he sent to the network’s employees,
he condemned the federal government for violating journalists’
constitutional rights, rejected the characterization of Rosen as a
“co-conspirator” in a crime, and expressed the pride he has for his
staff.

“The administration’s attempt to intimidate Fox News and its
employees will not succeed and their excuses will stand neither the
test of law, the test of decency, nor the test of time. We will not
allow a climate of press intimidation, unseen since the McCarthy
era, to frighten any of us away from the truth,
” Ailes wrote.
“…To be a Fox journalist is a high honor, not a high
crime.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Resource rich countries cannot manage their wealth — report

0

Only 11 out of 58 countries rich in natural resources can effectively manage their wealth, according to the first of its kind report from the Revenue Watch Institute, a think tank which specializes in effective management of natural resources.

A quarter of all independent countries on planet are resource
rich. The 58 states produce 85% of world’s petroleum, 90% of the
diamonds and 80% of copper with total profits from their extractive
sector totaling more than $2.6 trillion.

According to the Resource Governance Index (RGI), in 41
countries out of the group the extractive sector contributes a
third of their GDP. And the future of these countries heavily
depends on how effective they govern their resources.

Norway takes the top ranking followed by the United States and
the United Kingdom, all three majoring in hydrocarbon extraction.
Russia comes 22 in the ranking, dragging behind its neighbor
Kazakhstan and major South American energy states. Among the
countries with the worst natural resource governance are Saudi
Arabia, Iran, and Turkmenistan, and Myanmar concludes the
ranking. The Index shows a striking governance deficit in
natural resources management worldwide with only 11 countries on
the list scoring satisfactory. 

The RGI evaluates four key components of resources governance in
each country: institutional and legal setting, reporting practices,
safeguards and quality controls and enabling environment. It
also takes into account data from the World bank, advocacy groups,
including Transparency International and various ecology
watchdogs.

The Index is based on the assertion that a good governance of
natural resources provides successful development of country and is
designed to serve as a tool to help identify good practices as well
as governing failure.

The Revenue Watch Institute is a unique organization of its kind
exclusively dedicated to address the problems of countries that are
rich in natural resources.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Israel’s Hand in Guatemala’s Genocide

0

Image: Former Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon. (Photo credit: Jim Wallace of the Smithsonian Institution)

The Guatemalan genocide of the 1980s does not just implicate President Ronald Reagan and his senior aides but the Israeli government which secretly supplied helicopters, guns and computers that were used to hunt down and exterminate Ixil Indians and other perceived enemies of the state, reports Robert Parry.

At the height of Guatemala’s mass slaughters in the 1980s, including genocide against the Ixil Indians, the Reagan administration worked with Israeli officials to provide helicopters that the Guatemalan army used to hunt down fleeing villagers, according to documentary and eyewitness evidence.

During testimony at the recent genocide trial of former Guatemalan dictator Efrain Rios Montt, one surprise was how often massacre survivors cited the Army’s use of helicopters in the scorched-earth offensives.

Journalist Allan Nairn, who covered the war in Guatemala and attended the Rios Montt trial, said in an interview, “one interesting thing that came out in the trial, as witness after witness testified, was a very substantial number of them talked about fleeing into the mountains and being bombed, attacked and machine gunned from U.S. planes and helicopters.

“At the time this was going on, I was aware this was happening in some cases, but from the testimony of the witnesses, it sounded like these attacks from U.S. planes and helicopters were more frequent than we realized at the time. That’s an example of how we don’t know the whole story yet — how extensive the U.S. complicity was in these crimes.”

Part of the mystery was where did Guatemala’s UH-1H “Huey” helicopters come from, since the U.S. Congress continued to resist military sales to Guatemala because of its wretched human rights record. The answer appears to be that some helicopters were arranged secretly by President Ronald Reagan’s National Security Council staff through Israeli intelligence networks.

Rios Montt began pressing the United States for 10 UH-1H helicopters in June 1983, as his military campaign was ramping up. Since Guatemala lacked the U.S. Foreign Military Sales credits or the cash to buy the helicopters, Reagan’s national security team looked for unconventional ways to arrange the delivery of the equipment.

On Aug. 1, 1983, NSC aides Oliver North and Alfonso Sapia-Bosch reported to National Security Advisor William P. Clark that his deputy Robert “Bud” McFarlane was planning to exploit his Israeli channels to secure the helicopters for Guatemala, according to a document that I discovered at Reagan’s presidential library.

“With regard to the loan of ten helicopters, it is [our] understanding that Bud will take this up with the Israelis,” wrote North and Sapia-Bosch. “There are expectations that they would be forthcoming. Another possibility is to have an exercise with the Guatemalans. We would then use US mechanics and Guatemalan parts to bring their helicopters up to snuff.”

By then, McFarlane had a long and intimate relationship with Israeli intelligence involving various backdoor deals. [For more on McFarlane’s Israeli channels, see Consortiumnews.com’s “How Neocons Messed Up the Mideast.”]

Israeli Channel

McFarlane’s approach to Israel for the helicopters was successful, according to former Israeli intelligence officer Ari Ben-Menashe, who described some of the history behind Israel’s activities in Guatemala in his 1992 memoir,Profits of War.

Ben-Menashe traced the Israeli arms sales to Guatemala back to a private network established in the 1970s by Gen. Ariel Sharon during a gap when he was out of the government. Sharon’s key representative in Guatemala was a businessman named Pesach Ben-Or, and through that channel, Israel supplied military gear to Guatemala’s security services in the 1980s, Ben-Menashe wrote.

In an interview on Thursday, Ben-Menashe said the Israelis supplied a total of six helicopters to the Guatemalans along with computers and software to keep track of alleged subversives who could then be identified and executed. Ben-Menashe said he learned of the mass slaughters during his travels to Guatemala and reported back to his Israeli superiors about the atrocities involving the equipment that they had authorized. The response, he said, was concern but inaction.

“They weren’t for killing these people, not at all,” Ben-Menashe said. “But they thought their interest was to help the Reagan people. If the Reagan people wanted it [the equipment sent to Guatemala], they would do it. [They thought,] ‘this is bad, but is it any of our business? Our American friends are asking for our help, so we should help them.’”

After our phone interview had ended, Ben-Menashe called me back to stress that the Israelis were unaware of the genocidal nature of the Guatemalan military campaigns against the Ixil Indians, although the Israelis did recognize that they were assisting in mass murders of dark-skinned Guatemalans.

“As we saw it, they [Guatemalan military authorities] were targeting all non-white villagers who were sitting on fertile lands that the white Guatemalans wanted,” he said, adding that when he reported this information to his superiors, “the Israelis rolled their eyes [in dismay] but said, ‘this is what our friends in the Reagan administration want.’” [For more on Ben-Menashe’s work for Israeli intelligence, see Robert Parry’s Secrecy & Privilege andAmerica’s Stolen Narrative.]

Besides the helicopters for hunting down villagers who fled into the jungles, the computer equipment and the sophisticated software made the Guatemalan killing machine vastly more efficient in the towns and cities. A former U.S. Green Beret operating in Guatemala once told me that he witnessed Guatemalan security forces stopping buses and inputting identification numbers of the passengers into a computer to select those who would be dragged off to the side of the road and summarily shot.

Death Lists

From first-hand reporting in Guatemala, journalist Nairn also observed the security advantages gained from detailed death lists. Nairn said soldiers under Gen. Otto Perez Molina, the current president, “described how they would go into town armed with death lists provided them by G2 military intelligence, death lists of people who were suspected of being collaborators of the guerrillas or critics of the army.

“They told how they would strangle people with lassos, slit women open with machetes, shoot people in the head in front of the neighbors, use U.S. planes, helicopters and 50 gram bombs to attack people if they fled into the hills.”

Nairn said, “The U.S. had also arranged for Israel to step in and become the principal supplier of hardware to the Guatemalan army, in particular assault rifles, the Galil automatic rifle. This was because the administration was running into problems with Congress, which wouldn’t go along with a lot of their plans to aid the Guatemalan military, so they did an end run by using the government of Israel.”

Though the focus of the case against Rios Montt has been the genocide inflicted on Ixil villages in the northern highlands — where some 626 villages were eradicated by the Guatemalan military — those massacres were only part of the estimated 200,000 killings perpetrated by right-wing Guatemalan regimes since a CIA-sponsored coup ousted an elected government in 1954.

The bloodbath was at its worst in the 1980s during Ronald Reagan’s presidency as he encouraged the anti-leftist slaughters that claimed the lives of some 100,000 Guatemalans. Reagan expanded his support for the Guatemalan security forces even though the CIA was keeping his administration informed of the systematic killings underway.

Another document that I discovered in the archives of the Reagan Library in Simi Valley, California, revealed that Reagan and his national security team in 1981 agreed to supply military aid to Guatemala’s dictators so they could pursue the goal of exterminating not only “Marxist guerrillas” but people associated with their “civilian support mechanisms.” [See Consortiumnews.com’s “Ronald Reagan: Accessory to Genocide.”]

As for Rios Montt, who ruled Guatemala for 17 especially bloody months in 1982-83, the 86-year-old ex-general was convicted of genocide and crimes against humanity by a criminal court on May 10 and was sentenced to 80 years in prison.

But that conviction was overturned on Monday on a 3-2 vote by Guatemala’s Constitutional Court which is still dominated by allies of the military and the oligarchy. As for the Reagan administration officials and the Israelis who aided and abetted Rios Montt and his fellow generals, there is no indication that any accountability will be exacted.

Investigative reporter Robert Parry broke many of the Iran-Contra stories for The Associated Press and Newsweek in the 1980s. You can buy his new book, America’s Stolen Narrative, either in print here or as an e-book (from Amazon and barnesandnoble.com).

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Obamacare Loophole Provides Incentive For Employers To Hire Illegal Aliens Over US Citizens

0

Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

A loophole in President Obama’s healthcare plan makes it very attractive for US employers to hire illegal immigrants on the Pathway to Citizenship instead of hiring legal US citizens. And if it’s not fixed before the bill passes, millions of jobs across America will be filled by illegal aliens.

According to the immigration reform bill, any illegal immigrant who’s been in the U.S. since on or before December 31, 2011, may apply for provisional status. Assuming he meets all of the legal requirements along the way, within 13 years he may be granted lawful permanent resident status.

During that 13-year time frame the immigrant must be employed by a U.S. employer and must be able to provide proof of employment.

Under Obamacare, employers with more than 50 employees are required to either provide healthcare benefits or pay a $3,000 fine every time one of their workers has to subscribe to Obamacare’s insurance exchange subsidies.

However — and here’s the catch — during that 13-year interim period, the immigrant is not eligible for any federal benefits, which includes Obamacare. So the employer doesn’t have to provide healthcare benefits because the illegal immigrant couldn’t apply for Obamacare subsidies if he wanted to.

How does this affect the average American? Obviously, employers will save money when they hire an illegal because they won’t have to provide health insurance. Scarier still, they can actually afford to offer higher wages to illegals so they can hire them in place of legal American citizens.

Don’t worry, though. Sen. John McCain, (R-Ariz.) a member of the Gang of Eight, is on it. McCain believes the issue will be resolved during the amendment process. “I hope so. We are having lots of conversations,” McCain said. “I think it is something we can work out.”

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 10:45 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

If Ronald McDonald Goes, Can Cap’n Crunch And SpongeBob SquarePants Be Far Behind?

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Watchdog group, Corporate Accountability International (CAI), says Ronald McDonald is the reason so many American kids are obese and they want McDonald’s to force their mascot into early retirement. But let’s face it, is the red-headed clown really the cause of America’s obesity problem? And if he is, what about Cap’n Crunch, SpongeBob SquarePants, and the zillions of other cartoon characters used to target young consumers?

CAI has been badgering McDonald’s to provide proof that its efforts to create a more nutritious menu are producing positive results. In 2011, the group, along with 550 health institutions and professionals, challenged McDonald’s to stop using Ronald to market junk food to kids.

“Today, our family practice offices, pediatric clinics, and emergency rooms are filled with children suffering from conditions related to the food they eat. These health problems will likely play out over their lifetime through early onset of diabetes, heart disease and arthritis.” said Dr. Steven K. Rothschild, Associate Professor of Preventive Medicine at Rush Medical College. “Through this initiative the public health community is rallying behind a simple message to McDonald’s: stop making the next generation sick — retire Ronald and the rest of your junk food marketing to kids.”

According to a whitepaper published in 2012 by Healthier Kids, Brighter Futures, one in three American children is overweight or obese, leading to $14 billion per year in related health care costs.

But McDonald’s CEO, Donald Thompson, says Ronald’s a pretty good guy and he has no intention of forcing him into early retirement. Thompson told shareholders, “We are not the cause of obesity. Ronald is not a bad guy. He’s about fun. He’s a clown. I’d urge you all to let your kids have fun, too.”

Tour any grocery store and take a look at all of the kid-centric marketing. Food processors and manufacturers have been using cartoon characters and super heroes to target young consumers since long before Mickey was a Mouse.

New York’s Mayor Bloomberg has already tried to demonize sugary soft drinks and salt and the public fought back. But imagine the outcry if SpongBob SquarePants was forced from the shelves.

CAI may someday be able to force Ronald to take a hike, but what about all the other characters used to promote everything from apple juice to yogurt? Will they have to retire, too, before Americans finally get it through their head that it’s the parents who are responsible for their children’s eating habits?

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 11:05 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

SOAS serves as MI6 training ground

0

SOAS university of London serves as MI6 training ground for spies.

SOAS University of London is involved in secret espionage activities under the cover name of one of the worldâ„¢s academic centers in Middle Eastern studies.

The university (previously the School of Oriental and African Studies), commonly known as SOAS, was founded in 1916 with the aim of training British security forces serving for MI6 and MI5.

Britainâ„¢s Ministry of Defence (MOD), Foreign Office and intelligence agencies are believed to send their staff to SOAS for training.

Corinne Souza, a SOAS graduate whose father Lawrence De Souza was the Secret Intelligence Services (MI6) foremost authority in Iraq, confirms that MI6 recruit from respected British universities.

Her book titled Baghdadâ„¢s spy also refers to Britain’s role in toppling the democratically-elected government of Iran’s Prime Minister Mohammad Mosaddeq in 1953 and even specifies the role of Professor Ann (Nancy) Lambton of London’s SOAS in his removal.

Moreover, the university was found to have links to the family of slain Libyan dictator Muammar Gaddafi and Saudi royal family, the Jewish Chronicle reported on June 2011.

It was revealed that the institution provided a four-week private English tuition to Mutassim Gaddafi in 2006 with the fee of £5,500. He was the fourth son of Muammar Gaddafi, who worked as a Libyan Army officer and the National Security Advisor of Libya from 2008 until 2011.

It was also revealed that SOAS university hosts controversial Egyptian cleric Yusuf al-Qaradawi on the editorial board for its Journal of Islamic Studies.

Meanwhile, a report from Student Rights, based on the disclosures, showed that the university also received donations of £755,000 from Al Saud royal family over the past four years.

In 2006, a SOAS Muslim masterâ„¢s student won his right to free speech after his former university principal issued a public apology. In an embarrassing U-turn, ex-SOAS director Colin Bundy said he regretted publishing on the SOAS website news that student Nasser Amin had been Å“reprimanded” for writing an article on the Palestine issue.

SSM/MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US continues campaign against Iran vote

0

United States continues its criticism against Iranâ„¢s upcoming presidential election, something that Tehran sees as blatant interference in its internal affairs.

The US Secretary of State John Kerry on a visit to Israel on Friday, called into question the credibility of Iran’s presidential election, criticizing the disqualification of candidates by Iranâ„¢s top constitutional supervisory body, the Guardian Council.

He accused the body of choosing candidates representing the interests of the Iranian establishment.

On Wednesday, Iranian Foreign Ministry Spokesman Seyyed Abbas Araqchi strongly criticized the United States for making Å“baseless remarks” about the countryâ„¢s electoral process and interfering in its domestic affairs.

Å“The Iranian nation and the [worldâ„¢s] public opinion have witnessed over half a century of US support for dictatorial and despotic regimes in the region, and do not care for their obsolete claims in support of democracy,” Araqchi stated.

The comments came after US State Department spokesman, Patrick Ventrell, criticized Iranâ„¢s Guardian Council over the vetting process that has disapproved hundreds of presidential hopefuls.

On Tuesday, Iranâ„¢s Interior Ministry issued the list of hopefuls approved by the Guardian Council, which is tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming the election results.

A total of 686 individuals registered from May 7 to 11 for the Islamic Republicâ„¢s 11th presidential election, which will be held on June 14.

The candidates include Iranian lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi and former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

PG/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Four killed in Kabul clashes’

0

Afghan soldiers arrive at the site of an attack in Kabul on May 24, 2013.

At least two Afghan police officers and two assailants have been killed in violent clashes in the capital Kabul after multiple explosions rocked an administrative district in the city, officials say.

The causalities come after a series of explosions happened near the Afghan Interior Ministry building in downtown Kabul on Friday.

Taliban has claimed responsibility for the massive attack saying their target was a building used by US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and some other foreign spy agencies.

Afghan security sources say a heavy gun battle between gunmen holed up in the building, and security forces followed the deadly blasts.

Some reports say Taliban militants also stormed a UN immigration office in the troubled area, severely injuring at least four Nepalese guards. Medics say three of them are now in critical condition.

Kabul and several other main cities have come under several major attacks over the past few weeks.

Taliban militants recently announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country despite the presence of thousands of foreign troops.

JR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

3D-printed gun malfunctions ‘will kill at both ends’ — Australian police

0



Published time: May 24, 2013 15:38

An officer from the NWS Police holding the remnants of a Liberator pistol after it exploded upon testing. Image taken from NSWPolice YouTube channel.

Embed

Code

$35 dollars, 16 parts, 27 hours, a high-tech printer and instructions from the Internet were all it took for Australian police to fabricate a 3D gun powerful enough to penetrate 17 centimeters — a shot that could be fatal.

Police in the Australian state of New South Wales (NSW) created
and tested two 3D-printed guns made with blueprints produced by US
firm Defense Distributed and an AUD$1,700 3D printer. Tests
conducted with the guns produced both a “catastrophic
failure”
that could be deadly for the individual wielding the
firearm, as well as a shot capable of killing a target.

In the first test, the gun exploded after firing just one shot
despite being built to the exact specifications of its inventor,
self-declared American anarchist and University of Texas law
student Cody Wilson. When discharged successfully, a bullet from
the firearm penetrated 17cm of ballistic soap — a block of gelatin
used to simulate human flesh.

“Make no mistake they will kill at both ends,” NSW Police
Commissioner Andrew Scipione said. “Everyone is really concerned
this weapon is undetectable. One has been smuggled on the Eurostar
train in Europe and there is now a major security review.”

The ease with which the guns can be created and concealed prompted
the US Department of Homeland Security to issue a May 21 bulletin
to numerous state and law enforcement officials warning the
firearms might be “impossible” to contain, Fox News
reported.

“Significant advances in three-dimensional (3D) printing
capabilities, availability of free digital 3D printer files for
firearms components, and difficulty regulating file-sharing may
present public safety risks from unqualified gun seekers who obtain
or manufacture 3D printed guns,”
a bulletin by the Joint
Regional Intelligence Center said.

Just a week after blueprints for the 3D-printed gun were posted
online earlier this month, the US State Department demanded that
Defense Distributed, a non-profit group founded by Wilson which
promotes the open-source development of firearms using 3D printers,
take the plans offline.

Although Defense Distributed complied with the demand, the original
blueprints for the gun were downloaded more than 100,000 times and
are still available on popular peer-to-peer file-sharing sites.
Even Internet maverick and free-information hacker Kim Dotcom asked
his staff to delete the public files from his Mega website, calling
them a “serious threat to the community.”

The single-shot .380-caliber Liberator is named after the FP-45
Liberator pistol, a throwaway pistol manufactured by the US during
World War II to be used by French Resistance fighters.

The only non-plastic part of the gun is a tiny nail that acts as
the firing pin, as well as a .380 cartridge it fires. The gun’s
inventor is reportedly working on fabricating plastic bullets, a
move that would make it nearly undetectable at security
screenings. 3D-printed firearms can also be manufactured
without serial numbers or unique identifiers, trammeling ballistics
testing.

Lawmakers across the US are already seeking a ban on 3D-printed
guns, although it is currently legal for a person to manufacture a
firearm for personal use.

One law enforcement official told Fox News that universal searches
would be the only way to contain the threat of such weapons:
“The only security procedure to catch [the 3D firearms] is a pat
down. Is America ready for pat-downs at every event?”

This article originally appeared on: RT

UK’s MI5 knew about Woolwich attackers

0

It has been claimed that MI5 and the police knew about the suspects hacking a UK soldier to death.

Britainâ„¢s intelligence agency MI5 is facing tough questions over Woolwich attack, following the emergence of a photo of one of the suspects in a protest outside the Old Bailey in 2006.

Whitehall sources revealed that the suspects of the London attack, in which British soldier Lee Rigby was beheaded by two assailants, had cropped up in Å“several investigations” by MI5 in recent years.

The attacker Micheal Adebolajo and his accomplice, named locally last night as Michael Oluwatobi Adebowale, were not deemed to be planning an attack, the sources said.

According to local media reports, Adebolajo, who is British-born and of Nigerian descent, has been linked to an organization banned from allegedly professing extremist views.

Police detectives have so far arrested a 29-year-old man and woman on suspicion of conspiracy to murder and searched five properties in London and one in Lincolnshire.

MI5 and Scotland Yard are now trying to find out if the two attackers are part of a terror group that could carry out further atrocities.

BGH/MOS/SSM

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Villagers condemn Bahrain crackdown

0

Bahraini protesters hold posters of Shia cleric Sheikh Isa Qassim during an anti-regime demonstration in Budaiyah, west of Manama, on May 17, 2013.

Bahrainis have staged a fresh anti-regime demonstration near the capital to protest against Manamaâ„¢s continuing crackdown on dissent.

Thousands of Bahrainis marched in the northwestern village of Diraz on Friday to express their anger at Al Khalifa regimeâ„¢s crackdown on civil protests.

They also denounced a recent attack by regime forces on the house of prominent Shia cleric Sheikh Isa Qassim.

Saudi-backed Bahraini forces raided Sheikh Qassimâ„¢s home in Diraz on May 16. Bahrainis have since held several demonstrations in support of the cleric.

Witnesses said the regime forces broke the doors of the cleric’s house and damaged his property.

Sheikh Qassim has repeatedly criticized Manama over its violent crackdown on protests.

Bahrain, which is home to the US Navyâ„¢s Fifth Fleet, has been the scene of anti-regime protests since February 2011, and scores of people have been killed and hundreds more injured in the regime crackdown.

The protesters, however, say they will continue holding demonstrations against the Al Khalifa regime until their demands for the establishment of a democratically-elected government and an end to rights violations are met.

HM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Under Obamacare, Health Insurers Want Cash On The Barrelhead

0

Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Obamacare will force you to either ante up an expensive insurance premium every month or face a hefty penalty on your tax return.

Gearing up for increased administrative costs when the Affordable Care Act (ACA) kicks in, health insurance companies are refusing to allow customers to make payments with credit or debit cards. Instead, they want you to mail them a check — preferably one that doesn’t bounce — which means if you don’t have a bank account you’re pretty much outta luck.

Once the ACA comes fully into effect, health insurance companies will be required to allocate a set portion of insurance premiums toward actual healthcare costs, not overhead and administrative costs as they’ve previously done. A small portion of their overhead costs go toward paying debit and credit card transaction fees. Rather than relinquish even a few pennies of profit per transaction, the insurance companies are just disallowing the use of debit and credit cards.

The average credit card processing fee when the card is not present to be swiped is approximately 2.30-2.50 percent. Those fees can go even lower if the business accepting the card uses some type of transaction protection service and / or processes a large number of transactions, which both apply when you’re talking about the major insurance companies.

BlueCross BlueShield of Tennessee and Health Net are just two of the major insurance providers who are no longer accepting credit or debit card payments.

“To help control costs associated with credit and debit card payment processing, BlueCross

BlueShield of Tennessee no longer accepts credit or debit cards for premium payments. This

helps BlueCross BlueShield of Tennessee make sure a greater percentage of premium dollars

is spent on care — and not administrative costs.”

What’s the alternative for the average American? Ryan McCostlin, team member at Nashville-based healthcare consulting firm Bernard Health says, “Since I’ve been thinking about how to help individuals and families figure out what to do about health insurance, more than half the carriers, while they may allow you to pay the first month’s premium with a debit or credit card, quite often, the only options after that are to get direct-billed with a paper statement or to set up an electronic funds transfer (EFT).”

Going back to the good old days of paper statements sent via snail mail only proves how greedy these health insurance providers really are. The average monthly per-person premium in the U.S. is $215. At 2.50 percent, the credit or debit card transaction fee would be approximately $51.0. Moving to a paper billing system would incur so many additional expenses for insurance providers it’s hard to know where to start — the cost of the printing a multi-page bill every month, the cost of postage, the additional administrative expense for opening all of those envelopes, logging all those checks, and hiring additional help to handle the accounting nightmare this will create.

And let’s not forget that a paper billing system makes it that much easier for insurance providers to “lose” your payment or credit it to the wrong account. Just when you need it most your insurance is canceled because somebody misplaced your check.

The biggest problem is, according to a 2012 FDIC national survey, roughly 10 million, or 1 out of every 12 American households is unbanked, meaning they have no checking or savings account.

But you see where this is going, don’t you? Not only will Obamacare force you to either ante up an expensive insurance premium every month or face a hefty penalty on your tax return, now you’re also going to have to open a checking account and pay a monthly handling fee to a bank.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 6:55 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Gang Of Eight Says ‘Trust Us, This Bill Will Pay For Itself’

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Will you believe the Gang of Eight’s claim that the amnesty bill will pay for itself because, well, because that’s their story and they’re sticking to it?

The very idea that anyone in the current administration would assume he or she automatically has the public’s trust simply because they hold a government office is ludicrous, to say the least. Nevertheless, the Gang of Eight say their immigration reform bill won’t add a single penny to the U.S. deficit and they expect you to believe it because, well, because they said so, that’s why.

In the wake of The Heritage Foundation’s May 6 report that the immigration reform bill, as it stands now, will create a deficit of $6.3 trillion, the Gang of Eight offered a substitute amendment that would increase the implementation funding by an additional $900 million, increasing the Trust Fund to $7.5 billion.

“Our watchword here is to have this bill pay for itself. In other words, we do not want it to incur any costs to the taxpayer, the Treasury or anybody else. That will be a balance. It will be the costs of administering the E-Verify program and the exit-entry visa program, the costs of strengthening the border and the costs of just administering the new immigrants who will be coming here,” Sen. Charles Schumer (D-N.Y.), the lead sponsor of the legislation, told colleagues during the Judiciary Committee’s markup.

There are only two problems with Schumer’s statement that the bill will pay for itself, the first being the Trust Fund itself. The bulk of the now $7.5 billion to fund the Trust Fund will be transferred from the U.S. Treasury Department General Fund, and 67 percent of the money in the General Fund comes from taxes — paid by legal U.S. citizens.

Since the U.S. is already some $17 trillion in debt and the clock doesn’t appear to be slowing down, it’s possible that Schumer considers another $7.5 billion expenditure just a drop in the bucket, therefore not really worth mentioning, but the average American knows if we already owe $17 trillion bucks, at best we’re merely robbing Peter to pay Paul, and that’s putting it mildly. In short, any way you look at it, we’re adding to the deficit and legal American citizens will have to pay for it.

But the second problem is even more alarming, and that’s the Heritage Foundation’s report, compiled by Robert Rector and Jason Richwine, Ph.D., titled, “The Fiscal Cost of Unlawful Immigrants and Amnesty to the U.S. Taxpayer.” According to this report:

“If amnesty were enacted tomorrow, current unlawful immigrants (along with their minor children and dependent parents) would subsequently receive around $9.4 trillion in government benefits over the span of a lifetime. The lifetime taxes paid by the amnesty recipients would come to $3.1 trillion. The total fiscal deficit (total benefits received minus taxes paid) would equal $6.3 trillion. (All figures are in constant 2010 dollars.)”

Now, why should we believe the Heritage Foundation’s outrageous claims over The Gang of Eight’s? Because Robert Rector and Jason Richwine actually back it up with statistics and analysis, they’re not just assuming you’re going to trust them. So let’s break it down…

The Heritage Foundation report first defines the various government services available to U.S. citizens:

Direct benefits: These include Social Security, Medicare, unemployment insurance, and workers’ compensation.

Means-tested welfare benefits: There are over 80 of these programs which, at a cost of nearly $900 billion per year, provide cash, food, housing, medical, and other services to roughly 100 million low-income Americans. Major programs include Medicaid, food stamps, the refundable Earned Income Tax Credit, public housing, Supplemental Security Income, and Temporary Assistance for Needy Families.

Public education: At a cost of $12,300 per pupil per year, these services are largely free or heavily subsidized for low-income parents.

Population-based services: Police, fire, highways, parks, and similar services, as the National Academy of Sciences determined in its study of the fiscal costs of immigration, generally have to expand as new immigrants enter a community; someone has to bear the cost of that expansion.

According to the Heritage report, “The cost of these governmental services is far larger than many people imagine. For example, in 2010, the average U.S. household received $31,584 in government benefits and services in these four categories.”

Rector and Richwine explain that the governmental system is highly distributive, thus, well-educated households tend to be net tax contributors:

“For example, in 2010, in the whole U.S. population, households with college-educated heads, on average, received $24,839 in government benefits while paying $54,089 in taxes. The average college-educated household thus generated a fiscal surplus of $29,250 that government used to finance benefits for other households.”

On the flip side, households with less education tend to be net tax consumers:

“The benefits they receive exceed the taxes they pay. These households generate a “fiscal deficit” that must be financed by taxes from other households or by government borrowing. For example, in 2010, in the U.S. population as a whole, households headed by persons without a high school degree, on average, received $46,582 in government benefits while paying only $11,469 in taxes. This generated an average fiscal deficit (benefits received minus taxes paid) of $35,113.”

Rector and Richwine believe that the high deficits of poorly educated households are significant in the amnesty debate because the typical illegal immigrant has only a 10th-grade education. Fifty-percent of illegal immigrant households are headed by someone with less than a high school education, and only 25 percent are lead by someone with a high school diploma.

Currently, illegal immigrants don’t have access to means-tested welfare, Social Security, or Medicare, but this doesn’t mean they’re not costing tax payers money. Children in these households receive a heavily subsidized public education. Many have U.S.-born children who are already eligible for the full range of government services. And illegal aliens living in communities use the roads, the schools, and the fire and police services.

In 2010, then, the average illegal household received around $24,721 in government benefits and services while paying only $10,334 in taxes, generating a deficit of approximately $14,387 per household — which is covered by legal, tax-paying U.S. citizens. Amnesty would give these illegal households access to the full range of public services, including Obamacare, Social Security, and Medicare. “The fiscal deficit for each household would soar.”

Now, the Gang of Eight would have us believe that once these illegals get on the Pathway to Citizenship they’re going to be able to get better jobs and pay more taxes and perform miracles for the American economy. But we’ve already discussed their lack of education. They may very well be able to get a better rate of pay simply because of their legal status. But the current 11.5 million illegal immigrants are now, and always will be, net tax consumers, as will most of their children.

Currently, all illegal households combined create an annual deficit of approximately $54.5 billion. During the 13-year interim phase before they’re granted amnesty, that deficit will likely take a small drop to around $43.4 billion as they get better paying jobs.

But it’s the end of that 13-year waiting period where things take a drastic turn for the worse. At the end of the interim phase, “former unlawful immigrant households would become fully eligible for means-tested welfare and health care benefits under the Affordable Care Act. The aggregate annual deficit would soar to around $106 billion.”

Now, let’s do the real math. If the typical illegal alien is 34 years old, after the 13-year waiting period he’ll be eligible for the full range of government services for approximately 50 years. The average adult illegal immigrant would receive $592,000 more in government benefits over the course of his remaining lifetime than he would pay in taxes.

“Over a lifetime, the former unlawful immigrants together would receive $9.4 trillion in government benefits and services and pay $3.1 trillion in taxes. They would generate a lifetime fiscal deficit (total benefits minus total taxes) of $6.3 trillion. (All figures are in constant 2010 dollars.) This should be considered a minimum estimate. It probably understates real future costs because it undercounts the number of unlawful immigrants and dependents who will actually receive amnesty and underestimates significantly the future growth in welfare and medical benefits.”

Now, who are you going to believe? Will you believe the Gang of Eight’s claim that the amnesty bill will pay for itself because, well, because that’s their story and they’re sticking to it? Or will you believe Rober Rector and Jason Richwine, Ph.D. of the Heritage Foundation when they say the bill will create an additional $6.3 trillion in deficit spending because they back it up with statistics and analysis?

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 9:50 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Time to Take Newspapers from Billionaires and Return Them to the People

0

May 17, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

A group of activists started a crowd-sourcing campaign to purchase the Tribune Company in response to bids by right-wing moguls Rupert Murdoch and the Koch Brothers to snag the massive newspaper corporation.

According to the Indiegogo campaign site, the Other 98% launched Free the Press to reclaim the media from its corporate owners. The Tribune Company owns a host of influential newspapers, including the Baltimore Sun, Los Angeles Times and Chicago Tribune. As the Huffington Post notes, Rupert Murdoch is interested in purchasing the latter two, while the Koch Brothers are eyeing all eight of the Tribune’s papers. To stop them, Free the Press aims to purchase the company and return these outlets to their local communities.

It’s not going to be cheap. The activists gave themselves 30 days to raise $660 million to purchase the company. It may be easy to mock the effort, but Free the Press raised more than $66,000 in a day, and donations continue to stream in. I spoke with one of the campaign’s leaders, Nicole Carty, who also stars in the launch video at the bottom of the page:

So, you’re aiming to raise $660 million to buy the Tribune Company. Is this a serious effort?

That’s the first question I get. I have to ask, “Why is it so crazy for people to own a newspaper company?” We’re obviously not naive. We know we’re asking for a lot of money. I think the real question is “Why is that a lot of money?” We’re more serious about the people being in control of the media.

Your campaign says you aim to give these newspapers “back to the communities.” What does a community newspaper look like?

It would be a newspaper without an agenda, free to report on any news. Journalists could come unshackled to report on news that actually affects communities. We obviously haven’t thought about how it would look like written down, but it would be powered by the people. It would be owned by the people. The press would be free to report on the information we need without corporate ownership or even the government coming down on us.

From your campaign’s standpoint, what do we lose when the Koch Brothers or Rupert Murdoch buys a newspaper company?

You don’t get the critique on government activity or corporate activity. I live in New York City. There are basic things happening here that aren’t making it into newspapers. Gentrification is happening in so many neighborhoods. New York City is turning into a destination for the wealthy. Everyone is else is literally getting squeezed out to the furthest points of the city. There’s no mainstream media that’s widely accessible to the side of ordinary people.

If you have a billionaire in New York City making the decisions about what’s going to be the news in LA or Chicago or Baltimore–these are cities with a lot of people of color. What do Murdoch or the Koch brothers have to say to them beside manipulate them? There’s a huge disconnection between these billionaires and their lives and what’s important to some kid who lives in Chicago. To bring it closer to home, that’s one huge step towards benefiting the coverage of a community.

The thing is, yes Murdoch and the Koch Brothers are the absolute worse option, but the whole idea of one billionaire controlling the media is fundamentally wrong. Even if they person has an agenda I agree with, it shouldn’t be someone who is really wealthy. It should be everyone. That’s what the media was made for.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Resurrection of Ben Bernanke

0
An effort is underway by establishment economists to legitimate the Bush and Obama administrations’ bank bailouts and the Federal Reserve’s subsequent efforts to boost financial asset prices as necessary actions that saved the economies of the capitalist West. Liberal luminaries such as Princeton University’s Paul Krugman and MIT’s Robert Solow have come to the defense of Fed Chair Ben Bernanke in particular, and Treasury Secretaries Henry Paulson and Timothy Geithner by inference, to assert what could have been a catastrophe reminiscent of the Great Depression was averted through well-conceived public policies and that Mr. Bernanke’s economic prescriptions have added to ‘our’ understanding of how to manage financial crises.
This is not to suggest enthusiastic criticism of government and Fed actions, or rather inactions, have not been forthcoming. Mr. Krugman in particular has argued that far greater efforts to revive the still moribund economy are needed including fiscal stimulus and more aggressive monetary policies from the Fed. But the general sense conveyed is the government and Fed actions taken were legitimate and beneficial to ‘the economy.’ In this formulation it is the ill fortune of those who haven’t benefited that relegates them to the ether of ‘the economy’ as defined by mainstream economists and official statistics. Given the terms of this ‘discussion,’ a new Great Depression and relative prosperity can coexist for a time without contradicting establishment economist’s claims of (limited) economic revival.
The language of fortune and misfortune suggest nature’s caprice, the luck of the draw, the unpredictable outcomes of random events. However, ‘market’ economics requires a benevolent and prescient nature–one that links ‘natural’ endowments–intelligence, imagination, ambition and talent, to ‘nature’s’ rewards. It may be ‘unfortunate’ that bankers, corporate executives and inheritance rentiers have been the only beneficiaries of government and Fed policies to date, but only to the extent everyone isn’t a banker, corporate executive or trust-fund baby. The great economic tragedy in this theory is policy ‘mistakes’ caused temporary periods where the benevolence of markets was overwhelmed by accidents of history–random events with improbable links to human actions, institutions and historical relations.
Evidence of class struggle is empty conspiracy at the conferences and forums where educated (mostly) men in suits get to know each other’s ‘human’ side. The apolitical careerists of Washington and New York, Chicago and Des Moines, long ago concluded ‘its just business,’ the intersection of economic and political power an artifact of their natural distribution. For those too dull to intuit the facts of nature economists have mathematical models, and for the truly dull Powerpoint presentations, that explain it all. Sure, the Federal Reserve created three trillion dollars and used it to buy financial assets from connected insiders at above market prices, but how did they get to be connected insiders in the first place? And yes, the bank bailouts were odious, but imagine the consequences if J.P. Morgan’s Payday Lending subsidiaries could no longer supply banking services to ‘under-banked’ communities?
Long disappeared are the reports of Goldman Sachs CEO Lloyd Blankfein being the only banker in the room with Henry Paulson, Timothy Geithner and Ben Bernanke while plans were being made to ‘save’ insurer AIG that just happened to put $13 billion into Goldman Sachs’ pocket. And the New York Fed’s Stephen Friedman, a member of Goldman’s Board while he was orchestrating the firm’s bailout, was given a waiver to buy more Goldman stock after determining the terms of the bailout. And what of the AIG ‘bankers’ who were kept on multi-million dollar ‘retainers’ for their unique knowledge of how to destroy their business? And what of the AIG executives who, after being bailed out, insisted (and received) on being paid their bonuses in cash because they believed company stock to be worthless? These and infinite other acts were larcenies most likely, unfortunate lapses in otherwise honest efforts to serve the public weal under circumstances that by sheer coincidence limited the utility of policing and prosecuting those of a certain class.
Within months the intersection of cynicism and rank hallucination produced the storyline amongst New York bankers that the government created the mortgage ‘crisis’ by forcing them to lend money to poor people under the CRA (Community Re-investment Act). Government incompetence led Lehman Brothers to fail (from bad CRA loans) that in turn led to financial panic. The only way the government could undo the damage its own policies had caused was to give the banks enough money to restore them to their prior condition. For their temporary discomfort the government owed bankers the bailouts and bonuses. And now that it’s been proven government regulations caused the crisis, it’s time to get government out of the business of regulating banks. Lest this storyline read as cynical and nonsensical as it actually is, what precisely is the counter-narrative from Washington?
The technocratic argument from ‘responsible’ economists is the Federal Reserve has used its limited toolset to some success. Normal Fed policy in a recession is to lower interest rates, thereby lowering borrowing costs, and with it, the ‘hurdle’ rate at which borrowing money to invest in economic production makes sense. When economic recession is in fact depression, as is the current case, interest rates can’t be lowered enough to spur investment because the hurdle rate is negative–companies would need to be paid to borrow money for it to make economic sense, and it is beyond the Fed’s ability to drive market lending rates below zero (for banks to pay companies to borrow). Given the Fed can’t affect fiscal policy and wouldn’t try to persuade the banks they are tasked with ‘saving’ to pay companies to borrow money, non-traditional tools like Quantitative Easing (QE) where the Fed creates money to buy financial assets are what is left.
However, recall for a moment that Fed Chair Ben Bernanke was in the room as the dirtiest of the bank bailout deals were being engineered. These weren’t deals to ‘save the economy,’ as establishment economists would have it, they were to enrich the same corrupt insiders who had looted the economy for their own personal benefit. Mr. Bernanke proceeded to lie repeatedly and in great detail about what it was the Fed was doing and subsequent forced disclosures demonstrated this to be the case. Fed defenders argue this was all necessary to serve the public–full disclosure would have hindered the very policies the Fed was promoting. This argument would have more weight if Fed policies had benefited the broad public. But from unemployment and income distribution data that is a hard argument to make. Who clearly benefited however were the bankers for whom bailouts were engineered, the corporate executives whose compensation comes from newly recovered stock options and the few hundred families who own most of the stock market.
The economic models used by mainstream defenders of Fed policies are by design blind to their adverse consequences in two significant ways–they only count ‘real’ price inflation while ignoring financial asset inflation and they misrepresent banks as financial intermediaries rather than as credit creators. In the first case QE, the creation of money to buy financial assets at above market prices from financial firms, removes garbage assets from bank balance sheets and removes other interest bearing assets from circulation. This creates a ‘diffusion’ process where the prices of remaining assets are bid up. In the case of credit creation, banks only lose their capacity to create credit when they are restrained by functional insolvency. The growth of (mostly foreign) bank reserves at the Fed coincident with QE illustrates a dearth of demand for credit. And in ‘balance-sheet’ recessions banks are likely to see a decade or so of low loan demand.
To recap, Fed Chair Ben Bernanke helped engineer some of the dirtiest deals in Wall Street history, can’t get firms to borrow with ‘standard’ Fed policies because of the negative hurdle rate (‘zero lower bound’), is managing with QE to build bank reserves that aren’t needed to ‘spur’ lending that isn’t needed, and has managed to send financial assets owned by banks, corporate executives and trust fund babies much higher. These acts all put money directly into the hands of the West’s plutocrats while the only demonstration of benefit to anyone else comes from the assertion the economy ‘would have been worse’ from the economists whose mainstream standing is a function of keeping official discourse comfortable for middle-aged white guys in expensive suits.
In this process one group of people, the very wealthy, used the political power purchased with their wealth to assure the institutions with the capacity to boost their fortunes did exactly that through insider financial deals and policies to send the stock market they own higher. The government policies that could likewise give money directly to victims of the economy crashed by the banks via government jobs programs, Federal teaching grants, arts grants etc. are missing in action and cutting government spending through ‘austerity’ is the policy choice instead. Ben Bernanke and Fed defenders can continue to argue the broad circumstance is a terrible accident, a series of ‘policy missteps,’ but their singular direction leaves alternate interpretations to only the dullest among us–the Federal Reserve is a tool being used by plutocrats for their own benefit in an epic class struggle.
But Fed defenders certainly take issue with this characterization. The ‘profession’ of economics traded relevance for the rhetorical guise of ‘apolitical’ technocracy a century ago. Herr Bernanke’s actions as seen through graduate economics departments are the manly work of a technocratic manly man where moral clarity sometimes takes a back seat to effective policy. That the deals he helped engineer to benefit Wall Street insiders would appear suspect to child pornography rings and to the meth dealers working local elementary schools relates today’s ruling class to its predecessors through history. The Fed’s back-room deals may have precedence but they are profoundly undemocratic and in their class dimensions, anti-democratic. Only by separating politics from economics can economists endorse policies with specific political effects under the illusion they are economically neutral.
The consensus in the mainstream commentariat of some years now is that money is corrupting politics. A quick speculation is both Paul Krugman and Robert Solow agree with this consensus. The ‘Citizens United’ Supreme Court ruling that corporations are people and campaign contributions are protected speech directly ties accumulated wealth to political outcomes through campaign contributions. However, mainstream economists’ practice of using ‘models’ to understand economic outcomes irrespective of political consequences is shown to be radically ideological when economic outcomes are tied to political outcomes in the world. It appears a non sequitur that Fed policies to benefit the wealthy are a form of class warfare because there is no tie in their economic models between the political consequences of benefiting the wealthy and the diminished lot of everyone else. But outside of the studied irrelevance of mainstream economics, how hard is this to see?
The premise any policies of recent years with respect to the financial crisis are determinant requires a questionable endpoint. The looting of the Savings & Loans in the 1980s was different from the Dot-com bubble of the 1990s and the financial crash and Great Recession of the 2000s. However, their economic consequences–long ‘jobless’ recoveries and an increasingly dysfunctional ‘real’ economy are typical of crises of capitalism in financialized economies. As long as this epic persists with Fed policies behind each ‘resurrection’ the Fed owns the epic.  The economists sitting in forums congratulating the ‘economics profession’ for effective policies did so prior to the onset of every crisis of recent decades. Their ability to miss the proverbial ‘forest for the trees’ would be awe inspiring if they weren’t such a useful tool for ruling class interests.
For two decades former Fed Chair Alan Greenspan was perceived as a wise technocrat. It was the financial crisis and Great Recession that laid bare the political-economic agenda behind his alleged technocratic skill. Still, the discursive practice amongst the economic mainstream is to treat separately his policies as Fed Chairman and his radically ideological (‘faith based’) capitalist agenda. Current Fed Chair Ben Bernanke has carried forward this political agenda adding complexity and a new fashion of technocratic rhetoric. Mr. Bernanke’s policies are no more ‘mistakes’ than were Alan Greenspan’s. They benefit the rich and powerful and the best retort being offered is they do so by accident. That this explanation makes sense to anyone demonstrates to ‘special’ place in history the West in general, and academic economics in particular, currently occupies.
Rob Urie is an artist and political economist in New York

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Pakistan opposes US drone strikes

0

Islamabad has reiterated its strong opposition to the ongoing CIA-operated deadly campaign of drone strikes inside Pakistani soil.

Pakistanâ„¢s Foreign Ministry said in a statement on Friday that the US drone attacks cause civilian casualties and are in breach of international law as well as Pakistanâ„¢s sovereignty and territorial integrity.

Å“The Government of Pakistan has consistently maintained that the drone strikes are counter-productive, entail loss of innocent civilian lives, have human rights and humanitarian implications and violate the principles of national sovereignty, territorial integrity and international law,” the statement read.

Pakistanâ„¢s government was reacting to US President Barack Obama who on Thursday defended the use of controversial terror drones as self-defense.

Over the past several years, Washington has been launching drone attacks on Muslim countries, including Pakistan, Somalia, and Yemen.

Pakistanâ„¢s tribal regions are attacked by US assassination drones almost regularly, with Washington claiming that militants are the targets. However, casualty figures clearly indicate that civilians are the main victims.

The killing of Pakistani civilians, including women and children, has strained relations between Islamabad and Washington. The US assassination drone strikes have triggered massive protests in Pakistan.

The United Nations says the US-operated drone strikes in Pakistan pose a growing challenge to the rule of international law.

JR/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Best Thing of the Day: WikiLeaks Leaks Transcript of Hollywood's Doc on the Online Activists

0

May 24, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Beating the entertainment industry in the message control race, Wikileaks leaked the transcript of the new documentary, “We Steal Secrets: The Story of WikiLeaks,” one night ahead of its worldwide release. The leaked transcript includes annotations that allege factual errors, misrepresentations and misguided framing in the film, directed by Academy Award winner Alex Gibney.

An unnamed annotator disputes several over-arching conclusions drawn in Gibney’s film, starting with its title, which implies that Wikileaks “steals secrets.” “In fact, the statement is made by former CIA/NSA director Michael Hayden in relation to the activities of US government spies, not in relation to WikiLeaks,” the annotator writes.

The annotator also addresses Gibney’s characterizations of Bradley Manning, the private accused of leaking classified information to WikiLeaks. By focusing on Manning’s alleged sexuality, rather than political motivations, the writer says, “Gibney’s portrayal of Manning is as a disempowered individual, rather than as someone courageous and principled.” As a press release from Wikileaks notes, these details are especially relevant now, as Manning’s 12-week-trial continues on Monday. “The premiere of “We Steal Secrets” is opportunistically timed,” the release states. “Manning may face life in prison and could potentially face the death penalty. Charges include espionage and aiding the enemy.”

The annotator also takes issue with suggestions in the film that Manning was in contact with Wikileaks-founder Julian Assange and claims misinformation about the sexual allegations against Assange. Wikileaks not only hit Gibney for the what’s in his documentary, but also its omissions. “Gibney’s film could have been an important and timely project,” the release states, “The film barely touches on the US investigation against WikiLeaks, never mentions the words “grand jury”, and trivialises the larger issues, perhaps because the film-maker could not secure an interview with Julian Assange.”

According to Reuters, Gibney sought to include Assange in the film, but chose to proceed without him due to difficulties in securing an interview. Media accounts suggest a dispute between Gibney and Assange over framing in the filmmaker’s final product. “He likens himself as the puppet master, the one who’s pulling the strings on the media. I think he took some offense at the idea that I was independent,” Gibney told Reuters, adding that Assange allegedly asked for money to be interviewed.

Firedoglake’s Kevin Gosztola, who has extensively covered WikiLeaks and Manning’s trial, wrote a detailed analysis of the film and this annotated transcript. “As someone who has extensively covered the story of WikiLeaks, Julian Assange and Bradley Manning, there are multiple aspects of the film that happen to be misleading, disingenuous or seem to be the product of a director who has an axe to grind,” Gosztola writes.

Steven Hsieh is an editorial assistant at AlterNet and writer based in Brooklyn. Follow him on Twitter @stevenjhsieh.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

French special forces intervene in Niger amid Al-Qaeda attacks

0

French special forces assisted Nigerien troops in an operation at an army base in Niger to flush out Al-Qaeda-linked militants suspected of a string of deadly attacks Thursday in the West African country.

At least 21 people were killed and dozens more wounded in
coordinated car bombings and assaults on a uranium mine run by
French company Areva in the town of Arlit, and at a military base
in the city of Agadez in northern Niger.

“As I speak, the situation has been brought under control in
particular in Agadez, where our special forces have intervened to
support Nigerien forces at the request of President [Mahamadou]
Issoufou,”
French Defense Minister Jean-Yves Le Drian told BFM
television.

Niger’s Defense Minister, Karidjo Mahamadou, told AP that two
terrorists had been killed and two hostages — believed to be cadets
at the military camp — were released as a result of the offensive,
which took place at dawn on Friday.

Earlier that day, French President Francois Holland said that Paris
would not tolerate such aggression, and promised to support Niger’s
effort to “destroy” the Islamist militants: “We will not
intervene in Niger as we did in Mali, but we have the same
willingness to cooperate to fight against terrorism,”
he
said.

The same Al-Qaeda-linked militant group responsible for a raid that
killed at least 39 foreign hostages at the In Amenas gas plant in
Algeria in January, also claimed it participated in the Niger
assaults, Reuters reported.

The group posted a statement on the Internet on Friday, claiming
the bombings were a response to Niger’s participation in French
operations in neighboring Mali, as well as claims by Nigerien
President Issoufou that the Islamists had been defeated.

The message was signed by Khalid Abu al-Abbas, better known as
Mokhtar Belmokhtar, a leading figure in Al-Qaeda in the Islamic
Maghreb (AQIM).

“This is the first of our responses to the statement of the
president of Niger — from his masters in Paris — that he eliminated
jihad and the mujahedeen militarily,”
the statement said.
“We will have more operations, by the strength and power of
Allah, and not only that, but we will move the battle to the inside
of his country if he doesn’t withdraw his mercenary army.”

During Thursday’s attack, Belmokhtar’s ‘Signatories in Blood’
jihadist group joined forces with fighters from the Movement for
Oneness and Jihad in West Africa (MUJWA), which has already claimed
responsibility for the Niger attacks.

The two organizations have promised to strike at French interests
in western Africa after Paris launched a military campaign in
January that ended the Islamists’ 10-month control over the
northern two-thirds of Mali.

Paris initially claimed it was only planning a short-term
military operation in Mali, but later announced that 1,000 soldiers
would remain in the country for an indefinite period of time to
help rebuild.

Investigative journalist Michel Collon told RT that there are
economic and political reasons behind France’s actions in the
region, as Paris and Washington want to “keep Africa under the
colonial rule”.

“Actually, one cannot understand the strategy of France or the
US without understanding that they want to control Mali, Niger and
the countries like Algeria, that they want to prevent the formation
of unity in Africa, that they want to prevent the formation of
alliance between the BRICS countries and the African
economies,”
Collon said.

This article originally appeared on: RT

IRS Official Lois Lerner Placed On Administrative Leave

0

Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

The day after invoking her Fifth Amendment Right not to testify on the grounds she may incriminate herself, Lois Lerner was put on administrative leave on Thursday. Lerner is the third official ordered to vacate her office over accusations that the IRS was targeting Tea Party and Conservative groups.

When the scandal broke on May 13, President Obama expressed his outrage. “You don’t want the IRS ever being perceived to be biased and anything less than neutral in terms of how they operate,” Obama continued. “I’ve got no patience with it, I will not tolerate it.”

On May 16, Obama announced the resignation of Steven Miller, the acting commissioner for the IRS. Days later, Joseph H. Gran, director of the I.R.S.’s tax exempt and government entities announced he’d retire on June 3.

Lerner appeared before the House investigators on Wednesday, May 22. After stating that she’d done nothing wrong and hadn’t broken any IRS rules or regulations, she then invoked her Fifth Amendment Rights on the advice of her attorney, angering several of the House representatives.

Represtative Trey Gowdy, (R-S.C.) protested Lerner’s action. “You don’t get to tell your side of the story and then not stand for cross examination,” he said. “She waived her right against self-incrimination, she ought to sit here and answer our questions.”

Lerner’s administrative leave was announced just after Senators Carl Levin (D-Mich) and John McCain, (R-Ariz) released details of a letter they’d sent to Daniel I. Werfel, the new acting I.R.S. Commissioner, demanding that Lerner be immediately suspended for her failure to disclose information to their Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations.

Stepping in to replace Lerner will be Ken Corbin, deputy director for submission processing at the I.R.S.’s wage and investment division.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 6:23 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bitcoin: Fad, fraud or the future?

0
<!–Patrick Young–>

Patrick L Young is expert in global financial markets working in multiple disciplines, ranging from trading independently to running exchanges.

Digital Currency Bitcoin is big news: Is it really the panacea for the problems of money or just another quick fix?

Bitcoin offers a fascinating peek into the future of money. In
essence, simple, it’s also ludicrously complex and therein lies the
opportunity for many a correspondent to rant about its remarkable
merits or incredible pitfalls.

So, let’s take a deep breath and try to examine Bitcoin as
dispassionately as possible.

Digital currencies have been with us for some time but the path
has been littered with failures. Take Beenz, an early casualty of
the dotcom bubble hailed as the digital alternative to cash which
failed to gain traction. The core tenets of cybermoney are not new.
Any reader whose insomnia is bothering them can refer to my own
discussion of the topic in the 1999 book “Capital Market
Revolution!”

The genesis of Bitcoin is fascinating: computers do inordinately
tricky sums and are awarded Bitcoins as a result of their
computative endeavours according to formulae created by the
mysterious Satoshi Nakamoto.

Meanwhile, a major depositary for Bitcoin is Japan’s
secure-sounding Mt Gox, formerly the rather less fiscally oriented:
“Magic: The Gathering Online Exchange” for swapping fantasy
playing cards. Understandably this concerns some investors.

Just like medieval Cardinals, central bankers believe the universe revolves around them.

To appreciate Bitcoin, consider Copernican theory. The metaphor
struck me while preparing to discuss Bitcoin and cryptocurrency
during the financial innovation forum @YMarkets early June in
Nicolas Copernicus’ birthplace, Torun, Poland.

Copernicus, was a true renaissance man, economist, apothecary
and much else beside. However, he is most famous astronomically:
discovering heliocentricity, aka the sun sits at the centre of the
universe and everything else orbits accordingly. Historians will
recall this didn’t sit neatly with established church doctrine.
Apply Copernican logic to money and we can see where Bitcoin fits
into the fiscal jigsaw…

As recently as the late nineteenth century, Central Banking came
to the fore. National banks became the epicentre of the financial
universe as protector of the currency. Today the Federal Reserve at
the epicentre of a globalised financial universe.

With Bitcoin money no longer revolves around the central
bankers. Bitcoin is the epicentre of a new post-Copernican
financial universe:

Bitcoin, like the internet before it, is a technological advance
removing redundant middlemen. Naturally this engenders terror in
the hearts of the financial establishment. Such are their delusions
of grandeur, some central bankers find it gauche to be deemed mere
cogs in the chain. The internet merely seeks a path of least
resistance (just ask a travel agent – if you can find one). Money
can live without central bankers.

The new universe of money revolving around cryptocurrency such as Bitcoin

Bitcoin has succeeded as the breakthrough digital currency.
People have begun to appreciate that cryptocurrency can replace
central bank farmed money. This is a Copernican revolution in cash:
a decentralised asset whose owners are not held hostage to the
whims of government.

Bitcoin is a fascinating speculative asset with finite supply
where judicious long-term investment ought to make sense. However,
the innate volatility of Bitcoin makes it less useful as a tool for
exchanging goods. Real-time transactions work but with often
significant weekly dollar oscillations, Bitcoin is not a tenable
solution for invoicing business to business transactions settled
over 30 or more days…

Bitcoin is the Model T Ford of money; revolutionising the mass
money market and rendering obsolete the blacksmiths, er, bankers.
Nobody wants new Model T’s today…although modern cars use the
same core precepts as the ‘Tin Lizzie.’ Bitcoin is the
breakthrough cryptocurrency. Its legacy will be as the parent of a
portfolio of diversified Electronic Trading Units. Bankers are now
in a long laboured decline. Peer to Peer transactions are the way
forward. This is not a riot mob revolutionising finance, rather an
expanding crowd expecting fair finance, sensible money and an end
to overpaying for banker intermediation.

History will record Bitcoin as a core foundation of our
financial future.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

French special forces intervene in Niger amid Al-Qaeda attacks

0

French special forces assisted Nigerien troops in an operation at an army base in Niger on Friday to flush out Al-Qaeda-linked militants suspected of a string of deadly attacks Thursday in the West African country.

At least 21 people were killed and dozens more wounded in
coordinated car bombings and assaults on a uranium mine run by
French company Areva in the town of Arlit, and at a military base
in the city of Agadez in northern Niger.

“As I speak, the situation has been brought under control in
particular in Agadez, where our special forces have intervened to
support Nigerien forces at the request of President [Mahamadou]
Issoufou,”
French Defense Minister Jean-Yves Le Drian told BFM
television.

Niger’s Defense Minister, Karidjo Mahamadou, told AP that two
terrorists had been killed and two hostages — believed to be cadets
at the military camp — were released as a result of the offensive,
which took place at dawn on Friday.

Earlier that day, French President Francois Holland said that Paris
would not tolerate such aggression, and promised to support Niger’s
effort to “destroy” the Islamist militants: “We will not
intervene in Niger as we did in Mali, but we have the same
willingness to cooperate to fight against terrorism,”
he
said.

The same Al-Qaeda-linked militant group responsible for a raid that
killed at least 39 foreign hostages at the In Amenas gas plant in
Algeria in January, also claimed it participated in the Niger
assaults, Reuters reported.

The group posted a statement on the Internet on Friday, claiming
the bombings were a response to Niger’s participation in French
operations in neighboring Mali, as well as claims by Nigerien
President Issoufou that the Islamists had been defeated.

The message was signed by Khalid Abu al-Abbas, better known as
Mokhtar Belmokhtar, a leading figure in Al-Qaeda in the Islamic
Maghreb (AQIM).

“This is the first of our responses to the statement of the
president of Niger — from his masters in Paris — that he eliminated
jihad and the mujahedeen militarily,”
the statement said.
“We will have more operations, by the strength and power of
Allah, and not only that, but we will move the battle to the inside
of his country if he doesn’t withdraw his mercenary army.”

During Thursday’s attack, Belmokhtar’s ‘Signatories in Blood’
jihadist group joined forces with fighters from the Movement for
Oneness and Jihad in West Africa (MUJWA), which has already claimed
responsibility for the Niger attacks.

The two organizations have promised to strike at French interests
in western Africa after Paris launched a military campaign in
January that ended the Islamists’ 10-month control over the
northern two-thirds of Mali.

This article originally appeared on: RT

EU imposes 2-year ban on pesticides believed responsible for mass bee deaths

0

The European Commission has adopted a two-year-long moratorium on the use of three necotinoid pesticides believed to be one of the reasons behind a 30 percent annual decrease in bee populations since 2007.

EU member-states will now have to amend their existing
legislation on the use of pesticides by September 30 to comply with
the ban adopted by the EC on Friday.

The substances in question are clothianidin, imidacloprid and
thiametoxam, used for treatment of seeds and foliage as well as for
making soil more fertile. All pose “high acute
risks”
for bees, according to a scientific report by the
European Food Safety Authority (EFSA).

European countries have been given six months to use up their
current stocks of the chemicals. Scientists will then have two
years to determine whether the ban helps stop declines in bee
populations, after which the restriction may be reviewed. Until
that point, the pesticide ban will be upheld.

The ban is “another milestone towards ensuring a healthier
future for our honeybees, as bees have two important roles to play:
Not only that of producing honey but primarily to be a pollinator.
About 80 percent of all pollination is due to the activity of bees
— this is natural and free of costs,”
according to Tonio Borg,
Commissioner for Health and Consumer Policy. Bees “contribute
over € 22 billion annually to European agriculture,”
he
added.

The European Commission forced its bee-protection plan through
after it failed to get support from a sufficient majority of EU
member-states in an April 29 vote: Only 15 out of 27 EU members
supported the pesticides ban. 

“In absence of an agreement between Member States, it is for
the Commission to decide on the adoption of the proposed
restriction,”
a European Commission press release said.

The decision is a blow to two major necotinoids producers, Bayer
of Germany and Switzerland’s Syngenta, who maintain there is not
enough evidence their products are contributing to the decline in
bee populations.

The European Commission’s report also points to other factors
that may be responsible for the mass bee deaths, include parasites,
other pathogens, a lack of veterinary medicines or their misuse,
apiculture management, environmental factors such as a lack of
habitat and feed, and climate change. Prior to the ban, the
European Commission allocated €3.3 million for research into the
bee deaths.

The sharp decline in bee populations has taken place over the
last 10-15 years, according to an EFSA report; scientists have
labeled the phenomenon Colony Collapse Disorder (CCD).

The issue is equally acute in the US, where according
to a Department of Agriculture report, the number of colonies has
plummeted from 3 million in 1990 to 2.5 million this year.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Israel says anti-Iran sanctions failed

0

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has admitted to the inefficacy of the US-engineered sanctions against Iran, saying the measures have no effect on the Islamic Republicâ„¢s nuclear energy program.

Prior to a meeting with British Foreign Minister William Hague in Al-Quds (Jerusalem) on Thursday, Netanyahu said “it’s clear” that economic and diplomatic pressures have been unable to affect Iran’s nuclear program.

The United States, the Israeli regime and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program, with Tel Aviv repeatedly threatening to attack Tehranâ„¢s nuclear facilities.

Over the false allegation, Washington and the European Union have also imposed a series of illegal unilateral sanctions against the Islamic Republic.

On Wednesday, the US House Committee on Foreign Affairs adopted a new measure to tighten the countryâ„¢s illegal sanctions against Iran.

Tehran rejects the allegations against its nuclear energy program, arguing that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

In addition, the IAEA has conducted numerous inspections of Iran’s nuclear facilities but has never found any evidence showing that Iran’s civilian nuclear program has been diverted toward military purposes.

PG/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'US nabs Czech family murder suspect'

0

Kevin Dahlgren’s Facebook page released by Czech police.

The United States has arrested a Californian man suspected of killing four family members in the Czech Republic, Czech police say.

Å“Kevin Dahlgren, charged with quadruple murder, was arrested last [Thursday] night” at an airport in Washington DC, Czech police officer Leos Trzil said in a statement on Friday.

On May 22, the bodies of four victims, identified by neighbors as a married couple and their two sons, were discovered in the southern city of Brno after a blaze broke out in their home.

Czech police spokeswoman Petra Vedrova said the victims were a family, but declined to give any further details.

Å“Various weapons were used but that is all I can say,” she added.

The 20-year-old suspect is thought to have set the house on fire after killing the family.

The man reportedly fled to the US after firefighters found the victims at the scene of the crime.

Czech media reported that Dahlgren was an English teacher who recently moved to Brno, 200 kilometers (125 miles) southeast of the capital Prague.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Homeland Security “Police” Monitored Tea Party IRS Protests

0

Agents from the Department of Homeland Security posing as national “police” were deployed across the country this week to monitor and intimidate Tea Party activists, who were peacefully protesting the Obama administration and its abuse of the IRS to target conservative groups. The apparently unlawful spying and bullying has drawn outrage from analysts, experts, and commentators from across the political spectrum worried that the federal government is going off the rails.

From California to Florida and everywhere in between, armed DHS functionaries – part of the so-called “Federal Protective Service” (FPS) – intimidated and spied on peaceful activists, according to protesters in attendance. News reports were filled with pictures and videos of large Homeland Security trucks that said “police” in giant letters, along with armed DHS personnel dressed in “police” outfits. At a rally in Los Angeles, a DHS helicopter was even spotted flying overhead as federal “police” ordered protesters to get off of government property.

More than a few attendees at the rallies expressed fears about being spied on by authorities in the future – or even being targeted by the IRS. Some analysts said the federal show of force was probably an effort by the administration to intimidate Americans into remaining silent, while others speculated that the U.S. government was hoping to provoke a reaction out of the protesters that could be used to demonize activists concerned about lawless federal activities. 

Among the most serious concerns cited by critics – aside from federal spying and intimidation of citizens exercising rights guaranteed under the First Amendment – were the giant letters reading “police” emblazoned on DHS vehicles and personnel. Of course, the Constitution does not grant the U.S. government any power to establish a national police force or anything even remotely resembling one.

Indeed, outside of a few federal crimes such as counterfeiting, treason, and piracy, law enforcement is supposed to be a function of state and local government. Analysts also noted that there was absolutely no reason for armed federal bureaucrats to be keeping tabs on a peaceful protest – especially when local police with legitimate jurisdiction could have secured the rallies if needed.

“If you have a police force and it’s out of control, you go down to your mayor and you take care of it with your mayor,” commented conservative pundit Glenn Beck about the latest DHS tactics aimed at Tea Party activists this week. ”But if a national police force is out of control, who exactly do you have?”

Beck, who has a sizeable following and a growing media machine, also said Homeland Security was supposed to be for airports. “They were the guys with the really crappy uniforms that have the rubber gloves who were feeling you up at the airport and you’re laughing at them,” he continued. “This is a labor union police force, a federal labor union police force. This is not good.”

A caller on the show who helped organize a 400-person rally targeted by DHS in Cincinnati, meanwhile, noted that it was not the first time he had seen federal functionaries sporting “police” outfits. “Congress needs to wake up,” the caller said on the program. “Maybe they’re part of it, I don’t know, but they need to look into this. We are creating a national police force that’s keeping an eye on us and intimidating us.”

The Tea Party demonstrations against the U.S. tax agency at IRS offices across the country, held on May 22, were sparked by recent admissions from senior officials that conservative groups had been singled out for special scrutiny and inappropriate questioning by authorities. Outraged lawmakers in both political parties and much of the establishment press agreed that the IRS behavior was absolutely unacceptable. More than seven out of ten Americans thought so, too, and even President Obama publicly feigned concern about the scandal.

Homeland Security Secretary Janet “Big Sis” Napolitano and the increasingly intrusive domestic espionage apparatus, however, evidently did not see it that way. Under the Obama administration, multiple federal agencies and departments – including DHS – have issued absurd “intelligence” reports based on discredited sources claiming that the real threat to the “Homeland” is actually conservatives. Pro-life activists, Ron Paul supporters, constitutionalists, veterans, people who believe in individual liberty, and countless others are officially in the crosshairs.

Based on recent polls, that includes almost 70 percent of American voters, who in a survey released this week said they “feel like the federal government has gotten out of control and is threatening the basic civil liberties of Americans.” Even among Democrats, almost half agree that Washington, D.C., is out of control – more than the number who disagreed. Left-wing organizations like the American Civil Liberties Union have also blasted Homeland Security’s lawless spying on peaceful protesters.

“This type of government monitoring and tracking of lawful demonstrations and political speech can have a chilling effect on Americans’ exercise of their rights to free speech and assembly,” Robyn Greene with the ACLU Washington Legislative Office noted in 2011 after learning that DHS “police” were spying on activists, apparently under the false impression that such behavior was legal. “This is especially true when those demonstrations advocate positions that are in opposition to government policy…. No agency or department in government has the right to monitor the peaceful and lawful political activities and speech of Americans.”

While only a tiny fraction of the growing number of Americans worried about lawless government attended rallies on Tuesday, Homeland Security made sure that its presence was felt. According to news reports, self-styled federal “police” were observed scoping out protests or intimidating activists all across California, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Missouri, and other states. Analysts lashed out at the perceived abuse of power.        

“Why aren’t DHS officers protecting the homeland against foreign enemies armed with explosives and hate? Perhaps because the Obama Administration is more worried about domestic ‘enemies’ armed with the Constitution and love of country,” wrote Sally Zelikovsky about the scandal in the American Thinker. She also said the administration sending out DHS agents to spy on Tea Party protests was “further evidence of the Soviet-style ‘War on Dissent.’ ”

“One would think they would be just a bit more circumspect and maybe even exercise a modicum of restraint before dispersing KGB, I mean, DHS agents to free speech rallies protected under the Constitution,” Zelikovsky continued in her stinging criticism of the department’s latest activities. “The fact that they did this so blatantly despite the scrutiny they are under is symptomatic of a government on the verge of a constitutional breakdown – a government that doesn’t hesitate to bully the little guy while giving the Constitution the proverbial political finger.”

The New American reached out to DHS with a series of questions: Why were the agents at these protests? How does DHS respond to critics of this who say it was spying, intimidation, unnecessary, and chilling? Why did the DHS vehicles and personnel have “police” written on them? Does DHS operate a federal police force now? If so, under what statutory or constitutional authority has DHS established a police force? Was permission for the DHS presence obtained from local authorities?

DHS Federal Protective Service Chief of Public Affairs Jacqueline C. Yost responded with a brief statement. “The Federal Protective Service (FPS) protects more than 9,000 federal buildings and 1.4 million federal employees and visitors who occupy them throughout the country every day,” she said. “FPS is committed to carrying out this mission in a manner that protects the public’s civil rights and civil liberties including freedom of speech and the right to peacefully protest.”

Of course, along with the rest of the Obama administration, DHS has come under increasing scrutiny in recent years amid a wide assortment of scandals. Among the most outrageous: Spying on peaceful protesters, sealing contracts for massive amounts of ammunition, stockpiling “weapons of war,” molesting air travelers, expanding its powers, defying court orders, issuing wild reports painting regular Americans as potential terrorists, squandering huge sums of money on extra-constitutional “fusion centers,” training local authorities to become extensions of the federal government, and more.

Congress has held hearings and a few lawmakers have introduced legislation to rein in the department, which is perceived by critics as an out-of-control behemoth that could easily be abused. As the outcry among Americans continues to mount, calls for abolishing the DHS are growing as well. Unsurprisingly, the latest developments have already contributed to the furor. Whether any action will be taken by Congress, however, remains to be seen.

Alex Newman is a correspondent for The New American, covering economics, politics, and more. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Photo source: Gateway Pundit

Related articles:

Impeachment Support Soars as Voters Say Feds “Out of Control”

Homeland Security Demands “Obedience” in Message to Agents

Congress Seeks Answers on Huge Homeland Security Ammo Contracts

Lois Lerner Pleads the Fifth in Widening IRS Scandal

The IRS Scandal: Will It Sink Obama?

Feds Requested Targets With Children and Pregnant Women

U.S. Military Program Arming Local Police Expands

DHS Solicits Bids for 26.1 Million Rounds of Ammo

Federal Law Enforcement Stockpiling Arms (10,000/ICE Employee)

DHS Labels Liberty-Lovers as Potential Terrorists

Profiling and Criminalizing Political Dissent

Homeland Security: Everyone’s a Threat

Do You Fit the Terrorist Profile?

New DHS Domestic Terrorism Report Targets Millions of Americans

DHS Sources Prompt Calls for Ousting Napolitano

Terror War Expanding, Shifting to the Right

This article originally appeared on: The New American

New York City’s Summers May Heat Up

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/new_york_citys_summers_may_heat_up_20130524/

Posted on May 24, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

JPMorgan wins contract from Russian government to boost its credit rating

0

Beating out a number of other investment banks, JP Morgan will consult Russia in its effort to boost the country’s sovereign credit ratings.

Deputy Finance Minister Sergey Storchak said JP Morgan will act
as a liaison between the Ministry of Finance and rating agencies,
RIA Novosti reported.

Storchak also hinted that Russia will be reviewed by one of the
major international rating agencies in the near future.

The government expects that by 2016 Russia will have the highest
rating from international agencies.

At present, Russia is rated “BBB” by Fitch and S & P, and
“Baa1” by Moody’s. Fitch and S&P both downgraded
Russia following the 2008 financial crisis prompting then Prime
Minister Putin to call it an ‘outrage’.

Last week, the Russian rating agency ‘Expert RA’ gave Russia an
‘A-‘ grade, higher than any international rating agency.

Though the Ministry of Finance is hiring outside help to improve
their rating, its head, Anton Siluanov, doesn’t foresee the
rating changing any time in the near future.

“I do not think that there will be any changes in terms of
Russia’s rating,”
Siluanov said on Wednesday.

First Deputy Prime Minister Igor Shuvalov sees a positive change
in the near future. 

“Now the situation in the economy is changing. I can’t say
that it is much better, but there are some changes. If you look at
fundamental economic indicators- the budget, and employer
sentiment- I think that the situation is slightly better now,”

said Shuvalov.

According to the Ministry of Finance statement, JP Morgan was
selected over other unnamed investment banks for its quality of
proposal, ability to achieve results and experience and reputation
of the bank.

The document neither outlines the length of the contract or
payment details.

In late January, the Russian government agreed a three year
$500,000 contract with Goldman Sachs to improve its investment bank
image as well as credit ratings.

JP Morgan is the largest U.S. bank in terms of assets. JP Morgan
opened a representative office in Moscow in 1973, but doesn’t offer
any retail banking, only investment banking and related
services.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Filled with errors and speculation’: WikiLeaks slams ‘We Steal Secrets' doc film

0

WikiLeaks has lashed out at forthcoming a US-made documentary on founder Julian Assange. The whistleblowing group decried the film for its alleged inaccuracies, chiefly implications that Assange conspired with Bradley Manning to commit espionage.

The anti-secrecy organization released an annotated copy of the
film’s transcript that took no prisoners. Even the documentary’s
name — ‘We Steal Secrets: The Story of WikiLeaks’ — was
condemned by the group as misleading.

“It directly implies that WikiLeaks steals secrets. In fact,
the statement is made by former CIA/NSA director Michael Hayden in
relation to the activities of US government spies, not in relation
to WikiLeaks,”
the group wrote.

The film premiered in the US on Friday, and has been styled by
director Alex Gibney as a David-and-Goliath story, with Assange as
David. However, Gibney did not collaborate with Assange or
WikiLeaks in the making of the documentary.

“Neither Julian Assange nor anyone associated with WikiLeaks
over the past two-and-a-half years agreed to participate in the
film,”
WikiLeaks wrote.

The annotated copy of the script focuses on what WikiLeaks views
as an erroneous portrayal of whistleblower Bradley Manning, who is
currently facing trial and potential court martial for released
classified documents to the group in 2010. WikiLeaks alleged that
Gibney portrays Manning in the film to make it appear his “acts
represent a failure of character, rather than a triumph of
conscience.”

Alex Gibney (Reuters / Rick Wilking)

Gibney also used “selective editing” to make Manning seem
personally conflicted by gender-identity issues, leaving a
“lasting impression” on the audience, WikiLeaks
suggested.

However, Gibney appears to sympathize with Manning, publicly
referring to him as a “scapegoat” and calling the death
sentence against him “outrageous.”

“There’s no doubt that (Manning) has been improperly
scapegoated…he’s pled guilty to leaking. But these larger
charges, these more serious charges that the government is trying
to hang him with, aiding the enemy, carries a possible death
sentence. To me, that’s outrageous,”
Gibney said as quoted by
Reuters.

The director decided to go ahead with the film even after
Assange refused to participate. Gibney referred to the founder of
WikiLeaks as a “puppet master” unwilling to answer his questions.
“He likens himself as the puppet master, the one who’s pulling
the strings on the media. I think he took some offense at the idea
that I was independent,”
Gibney told the Associated Press.

The film is being released at a crucial time for WikiLeaks, as
Bradley Manning prepares to go for his final trial on June 3, which
could end in his court martial. Furthermore, Assange has been holed
up in the Ecuadorian Embassy in London for almost a year.

If he sets foot outside the building, UK authorities have
threatened to extradite the whistleblower to Sweden, where he is
wanted for questioning over allegations of sexual assault. Assange
has publically warned that his extradition will likely lead to
Swedish authorities handing him over to the US. He has mentioned on
a number of occasions that the US is preparing a secret case
against him.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Human rights group Memorial ‘has signs of foreign agent’ — Russian prosecutors

0

A Moscow court has ruled that prosecutors’ inspection of human rights group Memorial was lawful. The inquiry, held after the ‘foreign agents’ law was enacted, revealed that the NGO received $3 million from abroad to shape public opinion in Russia.

On Friday, the Zamoskvoretsky District Court rejected Memorial’s
appeal against the off-schedule inspection carried out on March 26
by the Moscow Prosecutor’s Office and representatives of the
Revenue and the Justice ministries. 

Following the inspection, prosecutors said they had evidence
that Memorial’s activities indicated the organization is a “foreign
agent,” a prosecutor told the court.

In particular, it was discovered that the NGO received “over
52 million rubles ($1.6 million) in 2010 from foreign citizens and
organizations
,” he explained. In 2011, Memorial got “over 40
million rubles ($1.2 million), including from the Ford
Foundation
,” as well as other companies registered in the US,
the law enforcer added, according to Itar-Tass.

The inspection also revealed that Memorial — one of the oldest
Russian human rights organizations — was involved in political
activities in the country aimed at influencing public opinion and
pressuring authorities, the prosecutor stated. Memorial’s defense
lawyers are set to appeal the ruling at a higher court, RAPSI
agency reported.

Memorial, a historic international charity and human rights
group, began its work in 1987. Initially, the group’s purpose,
inspired by Soviet dissident Andrey Sakharov, was to research
political repression in the USSR. It was officially founded in
1989, and developed into a human rights organization.

The controversial Russian law that requires all politically
active non-governmental organizations that receive funding from
abroad to register as “foreign agents” came into force in November
2012. Such NGOs now face heightened controls, including the
requirement they file a financial report to officials every
quarter, as well as a yearly audit report. Violations are
punishable by fines of up to 500,000 rubles ($15,700).

Critics have slammed the law as a possible instrument by which
authorities can pressure and restrict funding to human rights
organizations. Supporters of the law, including some senior Russian
officials, maintain that the law’s goal is to better inform the
public on activists’ income sources. They have also emphasized that
no organization can be shut down under the law.

In March 2013, Russian authorities launched major unannounced
inspections of NGOs to determine whether their activities
corresponded with the objectives declared in their charters. In
late April — while the audit was still ongoing — the Ministry of
Justice stated that 18 groups would be designated ‘foreign
agents.’

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Four killed in Kabul clashes’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least two Afghan police officers and two assailants have been killed in clashes in the capital Kabul after multiple explosions rocked an administrative district in the city, officials say.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Mike Judge Defends Second Amendment & More In Exclusive Interview With Alex Jones

0

Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Iconic animator Mike Judge, the man behind Beavis & Butt-Head, King of the Hill and Office Space, sat down with Alex Jones for an exclusive interview during which he defended the Second Amendment and covered a myriad of other topics.

RELATED: Animator Mike Judge: Idiocracy is Happening Now

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 9:16 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

IRS Harassment Suppressed Tea Party Vote

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Photo: April Zosia

John Fund, writing for the National Review Online, says the IRS targeting of Tea Party and patriot groups was an effort to suppress voting.

During the 2012 election, Democrats complained loudly about photo-ID laws and Republicans supposedly suppressing black and minority voters. Former president Bill Clinton went so far as to say “there has never been – in my lifetime, since we got rid of the poll tax and all the other Jim Crow burdens on voting – the determined effort to limit the franchise that we see today.” DNC boss Debbie Wasserman Schultz said “photo-ID laws, we think, are very similar to a poll tax.”

“All of this proved to be twaddle,” writes Fund. “An August 2012 Washington Post poll showed nearly two-thirds of African-Americans and Hispanics backing photo ID. The Census Bureau has found that the rate of voter turnout for blacks exceeded that of whites for the first time in the 2012 election.”

Fund argues that instead of the Democrat vote being suppressed, the Tea Party vote was. “It looks like a lot of tea-party groups were less active or never got off the ground because of the IRS actions,” Wisconsin governor Scott Walker told Fund. “Sure seems like people were discouraged by it.”

Tea Party groups told Fund they were directly impacted by the IRS effort to delay their non-profit status. Cleta Mitchell, a lawyer for True the Vote, a vote-monitoring organization, told him we will probably never know how much political activity was thwarted by the IRS.

On Tuesday, True the Vote went to federal court to sue the IRS over the agency’s processing of its tax-exempt status and increased scrutiny. The IRS took three years to process True the Vote’s application and only approved it after the scandal unfolded.

The Election Law Center claims the Obama administration deliberately engaged in vote suppression. “The Administration knew of the IRS targeting conservative organizations for non-approval in June 2012 and failed to rectify the issue before the 2012 Primary and General Election when there was still time to reduce the damage. In fact, according to sources, the approval of applications is still not forthcoming and it is almost mid-2013,” the website notes, citing a May 17 Wall Street Journal storyreporting the IRS’s watchdog informing Treasury officials in June he was investigating allegations.

The IRS continues to insist it was all a mistake. “The IRS claims that all the delays and information demands were rooted in mere mismanagement and misjudgment, a stance that began to look even shakier [Wednesday] when Lois Lerner, the director of the IRS’ exempt-organization division, took the Fifth Amendment before a House committee,” Fund writes.

“It won’t be easy to discover whether the ‘voter suppression’ engaged in by the IRS was malicious and political,” Fund concludes. “But we have to make every effort to find out before the American people start losing confidence in the integrity of our elections.”

In fact, millions of Americans long ago lost confidence in the election system. That’s why they flocked to the Tea Party and similar groups despite the monkey business of establishment Republicans to undermine the movement and expel its libertarian elements.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 9:22 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

IRIB announces election coverage plans

0

Iranâ„¢s national broadcaster has announced its programs to cover the countryâ„¢s upcoming presidential election, as candidates embark on their campaigns for the June 14 polls.

Head of the Islamic Republic of Iran Broadcasting (IRIB) Ezzatollah Zarghami broke the news at a Friday meeting with the representatives of the eight candidates who are running for president.

Zarghami told the attendees that the IRIB will cover the election with special news bulletins, debates, interviews and documentaries.

He said all candidates will be given an equal airtime of seven hours on TV and four hours on the radio.

The presidential candidates will also have a 30-minute direct talk to viewers, he added.

Zarghami ruled out one-on-one debates, similar to those held in the 2009 presidential election. He said instead, each candidate will attend a televised debate with three experts this time.

In Iran, candidates normally do not spend enormous amounts of money on their campaigns and the national broadcasting renders services to them, gives them airtime, broadcasts their campaign ad documentaries and organizes their televised debates.

The national broadcasting draws lots to give candidates an equal share of its airtime, and there is this rundown based on the draw that determines whose ads will be aired on what channel and when.

Earlier this week, Iranâ„¢s Interior Ministry published a list of eight candidates approved by the Guardian Council to run in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election slated for June 14.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MRS/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

More Revelations of Justice Department Crackdown on the Press

0

According to a report Tuesday in the New Yorker, the Obama administration’s investigation into a State Department leak to James Rosen, the chief Washington correspondent of Fox News, extends well beyond what was originally thought and includes seizing the phone records of the reporter’s parents and dozens of other individuals, including White House staffers and other Fox News reporters.

United States Attorney for the District of Columbia Ronald C. Machen, Jr., the prosecutor in the case of alleged leaker and former State Department weapons expert Stephen Jin-Woo Kim, has seized records associated with more than 30 different phone numbers.

Because the last four digits of all of the phone numbers have been redacted by court order, only the three-digit area codes and exchange codes are available. Five of these numbers have area codes and exchange codes registered to Fox News. Two of the numbers have area code 202 and exchange code 456, which belong to the White House, whose switchboard number is (202) 456-1414.

The US attorney also seized records which correspond to James Rosen’s personal cellular phone, and another set of records which may be from a number registered to Time magazine.

These revelations come to light after the Washington Post reported Monday that FBI agent Reginald Reyes filed an affidavit in support of a warrant request alleging that Rosen himself engaged in criminal activity in receiving classified information from Kim about North Korea. A judge granted the search warrant, and the Justice Department seized Rosen’s personal emails and phone records and tracked his movements.

Rosen was never charged with any crime, while Kim faces a possible 10-year prison term under the reactionary Espionage Act of 1917. Kim has filed a plea of not guilty.

The New Yorker report relied on a discovery document, in this case, a list of attached electronic documents related to the prosecution of Kim, filed in court on October 13, 2011. The document is a letter from US Attorney Machen to the attorneys defending Kim. It makes reference to 2,111 pages of unclassified information subpoenaed in the investigation, including several sets of bank and credit union records, several sets of Yahoo! Email records and one set of Gmail email records—the latter appearing to belong to Rosen—, IP address records and wireless phone records.

Also listed is surveillance video from the American Red Cross, other surveillance video and security badge information from Kim and media personnel, apparently including Rosen, though his name is not specified. The letter indicates that much more documentation of subpoenaed information, including classified information, will be forthcoming in the case.

The latest report reveals that the investigation into Kim’s supposed leak was even broader than was initially thought, and this too comes on top of last week’s reports that the DoJ seized phone records for some 21 phone lines registered to the Associated Press in an investigation of a leak of information on US intelligence operations in Yemen.

Last Tuesday, the director and legal defense directors of the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press issued a protest letter to Attorney General Eric Holder and Deputy Attorney General and copied Machen. The letter denounced the subpoena of AP phone records as being overly broad, secretive and illegal. Some 52 press organizations endorsed the letter, including CNN, Dow Jones and Company, Forbes Inc., The New York Times Company and Reuters America LLC.

The Department of Justice is engaged in at least two other leak investigations at present. One involves the leak of information to the New York Times about the infamous “Kill Lists” of targets for drone assassination reviewed by president Obama. The other concerns an attempt by the United States and Israel to infect the computer systems of Iranian nuclear facilities with the Stuxnet worm, information which was also leaked to the Times. The administration has indicted six current and former officials under the Espionage Act of 1917, more than all previous administrations combined.

While denunciations of Obama and the Department of Justice abound in editorials and blogs from news sources all over the political spectrum, the hostility they express to the president’s attack on the free press is by no means universally held.

Several commentators have come out in defense of “plugging leaks” by virtually any means.

Jack Shafer, writing an opinion column for Reuters, makes the case that perhaps Eric Holder was right, and the leak for which AP phone records were subpoenaed could really have been “very, very serious.”

Shafer wrote last Tuesday:

“Journalists gasp and growl whenever prosecutors issue lawful subpoenas ordering them to divulge their confidential sources or to turn over potential evidence, such as notes, video outtakes or other records. It’s an attack on the First Amendment, It’s an attack on the First Amendment, It’s an attack on the First Amendment, journalists and their lawyers chant.”

The Washington Post’s veteran national security writer, former CIA informant Walter Pincus, went so far as to state that whoever leaked the information around the AP story “not only broke the law but caused the abrupt end to a secret, joint U.S./Saudi/British operation in Yemen that offered valuable intelligence against al-Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula.”

He says later, “It was inevitable that the leak to the AP would generate an FBI probe. Given past leak investigations in the Bush and Obama administrations, journalists at the AP and elsewhere know they could face scrutiny. Like it or not, they are part of a crime. The leaker or leakers had taken an oath under the threat of prosecution to protect the information.” (Italics added)

Most significantly, the New York Times on Monday lent space in its pages to a statement by three former Department of Justice officials: Jamie Gorelick, deputy attorney general under Bill Clinton; William P. Barr, attorney general from 1991 to 1993; and Kenneth L. Wainstain, assistant attorney general for national security from 2006 to 2008. The statement, titled “Stop the Leaks,” made a crude and legally untenable case for the actions of the Justice Department.

“As former Justice Department officials who served in the three administrations preceding President Obama’s, we are worried that the criticism of the decision to subpoena telephone toll records of A.P. journalists in an important leak investigation sends the wrong message to the government officials who are responsible for our national security.”

Apologizing for the Obama administration’s gross violations of the First Amendment, the authors continue:

“But after eight months of intensive effort, it appears that they still could not identify the leaker. It was only then–after pursuing ‘all reasonable alternative investigative steps,’ as required by the department’s regulations–that investigators proposed obtaining telephone toll records (logs of calls made and received) for about 20 phone lines that the leaker might have used in conversations with A.P. journalists. They limited the request to the two months when the leak most likely occurred, and did not propose more intrusive investigative steps.”

The authors do not address the requirement that the DoJ must first ask for the records in question from the media outlet itself before issuing a subpoena. They presume that the unsubstantiated assertion by attorney general Holder that asking for the records would have jeopardized the investigation: i.e., evidence would have been destroyed.

The letter is significant in its expression of a consensus within the ruling class that the methods of suppressing any leaks are beyond reproach. Journalists who would communicate leaks should likewise be prosecuted, if necessary to protect national security.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Gunmen kill NATO driver in Pakistan

0

A Pakistani driver steers his trailer carrying NATO vehicle bound for Karachi, following their arrival from Afghanistan, in Quetta on May 21, 2013.

Heavily armed gunmen have opened fire at a convoy carrying NATO military vehicles in the troubled northwest Pakistan, killing at least a driver and destroying two trucks.

Local security officials said Friday’s attack took place near Landi Kotal, the main town in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Province.

Å“Gunmen opened fire from the nearby mountains on the convoy carrying NATO military vehicles after it entered Pakistan from Afghanistan and killed a driver and injured one of the helpers,” local police official Khan Dad said.

The trucks were carrying NATO vehicles to the southern port city of Karachi.

Elsewhere in northwestern city of Peshawar, a bomber set off his explosives outside a mosque, killing at least four people — including a bodyguard and a driver.

Several others were also wounded in the blast. Pakistanâ„¢s police said the target was an Afghan religious scholar who survived the attack. No group has claimed responsibility for the blast.

The fresh attacks underline the challenge of militant violence faced by newly-elected Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif.

The Pakistani Army has launched several operations in the troubled northwest in a bid to flush out militants from the tribal zone.

Thousands of Pakistanis have lost their lives in bombings and other militant attacks since 2001 when Pakistan entered an alliance with the US on the so-called war against terrorism, according to local media.

Many hundreds have been displaced by the wave of violence and militancy sweeping across the country.

Since late 2009, there has been a surge in militant attacks in Pakistan.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Global Stock Markets fall after 7 percent Collapse in Japan’s Nikkei index

0

Stock markets posted significant losses worldwide, led by a one-day 7.3 percent drop in Japan’s Nikkei stock index, amid signs of a growing global slump and demands for increasing attacks on the working class in Japan.

The Nikkei fell 1,143 points to 14,483.98, after which major indices across Europe and Asia all fell two percent or more. The Sydney stock market fell two percent to 5062, and Hong Kong fell 2.5 percent to 22,669.

The leading European stock markets–the London FTSE-100, France’s CAC-40, and Germany’s DAX–all fell 2.1 percent, to 6697, 3967, and 8352, respectively.

After an initial selloff amid fears of a global stock market collapse, the major US stock market indices closed down only marginally.

The fall in the Nikkei was accompanied a brief spike in long-term Japanese interest rates. This highlighted the risks facing the Japanese economy, which would be highly vulnerable to such an interest rate spike, if it were prolonged. After two decades of deficit spending in a failed attempt to revive its stagnating economy, Japan’s gross public debt is projected by 2014 to hit 240 percent of Gross Domestic Product (GDP)–substantially higher than even such distressed European economies as Greece.

If banks demand higher interest payments on Japan’s large debts, even only 2.5 to 3 percent, Japan would face a “financial stability problem,” commented University of Pennsylvania Professor Franklin Allen.

The sudden movements in Japanese stock and debt markets followed the publication of economic data showing a contraction of Chinese industrial production, in line with deepening recession in Europe–stoking concerns over the global slump hitting Japanese exports. Uncertainty over whether US “quantitative easing” policies would continue fed into questions over the viability of similar monetary policies in Japan, backed by recently-elected Prime Minister Shinzo Abe.

In China, a key trading partner for Japan, the flash HSBC Purchasing Managers Index (PMI) fell to 49.6, coming in under the 50-point reading, demarcating growth from contraction, for the first time since October. HSBC chief China economist Qu Hongbin said, “The cooling manufacturing activities in May reflected slower domestic demand and ongoing external headwinds.”

China’s critical export sector is reeling from the impact of falling consumer spending–notably in the advanced economies of North America and Europe, where workers face millions of job losses, wage reductions and continuing cuts to government social spending.

Yesterday, composite PMI indices for euro zone manufacturing and services industries came in at 47.7 in May. German figures indicated a slight contraction, at 49.9, and French figures showed a deep contraction at 44.3.

Amid a mild uptick in US industrial production, US Federal Reserve chairman Ben Bernanke indicated that the United States might consider scaling back quantitative easing.

Under this policy, the Federal Reserve now regularly prints $85 billion per month, or $1.02 trillion per year. The Fed uses these funds to purchase stocks or real estate, artificially propping up the paper values of investors’ portfolios and boosting the major banks’ bottom line. Similarly, since Abe’s election, the Bank of Japan (BOJ) has pledged to print 60 to 70 trillion yen (US$683 billion) to boost the country’s money supply.

However, Bernanke said, “If we see continued improvement and we have confidence that that is going to be sustained, then in the next few meetings, we could take a step down in our pace of purchases. If we do that, it does not mean that we are automatically aiming towards a complete wind-down.”

The “quantitative easing” policy has inflated massive financial bubbles, aiming to preserve the wealth of the super-rich. To the extent that governments attempted to return the productive economy to profitability, it was by imposing deep austerity on the working class.

This has produced a perverse and unsustainable situation: US stock markets have hit record highs, and the Nikkei has risen 39 percent this year, despite falling living standards and a deeply depressed world economy. According to AP business reporters, yesterday’s recovery in US stock markets was based largely on the understanding in US financial markets that concerns about Bernanke withdrawing this quantitative easing policy were “overdone.” That is, the Fed would avert a stock collapse by printing more money.

The adoption of such policies in the United States and Japan not only reflects the economic desperation and disorientation of the ruling elites, but is producing increasingly deep tensions on both sides of the Pacific and demands for attacks on the working class.

East Asian economies have come to depend on the infusion of massive amounts of cash. Bank of Korea Governor Kim Choong Soo said yesterday criticized US moves to exit from quantitative easing, warning it could spur a dangerous increase in interest rates worldwide.

At the same time, financial markets are increasingly complaining that Abe’s government is using the availability of easy money to delay carrying out unpopular social cuts. Such calls come both from Japanese business circles, and US and European financiers investing in Japan and looking for quick, high returns. AP business writer Elaine Kurtenbach noted that the “verdict is still out” on Abe’s policies.

A recent report of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) laid out its demands for social cuts in Japan. It wrote, “Given the unprecedented size of its debt ratio and the risk of higher interest rates, Japan needs a detailed and credible medium-term plan of spending cuts and tax increases, accompanied by improvements in the fiscal policy framework.”

As examples of such “improvements,” the report proposed increasing the retirement age, a further increase in sales taxes, and increases in environmental taxes.

These demands were echoed by Hiromasa Yonekura, the chairman of Sumitomo Chemical Co. and the head of Japan’s Keidanren business lobby, who demanded that Abe demonstrated his “commitment to achieve fiscal health.”

In fact, the right-wing Abe government is eager to attack the workers. If it is not moving faster, it is because it fears provoking popular opposition. The government is simultaneously making social cuts and unpopular moves to eliminate the pacifist clause in the Japanese constitution–in line with US demands that Japan re-arm and step up its confrontation with China, as part of the US “pivot to Asia.”

Credit Suisse’s chief market strategist in Tokyo, Shinichi Ichikawa, said: “The incentive to carry out structural reforms is weakening … It requires a lot of strength for the prime minister to change the constitution. And of course a lot of power is needed to start the structural reform of the economy. I don’t believe that one prime minister can achieve both at the same time.”

Global finance circles are intensifying pressure for immediate social cuts inside Japan to boost profits available to international capital–while warning that otherwise Japan’s policy would be seen simply as a hostile effort to improve Japanese competitiveness by pushing down the value of the yen.

Former Goldman Sachs vice chairman Ken Courtis commented that if Abe did not accelerate pro-business austerity policies, all Abe’s monetary policy “really amounts to is a big devaluation. That’s the monetary equivalent of Pearl Harbor.”

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Media Disinformation and the Conspiracy Panic Phenomenon

0

To posit that one’s government may be partially composed of unaccountable criminal elements is cause for serious censure in polite circles. Labeled “conspiracy theories” by a corporate media that prompt and channel emotionally-laden mass consent, such perspectives are quickly dispatched to the memory hole lest they prompt meaningful discussion of the political prerogatives and designs held by a global power elite coordinating governments and broader geopolitical configurations.

Cultural historian Jack Bratich terms such phenomena “conspiracy panics.” Potentially fostered by the coordinated actions of government officials or agencies and major news organs to generate public suspicion and uncertainty, a conspiracy panic is a demonstrable immediate or long-term reactive thrust against rational queries toward unusual and poorly understood events. To be sure, they are also intertwined with how the given society acknowledges and preserves its own identity–through “the management and expulsion of deviance.”[1]

In the American mass mind, government intelligence and military operations are largely seen as being directed almost solely toward manipulation or coercion of unfortunate souls in foreign lands. To suggest otherwise, as independent researchers and commentators have done with the assassination of President John F. Kennedy, the CIA-Contra-crack cocaine connection, and 9/11, has been cause for sustained conspiracy panics that act to suppress inquiry into such events by professional and credentialed opinion leaders, particularly journalists and academics.

At the same time a conspiracy panic serves a subtle yet important doctrinal function of manifesting and reproducing the apt ideational status quo of the post-Cold War, “War on Terror” era. “The scapegoating of conspiracy theories provides the conditions for social integration and political rationality,” Bratich observes. “Conspiracy panics help to define the normal modes of dissent. Politically it is predicated on a consensus of ‘us’ over against a subversive and threatening ‘them.’”[2] These days especially the suggestion that an official narrative may be amiss almost invariably puts one in the enemy camp.

Popular Credence in Government Conspiracy Narratives

The time for a conspiracy panic to develop has decreased commensurately with the heightened spread and availability of information and communication technology that allows for the dissemination of news and research formerly suppressed by the perpetual data overload of corporate media. Before the wide access to information technology and the internet, independent investigations into events including the JFK assassination took place over the course of many years, materializing in book-length treatments that could be dismissed by intelligence assets in news media and academe as the collective activity of “conspiracy buffs”–amateurish researchers who lack a government or privately-funded sinecure to overlook or obscure inquiry into deep events.

Not until Oliver Stone’s 1991 blockbuster film JFK, essentially an adoption of works by author Jim Marrs, Colonel L. Fletcher Prouty, and New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison, did a substantial conspiracy panic take shape as a response to such analysis thrust upon the public in popular narrative form. This panic arose from and centered around Hollywood’s apt challenge to traditional journalism’s turf alongside commercial news outlets’ typically deceptive interpretation of the event and almost wholly uncritical treatment of the Warren Commission Report.

Shortly thereafter investigative journalist Gary Webb’s “Dark Alliance” series for the San Jose Mercury News demonstrated the internet’s capacity to explain and document a government conspiracy. With Webb’s painstaking examination of the CIA’s role in the illicit drug trade hyperlinked to a bevy of documentation and freely distributed online, the professional journalistic community and its intelligence penumbra fell silent for months.

In the interim the story picked up steam in the non-traditional outlets of talk radio and tabloid television, with African Americans especially intrigued by the potential government role in the crack cocaine epidemic. Then suddenly major news outlets spewed forth a vitriolic attack on Webb and the Mercury News that amazingly resulted in the Mercury‘s retraction of the story and Webb’s eventual departure from the paper and probable murder by the US government.[3]

Criticism of Webb’s work predictably focused on petty misgivings toward his alleged poor judgment–specifically his intimation that the CIA intentionally caused the crack epidemic in African American communities, an observation that many blacks found logical and compelling. So not only did Webb find himself at the center of a conspiracy panic because of his assessment of the CIA’s role in the drug trade; he was also causing mass “paranoia” within African American communities allegedly predisposed toward such thinking.

Since the mid-1990s conspiracy panics have increasingly revolved around an effort by mainstream news media to link unorthodox political ideas and inquiry with violent acts. This dynamic was crystallized in Timothy McVeigh, the principal suspect in the April 19, 1995 Oklahoma City Murrah Federal Building bombing, who through the propaganda-like efforts of government and major news media was constructed to symbolize the dangers of “extremist” conspiratorial thought (his purported fascination with white supremacism and The Turner Diaries) and violent terrorist action (the bombing itself). Conveniently overlooked is the fact that McVeigh was trained as a black ops technician and still in US Army employ at the time of his 2001 execution.[4]

Through a broad array of media coverage and subsequent book-length treatments by the left intelligentsia on the “radical right,” the alleged lone wolf McVeigh and the Oklahoma City bombing became forever coupled in the national memory. The image and event seemingly attested to how certain modes of thought can bring about violence—even though McVeigh’s role in what took place on April 19 was without question one part of an intricate web painstakingly examined by the Oklahoma Bombing Investigation Committee [5] and in the 2011 documentary A Noble Lie: Oklahoma City 1995.

The Quickening Pace of Conspiracy Panics

Independent researchers and alternative media utilizing the internet have necessitated the rapid deployment of conspiracy panic-like reactions that appear far less natural and spontaneous to neutralize inquiry and bolster the official narratives of momentous and unusual events. For example, wide-scale skepticism surrounding the May 1, 2011 assault on Osama bin Laden’s alleged lair in Pakistan was met with efforts to cultivate a conspiracy panic evident in editorials appearing across mainstream print, broadcast, and online news platforms. The untenable event supported only by President Obama’s pronouncement of the operation was unquestioningly accepted by corporate media that shouted down calls for further evidence and alternative explanations of bin Laden’s demise as “conspiracy theories.”

Indeed, a LexisNexis search for “bin Laden” and “conspiracy theories” yields over five hundred such stories and opinion pieces appearing across Western print and broadcast media outlets for the week of May 2, 2011.[6]

“While much of America celebrated the dramatic killing of Osama bin Laden,” the Washington Post opined, “the Sept. 11 conspiracy theorists still had questions. For them and a growing number of skeptics, the plot only thickened.”[7]

Along these lines retired General Mark Kimmitt remarked on CNN, “Well, I’m sure the conspiracy theorists will have a field day with this, about why it was done? Was it done? Is he still alive?”[8]

“The conspiracy theorists are not going to be satisfied,” Glenn Beck asserted. “Next thing you know, Trump is going to ask for the death certificate, and is it the real death certificate? And then all hell breaks loose.”[9]

Like 9/11 or the Gulf of Tonkin, the narrative has since become a part of official history, disingenuously repeated in subsequent news accounts and elementary school history books–a history handed down from on high and accepted by compromised, unintelligent, or simply lazy journalists perpetuating nightmare fictions to a poorly informed and intellectually idle public.

This psycho-symbolic template is simultaneously evident in the Sandy Hook Elementary School shooting and Boston Marathon bombing (BMB) events and their aftermaths. Indeed, the brief yet intense Sandy Hook conspiracy panic, and to a lesser degree that of the BMB, revolved at least partially around the “conspiracy theory professor,” who, as a credentialed member of the intellectual class, overstepped his bounds by suggesting how there are many unanswered questions related to the tragedies that might lead one to conclude–as social theorist Jean Baudrillard observed concerning the 1991 Gulf War–that the events did not take place, at least in the way official pronouncements and major media have represented them. It is perhaps telling that critical assessments of domestic events and their relatedness to a corrupt media and governing apparatus are so vigorously assailed.

Yet to suggest that the news and information Americans accept as sound and factual on a routine basis is in fact a central means for manipulating their worldviews is not a matter for debate. Rather, it is an empirically verifiable assertion substantiated in a century of public relations and psychological warfare research and practice. Such propaganda efforts once reserved for foreign locales are now freely practiced in the US to keep the population increasingly on edge.

Still, a significant portion of the population cannot believe their government would lie to or mislead them, especially about a traumatic and emotional event involving young children or running enthusiasts. To suggest this to be the case is not unlike informing a devoted sports fan that her team lost a decisive game after she’s been convinced of an overwhelming win. Such an allegation goes against not only what they often unconsciously accept to be true, but also challenges their substantial emotional investment in the given mediated event.

In a revealing yet characteristic move the reaction by corporate media outlets such as the New York Times, FoxNews, CNN, and in the case of the BMB the New York Times-owned Boston Globe, has been not to revisit and critique their own slipshod coverage of the Newtown massacre or BMB that often bordered on blatant disinformation, but rather to divert attention from any responsible self-evaluation by vilifying the messenger in what have been acute conspiracy panics of unusual proportion.

As a disciplinary mechanism against unsettling observations and questions directed toward political leaders and the status quo, conspiracy panics serve to reinforce ideas and thought processes sustained by the fleeting yet pervasive stimuli of infotainment, government pronouncements, and, yes, the staged events that have been part and parcel of US news media and government collaboration dating at least to the Spanish-American war. Despite (or perhaps because of) the immense technological sophistication at the dawn of the twenty-first century a majority of the population remains bound and shackled in the bowels of the cave, forever doomed to watch the shadows projected before them.

Notes

[1] Jack Z. Bratich, Conspiracy Panics: Political Rationality and Popular Culture, Albany NY: State University of New York Press, 2008.

[2] Bratich, Conspiracy Panics, 11.

[5] Oklahoma Bombing Investigation Committee, Final Report on the Bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building, April 19, 1995, 2001. See also Oklahoma City: What Really Happened? Chuck Allen, dir., 1995.

[8] Gen. Mark Kimmitt on CNN Breaking News, “Osama bin Laden is Dead,” CNN, May 2, 2011.

[9] Glenn Beck, “Beck for May 2, 2011,” Fox News Network, May 2, 2011.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Will Lois Lerner Be Obama’s Scapegoat?

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Lois Lerner, the IRS official who’s answered a lot of questions behind closed doors but refuses to answer when she’s on the hot-seat, is in trouble no matter how you look at it. Right now all eyes are on Ms. Lerner. She’s standing in the middle of the arena and there’s a very long line of people who all want to be first to release the lions.

First in line, of course, are the Tea Party and Conservative groups the IRS was targeting, along with their supporters. After Lerner invoked her Fifth Amendment Rights on Wednesday, Co-Founder and National Coordinator for the Tea Party Patriots, Jenny Beth Martin, said, “While we respect Ms. Lerner’s use of the Constitution’s Fifth Amendment, we are disturbed she saw fit to trample over our First Amendment rights by harassing us and many other groups for our views.”

Next in line, approximately 40 percent of American tax-payers. You know, the ones who didn’t vote for Obama, the ones who don’t believe that Obama didn’t know anything about it until he heard it on the news with the rest of America.

Behind them you’ll find all the Republican representatives who want to make a good showing for their constituencies, and behind them you’ll find the Democrats who want to make a good showing for Obama, and they’ll do anything to keep their President safe from scrutiny.

Last but not least, Lois, you’ll have the President himself, ready and willing to throw you under the bus.

Lerner made a serious error on Wednesday when she refused to answer the committee’s questions. Before invoking her rights, she first proclaimed her innocence, causing some to say she immediately waived her Fifth Amendment right to remain silent and opened herself up to a contempt charge.

Rep. Trey Gowdy (R-S.C.) said, “You don’t get to tell your side of the story and then not stand for cross examination,” he said. “She waived her right against self-incrimination, she ought to sit here and answer our questions.”

It’s unclear whether or not Lerner can be held in contempt because she was under investigation, not on trial. However, Harvard professor Alan Dershowitz said Wednesday that he believes she could be held in contempt and go to jail.

Dershowitz was an adviser on O. J. Simpson’s defense team and he says Lerner “should never have been allowed” to make her opening statement.

“You can’t simply make statements about a subject and then plead the Fifth in response to questions about the very same subject,” Dershowitz said. “Once you open the door to an area of inquiry, you have waived your Fifth Amendment right… you’ve waived your self-incrimination right on that subject matter.”

House Oversight Committee Chariman Darrell Issa (R-Calif.) is considering recalling Lerner and forcing her to testify. “Ms. Lerner may have waived her Fifth Amendment rights by addressing core issues in her opening statement and the authentication afterwards,” Issa said Wednesday. “Although I excused Ms. Lerner subject to a recall, I am looking into the possibility of recalling her and insisting that she answer questions in light of a waiver.”

A post today at Hot Air sums up Lerner’s situation nicely:

“What happens when Issa brings her back and the questions begin? Could be that she’ll cave and start answering, but I assume her lawyer will tell her to take the Fifth again, in which case it’s Issa’s move. He could try to hold her in contempt, which would probably ignite a court battle and would certainly ignite lots of media concern-trolling about the GOP crushing Lerner’s rights as a way to change the subject from the underlying scandal. The court battle would slow down the investigation and might spark a bit of public sympathy for Lerner and the IRS…

Politically, it might even be worth losing the court battle: Litigation will only call more attention to the fact that Lerner doesn’t want to talk for mysterious reasons, which makes the IRS’s actions look that much shadier.

… why not bring her back and make her sit through an hour or so of serially re-asserting her privilege to dozens of questions? Worst-case scenario, the dodginess of the spectacle puts even more pressure on the IRS. Best-case scenario, she’ll decide to answer questions selectively, which will add a bit more information to what the committee knows.”

So Lerner is pretty much stuck between a rock, a hard place, and a stadium full of hungry lions. Only time will tell if she’ll survive or if she’ll become Obama’s scapegoat.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 8:11 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Strange Trial of Ríos Montt

0

The sentence of 80 years in prison against former de facto president Efraín Ríos Montt for genocide and crimes against humanity committed during Guatemala’s armed conflict, emitted on May 10, 2013, was annulled by the Constitutional Court ten days later.

The court’s decision is a judicial aberration, since it not only exceeded its jurisdiction but also openly violated legal precepts and endorsed the underhanded mechanisms that uphold a system of impunity in Guatemala. It also demonstrates the lack of independence of the court to the powerful economic and political groups.

Guatemala is also one of the countries with the deepest social inequalities, where the dominant economic elite and the military and political powers have acted with the assurance of immunity and impunity. The genocide trial against a former head of state put an end to that assurance. Today we know that at some moment justice can be attained. That is why they tried to stop the trial and once the sentence was handed down, joined forces to have it annulled.

For members of the dominant groups—profoundly racist and used to discriminating and belittling indigenous peoples—it is inconceivable that indigenous people have accused and taken to court a general, who exercised brutal power precisely to defend the economic privileges of these groups.

Nonetheless, the genocide trial represents a breakthrough for justice and truth, the fundamental bases for building peace.

In the public hearings the truth emerged in all its rawness—the truth that government and military officials had sought to bury at all cost. This has meant an opportunity for younger generations to learn about an essential chapter in Guatemala’s history, an indispensable prerequisite for tracing a different future.

During the trial, the Tribunal marked that the sexual violence committed against Ixil women was a constituent element of the genocide. Testimonies and investigations presented during the trial proved that the rapes were directed not only to harm women, but also to destroy the social fabric of the communities, with the clear objective of annihilating the Ixil people.

The trial fortifies struggles for gender justice for crimes of the past and the present, which has a huge potential impact on the rampant impunity that surrounds the violence against women in Guatemala today, particularly femicide.

Another of the valuable experiences of the trial was the construction of broad alliances to support the victims that included human rights groups and women’s, indigenous people’s, peasant farmers organizations, along with intellectuals and progressive individuals and generated strong international solidarity. All this left the lesson that the unity of diverse sectors of society on a common objective is possible and indispensable to advance in just causes.

This emblematic trial is not over. The struggle for justice continues. The progress made is the result of the untiring efforts of women and men of the Maya-Ixil people, who will never stop until they attain justice. In this long road they have had the help of human rights organization and legal professionals, who also deserve recognition.

Special recognition should go to Yasmin Barrios, President of the Court of Great Risk who decided the case, along with two more members of this judicial organ. Also critical in the process was attorney general Claudia Paz y Paz, and the legal team responsible for the case in the public ministry.

Faced with a campaign of threats and intimidations unleashed by the most backwards groups in the country, it is necessary and urgent to guarantee the security and integrity of the victims, those who brought the case, the judges and prosecutors, and the human rights defenders who have accompanied the struggle for justice.

Luz Mendez is president of the Advising Council of the National Union of Guatemala Women (UNAMG). She participated in the peace negotiations as a member of the Diplomatic Political Team of the Guatemalan National Revolutionary Unit. In the international arena, she was a member of the Team of Experts on Gender for the peace talks in Burundi organized by UNIFEM, and of the Advising Council of the Global Fund for Women. She is a contributor to the CIP Americas Program, www.cipamericas.org

Translation: Laura Carlsen

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Larijani warns against mudslinging

0

Larijani warns pres. candidates against character assassination

Iranian Majlis (parliament) Speaker Ali Larijani speaks during the inaugural ceremony of Tehranâ„¢s Imam Ali (PBUH) Highway on May 24, 2013.

Iran Majlis (parliament) Speaker Ali Larijani has called on the countryâ„¢s presidential candidates to avoid character assassination in their debates.

Speaking at the inaugural ceremony of Imam Ali (PBUH) Highway in Tehran, Larijani also warned candidates against fueling divisions, saying this would violate votersâ„¢ rights.

The Iranian lawmaker said candidates should refrain from making contentious remarks because Western powers will be monitoring the debates closely and will take advantage of any opportunity.

The official urged the nation to stage a massive turnout in the upcoming election and create another epic political event.

The remarks came less than three weeks ahead of Iran’s 11th presidential election, which will see a tight race between MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi, and former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati.

The final list of candidates to run for president was published by Iran’s Interior Ministry earlier this week, after the candidates were approved by the Guardian Council — a constitutional supervisory body tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming election results.

MRS/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bahrainis rally against cleric house raid

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Bahrainis have held fresh anti-regime demonstrations in the village of Diraz to protest against an attack by security forces on the house of top Shia cleric, Ayatollah Sheikh Issa Ahmed Qassim.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran arrests MKO agents on election job

0

Iran security forces have arrested a number of people linked to the terrorist Mujahedin Khalq Organization (MKO) on mission to cause turmoil during the upcoming presidential election, a security official says.

Å“Following the identification of active members of several groups linked to the MKO grouplet, several simultaneous sting operations were conducted in Tehran and several other cities and serious blows were dealt to those groups,” the unnamed security official said on Friday.

Despite using alias names and titles, most of the identified groups had history of association with the MKO grouplet and many of the arrestees had been previously jailed for similar activities.

Two of the arrestees had recently entered Iran with the aim of instructing their agents inside the country on how to cause turmoil during election, the source said.

The MKO organization is responsible for numerous acts of violence against Iranian civilians and government officials.

Out of the 17,000 Iranians killed in terrorist attacks since the victory of the Islamic Revolution in 1979, some 12,000 have fallen victim to the acts of terror carried out by the MKO.

Iranâ„¢s eleventh presidential election will be held on June 14, 2013.

The Islamic Republicâ„¢s president is elected for a four-year term and candidates must be vetted for their qualifications by the Guardian Council.

PG/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Gun violence costs Chicago USD 2.5 bn’

0

File photo shows the site of a shooting in Chicago, United States.

A new assessment reveals that gun-related violence in the USâ„¢s third largest city, Chicago, costs the country USD 2.5 billion a year.

The assessment, whose findings were revealed on Thursday, has been conducted by Bloomberg.

The survey was focused on the average cost of a typical ambulance ride to the emergency room and the cost of care at the Rehabilitation Institute of Chicago as well as the average cost for acute trauma care of gunshot victims.

Jens Ludwig, director of University of Chicago Crime Lab, noted that the multi-billion-dollar figure equals to an average of USD 2,500 for each and every Chicago household.

The figure provoked outcry from Teyonda Wertz, Head of Chicagoâ„¢s South Shore Chamber of Commerce.

Å“Violence hurts the economy, and sooner or later it permeates everything… Unless we change our crime situation, itâ„¢ll kill us,” Wertz said.

The high rate of murder and gun crime in Chicago has often sparked protest rallies in the city.

On February 2, a rally was held in the city where protesters demanded President Barack Obama to come to his hometown to discuss gun violence which reached a record high of 506 murders in 2012.

Every year, more than 30,000 people are shot and killed in the US, which averages 87 deaths each day, and another 183 are injured daily, according to the University of Chicago Crime Lab and the Centers for Disease Control.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The State of Whom?

0

Can a law be both ridiculous and dangerous?

It certainly can. Witness the ongoing initiative of our government to enact a law that would define the State of Israel as “The Nation-State of the Jewish People”.

Ridiculous 1 — because what and who is the “Jewish people”? The Jews of the world are a mixed lot. Their only official definition in Israel is religious. In Israel, you are a Jew if your mother was a Jewess. This is a purely religious definition. In Jewish religion, your father does not count for this purpose (it is said, only half in jest, that you cannot ever be sure who your father is.) If a non-Jew wants to join the Jewish people in Israel, he or she has to convert to Judaism in a religious ceremony. Under Israeli law, one ceases to be a Jew if one adopts another religion. All these are purely religious definitions. Nothing national about it.

Ridiculous 2 — The Jews around the world belong to other nations. They are not being asked by the promoters of this law whether they want to belong to a people represented by the State of Israel. They are automatically adopted by a foreign state. In a way, this is another form of attempted annexation.

It is dangerous for several reasons. First of all, because it excludes the citizens of Israel who are not Jews — a million and a half Muslim and Christian Arabs and about 400 thousand immigrants from the former Soviet Union who were allowed in because they are somehow related to Jews. Recently, when the army Chief of Staff laid little flags (instead of flowers) on the graves of fallen soldiers, he skipped the grave of one such non-Jewish soldier who gave his life for Israel.

Even more dangerous are the possibilities this law opens for the future. It is only a further short step from there to a law that would confer automatic citizenship on all Jews in the world, thus tripling the number of Jewish citizens of Greater Israel and creating a huge Jewish majority in an apartheid state between the sea and the river. The Jews in question will not be asked.

From there, another short step would be to deprive all non-Jews in Israel of their citizenship.

The (Jewish) sky is the limit.

But on this occasion I would like to dwell on another aspect of the proposed law: the term “Nation-State”.

The nation-state is an invention of recent centuries. We tend to believe that it is the natural form of political structure and that it has always been so. That is quite wrong. Even in Western culture, it was preceded by several other models, such as feudal states, dynastic states and so on.

New social forms are created when new economic, technological and ideological developments demand them. A form that was possible when the average European never travelled more than a few kilometers from his place of birth became impossible when roads and railways dramatically changed the movement of people and goods. New technologies created immense industrial capabilities.

For societies to compete, they had to create structures that were big enough to sustain a large domestic market and to maintain a military force strong enough to defend it (and, if possible, to grab territories from their neighbors). A new ideology, called nationalism, cemented the new states. Smaller peoples were subdued and incorporated in the new big national societies. Presto: the Nation-State.

This process needed a century or two to become general. Zionism was one of the last European national movements. As in other aspects — such as colonialism and imperialism — it was a late-comer. When Israel was founded, the European nation-states were already on the verge of becoming obsolete.

World War II hastened the demise of the nation-state for all practical purposes. Huge economic units like the USA and the Soviet Union made countries like Spain and Italy, and even like Germany and France, much too small to compete. The European Common Market came into being. Large economic federations supplanted most of the old nation-states.

New technologies hastened the process. Change became more and more rapid. While the new regional structures were being formed, they too were already becoming obsolete. Globalization is an irreversible process. No nation or combination of nations can solve the apocalyptic problems of mankind.

Climate change is a world problem that urgently needs world-wide cooperation. So is the danger created by nuclear weapons that will soon be acquired by violent non-state groups. A photo taken in Timbuktu is immediately seen in Kamchatka. A hacker in Australia can silence entire industries in America. Bloody dictators can be brought before world justice in The Hague. An American youngster can revolutionize the lives of people in Zimbabwe. Deadly pandemics can travel within hours from Ethiopia to Sweden.

For all practical purposes, the world is now one. But human consciousness is far, far slower than technology. While the nation-state has become anachronistic, nationalism is still alive and killing.

How to bridge the gap? The European Union is an instructive example.

At the end of World War II, thinking people realized that World War III could mean the end of Europe, if not the end of the world. Europe had to be united, but nationalism was rampant. In the end, the compromise model proposed by Charles de Gaulle was adopted: the nation-states would remain, but some real power would be transferred to a kind of confederation.

This made sense. The common market was born and steadily enlarged, a common currency was adopted. And now an economic earthquake threatens to bring the whole edifice down.

Why? Not because of the surplus of concentration, but because of the lack of it.

I am not an economist. Indeed, no renowned professor ever taught me the science of economics (or anything else). I just try to apply common sense to this problem as to all others.

Common sense told me right from the beginning that a common currency could not exist without common economic governance. It cannot possibly function when every little “nation-state” within the currency-zone has its own state budget and economic policy.

The founding fathers of the United States were faced with this problem and decided upon a federation and not a confederation — in other words, a strong central government. Thanks to that wise decision, when Nebraska has a problem, Illinois can spring in. The economy of all 50 states is practically run by Washington DC. The common currency does not just mean the same greenbacks, but the same powerful central bank.

Now Europe is faced with the same choice. It will either break apart — an unthinkable disaster — or abandon the Gaullist recipe. The diverse nation-states, from Malta to Sweden, must give up a huge chunk of their independence and sovereignty and transfer it to the hated bureaucrats in Brussels. One budget for all.

If this happens — a big “if” — what will remain of the nation state? There will be national soccer teams, with all the nationalist and racist hullabaloo. France may still invade Mali, with the consent of its main European partners. Greeks can still be proud of their ancient past. Belgium will still be plagued by its bi-national troubles. But the nation-state will be more or less an empty shell.

I predict, as I did before, that by the end of this century (when some of us will not be around anymore) there will be some kind of world governance in place. It will probably be called by some other name, but the major problems facing humankind will be managed by strong and effectual international bodies. There will be new problems (there always are): how to maintain democracy in such a global structure, how to sustain human values, how to channel aggressive emotion, now released in wars, into harmless activities.

In this brave new world, what about the nation-state? I believe that it will still be there as a cultural and nostalgic phenomenon, with certain local functions, like today’s municipalities. Probably there will be even more nation-states. When the states are stripped of most of their functions, they may well split into their component parts. Bretons and Corsicans, who were forced by nationalism to join the larger unit called France, may want to live in states of their own within a unified world.

Leaving the realm of wild speculation and returning to our own little world: what about this “Nation-State of the Jewish People”?

As long as the world consists of nation-states, we shall have our own. And by the same logic, the Palestinian people will have one, too.

Our state cannot be a nation-state of a non-existent nation. Israel must and will be the nation-state of the Israeli nation, belonging to all Israeli citizens living in Israel, Arabs and other non-Jews included. And to nobody else.

Israeli Jews who feel a strong attachment to the Jews around the world, and Jews around the world who feel a strong attachment to Israel, can certainly maintain and even strengthen their attachment. Similarly, Arab citizens can maintain their attachment to the Palestinian nation and the Arab world at large. And the non-Jewish Russians to their Russian heritage. By all means. But that does not concern the state as such.

When peace comes to this tortured part of the world, the states of Israel and Palestine may join a regional organization extending from Iran to Morocco, on the lines of the EU. They will join the ranks of the march of humanity towards a functioning modern world-wide structure to save the planet, prevent wars between states or communities and further the well-being of human beings (yes, and animals, too) everywhere.

Utopia? Certainly. But that’s how today’s reality would have looked to Napoleon.

URI AVNERY is an Israeli writer and peace activist with Gush Shalom. He is a contributor to CounterPunch’s book The Politics of Anti-Semitism.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Powerful explosions rock Kabul

0

Afghan soldiers inspect the wreckage of a car destroyed by a roadside bomb in eastern Afghanistan’s Khogani district of Nangarhar province. (file photo)

Several people are feared dead or injured after multiple explosions rocked an administrative district in the Afghan capital, Kabul, Press TV reports.

Afghan officials said on Friday the serial bomb blasts took place near the Ministry of Interior in Kabul on Thursday.

Gunfire erupted after the bomb attacks on the district where a number of militants are said to be holed up.

Frequent bomb attacks have disrupted normal life and business activities in Afghanistan where civilian casualties are expected to rise after Washington announced plans to set up permanent bases in the country.

Taliban militants recently announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country despite the presence of thousands of foreign troops.

AZA/JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

American philanthropist honored for bolstering US-Russia cultural ties

0

American philanthropist Susan Lehrman has received the Fulbright Award for contributing to international diplomacy, specifically Russia-US cultural ties. A month ago, her efforts were warmly saluted by the Russian Foreign Ministry.

Since 1991, public organization One to World has annually
bestowed the Fulbright Award on individuals who make outstanding
contributions to promoting international understanding in culture
or education. This year, real estate investor and President of
Lehrman LLC Susan Lehrman was chosen to be one of three nominees
for the award.

Washington socialite Lehrman was awarded the prestigious
Fulbright Award for working to bridge the gap between Russian and
American cultures.

In her acceptance speech, Lehrman recalled the classic Russian
writer Fyodor Dostoyevsky, and his saying that beauty will save the
world. She shared her belief that culture can break through the ice
of negative stereotypes in Russian-American relations.

Lehrman founded and chaired the Initiative for Russian Culture
(IRC), an initiative of American University in Washington, DC, that
promotes greater understanding of Russian culture among young
Americans in the mid-Atlantic and Washington metropolitan area. The
initiative specializes in cultural exchange programs, Russian art
courses and also includes extremely popular discussion series on
Russian cinema. The IRC brings old Soviet and modern Russian movies
to the US that otherwise would likely never make it to American
screens.

Medal for Contribution to International Cooperation of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Russian Federation. Image from http://www.omsa.org

“During different conversations that I had with [Russian]
Ambassador [to the US Sergey] Kislyak over the time he shared with
me his vision of young people working together on joint projects of
interest. And I also knew people at the American University
interested in expanding the programs on Russia so getting everyone
together, the Initiative for Russian Culture was born,”
Lehrman
told RT.

Earlier this year, Lehrman was awarded a prestigious Russian
diplomatic medal, which previously had never been given to a US
citizen. In April 2013, Russian Ambassador Sergey Kislyak decorated
Lehrmann with the Medal for Contribution to International
Cooperation of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Russian
Federation. “I’m very honored to receive this precious award, it
was quite a surprise to me, but it is very nice to know that your
efforts being recognized,”
Lehrman explained.

“I’m very happy and pleased to see that other organizations
are thinking among the same lines,”
she said. “To me true
change comes through the heart and to reach hearts and minds of the
young people you must go through culture. Cultural understanding is
of critical importance to the younger generations so that they are
not drawn into easy stereotyping that you see all of the time on
television and Hollywood movies.”

After the ceremony, Ambassador Kislyak stressed that Lehrman has
no business interests in Russia, and that her activities are aimed
at bringing Russians and Americans together through shared
culture.

Lehrman also has a great love of French culture, and works on
cultural projects in France. Shortly before being decorated with
the Russian medal, she became a Chevalier of the Legion of Honor in
France — the country’s highest award for non-French citizens — for
her contributions to developing cultural ties between the US and
France. Lehrman has also supported the Kids Euro Festival in
Washington launched by the French Embassy in 2008.

This article originally appeared on: RT

UK fighter jets escort Pakistani civilian plane to London airport after ‘incident’

0


RAF Typhoon fighter jets have escorted a Pakistan Airlines airplane from Manchester Airport to Stansted Airport near London. The Airliner was carrying 297 passengers from Lahore when it was suddenly rerouted back out to the North Sea.

The plane has now landed at Stansted and the airline has
confirmed the emergency landing was for security reasons but there
have been no communications with the pilot of the plane.

Essex police who are responsible for Stansted Airport have
confirmed that there was an incident on the plane and they are
investigating. But early indications from a security source are
that the plane was not subject to a terror attack, Reuters
reports.

The Pakistani plane was due to land at Manchester Airport in
North West England at 1400 BST but was diverted over York and
escorted back out over the North Sea and down the cost to Stansted,
according to spokesmen from the Ministry of Defense and Manchester
Airport.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘UK is paying for complicity in Syria’

0

British Respect MP George Galloway has described the Woolwich attack as an “indefensible crime”, saying that Britain’s complicity in Syria is equally reprehensible.

Galloway said the London attack, in which a soldier was beheaded by two assailants, was similar to incidents taking place in Syria every day, adding that Britain is helping to pay for that Å“sickening barbarism” in the Arab country.

“This sickening atrocity in London is exactly what we are paying the same kind of people to do in Syria,” Galloway tweeted.

“We’ve all seen, if we care to watch, not just innumerable snuff videos of the Syrian rebels cutting people’s heads off but cutting off their hearts and eating their hearts on camera”.

Bradford West MP in the House of Commons also condemned the extremist English Defence League (EDL) attacks on mosques following the Woolwich murder and described the group as Å“hooligans”.

“The British people are too sensible to follow these moral dwarves”, he added.

Galloway is expected to ask British Prime Minister David Cameron in the Parliament to outline the key differences between the fanatic act in Woolwich and the ones supported by the UK in Syria.

BGH/MOS/SSM

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

"If Money Were No Object" – Behind Our Obsession With Powerball

0

As Florida continues to search for their Powerball winner, some people are still fantasizing about what they would do if they won.

Though the jackpot weighs in at $590.5 million dollars, the real prize isn’t exactly this precise amount, but instead the concept that for the winner, money will no longer be an issue.

In capitalist societies, people must work in order to survive. We are tied to our labor, and thus, to money, as we need it to feed ourselves and maintain shelter. We can’t really escape this system, and so it isn’t surprising that when presented with a possibility to break out of it, we rush for the chance, despite our odds. In fact, 1 in 5 Americans believe that the best way to achieve financial security is to play the lottery.

Winning the jackpot means that no longer does someone have to be tied down to the 40-hour workweek our society cruelly created. It means no longer does someone have to go into debt to pursue their interests. It means no longer does someone have to worry about taking a sick day, vacation, spending more time with family, affording children or retiring.

Capitalists, however, argue that winning the Powerball would mean taking the purpose out of your life. They believe that people will just become lazy blobs if they don’t have the financial incentive to do something productive. But here lies the big capitalist myth. In fact, while people struggle to maintain their existence, many are unable to utilize their yearning passions – which are better (not to mention more ethical) incentives of production than the fear of poverty, homelessness and even death.

I recently asked my friends what they would do if they won the Powerball, or essentially, if money were no object. Their answers were remarkably innovative, creative and resourceful. (After paying off their student debt), my friends told me they would pursue their dreams. From opening art centers to building community farms, their ideas were beyond exciting.

Now, of course, there are always some people that can’t even imagine life without financial struggle or concern. After being alienated all their lives, it’s no surprise that some people say that if they won, their only desire would be to relax on an island somewhere or whatever. But their responses indicate just how socialized we are to be controlled. Hopefully, they would eventually be encouraged to embrace the unfamiliar territory of a real sort of freedom that would allow us to produce things because we want to, not because we need to, and produce these things creatively, not mechanically.

When I talk about the concept of winning the Powerball, I’m not promoting greed or any type of pursuit of wealth. Nor am I saying that you can’t be creative or follow your passions with little money or within the confines of this economic system. Instead, I’m pushing for quite the opposite. I’m hoping we fight for a different economic system, where our lives don’t rely on finances. I hope we work toward giving everyone opportunities to follow their passions. I hope we fight for a society that provides us with safety nets and, essentially, allows us to feel like “money is no object.” I hope we change society enough that something like the Powerball wouldn’t be so popular because people wouldn’t desire such financial freedom – they would already have it.

But right now, too many people have all their dreams hanging on a winning Powerball ticket. And the odds of winning are 1 in 175 million.

I think it’s about time to rethink our economic system and make sure it works for us – instead of us working for it. 

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Judge Forbids Lesbian Woman From Living with Partner

0

May 24, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

A Texas judge has ordered a lesbian couple to stop living together due a morality clause in one of the women’s divorce papers.


Judge John Roach of the 296th District Court in Collin County enforced the clause from Carolyn Compton’s 2011 divorce decree on May 7, the Dallas Voice reported.
 Compton has lived for three years with Page Price, who was ordered by Roach to move out within 30 days because Compton’s children live with the couple. The clause states that a person who has a “dating or intimate relationship” or is not related “by blood or marriage” must leave after 9 p.m. when the children are present.


Shortly after the ruling, Price posted on her Facebook profile that Roach was a “bigot hiding behind a robe.”


“By his enforcement, being that we cannot marry in this state, I have been ordered to move out of my home,” Price said. “Said judge offered further information to our attorneys that if he could throw her in jail for being gay he would. The only reason he didn’t incarcerate her was because of a technicality our attorneys found in the original wording.”
 Price accused Compton’s ex-husband of hiring a private investigator to bring the matter before the court.


“This is the same man who lives just a few miles away yet has taken his children a total of 12 times in three years and not attended ONE school or athletic event,” Price said in another Facebook posting. “This request for enforcement was filed ‘in the interest and welfare of the children.’ If he is so worried about their welfare where is he every 1st, 3rd and 5th weekend?”
  

Price said children that live with the couple are “happy and well adjusted.”
  

“We didn’t want to be the face for this movement, but it looks like God has bigger plans for us,” she added. “We will stand up and fight this for our family and hope that it helps pave the way for marriage equality in Texas.”


Texas voters approved a constitutional amendment banning same-sex marriage in 2005.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Iraqi Shias, Sunnis hold unity prayers

0

File photo shows Friday Prayers in the Sadr City neighborhood of Baghdad.

Thousands of Iraqis have held unity prayers across the nation to show solidarity against attempts to push the country into sectarian strife.

The joint Shia-Sunni Friday Prayers came against the backdrop of growing anger countrywide over what Iraqi authorities, including Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki, describe as attempts to sow sectarian strife.

On May 19, Maliki called on Iraqis to hold joint prayers every Friday in a bid to reduce violence after a series of terrorist attacks on Shia and Sunni holy sites across Iraq killed scores of people.

Å“Those who target mosques are enemies of Sunnis and Shias alike, and are planning to ignite (sectarian) strife,” Maliki said in a statement on Sunday.

More than 400 people have been killed in bombings and others acts of violence in Iraq since the start of May.

On May 21, at least 42 people were killed and many others injured in a series of terrorist attacks across Iraq. A day earlier, nearly 100 people were killed in multiple attacks.

The Iraqi premier has blamed militant groups and the remnants of the former Baâ„¢athist regime for the violence. He has also accused some regional countries of fueling the violence in his country in a bid to topple the Iraqi government.

The United Nations Assistance Mission for Iraq (UNAMI) said on May 2 that April was the deadliest month in Iraq since 2008 as terrorist attacks killed over 700 people and injured more than 1,600 others across the country.

UNAMI also stated that Baghdad was the worst affected governorate, with a total of 211 killed and nearly 500 injured.

HM/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘They don’t want to integrate’: Fifth night of youth rioting rocks Stockholm

0

RT
May 24, 2013

Youth gang riots in the Swedish capital Stockholm have entered fifth straight night. Hundreds of mostly immigrant teenagers tore through the suburbs, smashing windows and burning cars in the country’s worst outbreak of violence in years.

At least six vehicles were torched throughout the city late on Thursday while the police called for reinforcements from other Swedish cities bracing for further unrest.

Firefighters were putting out flames that engulfed several cars and a school in immigrant-dominated areas of Stockholm.

The night before, the fire brigades were called to some 90 different blazes. On the fourth night of violence, youths torched over 30 cars in 15 neighborhoods along with a restaurant in Skogas, south of Stockholm. Three law enforcement officers were injured, police spokesperson Kjell Lindgren reported.

Stockholm firefighters were busy throughout the night, saying they had “never before seen so many fires raging at the same time.” Some 90 blazes were reported in total, most of them reportedly caused by the rioters. Still, the fourth night of violence was relatively quiet compared to the previous three, RT’s Peter Oliver reported from Stockholm.

Leaders of immigrant communities were out on the streets in a bid to stop young people from rioting. Despite their efforts, as soon as the night fell, groups of arsonists took to the streets to set cars on fire. RT’s Peter Oliver witnessed rioters throwing stones at police and journalists alike.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Civil disorder in Stockholm started on Sunday, when police shot and killed a 69-old-man in his apartment after he confronted officers with a machete; the unrest has since continued throughout week.

Community leaders insist that a main reason for the violence is the high rate of unemployment in immigrant communities, particularly in the suburb of Husby near central Stockholm, one of the worst affected by the nighttime violence, Peter Oliver reported.

Although Sweden’s unemployment rate is below the EU average, joblessness among those under 25 has reached nearly 25 percent. The RT crew in Stockholm noted that a majority of those taking part in the violence are young.

“In Sweden you’ve got welfare, access to the educational system — up to university level, you got access to public transport, libraries, healthcare — to everything. And still they feel that they [immigrants] need to riot through stones and Molotov cocktails. It’s ridiculous and a bad excuse,” Swedish Democrats MP Kent Ekeroth told RT.

“Police can put down these riots in five minutes — if the politicians were to allow them,” Ekeroth added.

Parents of the rampaging teenagers and community religious leaders are now spending sleepless nights on the street in an effort to prevent their children from wreaking havoc.

Meanwhile, the Swedish Prime Minister Fredrik Reinfeldt blamed the violence on “hooligans” and said they did not represent the majority in the rioting neighborhoods.

“I think it’s dangerous to draw a picture of Sweden with a capital separated from its suburbs. I don’t think that’s true. I think the dividing line runs straight through Husby, with a majority population and then a small group of troublemakers,” Reinfeldt said.

But the Husby youth taking part in riots told Reuters they are indeed divided from the rest of Stockholm, struggling to find a full-time job with their Husby address. Most of the interviewed rioters were reportedly unemployed.

The claims of social exclusion in immigrant-dominated suburbs have been partly conceded by Sweden’s Integration Minister Erik Ullenhag, who said the ministry is aware of

“discrimination in these areas.” But the riots

“don’t improve the image of these areas, where there is a lot of positive stuff going on,” he added.

For years, Sweden — one of Europe’s most tranquil countries, famous for its attractive immigration policies and generous welfare system — has been accepting an influx of immigrants, which now make up about 15 per cent of its population. These migrants have failed to integrate into Swedish society, and are only in the country to enjoy the country’s social benefits system, Swedish journalist Ingrid Carlqvist told RT.

“The problem is not from the Swedish government or from the Swedish people,” the editor in chief of Dispatch International said. “The last 20 years or so, we have seen so many immigrants coming to Sweden that really don’t like Sweden. They do not want to integrate, they do not want to live in [Swedish] society: Working, paying taxes and so on.”

“The people come here now because they know that Sweden will give them money for nothing. They don’t have to work, they don’t have to pay taxes — they can just stay here and get a lot of money. That is really a problem,” Carlqvist added.

“The police could do so much, [instead] they have told the public that they mean to do as little as possible. But they could go there and use water cannons, they could not let people out onto the streets at night. There are so many things they could do within the law — but they don’t do it,” she said.

Young Muslims who enjoy tolerance, social institutions and welfare while living in Sweden nevertheless refuse to integrate into the West, Gerolf Annemans told RT. Annemans is the parliamentary leader of Vlaams Belang (‘Flemish Interest’), a Belgian far-right nationalist political party.

“They [Muslim youths] have always sought excuse to show that they are not agreeing with the basic values of Western society,” Annemans said, pointing to the recent cases of the Boston Marathon bombing in the US and yesterday’s beheading of a British soldier in the UK.

“It’s always the same problem. There is a massive refusal by Muslim youngsters of the basics of Western society… and they take any excuse whatsoever to show that with violence — that is where the problem is,”he said.

As rioting continues to rip through Stockholm, some claim the violence has clearly been orchestrated for ulterior motives, Lars Hedegaard, Editor-in-Chief of Swedish newspaper Dispatch International said to RT.

“Some people would like to gain recognition as stakeholder in society. In other words, there are people who would like to be in a negotiating position… that they can make things happen and go away. That they have power in local communities and should be reckoned with,” he explained.

“These riots in the country that are spreading and continuing for a long time that the [multiculturalism] success was a fiction, they never succeeded,” Hedegaard said.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 6:19 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Top 10 reasons to join the March Against Monsanto tomorrow!

0

Mike Adams
Natural News
May 24, 2013

The global March Against Monsanto happens tomorrow! Nearly three hundred cities will host what’s sure to be hundreds of thousands of protesters and activists around the globe who are taking a stand against Monsanto and GMOs.

YOU can join in the activities, too! Check this site to see if there’s a march planned near you:
http://occupy-monsanto.com/march-against-monsanto-may-25-2013/

And learn more about the event at this FB page:
https://www.facebook.com/MarchAgainstMonstanto

Here are my top 10 reasons to attend the March Against Monsanto!

#1) There will be tons of press coverage, so your voice will be heard

It’s hard to get your voice heard these days. But now’s your chance! Bring your protest sign, wear a shirt with a message, speak to news crews or even give a speech to the audience. This is your chance to have your voice heard on an issue of crucial importance to the future of life on our planet.

#2) Send a powerful message to Monsanto that their corporate evil will not be tolerated by the people of the world

Beyond the media watching this event, Monsanto will also be very closely monitoring what happens. (Look out for “Monsanto spies” at every event!)

When you show up and march with determination and passion, you help send a message to Monsanto that they will never stop the resistance against GMOs. We want to tell them they should find a way to transition out of the market while they still have time. Let Monsanto know that We the People won’t tolerate their genetic poisoning of the planet and the food supply!

#3) Learn more about GMOs and why they’re so dangerous for life on our planet

By attending these rallies, you’ll also learn a huge amount of valuable information about GMOs and why they’re so dangerous to us all. You might even learn something so powerful you feel compelled to share it with others.

And that’s how this works: Gathering knowledge and sharing it with the people around you so that they, too, can learn to avoid GMOs. Let knowledge be open-source!

#4) Listen to great speakers who share a message of inspiration and solidarity

At every city, speakers will be sharing their wisdom and rallying the crowd with inspiring, informative live speeches. Listen to these speakers and you’ll learn a lot!

#5) Meet and interact with like-minded people

Want to meet informed, intelligent, health-conscious people who aren’t dumbed-down like everyone else? Meet them at the March Against Monsanto!

Think about it: What kind of people come to these marches? The top 1% of the most informed, “awake” and environmentally-aware individuals on the planet. That’s my kind of crowd!

#6) Send a global message to food retailers that they should drop GMOs

Food retailers will also be watching this event, and as more and more people protest GMOs, more pressure will be placed on retailers to either label GMOs or drop them altogether.

And that’s what we want! At minimum, we want mandatory GMO labeling across the board. That way, shoppers can make an informed choice of what they’re buying at the grocery store.

#7) Get some outdoor exercise while joining a noble cause

Joining the march will give you a fantastic opportunity to get some healthy exercise while marching for a worthy cause. It’s not every day that you get to march with a group of fun, intelligent, informed people who truly represent the future of humankind (because they care about genetic integrity).

If for no other reason than this, join the March Against Monsanto and enjoy the stroll!

#8) Raise your spiritual karma score by standing up for universal justice

Need a little help in the karma realm? Marching against evil is always a good thing; especially when you’re taking a stand for universal justice: food freedom, farm freedom and the integrity of seeds on our planet.

The time to do something good is now!

#9) Show off your cool protest sign!

Bring an awesome protest sign and show it off to the crowd! I’ll be marching with my own sign, and I can’t wait to see what everybody else comes up with, too.

Make your sign large enough to be easily read in photos and news cameras. If your sign is awesome enough, it will get major play on the ‘net!

#10) Be part of a truly grassroots, non-hierarchical, non-centralized global protest

This entire event has come into existence organically, with no central planning or coordination. I don’t even know who put this together in the first place. And it doesn’t matter, you see, because as long as we each continue to do our part on this, we can feel hugely rewarded in knowing that millions of other people are also doing their part for the same common goal: the global outlawing or labeling of GMOs.

Join us in this march for the sole reason that it is the right thing to do. Become part of a peer-to-peer, decentralized movement of justice against a terrible evil that threatens our planet. Feel the power of the People as you join in this meaningful, grassroots effort to banish corporate evil from our food and farms.

Learn more:

http://occupy-monsanto.com/march-against-monsanto-may-25-2013/

https://www.facebook.com/MarchAgainstMonstanto

http://www.march-against-monsanto.com/

The Power of Good with Pastor Chuck Baldwin

0

Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Alex speaks with former presidential nominee of the Constitution Party, co-author of Romans 13: The True Meaning of Submission and To Keep Or Not To Keep and pastor of Liberty Fellowship in Kalispell, Montana Chuck Baldwin.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 6:17 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Colorado River, The High Plains Aquifer And The Entire Western Half Of The U.S. Are Rapidly Drying Up

0

Michael Snyder
Economic Collapse
May 24, 2013

What is life going to look like as our precious water resources become increasingly strained and the western half of the United States becomes bone dry? Scientists tell us that the 20th century was the wettest century in the western half of the country in 1000 years, and now things appear to be reverting to their normal historical patterns. But we have built teeming cities in the desert such as Phoenix and Las Vegas that support millions of people. Cities all over the Southwest continue to grow even as the Colorado River, Lake Mead and the High Plains Aquifer system run dry.

So what are we going to do when there isn’t enough water to irrigate our crops or run through our water systems? Already we are seeing some ominous signs that Dust Bowl conditions are starting to return to the region. In the past couple of years we have seen giant dust storms known as “haboobs” roll through Phoenix, and 6 of the 10 worst years for wildfires ever recorded in the United States have all come since the year 2000. In fact, according to the Los Angeles Times, “the average number of fires larger than 1,000 acres in a year has nearly quadrupled in Arizona and Idaho and has doubled in every other Western state” since the 1970s. But scientists are warning that they expect the western United States to become much drier than it is now. What will the western half of the country look like once that happens?

A recent National Geographic article contained the following chilling statement…

The wet 20th century, the wettest of the past millennium, the century when Americans built an incredible civilization in the desert, is over.

Much of the western half of the country has historically been a desolate wasteland. We were very blessed to enjoy very wet conditions for most of the last century, but now that era appears to be over.

To compensate, we are putting a tremendous burden on our fresh water resources. In particular, the Colorado River is becoming increasingly strained. Without the Colorado River, many of our largest cities simply would not be able to function. The following is from a recent Stratfor article…

The Colorado River provides water for irrigation of roughly 15 percent of the crops in the United States, including vegetables, fruits, cotton, alfalfa and hay. It also provides municipal water supplies for large cities, such as Phoenix, Tucson, Los Angeles, San Diego and Las Vegas, accounting for more than half of the water supply in many of these areas.

In particular, water levels in Lake Mead (which supplies most of the water for Las Vegas) have fallen dramatically over the past decade or so. The following is an excerpt from an article posted on Smithsonian.com…

And boaters still roar across Nevada and Arizona’s Lake Mead, 110 miles long and formed by the Hoover Dam. But at the lake’s edge they can see lines in the rock walls, distinct as bathtub rings, showing the water level far lower than it once was–some 130 feet lower, as it happens, since 2000. Water resource officials say some of the reservoirs fed by the river will never be full again.

Today, Lake Mead supplies approximately 85 percent of the water that Las Vegas uses, and since 1998 the water level in Lake Mead has dropped by about 5.6 trillion gallons.

So what happens if Lake Mead continues to dry up?

Well, the truth is that it would be a major disaster…

Way before people run out of drinking water, something else happens: When Lake Mead falls below 1,050 feet, the Hoover Dam’s turbines shut down — less than four years from now, if the current trend holds — and in Vegas the lights start going out.

Ominously, these water woes are not confined to Las Vegas. Under contracts signed by President Obama in December 2011, Nevada gets only 23.37% of the electricity generated by the Hoover Dam. The other top recipients: Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (28.53%); state of Arizona (18.95%); city of Los Angeles (15.42%); and Southern California Edison (5.54%).

You can always build more power plants, but you can’t build more rivers, and the mighty Colorado carries the lifeblood of the Southwest. It services the water needs of an area the size of France, in which live 40 million people. In its natural state, the river poured 15.7 million acre-feet of water into the Gulf of California each year. Today, twelve years of drought have reduced the flow to about 12 million acre-feet, and human demand siphons off every bit of it; at its mouth, the riverbed is nothing but dust.

Nor is the decline in the water supply important only to the citizens of Las Vegas, Phoenix, and Los Angeles. It’s critical to the whole country. The Colorado is the sole source of water for southeastern California’s Imperial Valley, which has been made into one of the most productive agricultural areas in the US despite receiving an average of three inches of rain per year.

You hardly ever hear about this on the news, but the reality is that this is a slow-motion train wreck happening right in front of our eyes.

Today, the once mighty Colorado River runs dry about 50 miles north of the sea. The following is an excerpt from an excellent article by Jonathan Waterman about what he found when he went to investigate this…

Fifty miles from the sea, 1.5 miles south of the Mexican border, I saw a river evaporate into a scum of phosphates and discarded water bottles. This dirty water sent me home with feet so badly infected that I couldn’t walk for a week. And a delta once renowned for its wildlife and wetlands is now all but part of the surrounding and parched Sonoran Desert. According to Mexican scientists whom I met with, the river has not flowed to the sea since 1998. If the Endangered Species Act had any teeth in Mexico, we might have a chance to save the giant sea bass (totoaba), clams, the Sea of Cortez shrimp fishery that depends upon freshwater returns, and dozens of bird species.

So let this stand as an open invitation to the former Secretary of the Interior and all water buffalos who insist upon telling us that there is no scarcity of water here or in the Mexican Delta. Leave the sprinklered green lawns outside the Aspen conferences, come with me, and I’ll show you a Colorado River running dry from its headwaters to the sea. It is polluted and compromised by industry and agriculture. It is overallocated, drought stricken, and soon to suffer greatly from population growth. If other leaders in our administration continue the whitewash, the scarcity of knowledge and lack of conservation measures will cripple a western civilization built upon water.

Further east, the major problem is the drying up of our underground water resources.

In the state of Kansas today, many farmers that used to be able to pump plenty of water to irrigate their crops are discovering that the water underneath their land is now gone. The following is an excerpt from a recent article in the New York Times…

Vast stretches of Texas farmland lying over the aquifer no longer support irrigation. In west-central Kansas, up to a fifth of the irrigated farmland along a 100-mile swath of the aquifer has already gone dry. In many other places, there no longer is enough water to supply farmers’ peak needs during Kansas’ scorching summers.

And when the groundwater runs out, it is gone for good. Refilling the aquifer would require hundreds, if not thousands, of years of rains.

So what is going to happen to “the breadbasket of the world” as this underground water continues to dry up?

Most Americans have never even heard of the Ogallala Aquifer, but it is one of our most important natural resources. It is one of the largest sources of fresh water on the entire planet, and farmers use water from the Ogallala Aquifer to irrigate more than 15 million acres of crops each year. It covers more than 100,000 square miles and it sits underneath the states of Texas, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Colorado, Kansas, Nebraska, Wyoming and South Dakota.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Unfortunately, today it is being drained dry at a staggering rate. The following are a few statistics about this from one of my previous articles…

1. The Ogallala Aquifer is being drained at a rate of approximately 800 gallons per minute.

2. According to the U.S. Geological Survey, “a volume equivalent to two-thirds of the water in Lake Erie” has been permanently drained from the Ogallala Aquifer since 1940.

3. Decades ago, the Ogallala Aquifer had an average depth of approximately 240 feet, but today the average depth is just 80 feet. In some areas of Texas, the water is gone completely.

So exactly what do we plan to do once the water is gone?

We won’t be able to grow as many crops and we will not be able to support such large cities in the Southwest.

If we have a few more summers of severe drought that are anything like last summer, we are going to be staring a major emergency in the face very rapidly.

If you live in the western half of the country, you might want to start making plans for the future, because our politicians sure are not.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 6:21 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

IT’S AIRBORNE: Human Transmission of Deadly H7N9 Virus Now Confirmed

0

Mac Slavo
SHTFPlan.com
May 24, 2013

In April of this year researches studying the H7N9 bird flu virus in China advised global governments to get prepared for the worst case scenario. According to the World Health Organization, H7N9 is one the most lethal influenza strains ever identified because it mutates eight times faster than a normal flu virus, and according to official records, has a death-to-infection ratio of about 25%.

It was initially believed that the virus could only be transmitted to humans who have had direct contact with poultry. After 36 H7N9 deaths and 131 of infections officially reported since the virus was first identified, the worst case scenario that many feared may now be on the horizon.

The Sun China Morning Post is reporting that researches have confirmed that, not only can the virus be transmitted from one human to another, but it has gone airborne.

The H7N9 bird flu virus can be transmitted not only through close contact but by airborne exposure, a team at the University of Hong Kong found after extensive laboratory experiments.

Though the virus appears to have been brought under control recently, the researchers urged the Hong Kong authorities to maintain strict surveillance, which should include not only poultry but humans and pigs.

…

In the study, to be published today in the journal Science, ferrets were used to evaluate the infectivity of H7N9. It was found the virus could spread through the air, from one cage to another, albeit less efficiently.

Inoculated ferrets were infected before the appearance of most clinical symptoms. This means there may be more cases than have been detected or reported.

“People may be transmitting the virus before they even know that they’ve got it,” Zhu said.

SCMP via Zero Hedge

It’s important to note that the Chinese government has never been very straight forward about statistics, especially if they involve negative perceptions of their country, so in all likelihood the H7N9 virus has infected countless others.

Though it’s been called one of the most lethal flu viruses in history by WHO, Chinese scientists have downplayed the threat by claiming the effects are “mild,” and the U.S. government has up until now made no decision on whether to move forward with a vaccine for this particular strain. Earlier reports indicate that the virus is resistant to Tamiflu, a drug commonly used to treat most flu symptoms.

H7N9 is reportedly now under control in China, but we know for a fact that the virusjumped to Taiwan in April, and it may have spread elsewhere. Given that research shows the virus can spread through the air before symptoms appear, it’s certainly possibly that an outbreak is in its preliminary phase right now.

Curiously, the United Nations reports that the virus has already cost the global economy some $6.5 billion in losses. Those are massive numbers given that only 131 official cases have been reported.

We’ll know soon enough if the Chinese government has controlled the outbreak among its one billion population, and if it’s taken hold in other countries. If it’s airborne, the contagion will spread like any common cold or flu.

Pandemics have been responsible for the deaths of hundreds of millions of people throughout history, and once they start they are very hard to control. With H7N9 having a mutation rate that is eight times faster than other flu viruses, it could very well become even deadlier than it is now. Moreover, it could become even more contagious over time.

The only thing we can do at this point is to wait for news as it becomes available and take preemptive steps to prepare for the possibility of a widespread outbreak.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 6:20 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Eric Schmidt: Google AI Indistinguishable From Humans Within a Decade

0

Technology to pass Turing test within 5-10 years

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

Eric Schmidt. Image: Wikimedia Commons

Google CEO Eric Schmidt has predicted that the company will be capable of developing artificial intelligence for its programs that will be indistinguishable from a human being within 5-10 years.

During a question and answer session at Google’s Big Tent event, which took place this week at the luxury Grove Hotel in Watford, UK, Schmidt responded to the question, “How soon before Google Now passes the Turing test?”

The Turing test is a concept first introduced in 1950 by British mathematician and computer scientist Alan Turing which measures a machine’s ability to exhibit behavior equivalent to a real human being.

After mentioning how IBM’s Watson computer won Jeopardy, Schmidt responded that Google, “could do it in five to 10 years.”

The Big Tent event is the more public version of Google Zeitgeist, a private function that features a raft of influential speakers from the world of technology, business, academia and politics.

As we recently reported, Google’s primary vehicle for its artificial intelligence technology will likely be Google Now, the voice-recognizing search product which is being hyped as a tool that will eventually be able to manage almost every aspect of your life.

Eric Schmidt has never shied away from his vision, dystopic to some, of a future transhumanist world where robots will play a central role in managing human affairs.

The Google CEO has previously discussed his desire to swallow nano-bots every morning that would regulate the functioning of his body, as well as sending his robotic clone to social functions.

Top futurists like Ray Kurzweil have embraced Schmidt’s vision and took it even further – writing that within decades man will merge with machine and that by 2099 the entire planet will be run by artificially intelligent computer systems which are smarter than the entire human race combined — similar to the Skynet system fictionalized in the Terminator franchise.

Such predictions, allied with Schmidt’s drive to see them come to fruition, make it all the more ominous that Kurzweil was hired by Google last year to oversee the company’s project to “produce an artificial brain.”

In an interview with Wired, Kurzweil noted that, “A lot of (sci-fi) movies about artificial intelligence envision that AI’s will be very intelligent but missing some key emotional qualities of humans and therefore turn out to be very dangerous.”

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 6:36 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

China Incinerates 3 US Shipments of Genetically Modified Corn

0

Anthony Gucciardi
Infowars.com
May 24, 2013

China has destroyed a total of at least three genetically modified corn shipments with origins from the United States in a move that echoes the way in which the nation of Hungary actually went and destroyed acres upon acres of Monsanto’s GMO corn fields. Interestingly enough, my article on that subject became one of the most widely shared articles in recent years across the web thanks to the rising number of individuals who are behind the elimination of GMOs across the globe.

And I suspect this move by China will be met with similar applause, as it represents a direct stand against Monsanto – the company that is literally being funded with your taxpayer dollars and directly marketed by the US State Department. Even Reuters and others reported on the leaked information, and journalists were in complete shock when the news came out. The reality explains not only why the US government continues to approve and outwardly support Monsanto’s GMOs despite being linked to a number of serious health conditions, but also explains why the US threatened ‘military style trade wars‘ against those who oppose Monsanto.

It’s becoming increasingly clear that Monsanto’s major connections in government, like FDA head Michael Taylor, are lending aid to the GMO crusade in ways that even surprise me.

And perhaps what’s most interesting with this situation here is that China has essentially acted against the US by destroying these crops – crops that the US government pushes on nations, targeting those who defy Monsanto. It’s arguably more of an act against the US than sending a naval battleship closer to US soil! It shows the true priorities of many US government officials, who could care less about public health if it stands in the way of megalomania expansion.

Regardless of even why the Chinese are destroying these shipments, which is listed as a crackdown on GMO shipments that aren’t even following basic approval protocol, you can expect US officials (especially the State Department individuals) to be in uproar for Monsanto. As detailed from the GMWatch website and reported by Sayer Ji of GreenMedInfo:

The law says that the [Chinese] Ministry of Agriculture must require environmental and food safety tests to be carried out by Chinese institutions, in order to verify data provided by the seed developer. All these documents must be reviewed by the National Biosafety Committee before the MOA can issue a safety certificate. Yet these shipments of US corn did not have the relevant safety certificates and approval documents, according to the news reports below.

When even China has the will to destroy Monsanto’s GMOs, you know there’s something wrong with officials in the US who sit idly by as millions consume Monsanto’s Roundup-drenched GMO foods on a daily basis. Thankfully, action is being taken at warp speed. We have the March Against Monsanto taking place in just 2 days, and we have more support than ever for exposing the corrupt GMO giant and GMO infestation at large.

This post originally appeared at Natural Society

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, May 24, 2013 at 6:22 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Illinois illegally seizes bees resistant to Monsanto’s Roundup; Kills remaining Queens

0

The Illinois Ag Dept. illegally seized privately owned bees from renowned naturalist, Terrence Ingram, without providing him with a search warrant and before the court hearing on the matter, reports Prairie Advocate News.

Behind the obvious violations of his Constitutional rights is Monsanto. Ingram was researching Roundup’s effects on bees, which he’s raised for 58 years. “They ruined 15 years of my research,” he told Prairie Advocate, by stealing most of his stock.

A certified letter from the Ag Dept.’s Apiary Inspection Supervisor, Steven D. Chard, stated:

“During a routine inspection of your honeybee colonies by … Inspectors Susan Kivikko and Eleanor Balson on October 23, 2011, the bacterial disease ‘American Foulbrood’ was detected in a number of colonies located behind your house…. Presence of the disease in some of your colonies was confirmed via test results from the USDA Bee Research Laboratory in Beltsville, Maryland that analyzed samples collected from your apiary….”

Ingram can prove his bees did not have foulbrood, and planned to do so at a hearing set in April, but the state seized his bees at the end of March. They have not returned them and no one at the Ag Dept. seems to know where his bees are.

The bees could have been destroyed, or they could have been turned over to Monsanto to ascertain why some of his bees are resistant to Roundup. Without the bees as evidence, Ingram simply cannot defend against the phony charges of foulbrood.

Worse, all his queens died after Kivikko and Balson “inspected” his property, outside of his presence and without a warrant.

Of note, Illinois beekeepers are going underground after Ingram’s experience and refuse to register their hives, in case the state tries to steal their private property on phony claims.

….

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Blood on the Streets of London: Who will Protect us from the Real Extremists?

0

Two men armed with knives and gun(s) apparently hack to death an off-duty soldier outside an army barracks in Woolwich, London. As the soldier lies dead or dying in the road, one of the alleged attackers approaches a man filming the scene on his mobile phone and makes a political speech about the British state’s role in killing Muslims in foreign countries.

According to the attacker, what he and his associate have just done basically represented pay back for the lives taken by British soldiers on behalf of the British government. The two alleged assailants do not flee the scene, but, with weapons still in hands, talk to passers by. The police arrive and both men are shot and wounded as they quickly approach a police car. Later on in the area, English Defence League (EDL) supporters hold a protest and express their usual anti-Islam sentiments. The EDL has had some success in garnering support in recent years by tapping into working class frustrations by using Islam as a proxy for the economic and financial woes impacting Britain.

On just another day in an ordinary district, a heady mix of class, empire and retribution left their marks on a London street. But what made this particular attack so stark was the brutal nature of the incident and that the alleged perpetrators made no attempt to escape. They took advantage of the situation to tell the world why the incident took place.

Over the last couple of days since the attack, there has been much debate over what happened and why it happened. A dominant narrative via the mainstream media has been that of two crazed men (at least one spoke with a London accent), possibly acting on their own, who had been indoctrinated or radicalised by strands of Islam.

Questions are being asked about what can be done to stop this type of thing happening again. The media, politicians and commentators have been quick to talk about preventing the radicalisation of Muslims living in Britain. All well and good.

When certain acts of terror have taken place in Britain in the past, however, senior politicians have denied any link to British foreign policy. This time, one of the alleged perpetrators in Woolwich is on video explicitly stating his reasons for his actions and linking them directly to foreign policy. It doesn’t justify the attack, but it certainly helps to explain the motives.

Most politicians and commentators have tended to avoid the foreign policy issue by focusing on the horrific nature of the attack and ‘crazed, indoctrinated people’ who carry out such deeds. It has at times all been understandably quite emotive. The fact that the dead soldier was said to be wearing a ‘hope for heroes’ t-shirt at the time has further fuelled the outpouring of national grief and anger. Hope for Heroes is a charity offering support to soldiers returning from conflict zones.

Politicians and the media have been quick to shape the debate over the incident by referring to it as an act of terrorism and by asking what could be done to stop such an act ever taking place again. Perhaps they should turn to Noam Chomsky for an answer. When once asked how to prevent terrorism, he replied “stop committing it.”

Chomsky’s views on The US and NATO’s role in committing acts of terror in and on other countries are well documented. Either overtly or covertly, the British government has been involved in the ‘war on terror’ or ‘humanitarian militarism’ across the Muslim world, from Libya, Syriaand Iraq to Afghanistan and Pakistan. At the same time it has been a staunch supporter of brutal, undemocratic puppet dictators throughout West Asia.

The notion that terrorism is simply a predictable consequence of an interventionist foreign policy, the propping up of dictators and the embrace of empire is downplayed by the mainstream media. The dominiant political and media message is that British military involvement in West and Central Asia is necessary to prevent terrorism reaching its shores. Without a hint of hypocrisy on their part, politicians and commentators use incidents like Woolwich to say to the public — look, this is what happens if we do not keep vigilant and do not go into these countries to root out such people.

The media likes to compartmentalise issues. Focus on the Woolwich attack, not civilian deaths in Afghanistan. Focus on one of our lads who was butchered by a couple of maniacs, not on drone attacks that terrorise whole communities. Focus on protecting ‘freedom and democracy’, not Guauntanamo, Palestine or actions or support for regimes that have nothing to do with either. Do not connect any of the dots for a comprehensive analysis, but focus on specific incidents and emotive platitudes.

And anyone who criticises British foreign policy and linking it to Woolwich, while even condemning the attack there, is regarded with a degree of suspicion, is regarded as ‘unpatriotic’, as not supporting the troops — the brave heroes ‘out there’ thousands of miles away protecting our freedoms..

Of course, you will never hear any TV news channel or political debate in parliament bring up the Project for a New Americam Century (http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article1937.htm), a plan devised by US neo-cons and which sets out the underlying reasons for the West’s ongoing wars, destabilisations, covert operations, killings, murders, death squads and torture that have nothing to do with humanitarianism or ‘fighting terror’ and everything to do with securing world domination. No mention of it or Britain’s role in supporting it. Such things are not to be discussed.

Such things are beyond the scope of ‘rational political discourse’. We must keep to the ‘facts’ — the facts as designated by those who wish to bury the real facts at every available opportunity.

In the meantime, we must stick to the story about the proper way of preventing terror at home is by stopping the indoctrination or brain washing of young Muslims. Do not focus too much (if at all) on the Western-fueled barbarity and hacked to death bodies on blood stained streets in far away lands. Out of sight, out of mind, thanks largely to the media. Just who is being indoctrinated here? And who is to protect us from the real extremism?

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Woolrich London Killing: Terrorism or False Flag?

0

Reports said two assailants hacked a British soldier to death. He’s been identified as Lee Rigby. He was killed in broad daylight. It was several hundred meters from southeast London’s Woolwich Royal Artillery barracks.

Weapons included a machete type knife. Alleged attackers remained on the scene. They did so until police arrived 20 minutes later.

Why wasn’t explained. Killers don’t usually stay around to be captured. Both assailants were shot and apprehended. They were hospitalized for treatment.

One allegedly said “(w)e must fight as they fight us. An eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth.” Britain’s ITV news aired an edited video clip.

Allegedly an onlooker filmed it.

The clip showed a young Black man with blood dripping from his hands saying “(w)e swear by almighty Allah we will never stop fighting you.”

 ”The only reason reason we have done this is because Muslims are dying every day.”

“The British soldier is an eye for eye, a tooth for a tooth.”

ITV edited the statement. It said nothing about “do(ing) this because Muslims are dying every day.” Unedited it said:

“There are many, many ayah (religious verses) throughout the Koran that says we must fight them as they fight us, an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth.”

“I apologize that women had to witness this today but in our land women have to see the same.”

“You people will never be safe. Remove your government. They don’t care about you.”

“You think David Cameron will get stuck in the street, when we start busting our guns?”

“You think your politicians are gonna die? not it’s gonna be the average like you, and your children.”

“So get rid of them. Tell them to bring our troops back, so you can all live in peace.”

Reports called what happened the first domestic Al Qaeda-inspired attack since the July 7, 2005 underground (so-called 7/7) bombings.

A series of attacks targeted the city’s public transport system. They came during the morning rush hour. They were for maximum disruption and casualties.

At precisely the same time, an anti-terror drill occurred. It simulated real attacks. It was no coincidence.

The real attack was a false flag. It was done to heighten fear. At issue was enlisting public sentiment to keep Britain allied with Washington’s imperial wars.

At the time, AP reported that Israel’s London embassy warned Scotland Yard in advance. Israeli Army Radio said:

“Scotland Yard had intelligence warnings of the attacks a short time before they occurred.”

No action was taken. Israel’s then finance minister Netanyahu was told to skip a London economic conference. He was scheduled to speak.

Other officials were warned, not the public. Fifty-two people died. Over 700 were injured.

These type incidents automatically raise questions. Answers are needed before jumping to conclusions. The timing of Wednesday’s killing is very suspicious.

It comes when Washington, Britain, other NATO allies, and Israel head toward full-scale war on Syria. Secretary of State John Kerry’s traveling through the Middle East.

A so-called June peace conference is scheduled. It’s subterfuge. Prior peace initiatives failed. So will this one. Demanding Assad must go assures it. Washington’s proxy war was launched to do so. Expect no change of plans now.

Kerry met with foreign ministers of 11 so-called Friends of Syria countries and opposition group representatives. He discussed Syria with Netanyahu in Jerusalem.

Multiple Israeli provocations preceded his visit. On May 23, Haaretz said Israel’s “maintaining intense intelligence activity in Syria and working with local villagers.”

It’s considering a covert Syrian “proxy force.” It claims doing so will protect Israeli security. Israel’s armed forces are very able on their own.

A so-called proxy force, if established, is clearly provocative. It heads things closer to full-scale intervention. Washington and Israel partner in all regional belligerence. They jointly plan and implement conflicts.

Kerry’s trip coincides with Washington’s plan to ramp up support for so-called “rebels.” He demands Assad must go. He’s uncompromising. So is Obama. Full-scale conflict could erupt any time.

Manufactured pretexts make it easier. False flags are longstanding pre-war tactics. They’re US/Israeli specialties. Britain’s an active co-conspirator.

Muslim extremism was blamed for Wednesday’s London killing. We’ve seen this all before. Expect heightened Islamophobia ahead. UK, US, other key NATO allies, and Israel benefit most. They’ll take full advantage.

British MP George Galloway said “(t)his sickening atrocity in London is exactly what we are paying the same kind of people to do in Syria.”

True enough. He omitted explaining what appears most important.

Washington and complicit allies manufacture pretexts. They did so to justify proxy war on Syria. It’s a short step to intervening full-blown.

They’ve done it before. They manipulate public sentiment. They fabricated reasons to attack Afghanistan, Iraq and Libya. They’re doing so against Iran.

They want public support. Stoking anti-Muslim rage enlists it.

Post-9/11, Bush’s Afghan war was popular. Few knew what’s now more apparent. Fewer understood Washington’s imperial agenda.

Multiple wars followed. New ones are planned. The entire region and beyond may become embroiled in conflict. Advancing America’s imperium matters most.

At issue is creating pretexts to do so. Perhaps London’s incident is the latest. The fullness of time will explain more.

Prime Minister David Cameron convened an emergency meeting. Top advisors and intelligence officials attended.

UK Home Secretary, Theresa May, called an emergency Civil Contingencies Committee (COBRA) meeting. Cameron chaired it. It includes cabinet ministers and high-level security officials. It deals with terrorism and other major crises.

COBRA refers to the room where committee members meet — Cabinet Office Briefing Room A. A terrorist alert was imposed. Heightened security steps were taken.

These measures don’t commonly follow street killings. It doesn’t matter how gruesome. Most incidents get scant coverage. Many go unnoticed.

This one suggests something bigger. What happened may be pretext for what’s planned. It remains to be seen what follows.

Peter Eyre is a Middle East consultant, geopolitical analyst, investigative journalist, anti-war activist, and valued Progressive Radio News Hour guest.

He jumped on the Woolrich incident. He discussed justifiable reasons to doubt the legitimacy of official reports. They have a distinct aroma. They fall short of truth and full disclosure.

On May 23, Eyre headlined “Woolwich beheading: Security tightened at all London army barracks.” His detailed analysis includes images.

“The gruesome scene of a decapitated actor with no police or paramedics at the scene and no blood,” he said.

The “offenders are shot by armed police who are in attendance in the background but the murder scene has not been secured!!”

Many awakened “to this amazing Shakespearean play that has unfolded in Woolwich, London where all the actors were so bad they would not even qualify for an interview as an extra in some third rate movie!!”

Eyre asked if police “drag(ged) the (victim’s) body around the corner?”

“BBC stated a man wearing a Help the Hero’s T Shirt was hit by a car, then attacked and killed with a machete or sword by the cars occupants.”

(S)o much vivid violence and yet still no blood at the scene…why?”

“(B)ecause the actors had not had time to splash it around before they filmed the scene.”

“(I)t was however added later as the picture (in his article) shows…the blood is only on the pavement and not on the road!!”

“(D)o you think they attempted to copy the Boston Bombing but somehow did not get it right?”

Eyre suggested that blood on a signpost was “Tomato Ketchup!!”

Key is calling the incident Islamic terrorism. Doing so automatically raises suspicions. Most often, the usual suspects are patsies. They’re props for planned state-sponsored mischief.

Expect UK, America, Israel and imperial allies to take full advantage. Police state harshness may increase. Waging war on Islam will continue.

Doing so full-scale against Syria appears likely. What’s long planned may erupt any time.

A Final Comment

UK media reports identified one alleged attacker. Twenty-eight year old Michael Abebolajo grew up in Romford. He comes from a Christian family. In 2003, he converted to Islam.

A man who knew his family said they were very pleasant. Friends called him very quiet. In school, he was a good guy, they said. They were shocked to learn a former schoolmate faces murder charges.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

 http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

 Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

 It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

 http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

http://www.dailycensored.com/woolrich-london-killing-terrorism-or-false-flag/

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

British Columbia Election Frustrates Labour, Environmental and Indigenous Activists

0

The May 14 general election in British Columbia was a setback to progressive political forces in the province and throughout Canada. The incumbent BC Liberals won a fourth straight term, winning 50 seats with 44 per cent of the vote, compared to 33 seats and 40 per cent for the opposition New Democratic Party.

NDP Leader Adrian Dix … something happened on the road to victory.

Big business scored a lucky win. Every single opinion poll before and during the campaign had the NDP comfortably winning a majority government. Somehow, the party managed to lose. Its vote count even declined, by 50,000 votes compared to the previous election in 2009. Just under half of eligible voters cast a ballot, meaning that Premier Christy Clark’s government was re-elected by 22 per cent of the adult population.

The result is a blow to the environmental movement across the continent. The central plank in the Liberals’ election platform was full steam ahead on coal and natural gas extraction in the province as well as a broader plan to make the BC coastline an export platform for the massive carbon reserves of western North America.

Serious Implications

The BC Liberal Party is a coalition of liberals and conservatives. It has a long history of overseeing the pillage of the province’s forest, fishing, mineral and water resources. Along with its federal counterparts in the Conservative and Liberal parties, its attention has shifted big-time to promoting the production and export of fossil fuels.

Production is surging in BC’s coal and natural gas fields, as in the Alberta tar sands and the coalfields of the western United States. This greatly enhances the attractiveness to Canadian and U.S. capitalists of BC’s Pacific Coast as an export outlet fed by pipelines and railways.

A new report by the Sightline Institute in Seattle describes what is at stake. The report looks at the 16 new or expanded fossil fuel transport projects to the coastlines of British Columbia, Oregon and Washington, consisting of seven coal terminals, three oil pipelines and six natural gas pipelines. Eleven of the 16 projects are in British Columbia.

“Taken together,” says the report, “these projects would be capable of delivering enough fuel to release an additional 761 million metric tons of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere each year, equivalent to seven Keystone XL pipelines.” (For details on fossil fuel projections for the Pacific Northwest, including massive expansion of natural gas fracking in BC, see my recent article, “All signs point to deepening opposition to the fossil fuel industry assault in British Columbia.”)

Fossil fuel capitalism is transforming the urban framework of Vancouver. Public transit suffers while billions of dollars are being spent to expand the network of roads, bridges and railways in the region to serve commercial and commuter transport. More is to come, including a proposal to replace the Massey highway tunnel under the Fraser River with a bridge that would open the lowest reaches of the river, the largest salmon-bearing river in the world, to larger, ocean-going ships. The shallow depth of the tunnel, completed in 1959, currently limits the size of ships that can sail upriver. One of the coal proposals is for a new shipping terminal to be built on the lower Fraser.

A similar rush for spoils profoundly scarred the forests of BC and of western North America during the past century and contributed to the explosion in recent years of the calamitous mountain pine beetle epidemic. A combination of decades of destructive, clear-cut logging practices and rising global temperatures has unleashed an exponential rise in the insect’s population and range.

The battle to limit the beetle’s spread and voracious appetite is all but lost in the mountain ranges of western North America. Seventy five per cent of BC’s vast pine forests, for example, have fallen. The insect has recently jumped its natural barrier along the Rocky Mountains and entered Alberta. Canada’s boreal forest now stretches before it, all the way to the Atlantic Ocean with the only natural barrier being extremely cold winter temperatures.[1]

Public Service Workers and Their Unions

The election also has serious implications for public sector workers and the services they deliver. The Liberals have imposed harsh austerity measures, particularly during their 2001-05 term. Spending cuts have damaged education, health care and social services. Workers have suffered cuts to salaries, benefits and conditions of work, especially those tens of thousands whose jobs have been privatized or rendered “temporary.”

The province has the highest rate of child poverty in Canada. It also leads Canada in per capita injection drug use and HIV infection. A recent novelty is the rise of children injured on the job, a consequence of the changes in child labour laws in 2003 that allow children as young as 12 to work in factories, construction and resource industries![2]

Popular expectations for an NDP government were not high. NDP leader Adrian Dix specifically stated that as premier, he would not undo the Liberal legacy or even restore part of what has been lost. But labour, environmental and Aboriginal activists nonetheless saw the election of the NDP as a way to stave off further attacks on social services and perhaps slow the pace of the assault on the natural environment by the fossil fuel, forestry, mineral and fishery barons.

Joey Hartman, president of the Vancouver and District Labour Council, told Vancouver Co-Op Radio’s W2 Media Mornings, “We knew that, whoever won, we were going to really have to keep pushing the agenda. We just thought it was going to be a more receptive government.”

Stewart Phillip of the Union of BC Indian Chiefs told the same program, “Needless to say, we’re greatly disappointed. We were looking forward to a change for the better, so to speak,[3] and clearly that did not materialize.”

The NDP Campaign

The NDP went into the election campaign with an exceptionally weak platform, not very different from that of the Liberals. It ran what it called a “positive” campaign, eschewing attacks on its opponent. The party spoke little of the 12-year record of the Liberals in power.

The strategy was baffling, considering the highly unpopular actions of the Liberals. Among these was the “harmonization” of federal and provincial sales taxes immediately after the 2009 election. That imposed several billion dollars of increased taxes.

The Liberals had specifically pledged during that election not to undertake such a measure. Its deception unleashed a whirlwind of anger and organized opposition, obliging the Liberals to yield to an extraordinary mass, petition campaign and convene a referendum in August 2011.

The tax was defeated, at great cost and inconvenience to large and small businesses. Support for the Liberals sank so low amidst that debacle that Premier Gordon Campbell resigned. (He was subsequently rewarded by the federal Conservatives with an appointment as Canada’s High Commissioner to the United Kingdom.)

Another Liberal stinker was the corruption and nepotism that accompanied the 2003 privatization of BC Rail, once the third largest railway in Canada. The unseemly details were eventually revealed during the third Liberal term in office, but they barely registered in this election.

What explains the lacklustre campaign by the NDP?

Adrian Dix became NDP leader in early 2011 through an insiders’ coup that ousted Carole James as leader. She was accused of softening the party’s program in order to appeal to business, thereby weakening the party’s appeal to the working-class.[4]

The May 2011 electoral breakthrough of the federal NDP then prompted a rethink among Dix and his leadership colleagues. They concurred with federal party leaders who attributed the breakthrough to the party’s ongoing moderation to the right pursued by federal leader Jack Layton. Key federal advisors, including Brian Topp, were part of managing the 2013 BC campaign.

In reality, the party’s 2011 gains were overwhelmingly a result of the huge swing of restless and disenchanted voters in Quebec against the Tories, Liberals and Bloc Québécois. The NDP was perceived as an ally in English-speaking Canada in the defense of social programs as well as sympathetic to the national aspirations of the Quebecois.

Although the Dix-led NDP was on record against Enbridge’s Northern Gateway pipeline from Alberta to the BC coast, it was waffling on another tar sands project — the expansion of Kinder Morgan’s Trans Mountain line to Vancouver. Dix said a “made in BC” environmental review process should decide the matter.

But in mid-campaign, he announced that the NDP now opposed the ninefold increase in oil tanker traffic that the project would bring to the port of Vancouver. This was a response to pressure from a broad array of environmental forces as well as municipal politicians in the Vancouver region.

It was also prompted by a perceived surge in popular support for the Green Party. In the end, the Green vote did not increase over 2009, but the party scored a breakthrough in southern Vancouver Island, winning its first seat ever in the Legislature and coming very close in another district.

Big business mouthpieces, including the Liberals, jumped all over what they called a “flip-flop” by Dix. They said it harkened back to the bad old days of NDP governments in the 1970s and 1990s when the NDP took moderate measures encroaching on capitalist prerogatives.

Some trade unions in the province concurred with big business. Tom Sigurdson, head of the BC and Yukon Territories Building and Construction Trade Council, says his group supports tar sands pipelines and was disappointed by Dix’s pronouncement. Steve Hunt, western director of the Steelworkers, says Dix made a “significant mistake.” Bending to the pressure, Dix told a post-election press conference on May 22 that his pronouncement “hurt our campaign.”

Voter Apathy?

In the wake of the disappointing election result, many critics on the left have objected to the “positive” pitch of the NDP campaign.

Dix and the party leadership say they wanted to counter the increasingly harsh tone of capitalist politics. They note, correctly, that it discourages and effectively disenfranchises marginal voters. The majority of discouraged voters are poor and working-class people. While right-wing voters had the option of an aggressive Liberal Party or an even more right-wing Conservative Party (it took 5 per cent of the vote), left—wing voters had only two choices: the NDP or the Greens, each of which have platforms entirely consistent with pro-capitalist, neoliberal politics.

But the problem with the NDP campaign was not the tone but the content. The party simply failed to offer a real alternative to the electorate. The result? Voter turnout in this BC election was only marginally higher than 2009′s record low, continuing a downward trend in electoral participation that has marked Canadian politics, with few exceptions, for several decades.

Marissa Lawrence of Simon Fraser University studied voter participation during the BC election with two projects — SFU Public Square and Samara. She explains in an op-ed published in the Vancouver Sun that young people are “definitely not apathetic.” But participants in her groups’ studies saw no incentive to participate in the electoral process “when elected officials appear unable or unwilling to engage constructively. They believe decisions are already made, and don’t connect change to the ballot box. BC participants have expressed their frustrations with elected officials’ lack of accountability, not only to their campaign promises, but also to their elected term.”

A recent letter writer to the Sun explained,

“We have low voter turnout because most non-voters are well aware that with our first-past-the-post electoral system, their votes are likely to amount to nothing or very little. And they’re right…. It’s patronizing to suggest that more education is needed to improve voter turnout. Our electoral system is broke and needs to change, period.”

Some observers point to the success of NDP election campaigns in the 1970s and 1990s when the party offered criticism of big-business and proposed modest reforms. However modest those may have been, they were certainly stronger than anything heard recently from the party.

Trade unions in the province, many of which are affiliated to the party, endorsed the soft-pedaling by the NDP. They agreed to remove their specific interests and concerns from the NDP campaign and not campaign independently in the electoral arena, effectively hoping that voters would sleepwalk into the election of an NDP government.

What Now?

Would a more aggressive and left wing campaign by the NDP have won this election for the party? One hopes this will be seriously debated in the unions and the environmental movement in the weeks and months to come. There is lots of anecdotal evidence to suggest the answer is “yes”:

  • Green Party support surged in southern Vancouver Island where concern over increased tar sands and coal shipments is high. The Greens took clear stands against both. (Its stand on the equally bad expansion of natural gas production and shipment was, sadly, less evident.)
  • Two NDP candidates in very tight contests in Vancouver who identified as strong environmentalists opposed to the tar sands won their seats, including David Eby, a well-known human rights advocate who toppled Premier Clark in her own riding.
  • The highest voter participation by far was scored in Comox Valley on Vancouver Island. There, a central issue was the proposed Raven coal mine. The pro-mine Liberals narrowly won the seat against a divided NDP-Green vote, but thanks to several years of hard campaigning by mine opponents, the mine project was rejected by BC’s Environmental Assessment Office on May 16.
  • Vicki Huntington, an independent candidate in South Delta (Vancouver region) who is viewed as an opponent of unfettered road, rail and port development, won re-election with a wider mandate.

Even if an aggressive left wing campaign did not win the election, it would have left progressive movements in a stronger position than now exists.

Some union and other activists in the province are beginning to speak and write about the challenges now lying ahead, including the strengths from pre-election struggles that can be built upon.

Indigenous leaders, including Art Sterritt of Coastal First Nations, note that the wall of opposition to the Northern Gateway pipeline remains unbreached.

Grand Chief Stewart Phillip explained in the interview cited earlier,

“As I watched the results unfold, I began to realize that we are, in all likelihood, moving toward an era of confrontation and conflict, given the fact that under Premier Clark’s leadership there was no effort to invest in any significant or genuine way in terms of building a closer with the Indigenous peoples of this province.”

Awareness and opposition is growing to the Trans Mountain pipeline and to coal expansion. Two days following the election, for example, a first information meeting took place in South Surrey to discuss and plan opposition to increased coal shipments by rail through that community. It was attended by 75 people, including a speaker from Washington state who explained that campaigners there and in Oregon have recently succeeded in blocking three of six coal terminal proposals on their coastlines.

A rally to pressure the Board of Metro Vancouver to oppose plans for increased coal shipments through the Port of Vancouver is planned for May 25.

The future of public education services will soon come to the fore as collective agreement negotiations open between the new government and the BC Teachers’ Federation. The union signed an unsatisfactory, one-year agreement last year and hoped that it would be negotiating this year with an NDP government. The key issue in dispute will be the declining conditions of public education, including large classroom sizes.

Tara Ehrcke, an education activist and current president of the Greater Victoria Teachers’ Federation, offered this view of the election in her blog, Staffroom Confidential:

“My greatest disappointment about this election was not the outcome, but the fact that not a single party stood up and spoke out for a radical re-evaluation of the massive inequity in our society. No political party really spoke to the need to tax the wealthy and to reinvest that money in services that benefit everyone, collectively.”

She continued,

“I am not disappointed this week. I am hopeful that those wanting genuine change will give some serious thought to reevaluating strategies that put all hope into electing a supposedly, but not actually, labour and social movement friendly government. Instead, we need to be building networks of activists on the ground and in our communities.” –

Roger Annis is a retired aerospace worker in Vancouver. Many of his writings are published on A Socialist in Canada.

1. The story of the mountain pine beetle epidemic is told in Andrew Nikiforuk’s 2011 book, Empire of the Beetle: How Human Folly and a Tiny Bug are Killing North America’s Great Forests.

2. The law requires parental approval for 12 to 14 year olds to work in industry, but this is routinely flaunted.

4. Part of Carole James’ effort was to weaken the representation of trade union affiliates to the party. This was largely uncontested within the party. While that change remains in place, it is largely cosmetic and does not diminish the significant place of the unions in par

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

'US, UK plotting to mar Iran election'

0

A senior Iranian lawmaker says the United States and Britain are seeking to discourage a large turnout in Iranâ„¢s upcoming presidential election.

Å“In this election, we are faced with extensive plots by the enemies of the Islamic Republic, especially the US and Britain, to reduce participation of people and mar the electoral process,” Chairman of Iran Majlis (parliament) National Security and Foreign Policy Committee, Alaeddin Boroujerdi, said on Friday.

He added that Washington and London are attempting to disrupt the election because the vote is yet another chance for Iranians to demonstrate their national resolve.

Boroujerdi stated that massive turnout will strengthen Iranâ„¢s international position, foil anti-Iran policies of arrogant powers, and force them to reconsider their attitude toward Iran.

Iran is bracing for its 11th presidential election scheduled for June 14, when Iranians will attend over 66,000 polling stations across the country. Expatriates can also cast their ballots at 285 polling stations to be set up overseas.

Earlier this week, Iran Interior Ministry issued the list of eight candidates to run in the presidential race after they were approved by the Guardian Council — a constitutional supervisory body tasked with vetting hopefuls for candidacy and confirming election results.

The approved candidates include MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi, and former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MRS/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Collapse: Does Washington Bridge Expose the Crumbling of a Nation?

0

(Photo: Harley Soltes / Special to The Seattle Times)As the nation continues to follow the slash and burn economic policies of the austerity hawks in Washington, will a dramatic bridge collapse in Washington state renew talk of America’s eroding infrastructure?

On Thursday night, a truck hit a support beam on Interstate-5 near Seattle and caused a complete section of the Skagit River Bridge to collapse, sending vehicles and their passengers into the frigid water below.

The local Stagit Valley Herald called the collapse a “disaster, but no tragedy” and described how a “large flatbed truck passed under the bridge, hitting several of the steel trusses on its way,” ultimately coming to a stop “about 100 yards away from the structure on its south side.” It was the other cars and trucks on the bridge that went with it as the main section fell into the river.

Speaking with local reporters, witness Romero Ortiz said, “I just find it shocking that a bridge like that would fall without any bomb going off or anything.”

“…repairing roads and rail, building modern airports, keeping our broadband and energy grid at world class standards, making sure the sewers don’t leak, strengthening the sinews for the extreme weather that is upon us — this isn’t an ideological question. It is just common sense.” -Robert Borosage, Campaign for America’s Future

Though all involved in the collapse survived, questions on Friday are centered around how a bridge–even one categorized as by the state as “functionally obsolete”–could so easily collapse and whether or not the incident in Washington tells a larger story about the conditions of US roads and bridges.

As The Seattle Times reports:

The bridge, built in 1955, was inspected twice last year and repairs were made, according to state Transportation Secretary Lynn Peterson.

The bridge is classified as a “fracture critical” bridge by the National Bridge Inventory.

That means one major structural part can ruin the entire bridge, as compared with a bridge that has redundant features that allow one member to fail without destroying the entire structure.

The bridge is used by an average of about 70,000 vehicles per day, 12 percent of which are trucks.

Those vehicles will now have to find another route.

And reporting by Bloomberg added:A portion of the Interstate 5 bridge is submerged after it collapsed into the Skagit River in Mount Vernon on May 23, 2013. Images on local television station websites showed at least two vehicles in the river, including one with a man sitting atop his vehicle’s roof. There were no reports on the number of people involved or any deaths or injuries. (Photographer: Frank Varga/Skagit Valley Herald/ AP Photo)

The bridge’s collapse put a new focus on the nation’s failing infrastructure, an issue that President Barack Obama has highlighted in his second-term agenda. It came almost six years after a highway span fell in Minnesota at rush hour, killing 13 people and injuring 145. Last week, Obama ordered a 50 percent cut in the time it takes executive-branch agencies to start major road and bridge projects.

The president cited “an aging infrastructure badly in need of repair” during his February State of the Union speech and called for $50 billion in new spending on repairs. He described a “Fix It First” program to deal with the most urgent needs.

“We have some work to do on our bridges,” Washington Governor Jay Inslee told reporters at the wrecked span, amid floodlights that lit up twisted, half-submerged pieces. “We have maintenance needs that are significant across our state.”

In 2007, the I-35W Saint Anthony Falls Bridge in Minneapolis collapsed, killing thirteen people and injuring nearly 150. Following that incident and the public outcry it generated, promises were made to improve infrastructure spending nationwide.

Yet, in the aftermath of the 2008 financial collapse caused by Wall Street and despite economists’ repeated calls for government stimulus spending that would both improve public services and create much needed jobs, little has been in done in Washington as purveyors of austerity–who argue (without evidence) for the wisdom of cuts to government spending–continue to dominate the debate and obstruct progress.

Ironically, just hours before the I-5 bridge collapse in Washington on Thursday, Robert Borosage, director of the Campaign for American’s Future, tackled this exact subject by writing:

There is an idiocy about our current national politics that is simply stupefying. We are sitting idly, watching, and suffering, as our nation disintegrates into a run-down backwater. Our airports are a global disgrace. Our railroads, broadband, energy grid are all outmoded by international standards. A bridge falls every other day. Our sewage systems are overwhelmed by normal use, and collapse in the extreme weather that has become the national norm. Sinkholes now are becoming a life-threatening peril.

At the same time, over 20 million people are in need of full-time work. The construction industry has still not recovered from the housing collapse. The federal government can borrow money at interest rates near zero. Yet instead of grabbing this opportunity to rebuild the country, Washington is focused on cutting budgets, an austerity that clearly costs jobs and impedes the recovery.

And concluded:

…repairing roads and rail, building modern airports, keeping our broadband and energy grid at world class standards, making sure the sewers don’t leak, strengthening the sinews for the extreme weather that is upon us — this isn’t an ideological question. It is just common sense.

That this isn’t getting done now reveals exactly how extreme, how corrupt, and how destructive our current politics are.

________________________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Chomsky calls for Obama trial at ICC

0

Renowned American academic Noam Chomsky says US President Barack Obama, his predecessor George W. Bush along with former British Prime Minister Tony Blair should face trial for the 2003 invasion of Iraq and the ensuing turmoil in the Arab state.

Å“Bush and Blair ought to be up there [at the International Criminal Court]. There is no recent crime worse than the invasion of Iraq. Obamaâ„¢s got to be there for the terror war,” Chomsky told Russia Today on Thursday.

In 2003, the US and Britain invaded Iraq in a blatant violation of international law and under the pretext of finding weapons of mass destruction. But no such weapons were ever found in Iraq.

More than one million Iraqis were killed as the result of the US-led invasion and subsequent occupation of the country, according to the California-based investigative organization Project Censored.

Chomsky, a prominent critic of the US foreign policy, said the invasion of Iraq is a Å“supreme international crime,” adding that the US and its allies were responsible for bomb attacks across Iraq.

Å“The US and British invasion of Iraq was a textbook example of aggression, no questions about it. Which means that we were responsible for all the evil that follows like the bombings. Serious conflict arose, it spread all over the region. In fact the region is being torn to shreds by this conflict. That is part of the evil that follows,” Chomsky stated.

He went on to slam Washington for its growing use of killer drones in a number of countries including Pakistan, Afghanistan, Yemen and Somalia, describing it as a Å“massive terror campaign.”

Å“A drone strike was a terror weapon; we do not talk about it that way. It is, just imagine you are walking down the street and you do not know whether in five minutes there is going to be an explosion across the street from some place up in the sky that you cannot see,” said Chomsky.

Å“Somebody will be killed, and whoever is around will be killed, maybe you will be injured if you are there. That is a terror weapon. It terrorizes villages, regions, huge areas. In fact itâ„¢s the most massive terror campaign going on by a long shot,” he added.

Washington uses killer drones in several countries, claiming that they target Å“terrorists”. According to witnesses, however, the attacks have mostly led to massive civilian casualties.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran stresses Syria political solution

0

Iran ambassador to Beirut has criticized foreign military and financial support for terrorists in Syria, stressing a political solution to the ongoing unrest in the Arab country.

Ghazanfar Roknabadi said on Thursday that since the onset of the Syria crisis, certain countries have lent financial and military support to militants in the Arab country, and ignited the fire of a proxy war against anti-Israel resistance front.

Å“The world public opinion is more than ever looking for a political solution to the Syria crisis.”He added.

Turmoil has gripped Syria since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian security forces, have been killed in the unrest.

Roknabadi stated that Iran maintains an unchanging position and plays a constructive role in helping the realization of the Syrian nationâ„¢s legitimate demands through dialog and reforms.

He said the upcoming meeting of the Friends of Syria in Tehran will provide an opportunity for consultation and coordination among the true friends of the Syrian people in order to find a quick solution to the crisis.

Tehran is planning to host the Friends of Syria Conference, dubbed Å“Political Solution, Regional Stability,” on May 29.

The Islamic Republic has repeatedly condemned any foreign interference in Syria and denounced certain countriesâ„¢ support for militants carrying out terrorist activities in the Arab country.

AR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Powerful explosion rocks Kabul

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Several people are feared dead or injured after a huge explosion rocked an area of the Afghan capital, Kabul, where several government buildings are located, security sources say.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV